7078562 text installer localization for Solaris 11
authorasano
Tue, 16 Aug 2011 11:22:35 +0900
changeset 190 b7490c9d32b5
parent 189 906b1791d0c4
child 191 34edacada953
7078562 text installer localization for Solaris 11
messages/install/common/usr/share/sysconfig/langs_localized
messages/install/common/usr/share/text-install/langs_localized
messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/sysconfig.pot
messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/terminalui.pot
messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/textinstall.pot
messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/date_time.txt
messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_search.txt
messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_server.txt
messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/domain.txt
messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_profile.txt
messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_proxy.txt
messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/name_service.txt
messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network.txt
messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network_manual.txt
messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/nis.txt
messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt
messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/timezone.txt
messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/users.txt
messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt
messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/disks.txt
messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices.txt
messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices_select.txt
messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt
messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt
messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions.txt
messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions_select.txt
messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices.txt
messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices_select.txt
messages/install/en_US/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/sysconfig.pot
messages/install/en_US/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/terminalui.pot
messages/install/en_US/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/textinstall.pot
messages/install/en_US/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/date_time.txt
messages/install/en_US/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_search.txt
messages/install/en_US/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_server.txt
messages/install/en_US/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/domain.txt
messages/install/en_US/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_profile.txt
messages/install/en_US/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_proxy.txt
messages/install/en_US/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/name_service.txt
messages/install/en_US/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network.txt
messages/install/en_US/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network_manual.txt
messages/install/en_US/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/nis.txt
messages/install/en_US/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt
messages/install/en_US/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/timezone.txt
messages/install/en_US/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/users.txt
messages/install/en_US/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt
messages/install/en_US/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/disks.txt
messages/install/en_US/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices.txt
messages/install/en_US/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices_select.txt
messages/install/en_US/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt
messages/install/en_US/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt
messages/install/en_US/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions.txt
messages/install/en_US/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions_select.txt
messages/install/en_US/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices.txt
messages/install/en_US/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices_select.txt
messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/sysconfig.pot
messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/terminalui.pot
messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/textinstall.pot
messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/date_time.txt
messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_search.txt
messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_server.txt
messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/domain.txt
messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_profile.txt
messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_proxy.txt
messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/name_service.txt
messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network.txt
messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network_manual.txt
messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/nis.txt
messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt
messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/timezone.txt
messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/users.txt
messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt
messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/disks.txt
messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices.txt
messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices_select.txt
messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt
messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt
messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions.txt
messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions_select.txt
messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices.txt
messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices_select.txt
messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/sysconfig.pot
messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/terminalui.pot
messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/textinstall.pot
messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/date_time.txt
messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_search.txt
messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_server.txt
messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/domain.txt
messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_profile.txt
messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_proxy.txt
messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/name_service.txt
messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network.txt
messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network_manual.txt
messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/nis.txt
messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt
messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/timezone.txt
messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/users.txt
messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt
messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/disks.txt
messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices.txt
messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices_select.txt
messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt
messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt
messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions.txt
messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions_select.txt
messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices.txt
messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices_select.txt
messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/sysconfig.pot
messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/terminalui.pot
messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/textinstall.pot
messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/date_time.txt
messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_search.txt
messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_server.txt
messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/domain.txt
messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_profile.txt
messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_proxy.txt
messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/name_service.txt
messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network.txt
messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network_manual.txt
messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/nis.txt
messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt
messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/timezone.txt
messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/users.txt
messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt
messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/disks.txt
messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices.txt
messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices_select.txt
messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt
messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt
messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions.txt
messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions_select.txt
messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices.txt
messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices_select.txt
messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/sysconfig.pot
messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/terminalui.pot
messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/textinstall.pot
messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/date_time.txt
messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_search.txt
messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_server.txt
messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/domain.txt
messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_profile.txt
messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_proxy.txt
messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/name_service.txt
messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network.txt
messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network_manual.txt
messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/nis.txt
messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt
messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/timezone.txt
messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/users.txt
messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt
messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/disks.txt
messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices.txt
messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices_select.txt
messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt
messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt
messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions.txt
messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions_select.txt
messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices.txt
messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices_select.txt
messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/sysconfig.pot
messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/terminalui.pot
messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/textinstall.pot
messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/date_time.txt
messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_search.txt
messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_server.txt
messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/domain.txt
messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_profile.txt
messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_proxy.txt
messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/name_service.txt
messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network.txt
messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network_manual.txt
messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/nis.txt
messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt
messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/timezone.txt
messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/users.txt
messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt
messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/disks.txt
messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices.txt
messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices_select.txt
messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt
messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt
messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions.txt
messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions_select.txt
messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices.txt
messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices_select.txt
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/Makefile
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/Makefile
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/locale/es_ES/LC_MESSAGES/Makefile
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/locale/fr_FR/LC_MESSAGES/Makefile
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/locale/it_IT/LC_MESSAGES/Makefile
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/locale/ja_JP/LC_MESSAGES/Makefile
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/locale/ko_KR/LC_MESSAGES/Makefile
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/Makefile
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/Makefile
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/Makefile
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/sysconfig/Makefile
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/sysconfig/help/Makefile
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/sysconfig/help/Makefile.help
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/sysconfig/help/de_DE/Makefile
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/sysconfig/help/es_ES/Makefile
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/sysconfig/help/fr_FR/Makefile
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/sysconfig/help/it_IT/Makefile
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/sysconfig/help/ja_JP/Makefile
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/sysconfig/help/ko_KR/Makefile
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/sysconfig/help/pt_BR/Makefile
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/sysconfig/help/rootdir.sh
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/sysconfig/help/zh_CN/Makefile
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/sysconfig/help/zh_TW/Makefile
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/sysconfig/langs_localized
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/text-install/Makefile
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/text-install/help/Makefile
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/text-install/help/Makefile.help
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/text-install/help/de_DE/Makefile
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/text-install/help/es_ES/Makefile
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/text-install/help/fr_FR/Makefile
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/text-install/help/it_IT/Makefile
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/text-install/help/ja_JP/Makefile
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/text-install/help/ko_KR/Makefile
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/text-install/help/pt_BR/Makefile
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/text-install/help/rootdir.sh
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/text-install/help/zh_CN/Makefile
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/text-install/help/zh_TW/Makefile
messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/text-install/langs_localized
messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/sysconfig.pot
messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/terminalui.pot
messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/textinstall.pot
messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/date_time.txt
messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_search.txt
messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_server.txt
messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/domain.txt
messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_profile.txt
messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_proxy.txt
messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/name_service.txt
messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network.txt
messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network_manual.txt
messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/nis.txt
messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt
messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/timezone.txt
messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/users.txt
messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt
messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/disks.txt
messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices.txt
messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices_select.txt
messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt
messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt
messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions.txt
messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions_select.txt
messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices.txt
messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices_select.txt
messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/sysconfig.pot
messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/terminalui.pot
messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/textinstall.pot
messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/date_time.txt
messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_search.txt
messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_server.txt
messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/domain.txt
messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_profile.txt
messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_proxy.txt
messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/name_service.txt
messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network.txt
messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network_manual.txt
messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/nis.txt
messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt
messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/timezone.txt
messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/users.txt
messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt
messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/disks.txt
messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices.txt
messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices_select.txt
messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt
messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt
messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions.txt
messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions_select.txt
messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices.txt
messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices_select.txt
messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/sysconfig.pot
messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/terminalui.pot
messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/textinstall.pot
messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/date_time.txt
messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_search.txt
messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_server.txt
messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/domain.txt
messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_profile.txt
messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_proxy.txt
messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/name_service.txt
messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network.txt
messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network_manual.txt
messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/nis.txt
messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt
messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/timezone.txt
messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/users.txt
messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt
messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/disks.txt
messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices.txt
messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices_select.txt
messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt
messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt
messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions.txt
messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions_select.txt
messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices.txt
messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices_select.txt
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/common/usr/share/sysconfig/langs_localized	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+#
+# list of languages in which sysconfig has been translated
+#
+zh_CN.UTF-8:Chinese - Simplified
+zh_TW.UTF-8:Chinese - Traditional
+en_US.UTF-8:English
+fr_FR.UTF-8:French
+de_DE.UTF-8:German
+it_IT.UTF-8:Italian
+ja_JP.UTF-8:Japanese
+ko_KR.UTF-8:Korean
+pt_BR.UTF-8:Portuguese - Brazil
+es_ES.UTF-8:Spanish
+# end
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/common/usr/share/text-install/langs_localized	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+#
+# list of languages in which text installer has been translated
+#
+zh_CN.UTF-8:Chinese - Simplified
+zh_TW.UTF-8:Chinese - Traditional
+en_US.UTF-8:English
+fr_FR.UTF-8:French
+de_DE.UTF-8:German
+it_IT.UTF-8:Italian
+ja_JP.UTF-8:Japanese
+ko_KR.UTF-8:Korean
+pt_BR.UTF-8:Portuguese - Brazil
+es_ES.UTF-8:Spanish
+# end
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/sysconfig.pot	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,1153 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2009, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\nReport-Msgid-Bugs-To: \nPOT-Creation-Date: 2011-07-29 11:23+0900\nPO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\nLast-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\nLanguage-Team: LANGUAGE <[email protected]>\nMIME-Version: 1.0\nContent-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\nContent-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:499
+#, python-format
+msgid "Custom site profile %s is invalid, missing .xml suffix."
+msgstr "Benutzerdefiniertes Site-Profil %s ist wegen fehlendem .xml-Suffix ungültig."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:507
+#, python-format
+msgid "Custom site profile %s is invalid or hasinvalid permissions."
+msgstr "Benutzerdefiniertes Site-Profil %s ist ungültig oder hat ungültige Berechtigungen."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:524
+#, python-format
+msgid "Unable to apply SMF profile %s."
+msgstr "SMF-Profil %s kann nicht angewendet werden."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:540
+msgid "System is not properly configured. You are likely"
+msgstr "Das System ist nicht ordnungsgemäß konfiguriert. Wahrscheinlich"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:541
+msgid "trying to unconfigure or re-configure freshly"
+msgstr "versuchen Sie gerade die Dekonfiguration oder Neukonfiguration eines neu"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:542
+msgid "installed system which is not supported."
+msgstr "installierten Systems, das nicht unterstützt wird."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:611 ../__init__.py:622
+msgid "An unhandled exception occurred."
+msgstr "Eine nicht behandelte Ausnahme ist aufgetreten."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:627
+msgid "Full traceback data is in the log"
+msgstr "Vollständige Traceback-Daten im Protokoll"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:636
+msgid "IO error creating profile"
+msgstr "IO-Fehler bei der Profilerstellung"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:643
+msgid "Unable to apply the unconfigure parameters to the image"
+msgstr "Die Dekonfigurationsparameter konnten nicht auf das Abbild angewendet werden."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:654
+msgid "Unable to initiate unconfiguration process."
+msgstr "Der Dekonfigurationsprozess konnte nicht eingeleitet werden."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:671
+msgid "Root filesystem provided for the non-global zone does not exist"
+msgstr "Das Root-Dateisystem für die nicht globale Zone ist nicht vorhanden."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:678
+#, python-format
+msgid "Root filesystem mounted read-only, '%s' operation not permitted."
+msgstr "Das Root-Dateisystem wurde schreibgeschützt eingehängt. Der Vorgang '%s' ist nicht zulässig."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:680
+msgid ""
+"The likely cause is that sysconfig(1m) was invoked in ROZR non-global zone."
+msgstr "Wahrscheinlich wurde sysconfig(1m) in der nicht globalen ROZR-Zone aufgerufen."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:682
+msgid ""
+"In that case, see mwac(5) and zonecfg(1m) man pages for additional "
+"information."
+msgstr "Weitere Informationen dazu finden Sie auf den Manpages mwac(5) und zonecfg(1m)."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:697
+msgid "This program will re-configure your system."
+msgstr "Dieses Programm konfiguriert Ihr System neu."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:699
+msgid "This program will unconfigure your system."
+msgstr "Dieses Programm löscht die Konfiguration Ihres Systems."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:700
+msgid "The system will be reverted to a \"pristine\" state."
+msgstr "Das System wird in seinen Ursprungszustand versetzt."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:701
+msgid "It will not have a name or know about other systems or networks."
+msgstr "Das System verfügt weder über einen Namen noch über Informationen zu anderen Systemen oder Netzwerken."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:704
+msgid "Do you want to continue (y/[n])? "
+msgstr "Möchten Sie fortfahren (y/[n])? "
+
+#: ../__init__.py:753
+#, python-format
+msgid "There are no services on the system with grouping of %s"
+msgstr "Im System sind keine Services mit der Gruppierung von %s vorhanden."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:811
+#, python-format
+msgid "Directory %s does not contain any profile."
+msgstr "Verzeichnis %s enthält kein Profil."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:833
+msgid "Interactive configuration requested."
+msgstr "Interaktive Konfiguration angefordert."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:834
+msgid "System Configuration Interactive (SCI) tool will be"
+msgstr "Das SCI-Tool (System Configuration Interactive) wird"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:849
+msgid ""
+"Since you are currently not logged on console,\n"
+"you may not be able to navigate SCI tool."
+msgstr "Da Sie derzeit nicht auf der Konsole eingeloggt sind,\nkönnen Sie möglicherweise nicht im SCI-Tool navigieren."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:851
+msgid "Would you like to proceed with re-configuration (y/[n])? "
+msgstr "Möchten Sie mit der Neukonfiguration fortfahren (y/[n])? "
+
+#: ../__init__.py:919
+msgid "Grouping to configure"
+msgstr "Zu konfigurierende Gruppierung"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:922
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Saves created system configuration profile into FILE.\t\t[default: %default]"
+msgstr "Speichert das erstellte Systemkonfigurationsprofil in FILE.\t\t[default: %default]"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:926
+#, python-format
+msgid "Set log location to FILE (default: %default)"
+msgstr "Setzt Protokollspeicherplatz auf FILE (Standard: %default)."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:931
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Set log verbosity to LEVEL. In order of increasing verbosity, valid values "
+"are 'error' 'warn' 'info' 'debug' or 'input'\n"
+"[default: %default]"
+msgstr "Setzt Ausführlichkeit auf LEVEL. Gültige Werte zum Erhöhen der Ausführlichkeit sind 'error', 'warn', 'info', 'debug' oder 'input'\n[Standard: %default]."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:939
+msgid ""
+"Force the tool to run in black and white. This may be useful on some SPARC "
+"machines with unsupported frame buffers\n"
+msgstr "Erzwingt die Ausführung des Tools im Schwarzweißmodus. Dies kann auf manchen SPARC-Rechnern mit Framepuffern sinnvoll sein.\n"
+
+#. LOGGER.close() # LOGGER.close() is broken - CR 7012566
+#: ../__init__.py:955
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Exiting System Configuration Tool. Log is available at:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr "Systemkonfigurationstool wird beendet. Protokoll verfügbar unter:\n%s"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:976
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"     Terminal too small. Min size is 80x24. Current size is %(x)ix%(y)i."
+msgstr "     Terminal zu klein. Mindestgröße ist 80x24. Aktuelle Größe %(x)ix%(y)i."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:982 ../users.py:76
+msgid "Continue"
+msgstr "Weiter"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:983
+msgid "Back"
+msgstr "Zurück"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:985
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr "Hilfe"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:986 ../__init__.py:1041
+msgid "Quit"
+msgstr "Ende"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:990
+msgid "Help Topics"
+msgstr "Hilfethemen"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:991
+msgid "Help Index"
+msgstr "Hilfeindex"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:992
+msgid "Select a topic and press Continue."
+msgstr "Wählen Sie ein Thema und klicken Sie auf Weiter."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1035
+msgid ""
+"DONT_TRANSLATE_BUT_REPLACE_msgstr_WITH_True_OR_False: Should wrap text on "
+"whitespace in this language"
+msgstr "True"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1038
+msgid "Confirm: Quit?"
+msgstr "Bestätigen: Ende?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1039
+msgid "Do you really want to quit?"
+msgstr "Möchten Sie wirklich beenden?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1040 ../users.py:77
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr "Abbrechen"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1050
+msgid "Error: Root privileges are required for this command."
+msgstr "Fehler: Für diesen Befehl sind Root-Berechtigungen erforderlich."
+
+#: ../date_time.py:54 ../date_time.py:67
+msgid "Date and Time"
+msgstr "Datum und Uhrzeit"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:56
+msgid "Year:"
+msgstr "Jahr:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:57
+msgid "Month:"
+msgstr "Monat:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:58
+msgid "Day:"
+msgstr "Tag:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:59
+msgid "Hour:"
+msgstr "Stunde:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:60
+msgid "Minute:"
+msgstr "Minute:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:61
+msgid "(YYYY)"
+msgstr "(JJJJ)"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:63
+msgid ""
+"Edit the date and time as necessary.\n"
+"The time is in 24 hour format."
+msgstr "Ändern Sie nach Bedarf Datum und Uhrzeit.\nDie Uhrzeit ist im 24-Stunden-Format."
+
+#: ../date_time.py:306
+msgid "Invalid date/time. See errors above."
+msgstr "Datum/Uhrzeit ungültig. Siehe Fehler oben."
+
+#: ../date_time.py:404
+msgid "Year must be numeric"
+msgstr "Jahr muss numerisch sein"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:407 ../date_time.py:410 ../date_time.py:425
+msgid "Year out of range"
+msgstr "Jahreszahl unzulässig"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:438
+msgid "Month must be numeric"
+msgstr "Monat muss numerisch sein"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:443 ../date_time.py:458
+msgid "Month out of range"
+msgstr "Monatszahl unzulässig"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:469
+msgid "Day must be numeric"
+msgstr "Tag muss numerisch sein"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:480 ../date_time.py:491
+msgid "Day out of range"
+msgstr "Tageszahl unzulässig"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:500
+msgid "Hour must be numeric"
+msgstr "Stunde muss numerisch sein"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:503 ../date_time.py:512
+msgid "Hour out of range"
+msgstr "Stunde unzulässig"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:522
+msgid "Minute must be numeric"
+msgstr "Minute muss numerisch sein"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:524 ../date_time.py:533
+msgid "Minute out of range"
+msgstr "Minutenzahl unzulässig"
+
+#. name service choices for display to user
+#: ../nameservice.py:70 ../network_type.py:65
+msgid "None"
+msgstr "Kein"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:70
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr "LDAP"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:70
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr "NIS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:71
+msgid "DNS"
+msgstr "DNS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:75
+msgid "Enter either a host name or an IP address."
+msgstr "Geben Sie einen Hostnamen oder eine IP-Adresse ein."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:76
+msgid "An IP address must be of the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+msgstr "Eine IP-Adresse erfordert das Format xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:132
+msgid "DNS Name Service"
+msgstr "DNS-Name Service"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:140
+msgid "Indicates whether or not the system should use the DNS name service."
+msgstr "Gibt an, ob das System den DNS-Name Service verwenden soll."
+
+#. allow the user to choose DNS or not
+#: ../nameservice.py:149
+msgid "Configure DNS"
+msgstr "DNS konfigurieren"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:150
+msgid "Do not configure DNS"
+msgstr "DNS nicht konfigurieren"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:177
+msgid "Alternate Name Service"
+msgstr "Alternativer Name Service"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:183
+msgid ""
+"From the list below, select one name service to be used by this system. If "
+"the desired name service is not listed, select None. The selected name "
+"service may be used in conjunction with DNS."
+msgstr "Wählen Sie aus nachstehender Liste einen Name Service aus, der von diesem System verwendet werden soll. Wählen Sie Kein aus, wenn der gewünschte Name Service nicht aufgeführt ist. Der ausgewählte Name Service kann in Verbindung mit DNS verwendet werden."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:224
+msgid "Domain Name"
+msgstr "Domainname"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:230
+msgid ""
+"Specify the domain where this system resides. Use the domain name's exact "
+"capitalization and punctuation."
+msgstr "Geben Sie die Domain an, unter der sich das System befindet. Beachten Sie bei der Eingabe des Domainnamens die Groß- und Kleinschreibung sowie Zeichensetzung."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:233
+msgid "Domain Name:"
+msgstr "Domainname:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:287
+msgid "DNS Server Addresses"
+msgstr "DNS-Serveradressen"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:293
+msgid ""
+"Enter the IP address of the DNS server(s). At least one IP address is "
+"required."
+msgstr "Geben Sie die IP-Adresse der DNS-Server an. Sie müssen mindestens eine IP-Adresse eingeben."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:295
+msgid "DNS Server IP address:"
+msgstr "IP-Adresse des DNS-Servers:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:341
+msgid "At least one name server must be specified."
+msgstr "Es muss mindestens einen Namenserver angegeben werden."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:352
+msgid "DNS Search List"
+msgstr "DNS-Suchliste"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:358
+msgid ""
+"Enter a list of domains to be searched when a DNS query is made. If no "
+"domain is entered, only the DNS domain chosen for this system will be "
+"searched."
+msgstr "Geben Sie eine Liste von Domains ein, die bei einer DNS-Abfrage durchsucht werden sollen. Wenn Sie keine Domains angeben, beschränkt sich die Suche auf die für dieses System gewählte DNS-Domain."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:361
+msgid "Search domain:"
+msgstr "Suchdomain:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:422
+msgid "LDAP Profile"
+msgstr "LDAP-Profil"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:427
+msgid "Profile name:"
+msgstr "Profilname:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:428
+msgid "Search base:"
+msgstr "Suchbasis:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:436
+msgid ""
+"Specify the name of the LDAP profile to be used to configure this system and "
+"the host name or IP address of the server that contains the profile."
+msgstr "Geben Sie den Namen des LDAP-Profils an, das zur Konfiguration dieses Systems verwendet werden soll, und den Hostnamen oder die IP-Adresse des Servers, der das Profil enthält."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:439
+msgid "Profile server host name or IP address:"
+msgstr "Hostname oder IP-Adresse des Profilservers:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:442
+msgid ""
+"Specify the name of the LDAP profile to be used to configure this system and "
+"the IP address of the server that contains the profile."
+msgstr "Geben Sie den Namen des LDAP-Profils an, das zur Konfiguration dieses Systems verwendet werden soll, und die IP-Adresse des Servers, der das Profil enthält."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:445
+msgid "Profile server IP address:"
+msgstr "IP-Adresse des Profilservers:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:446
+msgid "  Enter the LDAP search base."
+msgstr "  Geben Sie die LDAP-Suchbasis ein."
+
+#. in case of error, tell user what is being validated
+#: ../nameservice.py:459
+msgid "profile name"
+msgstr "Profilname"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:491 ../nameservice.py:726
+msgid "The LDAP profile name cannot be blank."
+msgstr "Der LDAP-Profilname darf nicht leer sein."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:493
+msgid "The LDAP server IP address cannot be blank."
+msgstr "Die IP-Adresse des LDAP-Servers darf nicht leer sein."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:510
+msgid "LDAP Proxy"
+msgstr "LDAP-Proxy"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:515
+msgid ""
+"Does the profile specify a proxy credential level and an authentication "
+"method other than None?"
+msgstr "Ist im Profil eine Stufe für Proxy-Berechtigungsnachweise und eine andere Authentifizierungsmethode als Kein angegeben?"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:524
+msgid "No"
+msgstr "Nein"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:525
+msgid "Yes"
+msgstr "Ja"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:549
+msgid "Specify LDAP Profile Proxy Bind Information"
+msgstr "Informationen zu LDAP-Profil-Proxy Bind angeben"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:555
+msgid ""
+"Specify the LDAP proxy bind distinguished name and the LDAP proxy bind "
+"password.  The network administrator can provide this information."
+msgstr "Geben Sie den LDAP Proxy Bind-DN (Distinguished Name) und das LDAP Proxy Bind-Passwort an. Wenden Sie sich bei Bedarf an Ihren Netzwerkadministrator."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:558
+msgid "Proxy bind distinguished name:"
+msgstr "Proxy Bind-DN:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:561
+msgid "Proxy bind password:"
+msgstr "Proxy Bind-Passwort:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:563
+msgid "Encrypted proxy bind password:"
+msgstr "Verschlüsseltes Proxy Bind-Passwort:"
+
+#. in case of error, tell user what is being validated
+#: ../nameservice.py:583
+msgid "distinguished name"
+msgstr "Distinguished Name"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:600
+msgid "The LDAP proxy server distinguished name cannot be blank."
+msgstr "Der DN des LDAP-Proxy-Servers darf nicht leer sein."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:610
+msgid "NIS Name Server"
+msgstr "NIS-Namenserver"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:616
+msgid "Specify how to find a name server for this system."
+msgstr "Geben Sie an, wie nach einem Namenserver für dieses System gesucht werden soll."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:618
+msgid ""
+"Either let the software search for a name server, or specify a name server "
+"in the following screen.  "
+msgstr "Lassen Sie die Software nach einem Namenserver suchen, oder geben Sie auf dem nächsten Bildschirm einen Nameserver an.  "
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:621
+msgid ""
+"The software can find a name server only if that server is on the local "
+"subnet."
+msgstr "Ein Namenserver kann nur dann durch die Software gefunden werden, wenn sich dieser im lokalen Subnetz befindet."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:631
+msgid "Find one"
+msgstr "Namenserver suchen"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:632
+msgid "Specify one"
+msgstr "Namenserver angeben"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:661
+msgid "NIS Name Server Information"
+msgstr "Informationen zu NIS-Namenserver"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:676
+msgid ""
+"Enter the host name or IP address of the name server.  A host name must have "
+"at least 2 characters and can be alphanumeric and can contain hyphens.  IP "
+"addresses must contain four sets of numbers separated by periods (for "
+"example, 129.200.9.1)."
+msgstr "Geben Sie den Hostnamen oder die IP-Adresse des Namenservers ein.  Ein Hostname muss aus mindestens 2 Zeichen bestehen und darf alphanumerische Zeichen sowie Bindestriche enthalten. IP-Adressen müssen vier durch Punkt voneinander getrennte Zahlengruppen (z.B. 129.200.9.1) enthalten."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:681
+msgid "Server's host name or IP address:"
+msgstr "Hostname oder IP-Adresse des Servers:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:684
+msgid ""
+"Enter the IP address of the name server.  IP addresses must contain four "
+"sets of numbers separated by periods (for example, 129.200.9.1)."
+msgstr "Geben Sie die IP-Adresse des Namenservers ein. IP-Adressen müssen vier durch Punkt voneinander getrennte Zahlengruppen (z. B. 129.200.9.1) enthalten."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:687
+msgid "Server's IP address:"
+msgstr "IP-Adresse des Servers:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:714
+msgid "The NIS server IP address cannot be blank."
+msgstr "Die IP-Adresse des NIS-Servers darf nicht leer sein."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:727
+msgid ""
+"Whitespace characters and quotation marks are not allowed in LDAP profile "
+"names."
+msgstr "Leerzeichen und Anführungszeichen dürfen in LDAP-Profilnamen nicht verwendet werden."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:741
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind distinguished name may not be blank."
+msgstr "Der LDAP Proxy Bind-DN darf nicht leer sein."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:744
+msgid ""
+"The LDAP proxy bind distinguished name may not contain whitespace characters."
+msgstr "Der LDAP Proxy Bind-DN darf keine Leerzeichen enthalten."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:747
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind distinguished name may not contain quotation marks."
+msgstr "Der LDAP Proxy Bind-DN darf keine Anführungszeichen enthalten."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:757
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind password may not be blank."
+msgstr "Das LDAP Proxy Bind-Passwort darf nicht leer sein."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:760
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind password may not contain whitespace characters."
+msgstr "Das LDAP Proxy Bind-Passwort darf keine Leerzeichen enthalten."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:763
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind password may not contain quotation marks."
+msgstr "Das LDAP Proxy Bind-Passwort darf keine Anführungszeichen enthalten."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:777 ../nameservice.py:848
+msgid ""
+"A host name can only contain letters, numbers,  periods, and minus signs (-)."
+msgstr "Ein Hostname darf nur Buchstaben, Zahlen, Punkte und Minuszeichen (-) enthalten."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:808
+msgid "The domain cannot be blank."
+msgstr "Die Domain darf nicht leer sein."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:812
+msgid "Domain labels must have less than 64 characters."
+msgstr "Domainbezeichnungen dürfen nicht mehr als 64 Zeichen enthalten."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:815
+msgid "Domain labels should not start or end with hyphens ('-')."
+msgstr "Domainbezeichnungen dürfen nicht mit Bindestrich ('-') beginnen oder enden."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:818
+msgid "Invalid domain"
+msgstr "Ungültige Domain"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:868
+#, python-format
+msgid "The %s cannot be blank."
+msgstr "%s darf nicht leer sein."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:871
+#, python-format
+msgid "Invalid character for %s."
+msgstr "Ungültiges Zeichen für %s."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:883
+msgid "Domain labels must have less than 64 characters"
+msgstr "Domainbezeichnungen dürfen 64 Zeichen nicht überschreiten."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:885
+msgid "A domain label may not begin with a hyphen."
+msgstr "Eine Domainbezeichnung darf nicht mit einem Bindestrich beginnen."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:888
+msgid "Invalid character for domain name."
+msgstr "Ungültiges Zeichen für Domainname"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:50
+#, python-format
+msgid "Manually Configure: %s"
+msgstr "Manuell konfigurieren: %s"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:52
+msgid ""
+"Enter the configuration for this network connection. All entries must "
+"contain four sets of numbers, 0 to 255, separated by periods."
+msgstr "Geben Sie die Konfiguration für diese Netzwerkverbindung ein. Alle Einträge müssen vier durch einen Punkt getrennte Zahlengruppen (0 bis 255) enthalten."
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:55
+msgid "IP Address:"
+msgstr "IP-Adresse:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:56
+msgid "Must be unique for this network"
+msgstr "Muss in diesem Netzwerk eindeutig sein"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:57
+msgid "Netmask:"
+msgstr "Netzmaske:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:58
+msgid "Your subnet use may require a different mask"
+msgstr "Ihr Teilnetz benötigt u. U. eine andere Maske"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:59
+msgid "Router:"
+msgstr "Router:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:60
+msgid "The IP address of the router on this subnet"
+msgstr "Die IP-Adresse des Routers in diesem Teilnetz"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:61
+msgid "A DNS server was found on the network"
+msgstr "Ein DNS-Server im Netzwerk gefunden"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:62
+msgid "Address of the Domain Name Server"
+msgstr "Adresse des Domain Name Server"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:63
+msgid "Domain:"
+msgstr "Domain:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:64
+msgid "The machine appears to be in this domain"
+msgstr "Rechner befindet sich scheinbar in dieser Domain"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:65
+msgid "The network's domain name"
+msgstr "Domainname des Netzwerks"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:66
+msgid "NIC:"
+msgstr "NIC:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:67
+msgid "Settings will be applied to this interface"
+msgstr "Einstellungen werden für diese Schnittstelle verwendet"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:70
+msgid "Manually Configure: NIC"
+msgstr "Manuell konfigurieren: NIC"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:184
+msgid "IP Address must not be empty"
+msgstr "IP-Adresse darf nicht fehlen"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:186
+msgid "Netmask must not be empty"
+msgstr "Netzwerkmaske darf nicht fehlen"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:192
+#, python-format
+msgid "'%s' is not a valid netmask"
+msgstr "'%s' ist keine gültige Netzwerkmaske"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:228 ../network_nic_configure.py:243
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s must be of the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+msgstr "%s erfordert das Format xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+
+#: ../network_nic_select.py:49 ../network_nic_select.py:54
+msgid "Manual Network Configuration"
+msgstr "Manuelle Netzwerkkonfiguration"
+
+#: ../network_nic_select.py:50
+msgid ""
+"Select the one wired network connection to be configured during installation"
+msgstr "Wählen Sie eine verdrahtete Netzwerkverb. zur Konfiguration bei der Installation"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:54 ../network_type.py:75
+msgid "Network"
+msgstr "Netzwerk"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:55
+msgid ""
+"Enter a name for this computer that identifies it on the network. It must be "
+"at least two characters. It can contain letters, numbers, and minus signs "
+"(-)."
+msgstr "Geben Sie einen Namen aus mind. zwei Zeichen zur Kennzeichnung des Computers im Netzwerk ein. Dieser kann Buchstaben, Zahlen und Minuszeichen (-) enthalten."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:58
+msgid "Computer Name: "
+msgstr "Computername: "
+
+#: ../network_type.py:59
+msgid "Select how the wired ethernet network connection is configured."
+msgstr "Wählen Sie die Art der Konfiguration der verdrahteten Ethernet-Netzwerkverbindung."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:61
+msgid "Automatically"
+msgstr "Automatisch"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:62
+msgid "Automatically configure the connection"
+msgstr "Automatische Verbindungskonfiguration"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:63
+msgid "Manually"
+msgstr "Manuell"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:64
+msgid "Enter the information on the following screen"
+msgstr "Einstll. auf dem nächsten Bildschirm festlegen"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:66
+msgid "Do not configure the network at this time"
+msgstr "Diesmal keine Konfiguration des Netzwerks"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:67
+msgid ""
+"No wired network interfaces found. Additional device drivers may be needed."
+msgstr "Keine verdrahteten Netzwerkschnittstellen. Mögl. weitere Gerätetreiber notwendig."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:201
+msgid "A Hostname is required."
+msgstr "Hostname erforderlich."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:203
+msgid "A Hostname must be at least two characters."
+msgstr "Hostname muss mind. zwei Zeichen enthalten."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:207
+msgid ""
+"Select the wired network configuration: Automatically, Manually, or None."
+msgstr "Wählen Sie die verdrahtete Netzwerkkonfig.: Automatisch, Manuell od. Keine."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:218
+msgid "The Hostname can only contain letters, numbers, and minus signs (-)."
+msgstr "Hostname darf nur Buchstaben, Zahlen und Minuszeichen (-) enthalten."
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:253
+msgid "Username must not be blank"
+msgstr "Benutzername darf nicht leer sein."
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:257
+msgid "Username must start with a letter"
+msgstr "Benutzername muss mit einem Buchst. beginnen"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:261
+msgid "Invalid character"
+msgstr "Ungültiges Zeichen"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:284
+msgid "User password must be entered."
+msgstr "Ein Benutzerpasswort muss eingegeben werden."
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:286
+msgid "Password must contain at least 6 characters."
+msgstr "Das Passwort muss mindestens sechs Zeichen umfassen."
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:300
+msgid "Password must contain 1 alphabetical character."
+msgstr "Das Passwort muss einen Buchstaben enthalten."
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:303
+msgid "Password must contain 1 digit/special character."
+msgstr "Das Passwort muss eine Zahl/ein Sonderzeichen enthalten."
+
+#: ../summary.py:59 ../summary.py:64
+msgid "System Configuration Summary"
+msgstr "Zusammenfassung der Systemkonfiguration"
+
+#: ../summary.py:60
+msgid ""
+"Review the settings below before continuing. Go back (F3) to make changes."
+msgstr "Prüfen Sie die Einstll. vor dem Fortfahren. Zurück zum Ändern mit F3."
+
+#: ../summary.py:76
+msgid "Apply"
+msgstr "Anwenden"
+
+#: ../summary.py:110
+msgid "Error when generating SC profile\n"
+msgstr "Fehler beim Erstellen des SC-Profils\n"
+
+#: ../summary.py:112
+msgid "SC profile successfully generated\n"
+msgstr "SC-Profil erfolgreich erstellt\n"
+
+#: ../summary.py:128
+msgid "Language: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "Sprache: *Folgende Änderungen beim Anmelden möglich."
+
+#: ../summary.py:132
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default language: %s"
+msgstr "  Standardsprache: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:138
+msgid "Keyboard layout: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "Tastaturlayout: *Folgende Änderungen beim Anmelden möglich."
+
+#: ../summary.py:140
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default keyboard layout: %s"
+msgstr "  Standardtastaturlayout: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:145
+#, python-format
+msgid "Terminal type: %s"
+msgstr "Terminaltyp: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:151
+msgid "Users:"
+msgstr "Benutzer:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:158
+msgid "Network:"
+msgstr "Netzwerk:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:174
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Computer name: %s"
+msgstr "  Computername: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:185
+msgid "  Network Configuration: Automatic"
+msgstr "  Netzwerkkonfiguration: Automatisch"
+
+#: ../summary.py:187
+msgid "  Network Configuration: None"
+msgstr "  Netzwerkkonfiguration: Keine"
+
+#: ../summary.py:189
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Manual Configuration: %s"
+msgstr "  Manuelle Konfiguration: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:191
+#, python-format
+msgid "IP Address: %s"
+msgstr "    IP-Adresse: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:192
+#, python-format
+msgid "Netmask: %s"
+msgstr "    Netzmaske: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:194
+#, python-format
+msgid "Router: %s"
+msgstr "    Router: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:209
+#, python-format
+msgid "Domain: %s"
+msgstr "    Domain: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:212 ../summary.py:220 ../summary.py:233
+#, python-format
+msgid "Name service: %s"
+msgstr "Name Service: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:215
+msgid "DNS servers: "
+msgstr "DNS-Server: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:217
+msgid "DNS Domain search list: "
+msgstr "Suchliste der DNS-Domain: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:222
+msgid "LDAP profile: "
+msgstr "LDAP-Profil: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:223
+msgid "LDAP server's IP: "
+msgstr "IP des LDAP-Servers: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:224
+msgid "LDAP search base: "
+msgstr "LDAP-Suchbasis: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:228
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind distinguished name: "
+msgstr "LDAP Proxy Bind-DN: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:230
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind password: [concealed]"
+msgstr "LDAP Proxy Bind-Passwort: [verborgen]"
+
+#: ../summary.py:236
+msgid "NIS server: broadcast"
+msgstr "NIS-Server: Broadcast"
+
+#: ../summary.py:238
+msgid "NIS server's IP: "
+msgstr "NIS-Server-IP: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:249
+msgid "  Warning: No root password set"
+msgstr "  Warnung: Kein Root-Passwort festgelegt"
+
+#: ../summary.py:251
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Username: %s"
+msgstr "  Benutzername: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:253
+msgid "  No user account"
+msgstr "  Kein Benutzerkonto"
+
+#: ../summary.py:259
+#, python-format
+msgid "Time Zone: %s"
+msgstr "Zeitzone: %s"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:53
+msgid "UTC/GMT"
+msgstr "UTC/GMT"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:60 ../timezone.py:84
+msgid "Time Zone"
+msgstr "Zeitzone"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:85
+msgid "Select your time zone."
+msgstr "Wählen Sie Ihre Zeitzone."
+
+#: ../timezone.py:86
+msgid "Time Zones"
+msgstr "Zeitzonen"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:88
+msgid "Time Zone: Locations"
+msgstr "Zeitzone: Orte"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:89
+msgid "Select the location that contains your time zone."
+msgstr "Wählen Sie den Ort in Ihrer Zeitzone."
+
+#: ../timezone.py:90
+msgid "Locations"
+msgstr "Orte"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:93
+msgid "Time Zone: Regions"
+msgstr "Zeitzone: Regionen"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:94
+msgid "Select the region that contains your time zone."
+msgstr "Wählen Sie die Region in Ihrer Zeitzone."
+
+#: ../timezone.py:95
+msgid "Regions"
+msgstr "Regionen"
+
+#: ../users.py:57 ../users.py:79
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr "Benutzer"
+
+#: ../users.py:58
+msgid "Define a root password for the system and user account for yourself."
+msgstr "Definieren Sie ein Root-Passwort für das System und ein Benutzerkonto."
+
+#: ../users.py:60
+msgid "System Root Password"
+msgstr "System-Root-Passwort"
+
+#: ../users.py:61
+msgid "Root password:"
+msgstr "Root-Passwort:"
+
+#: ../users.py:62
+msgid "Confirm password:"
+msgstr "Passwort bestätigen:"
+
+#: ../users.py:63
+msgid "Create a user account"
+msgstr "Benutzerkonto erstellen"
+
+#: ../users.py:64
+msgid "Your real name:"
+msgstr "Ihr eigentlicher Name:"
+
+#: ../users.py:65
+msgid "Username:"
+msgstr "Benutzername:"
+
+#: ../users.py:66
+msgid "User password:"
+msgstr "Benutzerpasswort:"
+
+#: ../users.py:68
+msgid "No Root Password"
+msgstr "Kein Root-Passwort"
+
+#: ../users.py:69
+msgid ""
+"A root password has not been defined. The system is completely unsecured.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choose Cancel to set a root password."
+msgstr "Es wurde kein Root-Passwort definiert. Das System ist ungesichert.\n\nWählen Sie Abbrechen, um ein Root-Passwort zu definieren."
+
+#: ../users.py:72
+msgid "No User Password"
+msgstr "Kein Benutzerpasswort"
+
+#: ../users.py:73
+msgid ""
+"A user password has not been defined. The user account has administrative "
+"privileges so the system is unsecured.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choose Cancel to set a user password."
+msgstr "Es wurde kein Benutzerpasswort definiert. Das Benutzerkonto hat Administratorrechte. Das System ist daher ungesichert.\n\nWählen Sie Abbrechen, um ein Benutzerpasswort zu definieren."
+
+#: ../users.py:297
+msgid "Root passwords don't match"
+msgstr "Root-Passwörter stimmen nicht überein"
+
+#: ../users.py:300
+msgid "User passwords don't match"
+msgstr "Benutzerpasswörter stimmen nicht überein"
+
+#: ../users.py:322
+msgid "Enter username or clear all user account fields"
+msgstr "Benutzernamen eingeben oder alle Benutzerkontofelder löschen"
+
+#: ../users.py:369
+msgid "Passwords don't match"
+msgstr "Passwörter stimmen nicht überein"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:46
+msgid "System Configuration Tool"
+msgstr "Systemkonfigurationstool"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:47
+msgid ""
+"System Configuration Tool enables you to specify the following configuration "
+"parameters for your newly-installed Oracle Solaris 11 system:\n"
+msgstr "Mit dem Systemkonfigurationstool können Sie folgende Konfigurationsparameter für das neu installierte Oracle Solaris 11-System definieren:\n"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:50
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"System Configuration Tool produces an SMF profile file in %(scprof)s.\n"
+"\n"
+"How to navigate through this tool:"
+msgstr "\nDas Systemkonfigurationstool erstellt eine SMF-Profildatei in %(scprof)s.\n\nNavigation in diesem Tool:"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:53
+msgid ""
+"Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to move from "
+"screen to screen and to perform other operations."
+msgstr "Verwenden Sie die Funktionstasten unten auf einem Bildschirm, um zwischen den Bildschirmen zu wechseln und andere Schritte auszuführen."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:56
+msgid ""
+"Use the up/down arrow keys to change the selection or to move between input "
+"fields."
+msgstr "Verwenden Sie die Pfeiltaste nach oben/nach unten, um die Auswahl zu ändern und zwischen den Eingabefeldern zu wechseln."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:58
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard does not have function keys, or they do not respond, press "
+"ESC; the legend at the bottom of the screen will change to show the ESC keys "
+"for navigation and other functions."
+msgstr "Wenn Ihre Tastatur keine Funktionstasten hat oder diese nicht funktionieren, drücken Sie ESC, die Legende unten auf dem Bildschirm wird geändert, um die ESC-Tasten für die Navigation und andere Funktionen anzuzeigen."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:65
+msgid "Welcome and Navigation Instructions"
+msgstr "Willkommen – Navigationsanweisungen"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:82
+msgid "network"
+msgstr "Netzwerk"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:84
+msgid "system hostname"
+msgstr "Hostname des Systems"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:86
+msgid "time zone"
+msgstr "Zeitzone"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:88
+msgid "date and time"
+msgstr "Datum und Uhrzeit"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:90
+msgid "user and root accounts"
+msgstr "Benutzer- und Root-Konten"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:92
+msgid "name services"
+msgstr "Name Services"
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/terminalui.pot	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\nReport-Msgid-Bugs-To: \nPOT-Creation-Date: 2011-07-29 16:17+0900\nPO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\nLast-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\nLanguage-Team: LANGUAGE <[email protected]>\nMIME-Version: 1.0\nContent-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\nContent-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../edit_field.py:341
+#, python-format
+msgid "Max supported field length: %s"
+msgstr "Max. unterstützte Feldlänge: %s"
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/textinstall.pot	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,670 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2009, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\nReport-Msgid-Bugs-To: \nPOT-Creation-Date: 2011-07-29 11:16+0900\nPO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\nLast-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\nLanguage-Team: LANGUAGE <[email protected]>\nMIME-Version: 1.0\nContent-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\nContent-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:53
+msgid "Oracle Solaris"
+msgstr "Oracle Solaris"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:126
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Exiting Text Installer. Log is available at:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr "Textbasiertes Installationsprogramm wird beendet. Protokoll verfügbar unter:\n%s"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:300
+msgid ""
+"DONT_TRANSLATE_BUT_REPLACE_msgstr_WITH_True_OR_False: Should wrap text on "
+"whitespace in this language"
+msgstr "True"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:303
+msgid "Confirm: Quit the Installer?"
+msgstr "Bestätigen: Installationsprogramm beenden?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:304
+msgid "Do you want to quit the Installer?"
+msgstr "Soll das Installationsprogramm beendet werden?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:305 ../disk_selection.py:106
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr "Abbrechen"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:306 ../__init__.py:376
+msgid "Quit"
+msgstr "Ende"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:313
+#, python-format
+msgid "The %(release)s Text Installer must be run with root privileges"
+msgstr "Textbasiertes %(release)s-Installationsprogramm erfordert Root-Berechtigungen"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:318
+#, python-format
+msgid "Set log location to FILE (default: %default)"
+msgstr "Setzt Protokollspeicherplatz auf FILE (Standard: %default)."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:322
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Set log verbosity to LEVEL. In order of increasing verbosity, valid values "
+"are 'error' 'warn' 'info' 'debug' or 'input'\n"
+"[default: %default]"
+msgstr "Setzt Ausführlichkeit auf LEVEL. Gültige Werte zum Erhöhen der Ausführlichkeit sind 'error', 'warn', 'info', 'debug' oder 'input'\n[Standard: %default]."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:329
+msgid ""
+"Enable debug mode. Sets logging level to 'input' and enables CTRL-C for "
+"killing the program\n"
+msgstr "Aktiviert Debug-Modus. Setzt Protokollebene auf 'input' und ermöglicht, das Programm mit Strg-C abzubrechen.\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:333
+msgid ""
+"Force the installer to run in black and white. This may be useful on some "
+"SPARC machines with unsupported frame buffers\n"
+msgstr "Erzwingt die Ausführung  des Installationsprogramms im Schwarzweißmodus. Dies kann auf einigen SPARC-Rechnern mit Framepuffern sinnvoll sein.\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:338
+msgid ""
+"Runs in 'no installation' mode. When run in 'no installation' mode, no "
+"persistent changes are made to the disks and booted environment\n"
+msgstr "Wird im Modus 'Keine Installation' ausgeführt. In diesem Modus werden keine dauerhaften Änderungen an Festplatten oder der gebooteten Umgebung vorgenommen.\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:365
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"     Terminal too small. Min size is 80x24. Current size is %(x)ix%(y)i."
+msgstr "     Terminal zu klein. Mindestgröße ist 80x24. Aktuelle Größe %(x)ix%(y)i."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:371 ../disk_selection.py:107
+msgid "Continue"
+msgstr "Weiter"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:373
+msgid "Back"
+msgstr "Zurück"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:375
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr "Hilfe"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:380
+msgid "Help Topics"
+msgstr "Hilfethemen"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:381
+msgid "Help Index"
+msgstr "Hilfeindex"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:382
+msgid "Select a topic and press Continue."
+msgstr "Wählen Sie ein Thema und klicken Sie auf Weiter."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:417
+msgid "An unhandled exception occurred."
+msgstr "Eine nicht behandelte Ausnahme ist aufgetreten."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:422
+msgid "Full traceback data is in the installation log"
+msgstr "Vollständige Traceback-Daten im Installationsprotokoll"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:423
+msgid "Please file a bug at http://defect.opensolaris.org"
+msgstr "Melden Sie einen Bug unter http://defect.opensolaris.org"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:68 ../disk_selection.py:109
+msgid "Disks"
+msgstr "Festplatten"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:69
+#, python-format
+msgid "Where should %(release)s be installed?"
+msgstr "Wo soll %(release)s installiert werden?"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:70
+#, python-format
+msgid "Recommended size:  %(recommend).1fGB      Minimum size: %(min).1fGB"
+msgstr "Empfohlene Größe:  %(recommend).1fGB      Minimum: %(min).1fGB"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:72
+msgid "Seeking disks on system"
+msgstr "Festplatten auf dem System werden gesucht"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:73 ../fdisk_partitions.py:66
+msgid "The following partitions were found on the disk."
+msgstr "Auf der Festplatte wurden folgende Partitionen gefunden."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:74 ../fdisk_partitions.py:69
+msgid "The following slices were found on the disk."
+msgstr "Auf der Festplatte wurden folgende Bereiche gefunden."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:75 ../fdisk_partitions.py:67
+msgid "A partition table was not found. The following is proposed."
+msgstr "Keine Partitionstabelle gefunden. Folgendes wird vorgeschlagen."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:77 ../fdisk_partitions.py:70
+msgid "A VTOC label was not found. The following is proposed."
+msgstr "VTOC-Festplattenkennzeichnung nicht gefunden. Folgendes wird vorgeschlagen."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:79
+msgid "A GPT labeled disk was found. The following is proposed."
+msgstr "Festplatte mit GPT-Kennzeichnung gefunden. Folgendes wird vorgeschlagen."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:81
+msgid "Too small"
+msgstr "Zu klein"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:82
+#, python-format
+msgid "Limited to %.1f TB"
+msgstr "Beschränkt auf %.1f TB"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:83
+msgid "GPT labeled disk"
+msgstr "Festplatte mit GPT-Kennzeichnung"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:84
+msgid "No disks found. Additional device drivers may be needed."
+msgstr "Keine Festplatten gefunden. Mögl. weitere Gerätetreiber notwendig."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:86
+#, python-format
+msgid "%(release)s cannot be installed on any disk"
+msgstr "%(release)s kann auf keiner Festplatte installiert werden"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:87
+msgid ""
+"An error occurred while searching for installation targets. Please check the "
+"install log and file a bug at defect.opensolaris.org."
+msgstr "Fehler bei der Suche nach Installationszielen aufgetreten. Überprüfen Sie das Installationsprotokoll und melden Sie unter defect.opensolaris.org einen Bug."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:91
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "Typ"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:92 ../disk_window.py:64 ../disk_window.py:67
+#: ../disk_window.py:72 ../disk_window.py:76
+msgid "Size(GB)"
+msgstr "Größe(GB)"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:93 ../fdisk_partitions.py:55
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:89
+msgid "Boot"
+msgstr "Boot"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:94
+msgid "Device"
+msgstr "Gerät"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:95
+msgid "Manufacturer"
+msgstr "Hersteller"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:96
+msgid "Notes"
+msgstr "Hinweise"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:99
+msgid "Warning"
+msgstr "Warnung"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:100
+#, python-format
+msgid "Only the first %.1fTB can be used."
+msgstr "Nur das erste %.1fTB kann verwendet werden."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:101
+msgid ""
+"You have chosen a GPT labeled disk. Installing onto a GPT labeled disk will "
+"cause the loss of all existing data and the disk will be relabeled as SMI."
+msgstr "Sie haben eine Festplatte mit GPT-Kennzeichnung gewählt. Bei Installation auf dieser Festplatte gehen vorhandene Daten verloren. Die Festplatte wird als SMI neu kennzeichnet."
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:63 ../disk_window.py:66
+msgid "Primary"
+msgstr "Primär"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:63 ../disk_window.py:66
+msgid "Logical"
+msgstr "Logisch"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:68 ../disk_window.py:77
+msgid " Avail"
+msgstr " Verf."
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:70 ../disk_window.py:74
+msgid "Slice"
+msgstr "Bereich"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:341
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d more partitions"
+msgstr "%d weitere Partitionen"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:343
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d more slices"
+msgstr "%d weitere Bereiche"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:775 ../disk_window.py:785
+msgid "Only the digits 0-9 and \".\" are valid."
+msgstr "Nur Zahlen 0-9 und \".\" sind gültig."
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:778
+msgid "A number can only have one \".\""
+msgstr "Zahl darf nur einen \".\" haben"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:787
+msgid "Size can be specified to only one decimal place."
+msgstr "Größe kann nur bis auf eine Dezimalstelle angegeben werden."
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:803
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"The new size (%(size).1f) is greater than the available space (%(avail).1f)"
+msgstr "Neue Größe (%(size).1f) ist größer als der verf. Platz (%(avail).1f)"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:56
+#, python-format
+msgid "Fdisk Partitions: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+msgstr "Fdisk-Partitionen: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:57 ../fdisk_partitions.py:84
+msgid "Solaris Partition Slices"
+msgstr "Solaris-Partitionsbereiche"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:58
+#, python-format
+msgid "Solaris Slices: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+msgstr "Solaris-Bereiche: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:59
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"%(release)s can be installed on the whole disk or a partition on the disk."
+msgstr "%(release)s kann auf gesamter Festplatte oder einer Partition installiert werden."
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:61
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"%(release)s can be installed in the whole fdisk partition or within a slice "
+"in the partition"
+msgstr "%(release)s kann auf gesamter Fdisk-Partition oder in einem Bereich installiert werden"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:64
+#, python-format
+msgid "%(release)s can be installed on the whole disk or a slice on the disk."
+msgstr "%(release)s kann auf gesamter Festplatte oder in einem Bereich installiert werden."
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:72
+msgid "Use the whole disk"
+msgstr "Gesamte Festplatte verwenden"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:73
+msgid "Use the whole partition"
+msgstr "Gesamte Partition verwenden"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:74
+msgid "Use a slice in the partition"
+msgstr "Bereich in der Partition verwenden"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:75
+msgid "Use a partition of the disk"
+msgstr "Eine Festplattenpartition verwenden"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:76
+msgid "Use a slice on the disk"
+msgstr "Einen Festplattenbereich verwenden"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:79
+msgid "Solaris Slices"
+msgstr "Solaris-Bereiche"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:82
+msgid "Fdisk Partitions"
+msgstr "Fdisk-Partitionen"
+
+#: ../install_progress.py:46
+#, python-format
+msgid "Installing %(release)s"
+msgstr "%(release)s wird installiert"
+
+#: ../install_progress.py:49
+msgid ""
+"Do you want to quit the Installer?\n"
+"\n"
+"Any changes made to the disk by the Installer will be left \"as is.\""
+msgstr "Installationsprogramm beenden?\n\nÄnderungen des Installationsprogramms an der Festplatte bleiben \"unverändert.\""
+
+#: ../install_status.py:48
+msgid "Installation Complete"
+msgstr "Installation abgeschlossen"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:49
+msgid "Installation Failed"
+msgstr "Installation fehlgeschlagen"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:51
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"The installation of %(release)s has completed successfully.\n"
+"\n"
+"Reboot to start the newly installed software or Quit if you wish to perform "
+"additional tasks before rebooting.\n"
+"\n"
+"The installation log is available at %(log_tmp)s. After reboot it can be "
+"found at %(log_final)s."
+msgstr "%(release)s wurde erfolgreich installiert.\n\nStarten Sie die neue Software neu, oder wählen Sie Ende, wenn Sie vor dem Neustart andere Schritte ausführen möchten.\n\nDas Installationsprotokoll finden Sie unter %(log_tmp)s. Nach dem Neustart wird es unter %(log_final)s gespeichert."
+
+#: ../install_status.py:60
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"The installation did not complete normally.\n"
+"\n"
+"For more information you can review the installation log.\n"
+"The installation log is available at %(log_tmp)s"
+msgstr "Installation wurde nicht normal abgeschlossen.\n\nWeitere Informationen entnehmen Sie dem Installationsprotokoll.\nDas Installationsprotokoll ist verfügbar unter %(log_tmp)s"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:80
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "Neustart"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:83
+msgid "View Log"
+msgstr "Protokoll"
+
+#: ../log_viewer.py:41
+msgid "Installation Log"
+msgstr "Installationsprotokoll"
+
+#: ../log_viewer.py:76
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Could not read log file:\n"
+"\t%s"
+msgstr "Protokolldatei konnte nicht gelesen werden:\n\t%s"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:59
+msgid ""
+"Oracle Solaris will be installed into the Solaris partition. A partition's "
+"type can be changed using the F5 key.\n"
+"\n"
+"A partition's size can be increased up to its Avail space. Avail space can "
+"be increased by deleting an adjacent partition. Delete a partition by "
+"changing it to \"Unused\" using the F5 key.\n"
+"\n"
+"The four primary partition slots are listed on the left. If one is an "
+"\"Extended\" partition its logical partitions are listed on the right."
+msgstr "Oracle Solaris wird auf der Solaris-Partition installiert. Der Partitions- typ kann mit F5-Taste geändert werden.\n\nDie Partitionsgröße kann bis auf die Verf.-Größe erweitert werden. Erweitern Sie die Verf.-Größe, indem Sie eine benachbarte Partition löschen. Drücken Sie F5, um sie als \"nicht verwendet\" zu kennzeichnen und so zu löschen.\nDie vier primären Partitionsslots sind links aufgeführt. Wenn eine Partition \"Erweitert\" ist, werden die logischen Partitionen rechts aufgeführt."
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:71
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"%(release)s will be installed in the \"%(pool)s\" slice. Use the F5 key to "
+"change a slice to \"%(pool)s.\"\n"
+"\n"
+"A slice's size can be increased up to its Avail size. Avail can be increased "
+"by deleting an adjacent slice. Use the F5 key to delete a slice by changing "
+"it to \"Unused.\"\n"
+"\n"
+"Slices are listed in disk layout order."
+msgstr "%(release)s wird im Bereich \"%(pool)s\" installiert. Drücken Sie F5, um einen Bereich in \"%(pool)s\" zu ändern.\n\nDie Bereichsgröße kann bis auf die Verf.-Größe erweitert werden. Diese Größe kann durch Löschen eines benachbarten Bereichs erweitert werden. Drücken Sie F5, um \"nicht verwendet\" zu wählen und ihn so zu löschen.\n\nBereiche werden in Festplattenlayout-Reihenfolge aufgeführt."
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:80
+#, python-format
+msgid "Select Partition: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+msgstr "Partition wählen: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:82
+msgid "Select Slice in Fdisk Partition"
+msgstr "Bereich in Fdisk-Partition wählen"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:83
+#, python-format
+msgid "Select Slice: %(size).1fGB %(type)s%(bootable)s"
+msgstr "Bereich auswählen: %(size).1fGB %(type)s%(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:85
+msgid "indicates the slice's current content will be destroyed"
+msgstr "Zeigt an, dass der aktuelle Inhalt des Bereichs gelöscht wird"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:87
+msgid "indicates the partition's current content will be destroyed"
+msgstr "Zeigt an, dass der aktuelle Inhalt der Partition gelöscht wird"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:93 ../partition_edit_screen.py:99
+msgid "Select Slice"
+msgstr "Bereich auswählen"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:96
+msgid "Select Partition"
+msgstr "Partition auswählen"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:141
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr "Zurücks."
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:142
+msgid "Change Type"
+msgstr "Typ ä."
+
+#: ../summary.py:61 ../summary.py:66
+msgid "Installation Summary"
+msgstr "Installationszusammenfassung"
+
+#: ../summary.py:62
+msgid ""
+"Review the settings below before installing. Go back (F3) to make changes."
+msgstr "Prüfen Sie die Einstll. vor der Installation. Zurück zum Ändern mit F3."
+
+#: ../summary.py:72
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "Install."
+
+#: ../summary.py:111
+#, python-format
+msgid "Software: %s"
+msgstr "Software: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:117
+msgid "Language: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "Sprache: *Folgende Änderungen beim Anmelden möglich."
+
+#: ../summary.py:121
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default language: %s"
+msgstr "  Standardsprache: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:124
+msgid "Keyboard layout: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "Tastaturlayout: *Folgende Änderungen beim Anmelden möglich."
+
+#: ../summary.py:126
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default keyboard layout: %s"
+msgstr "  Standardtastaturlayout: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:129
+#, python-format
+msgid "Terminal type: %s"
+msgstr "Terminaltyp: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:132
+msgid "Users:"
+msgstr "Benutzer:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:135
+msgid "Network:"
+msgstr "Netzwerk:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:147
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Computer name: %s"
+msgstr "  Computername: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:152
+msgid "  Network Configuration: Automatic"
+msgstr "  Netzwerkkonfiguration: Automatisch"
+
+#: ../summary.py:154
+msgid "  Network Configuration: None"
+msgstr "  Netzwerkkonfiguration: Keine"
+
+#: ../summary.py:156
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Manual Configuration: %s"
+msgstr "  Manuelle Konfiguration: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:158
+#, python-format
+msgid "    IP Address: %s"
+msgstr "    IP-Adresse: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:159
+#, python-format
+msgid "    Netmask: %s"
+msgstr "    Netzmaske: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:161
+#, python-format
+msgid "    Router: %s"
+msgstr "    Router: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:172
+#, python-format
+msgid "Domain: %s"
+msgstr "    Domain: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:175 ../summary.py:185 ../summary.py:198
+#, python-format
+msgid "Name service: %s"
+msgstr "Name Service: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:179
+msgid "DNS servers: "
+msgstr "DNS-Server: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:181
+msgid "DNS Domain search list: "
+msgstr "Suchliste der DNS-Domain: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:187
+msgid "LDAP profile: "
+msgstr "LDAP-Profil: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:188
+msgid "LDAP server's IP: "
+msgstr "LDAP-Server-IP: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:189
+msgid "LDAP search base: "
+msgstr "LDAP-Suchbasis: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:193
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind distinguished name: "
+msgstr "LDAP Proxy Bind-DN: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:195
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind password: [concealed]"
+msgstr "LDAP Proxy Bind-Passwort: [verborgen]"
+
+#: ../summary.py:201
+msgid "NIS server: broadcast"
+msgstr "NIS-Server: Broadcast"
+
+#: ../summary.py:203
+msgid "NIS server's IP: "
+msgstr "NIS-Server-IP: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:214
+msgid "  Warning: No root password set"
+msgstr "  Warnung: Kein Root-Passwort angegeben"
+
+#: ../summary.py:216
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Username: %s"
+msgstr "  Benutzername: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:218
+msgid "  No user account"
+msgstr "  Kein Benutzerkonto"
+
+#: ../summary.py:228
+#, python-format
+msgid "Disk: %(disk-size).1fGB %(disk-type)s"
+msgstr "Festplatte: %(disk-size).1fGB %(disk-type)s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:238
+#, python-format
+msgid "Partition: %(part-size).1fGB %(part-type)s"
+msgstr "Partition: %(part-size).1fGB %(part-type)s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:246
+#, python-format
+msgid "Slice %(slice-num)s: %(slice-size).1fGB %(pool)s"
+msgstr "Bereich %(slice-num)s: %(slice-size).1fGB %(pool)s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:257
+#, python-format
+msgid "Time Zone: %s"
+msgstr "Zeitzone: %s"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:40
+#, python-format
+msgid "Welcome to %(release)s"
+msgstr "Willkommen bei %(release)s"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:41
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Thanks for choosing to install %(release)s! This installer enables you to "
+"install the %(release)s Operating System (OS) on SPARC or x86 systems.\n"
+"\n"
+"The installation log will be at %(log)s.\n"
+"\n"
+"How to navigate through this installer:"
+msgstr "Danke, dass Sie sich für %(release)s entschieden haben. Mit diesem Installationsprogramm installieren Sie %(release)s (OS) auf SPARC- oder x86-Systemen.\n\nInstallationsprotokoll ist verfügbar unter %(log)s.\n\nNavigation im Installationsprogramm:"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:46
+msgid ""
+"Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to move from "
+"screen to screen and to perform other operations."
+msgstr "Verwenden Sie die Funktionstasten unten auf einem Bildschirm, um zwischen den Bildschirmen zu wechseln und andere Schritte auszuführen."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:49
+msgid ""
+"Use the up/down arrow keys to change the selection or to move between input "
+"fields."
+msgstr "Verwenden Sie die Pfeiltaste nach oben/nach unten, um die Auswahl zu ändern und zwischen den Eingabefeldern zu wechseln."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:51
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard does not have function keys, or they do not respond, press "
+"ESC; the legend at the bottom of the screen will change to show the ESC keys "
+"for navigation and other functions."
+msgstr "Wenn Ihre Tastatur keine Funktionstasten hat oder diese nicht funktionieren, drücken Sie ESC, die Legende unten auf dem Bildschirm wird geändert, um die ESC-Tasten für die Navigation und andere Funktionen anzuzeigen."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:57
+msgid "Welcome and Navigation Instructions"
+msgstr "Willkommen – Navigationsanweisungen"
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/date_time.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+DATUM UND UHRZEIT
+
+Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie die interne Uhr des Computers stellen oder zurücksetzen. 
+
+Wenn möglich, entsprechen die anfänglichen Einstellungen auf diesem Bildschirm den aktuellen Einstellungen für die interne Uhr des Computers.
+
+VERFAHREN
+
+Drücken Sie F3, um diesen Hilfebildschirm zu beenden. Anschließend können Sie auf dem Installationsbildschirm die anfänglichen Einstellungen dieses Bildschirms übernehmen, indem Sie F2 drücken. Alternativ können Sie auch mit den Pfeiltasten zu den einzelnen editierbaren Feldern wechseln und neue Einstellungen eingeben. Drücken Sie F2, um mit den neuen Einstellungen fortzufahren. 
+
+Hinweis: Wenn Sie einen ungültigen Eintrag eingeben, wird auf dem Bildschirm eine Fehlermeldung angezeigt.
+
+Wenn Sie einen Monat eingeben, der weniger Tage hat als von der aktuellen Einstellung für „Tag“ angegeben, wird jene Einstellung automatisch auf den letzten Tag des neuen Monats geändert. 
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Verwenden Sie zum Navigieren zwischen Bildschirmen die im unteren Bereich jedes Bildschirms aufgeführten Funktionstasten. Mithilfe der Pfeiltasten können Sie auf allen Bildschirmen durch den Text navigieren.
+
+Hinweis: Wenn Ihre Tastatur keine Funktionstasten hat oder diese nicht reagieren, drücken Sie auf ESC, um die alternativen ESC-Tasten für die Navigation anzuzeigen.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_search.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+DNS-SUCHLISTE
+
+Gibt die zusätzlichen DNS-Domains an. Diese Domains werden vom System bei der Suche nach Adressen von einem DNS-Server verwendet.
+
+RICHTLINIEN
+
+Suchdomains sind optional. Wenn keine Domains angegeben sind, wird die standardmäßige Suchdomain verwendet, die aus der Domain dieses Systems besteht. 
+
+Maximal sechs Domains können angegeben werden.
+
+VERFAHREN
+
+Geben Sie die Domainnamen an. Beginnen Sie beim oberen Eingabefeld.
+
+Wenn derzeit vom System eine DNS-Suchliste verwendet wird, werden die Domains als Standardwerte in die Felder eingetragen.  Diese Standardwerte können geändert werden.
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Verwenden Sie zum Navigieren zwischen Bildschirmen die im unteren Bereich jedes Bildschirms aufgeführten Funktionstasten. Mithilfe der Pfeiltasten können Sie zwischen den Feldern navigieren.
+     
+Hinweis: Wenn Ihre Tastatur keine Funktionstasten hat oder diese nicht reagieren, drücken Sie auf ESC, um die alternativen ESC-Tasten für die Navigation anzuzeigen.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_server.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+DNS-SERVERADRESSEN
+
+Gibt die IP-Adressen des DNS-Servers an, der vom System verwendet wird.
+
+RICHTLINIEN
+
+Es können ein bis drei Namenserver angegeben werden. Diese Namenserver werden von DNS verwendet, um die Namen anderer Systeme aufzulösen.
+
+Um die Adressen der DNS-Server zu bestimmen, wenden Sie sich an den Systemadministrator.
+
+VERFAHREN
+
+Geben Sie die IP-Adressen in numerischem Format ein (beispielsweise 198.0.0.1).
+
+Wenn derzeit vom System DNS-Server verwendet werden, werden deren Adressen als Standardwerte in die Felder eingetragen.  Diese Standardwerte können geändert werden.
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Verwenden Sie zum Navigieren zwischen Bildschirmen die im unteren Bereich jedes Bildschirms aufgeführten Funktionstasten. Mithilfe der Pfeiltasten können Sie zwischen den Feldern navigieren.
+     
+Hinweis: Wenn Ihre Tastatur keine Funktionstasten hat oder diese nicht reagieren, drücken Sie auf ESC, um die alternativen ESC-Tasten für die Navigation anzuzeigen.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/domain.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+DOMAINNAME
+
+Gibt das System als Teil einer Name Service-Domain an.
+
+RICHTLINIEN
+
+Um den Domainname zu bestimmen, wenden Sie sich an den Systemadministrator.  Sie können aber auch den Befehl domainname(1M) für ein zuvor installiertes System verwenden.
+
+Der Domainname besteht aus einer Reihe von zwei bis vier Kurznamen, die durch Punkte getrennt sind.
+
+VERFAHREN
+
+Geben Sie den Domainnamen in das Bearbeitungsfeld ein.
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Verwenden Sie zum Navigieren zwischen Bildschirmen die im unteren Bereich jedes Bildschirms aufgeführten Funktionstasten. Mithilfe der Pfeiltasten können Sie zwischen den Feldern navigieren.
+     
+Hinweis: Wenn Ihre Tastatur keine Funktionstasten hat oder diese nicht reagieren, drücken Sie auf ESC, um die alternativen ESC-Tasten für die Navigation anzuzeigen.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_profile.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+LDAP-PROFIL
+
+Gibt das Profil an, das verwendet wird, um den LDAP-Name Service auf dem System zu konfigurieren.   Gibt auch die Adresse des Servers an, von dem das Profil abgerufen werden soll.  Auf dem LDAP-PROFIL-Bildschirm wird auch die LDAP-Suchbasis angegeben.
+
+RICHTLINIEN
+
+Das angegebene LDIF-Profil, das mit dem Befehl ldap_gen_profile erstellt wurde, stellt das Standardformat und alle Einstellungen bereit, die benötigt werden, um mit den Servern zu kommunizieren.  Das Profil stellt zudem sicher, dass die Konfigurationsdatei automatisch durch ldap_cachemgr(1M) konfiguriert werden kann.
+
+Die LDAP-Suchbasis ist erforderlich. Es wird automatisch ein Standardwert bereitgestellt, der auf dem zuvor eingegebenen Domainnamen basiert.
+
+Wenn LDAP ohne Profil auf diesem System konfiguriert werden soll, wählen Sie "Kein" für den Name Service-Typ. Nach Abschluss der Installation konfigurieren Sie den Name Service manuell.
+
+VERFAHREN
+
+- Geben Sie den Profilnamen in das obere Eingabefeld ein.
+- Geben Sie die numerische IP-Adresse des Profilservers ein.
+- Geben Sie die Suchbasis ein.
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Verwenden Sie zum Navigieren zwischen Bildschirmen die im unteren Bereich jedes Bildschirms aufgeführten Funktionstasten. Mithilfe der Pfeiltasten können Sie zwischen den Feldern navigieren.
+     
+Hinweis: Wenn Ihre Tastatur keine Funktionstasten hat oder diese nicht reagieren, drücken Sie auf ESC, um die alternativen ESC-Tasten für die Navigation anzuzeigen.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_proxy.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+LDAP-PROXY
+
+Geben Sie an, ob die LDAP Proxy Bind-Informationen bereitgestellt werden. Ist dies der Fall, geben Sie den DN (Distinguished Name) und das Proxy Bind-Passwort an.
+
+RICHTLINIEN
+
+Wenn durch das von Ihnen verwendete Profil eine Ebene für die Proxy-Berechtigungsnachweisstufe angegeben wird und die Authentifizierungsmethode nicht "Keine" ist, müssen Sie die Proxy-Verbindungsinformationen bereitstellen.
+
+Wenn Sie keine Proxy-Verbindungsinformationen bereitstellen und diese Informationen erforderlich sind, wird ein Fehler generiert und LDAP kann nicht initialisiert werden. Die Informationen für die LDAP-Proxy-Verbindung können vom Netzwerkadministrator bereitgestellt werden.
+
+VERFAHREN
+
+Geben Sie den Proxy Bind-DN ein. Geben Sie das Passwort der Proxy-Verbindung ein.
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Verwenden Sie zum Navigieren zwischen Bildschirmen die im unteren Bereich jedes Bildschirms aufgeführten Funktionstasten. Mithilfe der Pfeiltasten können Sie zwischen den Feldern navigieren.
+     
+Hinweis: Wenn Ihre Tastatur keine Funktionstasten hat oder diese nicht reagieren, drücken Sie auf ESC, um die alternativen ESC-Tasten für die Navigation anzuzeigen.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/name_service.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+NAME SERVICE-AUSWAHL
+
+Gibt die Beziehung des Systems zu einem Name Service an.
+
+RICHTLINIEN
+
+Der Systemadministrator sollte die Name Services kennen, die von diesem System verwendet werden sollen.
+
+VERFAHREN
+
+Um DNS als Name Service auszuwählen, navigieren Sie zum Bildschirm "DNS-Name Service" und verwenden die Pfeiltasten, um "DNS konfigurieren" zu markieren.
+
+Um entweder LDAP- oder NIS-Name Services auszuwählen, navigieren Sie zum Bildschirm "Alternativer Name Service" und verwenden die Pfeiltasten, um die entsprechende Auswahl zu markieren.
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Verwenden Sie zum Navigieren zwischen Bildschirmen die im unteren Bereich jedes Bildschirms aufgeführten Funktionstasten. Mithilfe der Pfeiltasten können Sie zwischen den Feldern navigieren.
+     
+Hinweis: Wenn Ihre Tastatur keine Funktionstasten hat oder diese nicht reagieren, drücken Sie auf ESC, um die alternativen ESC-Tasten für die Navigation anzuzeigen.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+NETZWERK
+
+Auf diesem Bildschirm werden Sie aufgefordert, den Hostnamen eines Computers einzugeben und die Konfiguration der Netzwerkverbindung festzulegen.
+
+VERFAHREN
+
+Drücken Sie F3, um diesen Hilfebildschirm zu beenden. Geben Sie dann auf dem Installationsbildschirm die Netzwerkinformationen wie folgt an:
+
+* COMPUTERNAME: Dieser Bildschirm enthält ein editierbares Feld für den Computernamen. Dieses Feld ist hervorgehoben. Wählen Sie das Feld für den Hostnamen des Computers und geben Sie einen Namen für diesen Computer ein, mit dem er im Netzwerk identifiziert wird. Beachten Sie die folgenden Einschränkungen:
+
+     * Der Hostname muss mindestens zwei Zeichen lang sein.
+     * Der Hostname kann Buchstaben, Zahlen und Minuszeichen (-) enthalten.
+
+* NETZWERKVERBINDUNG: Wählen Sie mithilfe der Pfeiltasten eine Netzwerkverbindung aus folgenden Optionen:                  
+
+     Automatisch: Die Verbindung wird mit DHCP konfiguriert.
+     Manuell: Bei Auswahl dieser Option wählen Sie eine verkabelte Netzwerkschnittstelle und konfigurieren diese auf den nachfolgenden Bildschirmen.
+     Keine: Das Netzwerk wird nicht während der Installation konfiguriert.
+ 
+Drücken Sie F2, um mit dem nächsten Bildschirm fortzufahren. 
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Verwenden Sie zum Navigieren zwischen Bildschirmen die im unteren Bereich jedes Bildschirms aufgeführten Funktionstasten. Mithilfe der Pfeiltasten können Sie auf allen Bildschirmen durch den Text navigieren.
+
+Hinweis: Wenn Ihre Tastatur keine Funktionstasten hat oder diese nicht reagieren, drücken Sie auf ESC, um die alternativen ESC-Tasten für die Navigation anzuzeigen.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network_manual.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+MANUELLE NETZWERKKONFIGURATION
+
+Auf den Bildschirmen für die manuelle Netzwerkkonfiguration können Sie die Netzwerkeinstellungen des Rechners manuell festlegen. Wenn mehr als eine Schnittstelle vorhanden ist, wählen Sie zunächst eine zu konfigurierende Verbindung. Geben Sie dann die Einstellungen für die Verbindung ein. 
+
+Hinweis: Während der Installation kann nur eine Verbindung konfiguriert werden.
+
+RICHTLINIEN
+
+Diese Bildschirme enthalten editierbare Felder, die bei Auswahl hervorgehoben werden. Wählen Sie die einzelnen Felder mithilfe der Pfeiltasten. Wenn ein Feld ausgewählt ist, können Sie Ihre Einstellungen darin eingeben.
+
+VERFAHREN
+
+Drücken Sie F3, um diesen Hilfebildschirm zu beenden. Vervollständigen Sie dann die Informationen zur manuellen Konfiguration wie folgt:
+
+1. Wenn mehr als eine Schnittstelle vorhanden ist, heben Sie auf dem ersten Bildschirm mithilfe der Pfeiltasten die zu konfigurierende Verbindung hervor. Drücken Sie dann F2, um mit dem nächsten Bildschirm fortzufahren.
+
+2. Wechseln Sie mit den Pfeiltasten zu den einzelnen Konfigurationsfeldern für die zu konfigurierende Verbindung.
+
+Hinweis: Für Felder, deren Konfigurationsinformationen automatisch vom Installationsprogramm erkannt wurden, werden die Konfigurationsinformationen angezeigt. 
+
+3. Für jedes Konfigurationsfeld können Sie Verbindungseinstellungen eingeben oder die Standardwerte übernehmen. Beachten Sie die auf dem Bildschirm angegebenen Einschränkungen für die einzelnen Felder. Geben Sie die Einstellungen ein oder übernehmen Sie die Standardwerte für folgende Felder:
+	* IP-Adresse: erforderliches Feld
+	* Netzmaske: erforderliches Feld
+	* Router: optionales Feld
+	* DNS: optionales Feld
+	* Domain: optionales Feld
+
+Drücken Sie anschließend F2, um auf dem nächsten Bildschirm mit den angegebenen Netzwerkeinstellungen fortzufahren. 
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Verwenden Sie zum Navigieren zwischen Bildschirmen die im unteren Bereich jedes Bildschirms aufgeführten Funktionstasten. Mithilfe der Pfeiltasten können Sie auf allen Bildschirmen durch den Text navigieren.
+
+Hinweis: Wenn Ihre Tastatur keine Funktionstasten hat oder diese nicht reagieren, drücken Sie auf ESC, um die alternativen ESC-Tasten für die Navigation anzuzeigen.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/nis.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+NIS-NAME SERVICE
+
+Gibt an, wie der NIS-Namenserver des Systems zu finden ist.
+
+RICHTLINIEN
+
+Wenn Sie "Finden" wählen, versucht die Software, einen Namenserver zu finden.  Der Namenserver muss sich im lokalen Teilnetz befinden.
+
+Wenn Sie "Angeben" wählen, wird ein Unterbildschirm angezeigt. Geben Sie im Unterbildschirm die IP-Adresse des Namenservers ein.
+
+VERFAHREN
+
+Markieren Sie die gewünschte Auswahl mithilfe der Pfeiltasten.
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Verwenden Sie zum Navigieren zwischen Bildschirmen die im unteren Bereich jedes Bildschirms aufgeführten Funktionstasten. Mithilfe der Pfeiltasten können Sie zwischen den Feldern navigieren.
+     
+Hinweis: Wenn Ihre Tastatur keine Funktionstasten hat oder diese nicht reagieren, drücken Sie auf ESC, um die alternativen ESC-Tasten für die Navigation anzuzeigen.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+ZUSAMMENFASSUNG DER SYSTEMKONFIGURATION
+
+Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie die Konfigurationseinstellungen überprüfen und bestätigen.
+
+VERFAHREN
+
+Drücken Sie F3, um diesen Hilfebildschirm zu beenden. Überprüfen Sie dann in der Zusammenfassung Ihre Konfigurationseinstellungen.
+
+OPTIONAL: Wenn Sie Ihre Auswahl ändern möchten, drücken Sie wiederholt die Taste F3, um zu den entsprechenden Bildschirmen zurückzukehren. Nehmen Sie dort die gewünschten Änderungen vor und navigieren Sie dann weiter durch die Bildschirme, um zu dieser Zusammenfassung zurückzukehren.
+
+Drücken Sie F2, um die Konfiguration für das System zu übernehmen. 
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Verwenden Sie zum Navigieren zwischen Bildschirmen die im unteren Bereich jedes Bildschirms aufgeführten Funktionstasten. Mithilfe der Pfeiltasten können Sie auf allen Bildschirmen durch den Text navigieren.
+
+Hinweis: Wenn Ihre Tastatur keine Funktionstasten hat oder diese nicht reagieren, drücken Sie auf ESC, um die alternativen ESC-Tasten für die Navigation anzuzeigen.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/timezone.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+ZEITZONE
+
+Auf diesen Bildschirmen können Sie die richtige Zeitzone für das zu installierende System eingeben. Wählen Sie die Zeitzone (oder das Land), in der der Computer normalerweise verwendet wird. Wenn möglich, verwendet das Installationsprogramm standardmäßig die Zeitzone aus den internen Einstellungen des Computers. 
+
+Das Installationsprogramm zeigt drei Bildschirme an: „Region“, „Standort“ und „Zeitzone“. 
+
+Auf dem ersten Bildschirm wählen Sie eine allgemeine Region, wie z. B. Europa. Auf dem nächsten Bildschirm zeigt das Installationsprogramm Standorte innerhalb der ausgewählten Region an, wie z. B. Frankreich oder Spanien. Auf dem dritten Bildschirm werden die Zeitzonen innerhalb des ausgewählten Standorts angezeigt. 
+
+Hinweis: Wenn Sie auf dem Bildschirm „Region“ die Option „UTC/GMT“ auswählen, werden die Bildschirme für die Position und die Zeitzone übersprungen.
+
+VERFAHREN
+
+Drücken Sie F3, um diesen Hilfebildschirm zu beenden. Dann können Sie auf jedem Installationsbildschirm die Standardauswahl mit F2 übernehmen. Alternativ können Sie auch mithilfe der Pfeiltasten eine andere Auswahl hervorheben und anschließend F2 drücken, um mit dem nächsten Bildschirm fortzufahren.
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Verwenden Sie zum Navigieren zwischen Bildschirmen die im unteren Bereich jedes Bildschirms aufgeführten Funktionstasten. Mithilfe der Pfeiltasten können Sie auf allen Bildschirmen durch den Text navigieren.
+
+Hinweis: Wenn Ihre Tastatur keine Funktionstasten hat oder diese nicht reagieren, drücken Sie auf ESC, um die alternativen ESC-Tasten für die Navigation anzuzeigen.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/users.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+BENUTZER
+
+Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie ein Root-Passwort eingeben und ein Benutzerkonto für Ihr installiertes System festlegen.
+
+RICHTLINIE
+
+     * Sowohl das Root-Passwort als auch das Benutzerkonto sind optional. Es wird jedoch empfohlen, alle Felder des Bildschirms auszufüllen.
+
+     * Damit ein Benutzerkonto gültig ist, wird lediglich ein Benutzername benötigt.   
+    
+     * Das Feld für den Benutzernamen weist folgende Einschränkungen auf:
+          
+          * Der Benutzername kann nicht root sein.
+          * Der Benutzername muss mit einem Buchstaben beginnen.
+          * Der Benutzername muss Zeichen aus dem folgenden Zeichensatz enthalten: [a-zA-Z0-9_.-].
+
+     * Wenn Sie einen ungültigen Eintrag eingeben, wird für das entsprechende Feld eine Fehlermeldung angezeigt.
+
+VERFAHREN
+
+Drücken Sie F3, um diesen Hilfebildschirm zu beenden. Navigieren Sie anschließend auf der Seite „Benutzer“ mithilfe der Pfeiltasten zu den einzelnen editierbaren Feldern. Geben Sie Ihre Informationen in jedes Feld ein. Drücken Sie F2, um mit dem nächsten Bildschirm fortzufahren. 
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Verwenden Sie zum Navigieren zwischen Bildschirmen die im unteren Bereich jedes Bildschirms aufgeführten Funktionstasten. Mithilfe der Pfeiltasten können Sie auf allen Bildschirmen durch den Text navigieren.
+
+Hinweis: Wenn Ihre Tastatur keine Funktionstasten hat oder diese nicht reagieren, drücken Sie auf ESC, um die alternativen ESC-Tasten für die Navigation anzuzeigen.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+WILLKOMMEN
+
+Mit diesem System-Tool können Sie das Oracle Solaris-Betriebssystem auf SPARC- oder x86-Systemen konfigurieren.
+
+VERFAHREN
+
+Drücken Sie F3, um diesen Hilfebildschirm zu beenden. Drücken Sie dann auf dem Willkommensbildschirm die Taste F2, um mit dem nächsten Bildschirm fortzufahren.
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Sie können nicht mit einer Maus durch die Installationsbildschirme navigieren. Verwenden Sie stattdessen die Funktionstasten. Die für die einzelnen Bildschirme verfügbaren Funktionstasten werden im unteren Bereich des jeweiligen Bildschirms aufgeführt. Beispiele:
+
+F2_Weiter: Drücken Sie die Taste T2, um zum nächsten Bildschirm zu wechseln. Wenn Sie F2 drücken, verarbeitet das Tool jede Auswahl sowie alle Einträge, die Sie auf dem entsprechenden Bildschirm vorgenommen haben.
+F3_Zurück: Drücken Sie die Taste F3, um zum vorherigen Bildschirm zurückzukehren.
+F6_Hilfe: Drücken Sie die Taste F6, um den Inhalt der Hilfe für den entsprechenden Bildschirm anzuzeigen.
+F9_Beenden: Drücken Sie die Taste F9, um das Tool ohne Konfigurieren des Systems zu beenden.
+
+Auf jedem Bildschirm können Sie mit dem Pfeiltasten folgende Aktionen ausführen:
+* Navigieren durch den Text des Bildschirms
+* Ändern einer hervorgehobenen Auswahl
+* Wechseln zu Feldern, in die Sie Informationen eingeben müssen
+
+Hinweis: Wenn Ihre Tastatur keine Funktionstasten hat oder diese nicht reagieren, drücken Sie auf ESC. Die Legende im unteren Bereich des Bildschirms zeigt dann die ESC-Tasten für die Navigation und für andere Funktionen an. 
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/disks.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+FESTPLATTEN
+
+Auf diesem Bildschirm werden die internen Festplatten und externen Speichergeräte angezeigt, die als Installationsziele verwendet werden können. Beim Start des Installationsprogramms müssen die Geräte angeschlossen sein, damit das Installationsprogramm sie erkennt. 
+
+Hinweis: Während der Installation müssen Sie keine gespiegelte Konfiguration einrichten. Diese Aufgabe können Sie im Anschluss an die Installation mit dem ZFS-Befehl „attach“ ausführen. Wenn Sie eine gespiegelte Konfiguration einrichten möchten, bedenken Sie, dass die zweite Festplatte mindestens genauso groß sein muss wie das Installationsziel. 
+
+WARNUNG: Beachten Sie bei x86-Installationen folgende Hinweise:
+
+	* Wenn die Festplatte nicht zuvor partitioniert wurde, wird durch die Installation standardmäßig das gesamte Layout der Festplatte überschrieben. Sie können jedoch die Standardauswahl auf den Installationsbildschirmen ändern, um eine neue Solaris-Partition zu installieren, die kleiner ist als die gesamte Festplatte.
+
+	* Wenn sich eine Solaris-Partition auf einer Festplatte befindet und sich die Installation nicht auf die Partitionen auswirkt, wird nur die Solaris-Partition überschrieben. Andere vorhandene Partitionen bleiben erhalten. 
+
+Hinweis: Faktisch werden keine Änderungen an dem System vorgenommen, bevor Sie nicht die Auswahlbildschirme des Installationsprogramms abschließen und mit dem tatsächlichen Installationsvorgang beginnen.
+
+GRÖSSE
+
+Die empfohlene sowie die Mindestgröße für die Installation des Oracle Solaris-Betriebssystems werden angezeigt. Zudem wird die Größe jedes Geräts in Gigabyte angegeben. 
+
+* Geräte, die zu klein für eine erfolgreiche Installation sind, werden dementsprechend gekennzeichnet. 
+
+* Einige Geräte sind möglicherweise so groß, dass bei einer Installation von Oracle Solaris nicht der gesamte auf dem Gerät verfügbare Speicherplatz verwendet werden kann. Für diese Geräte ist eine maximale Installationsgröße angegeben.
+
+PARTITIONEN ODER BEREICHE
+
+Im ersten Abschnitt des Bildschirms werden verfügbare Geräte aufgelistet. Ein Gerät ist standardmäßig hervorgehoben. Im nächsten Abschnitt des Bildschirms werden die Partitions- oder Bereichsinformationen für das aktuell hervorgehobene Gerät angezeigt. Für x86-formatierte Geräte werden Partitionen aufgeführt, für SPARC-formatierte Geräte Bereiche.
+
+Wenn Sie die Partitions- bzw. Bereichsinformationen für ein anderes Gerät anzeigen möchten, können Sie dieses Gerät mithilfe der Pfeiltasten auswählen. Der Bildschirm zeigt dann die Partitions- bzw. Bereichsinformationen für jenes Gerät an.
+
+Wenn mehr als vier Geräte vorhanden sind, drücken Sie wiederholt die Pfeiltasten nach oben bzw. unten, um zu den anderen Geräten zu scrollen. 
+
+VORSICHT: Wenn für ein Gerät keine Partitionen oder Bereiche vorhanden sind, zeigt der Bildschirm einen Vorschlag für die Einrichtung einer Partition oder eines Bereichs an. In diesem Fall würden alle auf dem Gerät vorhandenen Daten während der Installation gelöscht.
+
+VERFAHREN
+
+Drücken Sie F3, um diesen Hilfebildschirm zu beenden. Wählen Sie dann auf dem Installationsbildschirm eine der folgenden Optionen:
+
+     * Wenn Sie das aktuell hervorgehobene Gerät installieren möchten, drücken Sie F2. Die Installation wird daraufhin auf dem nächsten Bildschirm fortgesetzt.
+
+     * Wenn Sie ein anderes Gerät für die Installation auswählen möchten, heben Sie das entsprechende Gerät unter Verwendung der Pfeiltasten hervor. Für das ausgewählte Gerät werden Partitions- bzw. Bereichsinformationen angezeigt. Drücken Sie F2, um fortzufahren. 
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Verwenden Sie zum Navigieren zwischen Bildschirmen die im unteren Bereich jedes Bildschirms aufgeführten Funktionstasten. Mithilfe der Pfeiltasten können Sie auf allen Bildschirmen durch den Text navigieren.
+
+Hinweis: Wenn Ihre Tastatur keine Funktionstasten hat oder diese nicht reagieren, drücken Sie auf ESC, um die alternativen ESC-Tasten für die Navigation anzuzeigen.
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+SPARC: SOLARIS-BEREICHE
+
+Auf diesem Bildschirm werden die VTOC-Bereiche für das auf dem vorherigen Bildschirm ausgewählte SPARC-Speichergerät angezeigt. Die Bereiche werden in Layoutreihenfolge aufgeführt. 
+
+VERFAHREN
+
+Drücken Sie F3, um diesen Hilfebildschirm zu beenden. Heben Sie anschließend auf dem Installationsbildschirm mithilfe der Pfeiltasten entweder „Gesamte Festplatte verwenden“ oder „Einen Festplattenbereich verwenden“ hervor. 
+
+     * Wenn Sie „Einen Festplattenbereich verwenden“ auswählen, können Sie auf dem nachfolgenden Bildschirm den für die Installation zu verwendenden Bereich auswählen und Änderungen am Bereichslayout vornehmen.
+
+     * Wenn Sie „Gesamte Festplatte verwenden“ auswählen, hält das Installationsprogramm diese Auswahl fest und fährt mit der nächsten Aufgabe fort.
+
+       VORSICHT: Durch Auswahl von „Gesamte Festplatte verwenden“ wird während der Installation die gesamte Festplatte gelöscht. Die Festplatte wird durch das neue Oracle Solaris-Betriebssystem überschrieben. 
+
+Drücken Sie F2, um mit dem nächsten Bildschirm fortzufahren.
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Verwenden Sie zum Navigieren zwischen Bildschirmen die im unteren Bereich jedes Bildschirms aufgeführten Funktionstasten. Mithilfe der Pfeiltasten können Sie auf allen Bildschirmen durch den Text navigieren.
+
+Hinweis: Wenn Ihre Tastatur keine Funktionstasten hat oder diese nicht reagieren, drücken Sie auf ESC, um die alternativen ESC-Tasten für die Navigation anzuzeigen.
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices_select.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+SPARC: BEREICH AUSWÄHLEN
+
+Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie einen VTOC-Bereich für die Installation auswählen. Wählen Sie zum Angeben des für die Installation zu verwendenden Bereichs den entsprechenden Bereich und ändern Sie seinen Typ in „rpool“. Außerdem können Sie die Größe von rpool ändern.
+
+Auf dem Bildschirm werden die in dem auf den vorherigen Bildschirmen ausgewählten Gerät vorhandenen Bereiche angezeigt. Die Bereiche werden in der gleichen Reihenfolge angezeigt, in der sie im Gerät angeordnet sind. Für jeden Bereich werden die aktuelle sowie die maximal verfügbare Größe angezeigt.
+
+RICHTLINIEN
+
+* rpool kann nur einmal im Gerät vorhanden sein. Außerdem wird Oracle Solaris in rpool installiert. 
+
+* Die Größe von rpool kann bis auf die maximal verfügbare Größe erhöht werden. Wenn Bereiche als „Nicht verwendet“ angezeigt werden, wird ihr verfügbarer Speicherplatz in der Spalte „Verfügbar“ angegeben. Sie können einen Bereich auf „Nicht verwendet“ setzen, wodurch sein Speicherplatz für angrenzende Bereiche verfügbar gemacht wird.
+
+* Ein rotes Sternchen gibt an, dass der Inhalt des Bereichs während der Installation gelöscht wird. Wird der Bereich nicht explizit vom Benutzer geändert, so wird sein Inhalt bei der Installation beibehalten.
+
+Hinweis: Während der Installation müssen Sie keine gespiegelte Konfiguration einrichten. Diese Aufgabe können Sie im Anschluss an die Installation mit dem ZFS-Befehl „attach“ ausführen. Wenn Sie eine gespiegelte Konfiguration einrichten möchten, bedenken Sie, dass die zweite Festplatte mindestens genauso groß sein muss wie das Installationsziel. 
+
+SO ÄNDERN SIE DEN BILDSCHIRMINHALT
+
+Mithilfe folgender Optionen können Sie den Bildschirminhalt ändern:
+
+     * F5_Typ ändern: Heben Sie eine Partition hervor und drücken Sie wiederholt F5, um durch die Bereichstypen zu navigieren, bis der gewünschte Typ angezeigt wird.
+
+     * Editierbare Felder: Durch Hervorheben eines ausgewählten Felds können Sie Änderungen in dieses Feld eingeben.
+
+     * F7_Zurücksetzen: Drücken Sie F7, um alle Daten auf diesem Bildschirm auf die ursprünglichen Einstellungen zurückzusetzen.
+
+VERFAHREN
+
+Drücken Sie F3, um diesen Hilfebildschirm zu beenden. Wählen Sie dann auf dem Installationsbildschirm mithilfe der Pfeiltasten den Zielbereich, sofern er noch nicht ausgewählt wurde. Handelt es sich bei dem ausgewählten Bereichstyp nicht um rpool, drücken Sie wiederholt F5, um durch die Bereichstypen zu navigieren, bis der Typ „rpool“ angezeigt wird. 
+
+WICHTIG: rpool kann nur einmal im Gerät vorhanden sein.
+
+OPTIONAL: Bei Bedarf können Sie weitere Änderungen am Bereichslayout vornehmen, wie im Folgenden beschrieben. Drücken Sie anschließend F2, um mit dem nächsten Bildschirm fortzufahren. Die von Ihnen vorgenommenen Änderungen werden während der Installation übernommen. Um Layoutänderungen festzuhalten, heben Sie zunächst den zu ändernden Bereich mithilfe der Pfeiltasten hervor. Führen Sie anschließend eine der folgenden Aktionen aus:
+
+	* Einen Bereich löschen: Drücken Sie wiederholt F5, um durch die Bereichstypen zu navigieren, bis der Typ „Nicht verwendet“ angezeigt wird. Wird ein Bereich nicht verwendet, so wird sein Speicherplatz für angrenzende Bereiche verfügbar gemacht.
+
+	* Den Typ eines Bereichs ändern: Drücken Sie F5 und ändern Sie den Bereichstyp. Ändern Sie den Typ beispielsweise in „rpool“. 
+	
+	* Die Größe eines Bereichs ändern: Wird die Größe eines ausgewählten Bereichs hervorgehoben, so können Sie diese ändern. Geben Sie die neue Größe in das editierbare Feld ein. Höchstwert ist die maximal verfügbare Größe. 
+
+	* Einen neuen Bereich erstellen: Wählen Sie einen nicht verwendeten Bereich. Drücken Sie F5 und ändern Sie den Typ des Bereichs von „Nicht verwendet“ in einen anderen Typ wie z. B. „rpool“. 
+
+Hinweis: Mit der Taste F7 können Sie die Änderungen verwerfen. 
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Verwenden Sie zum Navigieren zwischen Bildschirmen die im unteren Bereich jedes Bildschirms aufgeführten Funktionstasten. Mithilfe der Pfeiltasten können Sie auf allen Bildschirmen durch den Text navigieren.
+
+Hinweis: Wenn Ihre Tastatur keine Funktionstasten hat oder diese nicht reagieren, drücken Sie auf ESC, um die alternativen ESC-Tasten für die Navigation anzuzeigen.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+INSTALLATIONSZUSAMMENFASSUNG
+
+Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie die Installationsspezifikationen überprüfen und bestätigen.
+
+VERFAHREN
+
+Drücken Sie F3, um diesen Hilfebildschirm zu beenden. Überprüfen Sie anschließend auf dem Bildschirm „Installationszusammenfassung“ Ihre Installationsauswahl.
+
+OPTIONAL: Wenn Sie die Installationsauswahl ändern möchten, drücken Sie wiederholt die Taste F3, um zu den entsprechenden Bildschirmen zurückzukehren. Nehmen Sie dort die gewünschten Änderungen vor und navigieren Sie dann weiter durch die Bildschirme, um zur Installationszusammenfassung zurückzukehren.
+
+Drücken Sie F2, um mit der Installation zu beginnen. 
+
+VORSICHT: Die Installation beginnt, wenn Sie F2 drücken. Eine laufende Installation sollte nicht unterbrochen werden. Bei einer unvollständigen Installation ist es möglich, dass die Festplatte in einem unbestimmten Status verbleibt.
+
+NACH DER INSTALLATION
+
+Während der Installation wird ein Fortschrittsbalken angezeigt. Sobald die Installation abgeschlossen ist, werden auf dem letzten Bildschirm die Ergebnisse der Installation angezeigt. Mit F4 können Sie dann das Installationsprotokoll (/tmp/install_log) anzeigen. 
+
+Nach einer erfolgreichen Installation können Sie eine der folgenden Aktionen ausführen: 
+
+     * Drücken Sie im Installationsprogramm F4, um das Installationsprotokoll anzuzeigen. 
+
+     * Starten Sie neu, um die neu installierte Software zu starten. Nach dem Neustart können Sie das Installationsprotokoll unter /var/sadm/system/logs/install_log einsehen.	
+
+     * Wenn Sie vor dem Neustart zusätzliche Aufgaben ausführen möchten, beenden Sie das Installationsprogramm mit F9. 
+
+Schlug die Installation fehl, zeigen Sie mit F4 das Installationsprotokoll an. Beenden Sie anschließend das Installationsprogramm mit F9. Nehmen Sie alle erforderlichen Änderungen vor und starten Sie dann das Installationsprogramm neu.
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Verwenden Sie zum Navigieren zwischen Bildschirmen die im unteren Bereich jedes Bildschirms aufgeführten Funktionstasten. Mithilfe der Pfeiltasten können Sie auf allen Bildschirmen durch den Text navigieren.
+
+Hinweis: Wenn Ihre Tastatur keine Funktionstasten hat oder diese nicht reagieren, drücken Sie auf ESC, um die alternativen ESC-Tasten für die Navigation anzuzeigen.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+WILLKOMMEN
+
+Mit diesem textbasierten Installationsprogramm können Sie das Oracle Solaris-Betriebssystem auf SPARC- oder x86-Systemen installieren. Dieses Installationsprogramm eignet sich insbesondere für die Verwendung auf Rechnern, die keine Grafikkarten haben oder benötigen.
+
+Hinweis: Durch diese erstmalige Installation des Oracle Solaris-Betriebssystems wird das vorhandene Solaris- oder Oracle Solaris-Betriebssystem durch die neue Version des Oracle Solaris-Betriebssystems überschrieben. Wenn Sie ein vorhandenes Oracle Solaris-Betriebssystem aktualisieren möchten, verwenden Sie statt diesem Installationsprogramm den Befehl pkg(1) oder die Package Manager-Anwendung.
+
+VERFAHREN
+
+Drücken Sie F3, um diesen Hilfebildschirm zu beenden. Drücken Sie dann auf dem Willkommensbildschirm die Taste F2, um mit dem nächsten Bildschirm fortzufahren.
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Sie können nicht mit einer Maus durch die Installationsbildschirme navigieren. Verwenden Sie stattdessen die Funktionstasten. Die für die einzelnen Bildschirme verfügbaren Funktionstasten werden im unteren Bereich des jeweiligen Bildschirms aufgeführt. Beispiele:
+
+F2_Weiter: Drücken Sie die Taste F2, um zum nächsten Installationsbildschirm zu wechseln. Wenn Sie F2 drücken, verarbeitet das Installationsprogramm jede Auswahl sowie alle Einträge, die Sie auf dem entsprechenden Bildschirm vorgenommen haben.
+F3_Zurück: Drücken Sie die Taste F3, um zum vorherigen Bildschirm zurückzukehren.
+F6_Hilfe: Drücken Sie die Taste F6, um den Inhalt der Hilfe für den entsprechenden Bildschirm anzuzeigen.
+F9_Beenden: Drücken Sie die Taste F9, um die Installation zu beenden.
+
+Auf jedem Bildschirm können Sie mit dem Pfeiltasten folgende Aktionen ausführen:
+* Navigieren durch den Text des Bildschirms
+* Ändern einer hervorgehobenen Auswahl
+* Wechseln zu Feldern, in die Sie Informationen eingeben müssen
+
+Hinweis: Wenn Ihre Tastatur keine Funktionstasten hat oder diese nicht reagieren, drücken Sie auf ESC. Die Legende im unteren Bereich des Bildschirms zeigt dann die ESC-Tasten für die Navigation und für andere Funktionen an. 
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+x86: FDISK-PARTITIONEN
+
+Auf diesem Bildschirm werden die fdisk-Partitionen für das auf dem vorherigen Bildschirm ausgewählte x86-Speichergerät angezeigt. 
+
+Hinweis: Die Partitionen werden in der Reihenfolge aufgeführt, in der sie auf der Festplatte angeordnet sind. 
+
+VERFAHREN
+
+Drücken Sie F3, um diesen Hilfebildschirm zu beenden. Heben Sie anschließend auf dem Installationsbildschirm mithilfe der Pfeiltasten entweder „Gesamte Festplatte verwenden“ oder „Eine Festplattenpartition verwenden“ hervor. 
+
+     * Durch Auswahl von „Eine Festplattenpartition verwenden“ können Sie auf den nachfolgenden Bildschirmen festlegen, welche Partition für die Installation verwendet werden soll, und, sofern für die Partition Bereiche definiert sind, welcher Bereich in dieser Partition genutzt werden soll. Außerdem können Sie das fdisk-Partitionslayout anpassen. 
+
+     * Wenn Sie „Gesamte Festplatte verwenden“ auswählen, hält das Installationsprogramm diese Auswahl fest und fährt mit der nächsten Aufgabe fort.
+
+       VORSICHT: Durch Auswahl von „Gesamte Festplatte verwenden“ wird während der Installation die gesamte Festplatte gelöscht. Die Festplatte wird durch das neue Oracle Solaris-Betriebssystem überschrieben. 
+
+Wenn Sie Ihre Auswahl getroffen haben, drücken Sie F2, um mit dem nächsten Bildschirm fortzufahren.
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Verwenden Sie zum Navigieren zwischen Bildschirmen die im unteren Bereich jedes Bildschirms aufgeführten Funktionstasten. Mithilfe der Pfeiltasten können Sie auf allen Bildschirmen durch den Text navigieren.
+
+Hinweis: Wenn Ihre Tastatur keine Funktionstasten hat oder diese nicht reagieren, drücken Sie auf ESC, um die alternativen ESC-Tasten für die Navigation anzuzeigen.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions_select.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+x86: PARTITION AUSWÄHLEN
+
+Verwenden Sie diesen Bildschirm, um eine Solaris-Partition für die Installation auszuwählen, zu erstellen oder zu ändern.
+
+Auf diesem Bildschirm kann der Benutzer Anpassungen am fdisk-Partitionslayout vornehmen, z. B. durch Löschen vorhandener Partitionen, Erstellen einer erweiterten oder einer Solaris-Partition sowie Ändern von deren Größe oder durch Ändern der Größe vorhandener Partitionen.
+
+Der Bildschirm zeigt die vorhandenen fdisk-Partitionen an. Die primären Partitionen werden in der Reihenfolge angezeigt, in der sie auf der Festplatte angeordnet sind. Für jede Partition werden die aktuelle sowie die maximal verfügbare Größe angezeigt. Wenn eine erweiterte Partition vorhanden ist, werden die dazugehörigen logischen Partitionen angezeigt. Diese werden zudem in der Festplattenlayout-Reihenfolge innerhalb der erweiterten Partition angezeigt.
+
+Wenn die Festplatte nicht zuvor partitioniert wurde, wird ein Vorschlag für eine Partitionierung angezeigt. Bei dieser vorgeschlagenen Partitionierung handelt es sich um eine einzelne Partition, deren Größe der gesamten Festplatte entspricht.
+
+RICHTLINIEN
+
+Es kann nur eine Solaris-Partition auf dem Gerät vorhanden sein. Diese Solaris-Partition muss zudem für die Installation verwendet werden. Wenn eine Solaris-Partition vorhanden ist, wird diese standardmäßig ausgewählt. 
+
+VORSICHT: Wenn Sie eine Partition verkleinern oder ihren Typ ändern, wird der Inhalt der vorhandenen Partition während der Installation gelöscht. Andernfalls wird der Inhalt einer vorhandenen Partition bei der Installation nicht gelöscht. Wenn infolge der von Ihnen geplanten Änderungen während der Installation eine Partition gelöscht wird, wird jene Partition auf diesem Bildschirm mit einem roten Sternchen gekennzeichnet. 
+
+SO ÄNDERN SIE DEN BILDSCHIRMINHALT
+
+Mithilfe folgender Optionen können Sie den Bildschirminhalt ändern:
+
+     * F5_Typ ändern: Heben Sie eine Partition hervor und ändern Sie den Partitionstyp. Drücken Sie dazu wiederholt F5, um durch die Partitionstypen zu navigieren, bis der gewünschte Partitionstyp oder „Nicht verwendet“ angezeigt wird. Durch Auswählen von „Nicht verwendet“ wird die Partition gelöscht und der entsprechende Speicherplatz wird verfügbar gemacht, wenn die Größe der angrenzenden Partitionen geändert wird.
+
+       Hinweis: Es kann jeweils nur maximal eine Solaris-Partition oder erweiterte Partition vorhanden sein. Aus diesem Grund können Sie mithilfe der F5-Änderungsoptionen die Partition nicht zu einer Solaris- oder erweiterten Partition ändern, wenn bereits eine Solaris- oder erweiterte Partition vorhanden ist.
+
+     * Größenfelder: Durch Hervorheben des Größenfelds können Sie Änderungen in dieses Feld eingeben.
+
+     * F7_Zurücksetzen: Drücken Sie F7, um alle Daten auf diesem Bildschirm auf die ursprünglichen Einstellungen zurückzusetzen.
+
+VERFAHREN
+
+Drücken Sie F3, um diesen Hilfebildschirm zu beenden. Auf dem Installationsbildschirm stehen Ihnen anschließend folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: 
+
+     * Wenn eine Solaris-Partition vorhanden ist, wird diese standardmäßig ausgewählt. Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Möglichkeiten:
+
+          * Sie können die vorhandene Partition mit ihrer aktuellen Größe verwenden.
+          * Sie können die Größe der Solaris-Partition ändern. Die Größe kann verringert werden. Sie kann auch bis auf die Größe des maximal verfügbaren Speicherplatzes erhöht werden.
+          * Wenn Sie die Installation auf einer anderen Partition vornehmen möchten, müssen Sie zunächst die vorhandene Solaris-Partition löschen, indem Sie ihren Typ in „Nicht verwendet“ ändern. Dann können Sie eine andere Partition auswählen und ihren Typ in „Solaris“ ändern. Während der Installation wird der Inhalt der vorhandenen Partition durch diese Änderung gelöscht. 
+
+     * Wenn keine Solaris-Partition vorhanden ist, wählen Sie eine Partition und ändern Sie ihren Typ in „Solaris“. 
+
+     * LINUX-SWAP-ANWEISUNGEN: Wenn Sie ein Partitionstool eines anderen Herausgebers wie beispielsweise GParted verwenden, zeigt dieser Bildschirm eine Partition mit der Bezeichnung „Linux-Swap“ an, auf der Sie Oracle Solaris OS installieren können. Um diese Partition verwenden zu können, müssen Sie auf diesem Bildschirm den Typ von „Linux-Swap“ in „Solaris“ ändern. Heben Sie die Partition hervor und drücken Sie wiederholt F5, um durch die Partitionstypen zu navigieren, bis der Typ „Solaris“ für diese Partition angezeigt wird.
+
+OPTIONAL: Sie können weitere optionale Änderungen an dem Partitionslayout vornehmen. Die von Ihnen vorgenommenen Änderungen werden während der Installation übernommen. Um Layoutänderungen festzuhalten, heben Sie zunächst die zu ändernde Partition mithilfe der Pfeiltasten hervor. Führen Sie anschließend eine der folgenden Aktionen aus:
+
+	* Eine Partition löschen: Drücken Sie wiederholt F5, um durch die Partitionstypen zu navigieren, bis „Nicht verwendet“ angezeigt wird. Während der Installation wird die anfängliche Partition gelöscht und der entsprechende Speicherplatz wird verfügbar gemacht, wenn die Größe der angrenzenden Partitionen geändert wird.
+
+	* Den Typ einer Partition ändern: Drücken Sie wiederholt F5, um durch die Partitionstypen zu navigieren, bis der gewünschte Typ angezeigt wird. Ändern Sie den Typ beispielsweise in „Solaris“. 
+	
+	* Die Größe einer Partition ändern: Wird die Größe einer ausgewählten Partition hervorgehoben, so können Sie diese ändern. Geben Sie die neue Größe in das editierbare Feld ein. Höchstwert ist die maximal verfügbare Größe. Durch Ändern der Größe einer vorhandenen Partition wird deren Inhalt gelöscht.
+
+	* Eine neue Partition erstellen: Wählen Sie eine nicht verwendete Partition. Drücken Sie F5 und ändern Sie den Typ der Partition von „Nicht verwendet“ in einen anderen Typ wie z. B. „Solaris“ oder „Erweitert“. 
+
+	* Eine erweiterte Partition erstellen: Drücken Sie bei Bedarf F5, um den Partitionstyp „Erweitert“ auszuwählen. 
+
+Hinweis: Mit der Taste F7 können Sie die Änderungen verwerfen. 
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Verwenden Sie zum Navigieren zwischen Bildschirmen die im unteren Bereich jedes Bildschirms aufgeführten Funktionstasten. Mithilfe der Pfeiltasten können Sie auf allen Bildschirmen durch den Text navigieren.
+
+Hinweis: Wenn Ihre Tastatur keine Funktionstasten hat oder diese nicht reagieren, drücken Sie auf ESC, um die alternativen ESC-Tasten für die Navigation anzuzeigen.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+x86: SOLARIS-PARTITIONSBEREICHE
+
+Wenn in einer auf dem vorherigen Bildschirm ausgewählten Solaris-Partition Solaris VTOC-Bereiche vorhanden sind, werden letztere auf diesem Bildschirm aufgeführt. Sie können das Oracle Solaris-Betriebssystem in einem der Bereiche installieren. Alternativ können Sie auch die gesamte Partition für die Installation verwenden. 
+
+Die vorhandenen VTOC-Bereiche werden in Layoutreihenfolge angezeigt.
+
+Hinweis: Wenn Sie die Solaris-Partition auf dem vorherigen Bildschirm geändert haben, wird dieser Bildschirm nicht angezeigt. 
+
+VERFAHREN
+
+Drücken Sie F3, um diesen Hilfebildschirm zu beenden. Heben Sie anschließend auf dem Bildschirm für die Solaris-Partition mithilfe der Pfeiltasten entweder „Gesamte Partition verwenden“ oder „Bereich in der Partition verwenden“ hervor. Drücken Sie F2, um mit dem nächsten Bildschirm fortzufahren. Wenn Sie einen Bereich in der Partition verwenden möchten, können Sie diesen auf dem nachfolgenden Bildschirm auswählen.
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Verwenden Sie zum Navigieren zwischen Bildschirmen die im unteren Bereich jedes Bildschirms aufgeführten Funktionstasten. Mithilfe der Pfeiltasten können Sie auf allen Bildschirmen durch den Text navigieren.
+
+Hinweis: Wenn Ihre Tastatur keine Funktionstasten hat oder diese nicht reagieren, drücken Sie auf ESC, um die alternativen ESC-Tasten für die Navigation anzuzeigen.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/de_DE/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices_select.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+x86: BEREICH IN SOLARIS-PARTITION AUSWÄHLEN
+
+Auf diesem Bildschirm können Sie einen VTOC-Bereich in einer Solaris-Partition für die Installation auswählen. Wählen Sie zum Angeben des für die Installation zu verwendenden Bereichs den entsprechenden Bereich und ändern Sie den Bereichstyp in „rpool“. Sie können die Größe von rpool ändern.
+
+Auf dem Bildschirm werden die in der zuvor ausgewählten fdisk-Partition vorhandenen Bereiche angezeigt. Die Bereiche werden in der Reihenfolge angezeigt, in der sie in der Partition angeordnet sind. Für jeden Bereich werden die aktuelle sowie die maximal verfügbare Größe angezeigt.
+
+RICHTLINIEN
+
+* rpool kann nur einmal in der Partition vorhanden sein. Außerdem wird Oracle Solaris in rpool installiert.  
+
+* Die Größe von rpool kann bis auf die maximal verfügbare Größe erhöht werden. Wenn Bereiche als „Nicht verwendet“ angezeigt werden, wird ihr verfügbarer Speicherplatz in der Spalte „Verfügbar“ angegeben. Sie können einen Bereich auf „Nicht verwendet“ setzen, wodurch sein Speicherplatz für angrenzende Bereiche verfügbar gemacht wird.
+
+Hinweis: Ein rotes Sternchen gibt an, dass der Inhalt des Bereichs während der Installation gelöscht wird. Wird der Bereich nicht explizit vom Benutzer geändert, so wird sein Inhalt bei der Installation beibehalten.
+
+SO ÄNDERN SIE DEN BILDSCHIRMINHALT
+
+Mithilfe folgender Optionen können Sie den Bildschirminhalt ändern:
+
+     * F5_Typ ändern: Heben Sie einen Bereich hervor und drücken Sie wiederholt F5, um durch die Bereichstypen zu navigieren, bis der gewünschte Typ angezeigt wird.
+
+     * Größenfelder: Sie können Änderungen in die Größenfelder eingeben.
+
+     * F7_Zurücksetzen: Drücken Sie F7, um alle Daten auf diesem Bildschirm auf die ursprünglichen Einstellungen zurückzusetzen.
+
+VERFAHREN
+
+Drücken Sie F3, um diesen Hilfebildschirm zu beenden. Wählen Sie dann auf dem Installationsbildschirm mithilfe der Pfeiltasten den Zielbereich, sofern er noch nicht ausgewählt wurde. Handelt es sich bei dem ausgewählten Bereichstyp nicht um rpool, drücken Sie wiederholt F5, um durch die Bereichstypen zu navigieren, bis der Typ „rpool“ angezeigt wird. 
+
+Hinweis: Bedenken Sie, dass rpool nur einmal in der Partition vorhanden sein kann. Wenn rpool ein weiteres Mal vorhanden ist, ändern Sie den entsprechenden Typen in „Nicht verwendet“, bevor Sie den Zielbereich in „rpool“ ändern.
+
+OPTIONAL: Bei Bedarf können Sie weitere Änderungen am Bereichslayout vornehmen. Drücken Sie dazu F2, um mit dem nächsten Bildschirm fortzufahren. Die von Ihnen vorgenommenen Änderungen werden während der Installation übernommen. Um Layoutänderungen festzuhalten, heben Sie zunächst den zu ändernden Bereich mithilfe der Pfeiltasten hervor. Führen Sie anschließend eine der folgenden Aktionen aus:
+
+	* Einen Bereich löschen: Drücken Sie wiederholt F5, um durch die Bereichstypen zu navigieren, bis der Typ „Nicht verwendet“ angezeigt wird. Der Speicherplatz eines nicht verwendeten Bereichs wird für angrenzende Bereiche verfügbar gemacht.
+
+	* Den Typ eines Bereichs ändern: Drücken Sie wiederholt F5, um durch die Bereichstypen zu navigieren, bis der gewünschte Typ angezeigt wird. Wenden Sie dieses Verfahren an, um z. B. den Typ in „rpool“ zu ändern. 
+	
+	* Die Größe eines Bereichs ändern: Wird die Größe eines ausgewählten Bereichs hervorgehoben, so können Sie diese ändern. Geben Sie die neue Größe in das editierbare Feld ein. Höchstwert ist die maximal verfügbare Größe. 
+
+	Hinweis: Die Summe der Größen der Partitionen entspricht möglicherweise nicht genau der Größe der gesamten Festplatte, da Partitionsgrößen auf 0,1 GB gerundet werden, sodass zwischen Partitionen gegebenenfalls ungenutzter Speicherplatz vorhanden ist. 
+
+	* Einen neuen Bereich erstellen: Wählen Sie einen nicht verwendeten Bereich. Drücken Sie bei Bedarf F5, um den Typ des Bereichs von „Nicht verwendet“ in einen anderen Typ wie z. B. „rpool“ zu ändern. Bereich 2 kann jedoch nicht geändert werden. 
+
+Hinweis: Mit der Taste F7 können Sie die Änderungen verwerfen. 
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Verwenden Sie zum Navigieren zwischen Bildschirmen die im unteren Bereich jedes Bildschirms aufgeführten Funktionstasten. Mithilfe der Pfeiltasten können Sie auf allen Bildschirmen durch den Text navigieren.
+
+Hinweis: Wenn Ihre Tastatur keine Funktionstasten hat oder diese nicht reagieren, drücken Sie auf ESC, um die alternativen ESC-Tasten für die Navigation anzuzeigen.
+
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/en_US/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/sysconfig.pot	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,1162 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2009, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-07-29 11:23+0900\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <[email protected]>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:499
+#, python-format
+msgid "Custom site profile %s is invalid, missing .xml suffix."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:507
+#, python-format
+msgid "Custom site profile %s is invalid or hasinvalid permissions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:524
+#, python-format
+msgid "Unable to apply SMF profile %s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:540
+msgid "System is not properly configured. You are likely"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:541
+msgid "trying to unconfigure or re-configure freshly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:542
+msgid "installed system which is not supported."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:611 ../__init__.py:622
+msgid "An unhandled exception occurred."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:627
+msgid "Full traceback data is in the log"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:636
+msgid "IO error creating profile"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:643
+msgid "Unable to apply the unconfigure parameters to the image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:654
+msgid "Unable to initiate unconfiguration process."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:671
+msgid "Root filesystem provided for the non-global zone does not exist"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:678
+#, python-format
+msgid "Root filesystem mounted read-only, '%s' operation not permitted."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:680
+msgid ""
+"The likely cause is that sysconfig(1m) was invoked in ROZR non-global zone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:682
+msgid ""
+"In that case, see mwac(5) and zonecfg(1m) man pages for additional "
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:697
+msgid "This program will re-configure your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:699
+msgid "This program will unconfigure your system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:700
+msgid "The system will be reverted to a \"pristine\" state."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:701
+msgid "It will not have a name or know about other systems or networks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:704
+msgid "Do you want to continue (y/[n])? "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:753
+#, python-format
+msgid "There are no services on the system with grouping of %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:811
+#, python-format
+msgid "Directory %s does not contain any profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:833
+msgid "Interactive configuration requested."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:834
+msgid "System Configuration Interactive (SCI) tool will be"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:849
+msgid ""
+"Since you are currently not logged on console,\n"
+"you may not be able to navigate SCI tool."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:851
+msgid "Would you like to proceed with re-configuration (y/[n])? "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:919
+msgid "Grouping to configure"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:922
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Saves created system configuration profile into FILE.\t\t[default: %default]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:926
+#, python-format
+msgid "Set log location to FILE (default: %default)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:931
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Set log verbosity to LEVEL. In order of increasing verbosity, valid values "
+"are 'error' 'warn' 'info' 'debug' or 'input'\n"
+"[default: %default]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:939
+msgid ""
+"Force the tool to run in black and white. This may be useful on some SPARC "
+"machines with unsupported frame buffers\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. LOGGER.close() # LOGGER.close() is broken - CR 7012566
+#: ../__init__.py:955
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Exiting System Configuration Tool. Log is available at:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:976
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"     Terminal too small. Min size is 80x24. Current size is %(x)ix%(y)i."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:982 ../users.py:76
+msgid "Continue"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:983
+msgid "Back"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:985
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:986 ../__init__.py:1041
+msgid "Quit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:990
+msgid "Help Topics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:991
+msgid "Help Index"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:992
+msgid "Select a topic and press Continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1035
+msgid ""
+"DONT_TRANSLATE_BUT_REPLACE_msgstr_WITH_True_OR_False: Should wrap text on "
+"whitespace in this language"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1038
+msgid "Confirm: Quit?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1039
+msgid "Do you really want to quit?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1040 ../users.py:77
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1050
+msgid "Error: Root privileges are required for this command."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../date_time.py:54 ../date_time.py:67
+msgid "Date and Time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../date_time.py:56
+msgid "Year:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../date_time.py:57
+msgid "Month:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../date_time.py:58
+msgid "Day:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../date_time.py:59
+msgid "Hour:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../date_time.py:60
+msgid "Minute:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../date_time.py:61
+msgid "(YYYY)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../date_time.py:63
+msgid ""
+"Edit the date and time as necessary.\n"
+"The time is in 24 hour format."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../date_time.py:306
+msgid "Invalid date/time. See errors above."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../date_time.py:404
+msgid "Year must be numeric"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../date_time.py:407 ../date_time.py:410 ../date_time.py:425
+msgid "Year out of range"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../date_time.py:438
+msgid "Month must be numeric"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../date_time.py:443 ../date_time.py:458
+msgid "Month out of range"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../date_time.py:469
+msgid "Day must be numeric"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../date_time.py:480 ../date_time.py:491
+msgid "Day out of range"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../date_time.py:500
+msgid "Hour must be numeric"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../date_time.py:503 ../date_time.py:512
+msgid "Hour out of range"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../date_time.py:522
+msgid "Minute must be numeric"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../date_time.py:524 ../date_time.py:533
+msgid "Minute out of range"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. name service choices for display to user
+#: ../nameservice.py:70 ../network_type.py:65
+msgid "None"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:70
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:70
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:71
+msgid "DNS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:75
+msgid "Enter either a host name or an IP address."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:76
+msgid "An IP address must be of the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:132
+msgid "DNS Name Service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:140
+msgid "Indicates whether or not the system should use the DNS name service."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. allow the user to choose DNS or not
+#: ../nameservice.py:149
+msgid "Configure DNS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:150
+msgid "Do not configure DNS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:177
+msgid "Alternate Name Service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:183
+msgid ""
+"From the list below, select one name service to be used by this system. If "
+"the desired name service is not listed, select None. The selected name "
+"service may be used in conjunction with DNS."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:224
+msgid "Domain Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:230
+msgid ""
+"Specify the domain where this system resides. Use the domain name's exact "
+"capitalization and punctuation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:233
+msgid "Domain Name:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:287
+msgid "DNS Server Addresses"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:293
+msgid ""
+"Enter the IP address of the DNS server(s). At least one IP address is "
+"required."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:295
+msgid "DNS Server IP address:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:341
+msgid "At least one name server must be specified."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:352
+msgid "DNS Search List"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:358
+msgid ""
+"Enter a list of domains to be searched when a DNS query is made. If no "
+"domain is entered, only the DNS domain chosen for this system will be "
+"searched."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:361
+msgid "Search domain:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:422
+msgid "LDAP Profile"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:427
+msgid "Profile name:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:428
+msgid "Search base:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:436
+msgid ""
+"Specify the name of the LDAP profile to be used to configure this system and "
+"the host name or IP address of the server that contains the profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:439
+msgid "Profile server host name or IP address:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:442
+msgid ""
+"Specify the name of the LDAP profile to be used to configure this system and "
+"the IP address of the server that contains the profile."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:445
+msgid "Profile server IP address:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:446
+msgid "  Enter the LDAP search base."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. in case of error, tell user what is being validated
+#: ../nameservice.py:459
+msgid "profile name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:491 ../nameservice.py:726
+msgid "The LDAP profile name cannot be blank."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:493
+msgid "The LDAP server IP address cannot be blank."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:510
+msgid "LDAP Proxy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:515
+msgid ""
+"Does the profile specify a proxy credential level and an authentication "
+"method other than None?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:524
+msgid "No"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:525
+msgid "Yes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:549
+msgid "Specify LDAP Profile Proxy Bind Information"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:555
+msgid ""
+"Specify the LDAP proxy bind distinguished name and the LDAP proxy bind "
+"password.  The network administrator can provide this information."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:558
+msgid "Proxy bind distinguished name:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:561
+msgid "Proxy bind password:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:563
+msgid "Encrypted proxy bind password:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. in case of error, tell user what is being validated
+#: ../nameservice.py:583
+msgid "distinguished name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:600
+msgid "The LDAP proxy server distinguished name cannot be blank."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:610
+msgid "NIS Name Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:616
+msgid "Specify how to find a name server for this system."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:618
+msgid ""
+"Either let the software search for a name server, or specify a name server "
+"in the following screen.  "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:621
+msgid ""
+"The software can find a name server only if that server is on the local "
+"subnet."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:631
+msgid "Find one"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:632
+msgid "Specify one"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:661
+msgid "NIS Name Server Information"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:676
+msgid ""
+"Enter the host name or IP address of the name server.  A host name must have "
+"at least 2 characters and can be alphanumeric and can contain hyphens.  IP "
+"addresses must contain four sets of numbers separated by periods (for "
+"example, 129.200.9.1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:681
+msgid "Server's host name or IP address:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:684
+msgid ""
+"Enter the IP address of the name server.  IP addresses must contain four "
+"sets of numbers separated by periods (for example, 129.200.9.1)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:687
+msgid "Server's IP address:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:714
+msgid "The NIS server IP address cannot be blank."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:727
+msgid ""
+"Whitespace characters and quotation marks are not allowed in LDAP profile "
+"names."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:741
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind distinguished name may not be blank."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:744
+msgid ""
+"The LDAP proxy bind distinguished name may not contain whitespace characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:747
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind distinguished name may not contain quotation marks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:757
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind password may not be blank."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:760
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind password may not contain whitespace characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:763
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind password may not contain quotation marks."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:777 ../nameservice.py:848
+msgid ""
+"A host name can only contain letters, numbers,  periods, and minus signs (-)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:808
+msgid "The domain cannot be blank."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:812
+msgid "Domain labels must have less than 64 characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:815
+msgid "Domain labels should not start or end with hyphens ('-')."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:818
+msgid "Invalid domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:868
+#, python-format
+msgid "The %s cannot be blank."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:871
+#, python-format
+msgid "Invalid character for %s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:883
+msgid "Domain labels must have less than 64 characters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:885
+msgid "A domain label may not begin with a hyphen."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:888
+msgid "Invalid character for domain name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:50
+#, python-format
+msgid "Manually Configure: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:52
+msgid ""
+"Enter the configuration for this network connection. All entries must "
+"contain four sets of numbers, 0 to 255, separated by periods."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:55
+msgid "IP Address:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:56
+msgid "Must be unique for this network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:57
+msgid "Netmask:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:58
+msgid "Your subnet use may require a different mask"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:59
+msgid "Router:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:60
+msgid "The IP address of the router on this subnet"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:61
+msgid "A DNS server was found on the network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:62
+msgid "Address of the Domain Name Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:63
+msgid "Domain:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:64
+msgid "The machine appears to be in this domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:65
+msgid "The network's domain name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:66
+msgid "NIC:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:67
+msgid "Settings will be applied to this interface"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:70
+msgid "Manually Configure: NIC"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:184
+msgid "IP Address must not be empty"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:186
+msgid "Netmask must not be empty"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:192
+#, python-format
+msgid "'%s' is not a valid netmask"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:228 ../network_nic_configure.py:243
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s must be of the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_nic_select.py:49 ../network_nic_select.py:54
+msgid "Manual Network Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_nic_select.py:50
+msgid ""
+"Select the one wired network connection to be configured during installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_type.py:54 ../network_type.py:75
+msgid "Network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_type.py:55
+msgid ""
+"Enter a name for this computer that identifies it on the network. It must be "
+"at least two characters. It can contain letters, numbers, and minus signs "
+"(-)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_type.py:58
+msgid "Computer Name: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_type.py:59
+msgid "Select how the wired ethernet network connection is configured."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_type.py:61
+msgid "Automatically"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_type.py:62
+msgid "Automatically configure the connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_type.py:63
+msgid "Manually"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_type.py:64
+msgid "Enter the information on the following screen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_type.py:66
+msgid "Do not configure the network at this time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_type.py:67
+msgid ""
+"No wired network interfaces found. Additional device drivers may be needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_type.py:201
+msgid "A Hostname is required."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_type.py:203
+msgid "A Hostname must be at least two characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_type.py:207
+msgid ""
+"Select the wired network configuration: Automatically, Manually, or None."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../network_type.py:218
+msgid "The Hostname can only contain letters, numbers, and minus signs (-)."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:253
+msgid "Username must not be blank"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:257
+msgid "Username must start with a letter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:261
+msgid "Invalid character"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:284
+msgid "User password must be entered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:286
+msgid "Password must contain at least 6 characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:300
+msgid "Password must contain 1 alphabetical character."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:303
+msgid "Password must contain 1 digit/special character."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:59 ../summary.py:64
+msgid "System Configuration Summary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:60
+msgid ""
+"Review the settings below before continuing. Go back (F3) to make changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:76
+msgid "Apply"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:110
+msgid "Error when generating SC profile\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:112
+msgid "SC profile successfully generated\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:128
+msgid "Language: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:132
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default language: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:138
+msgid "Keyboard layout: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:140
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default keyboard layout: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:145
+#, python-format
+msgid "Terminal type: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:151
+msgid "Users:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:158
+msgid "Network:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:174
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Computer name: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:185
+msgid "  Network Configuration: Automatic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:187
+msgid "  Network Configuration: None"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:189
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Manual Configuration: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:191
+#, python-format
+msgid "IP Address: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:192
+#, python-format
+msgid "Netmask: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:194
+#, python-format
+msgid "Router: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:209
+#, python-format
+msgid "Domain: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:212 ../summary.py:220 ../summary.py:233
+#, python-format
+msgid "Name service: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:215
+msgid "DNS servers: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:217
+msgid "DNS Domain search list: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:222
+msgid "LDAP profile: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:223
+msgid "LDAP server's IP: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:224
+msgid "LDAP search base: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:228
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind distinguished name: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:230
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind password: [concealed]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:236
+msgid "NIS server: broadcast"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:238
+msgid "NIS server's IP: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:249
+msgid "  Warning: No root password set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:251
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Username: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:253
+msgid "  No user account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:259
+#, python-format
+msgid "Time Zone: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../timezone.py:53
+msgid "UTC/GMT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../timezone.py:60 ../timezone.py:84
+msgid "Time Zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../timezone.py:85
+msgid "Select your time zone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../timezone.py:86
+msgid "Time Zones"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../timezone.py:88
+msgid "Time Zone: Locations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../timezone.py:89
+msgid "Select the location that contains your time zone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../timezone.py:90
+msgid "Locations"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../timezone.py:93
+msgid "Time Zone: Regions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../timezone.py:94
+msgid "Select the region that contains your time zone."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../timezone.py:95
+msgid "Regions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../users.py:57 ../users.py:79
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../users.py:58
+msgid "Define a root password for the system and user account for yourself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../users.py:60
+msgid "System Root Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../users.py:61
+msgid "Root password:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../users.py:62
+msgid "Confirm password:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../users.py:63
+msgid "Create a user account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../users.py:64
+msgid "Your real name:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../users.py:65
+msgid "Username:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../users.py:66
+msgid "User password:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../users.py:68
+msgid "No Root Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../users.py:69
+msgid ""
+"A root password has not been defined. The system is completely unsecured.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choose Cancel to set a root password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../users.py:72
+msgid "No User Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../users.py:73
+msgid ""
+"A user password has not been defined. The user account has administrative "
+"privileges so the system is unsecured.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choose Cancel to set a user password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../users.py:297
+msgid "Root passwords don't match"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../users.py:300
+msgid "User passwords don't match"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../users.py:322
+msgid "Enter username or clear all user account fields"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../users.py:369
+msgid "Passwords don't match"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../welcome.py:46
+msgid "System Configuration Tool"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../welcome.py:47
+msgid ""
+"System Configuration Tool enables you to specify the following configuration "
+"parameters for your newly-installed Oracle Solaris 11 system:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../welcome.py:50
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"System Configuration Tool produces an SMF profile file in %(scprof)s.\n"
+"\n"
+"How to navigate through this tool:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../welcome.py:53
+msgid ""
+"Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to move from "
+"screen to screen and to perform other operations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../welcome.py:56
+msgid ""
+"Use the up/down arrow keys to change the selection or to move between input "
+"fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../welcome.py:58
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard does not have function keys, or they do not respond, press "
+"ESC; the legend at the bottom of the screen will change to show the ESC keys "
+"for navigation and other functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../welcome.py:65
+msgid "Welcome and Navigation Instructions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../welcome.py:82
+msgid "network"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../welcome.py:84
+msgid "system hostname"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../welcome.py:86
+msgid "time zone"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../welcome.py:88
+msgid "date and time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../welcome.py:90
+msgid "user and root accounts"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../welcome.py:92
+msgid "name services"
+msgstr ""
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/en_US/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/terminalui.pot	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-07-29 16:17+0900\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <[email protected]>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../edit_field.py:341
+#, python-format
+msgid "Max supported field length: %s"
+msgstr ""
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/en_US/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/textinstall.pot	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,679 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2009, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2011-07-29 11:16+0900\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <[email protected]>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:53
+msgid "Oracle Solaris"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:126
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Exiting Text Installer. Log is available at:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:300
+msgid ""
+"DONT_TRANSLATE_BUT_REPLACE_msgstr_WITH_True_OR_False: Should wrap text on "
+"whitespace in this language"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:303
+msgid "Confirm: Quit the Installer?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:304
+msgid "Do you want to quit the Installer?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:305 ../disk_selection.py:106
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:306 ../__init__.py:376
+msgid "Quit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:313
+#, python-format
+msgid "The %(release)s Text Installer must be run with root privileges"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:318
+#, python-format
+msgid "Set log location to FILE (default: %default)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:322
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Set log verbosity to LEVEL. In order of increasing verbosity, valid values "
+"are 'error' 'warn' 'info' 'debug' or 'input'\n"
+"[default: %default]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:329
+msgid ""
+"Enable debug mode. Sets logging level to 'input' and enables CTRL-C for "
+"killing the program\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:333
+msgid ""
+"Force the installer to run in black and white. This may be useful on some "
+"SPARC machines with unsupported frame buffers\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:338
+msgid ""
+"Runs in 'no installation' mode. When run in 'no installation' mode, no "
+"persistent changes are made to the disks and booted environment\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:365
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"     Terminal too small. Min size is 80x24. Current size is %(x)ix%(y)i."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:371 ../disk_selection.py:107
+msgid "Continue"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:373
+msgid "Back"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:375
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:380
+msgid "Help Topics"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:381
+msgid "Help Index"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:382
+msgid "Select a topic and press Continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:417
+msgid "An unhandled exception occurred."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:422
+msgid "Full traceback data is in the installation log"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../__init__.py:423
+msgid "Please file a bug at http://defect.opensolaris.org"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:68 ../disk_selection.py:109
+msgid "Disks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:69
+#, python-format
+msgid "Where should %(release)s be installed?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:70
+#, python-format
+msgid "Recommended size:  %(recommend).1fGB      Minimum size: %(min).1fGB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:72
+msgid "Seeking disks on system"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:73 ../fdisk_partitions.py:66
+msgid "The following partitions were found on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:74 ../fdisk_partitions.py:69
+msgid "The following slices were found on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:75 ../fdisk_partitions.py:67
+msgid "A partition table was not found. The following is proposed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:77 ../fdisk_partitions.py:70
+msgid "A VTOC label was not found. The following is proposed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:79
+msgid "A GPT labeled disk was found. The following is proposed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:81
+msgid "Too small"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:82
+#, python-format
+msgid "Limited to %.1f TB"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:83
+msgid "GPT labeled disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:84
+msgid "No disks found. Additional device drivers may be needed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:86
+#, python-format
+msgid "%(release)s cannot be installed on any disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:87
+msgid ""
+"An error occurred while searching for installation targets. Please check the "
+"install log and file a bug at defect.opensolaris.org."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:91
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:92 ../disk_window.py:64 ../disk_window.py:67
+#: ../disk_window.py:72 ../disk_window.py:76
+msgid "Size(GB)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:93 ../fdisk_partitions.py:55
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:89
+msgid "Boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:94
+msgid "Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:95
+msgid "Manufacturer"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:96
+msgid "Notes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:99
+msgid "Warning"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:100
+#, python-format
+msgid "Only the first %.1fTB can be used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:101
+msgid ""
+"You have chosen a GPT labeled disk. Installing onto a GPT labeled disk will "
+"cause the loss of all existing data and the disk will be relabeled as SMI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:63 ../disk_window.py:66
+msgid "Primary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:63 ../disk_window.py:66
+msgid "Logical"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:68 ../disk_window.py:77
+msgid " Avail"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:70 ../disk_window.py:74
+msgid "Slice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:341
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d more partitions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:343
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d more slices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:775 ../disk_window.py:785
+msgid "Only the digits 0-9 and \".\" are valid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:778
+msgid "A number can only have one \".\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:787
+msgid "Size can be specified to only one decimal place."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:803
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"The new size (%(size).1f) is greater than the available space (%(avail).1f)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:56
+#, python-format
+msgid "Fdisk Partitions: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:57 ../fdisk_partitions.py:84
+msgid "Solaris Partition Slices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:58
+#, python-format
+msgid "Solaris Slices: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:59
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"%(release)s can be installed on the whole disk or a partition on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:61
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"%(release)s can be installed in the whole fdisk partition or within a slice "
+"in the partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:64
+#, python-format
+msgid "%(release)s can be installed on the whole disk or a slice on the disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:72
+msgid "Use the whole disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:73
+msgid "Use the whole partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:74
+msgid "Use a slice in the partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:75
+msgid "Use a partition of the disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:76
+msgid "Use a slice on the disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:79
+msgid "Solaris Slices"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:82
+msgid "Fdisk Partitions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../install_progress.py:46
+#, python-format
+msgid "Installing %(release)s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../install_progress.py:49
+msgid ""
+"Do you want to quit the Installer?\n"
+"\n"
+"Any changes made to the disk by the Installer will be left \"as is.\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../install_status.py:48
+msgid "Installation Complete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../install_status.py:49
+msgid "Installation Failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../install_status.py:51
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"The installation of %(release)s has completed successfully.\n"
+"\n"
+"Reboot to start the newly installed software or Quit if you wish to perform "
+"additional tasks before rebooting.\n"
+"\n"
+"The installation log is available at %(log_tmp)s. After reboot it can be "
+"found at %(log_final)s."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../install_status.py:60
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"The installation did not complete normally.\n"
+"\n"
+"For more information you can review the installation log.\n"
+"The installation log is available at %(log_tmp)s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../install_status.py:80
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../install_status.py:83
+msgid "View Log"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../log_viewer.py:41
+msgid "Installation Log"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../log_viewer.py:76
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Could not read log file:\n"
+"\t%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:59
+msgid ""
+"Oracle Solaris will be installed into the Solaris partition. A partition's "
+"type can be changed using the F5 key.\n"
+"\n"
+"A partition's size can be increased up to its Avail space. Avail space can "
+"be increased by deleting an adjacent partition. Delete a partition by "
+"changing it to \"Unused\" using the F5 key.\n"
+"\n"
+"The four primary partition slots are listed on the left. If one is an "
+"\"Extended\" partition its logical partitions are listed on the right."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:71
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"%(release)s will be installed in the \"%(pool)s\" slice. Use the F5 key to "
+"change a slice to \"%(pool)s.\"\n"
+"\n"
+"A slice's size can be increased up to its Avail size. Avail can be increased "
+"by deleting an adjacent slice. Use the F5 key to delete a slice by changing "
+"it to \"Unused.\"\n"
+"\n"
+"Slices are listed in disk layout order."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:80
+#, python-format
+msgid "Select Partition: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:82
+msgid "Select Slice in Fdisk Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:83
+#, python-format
+msgid "Select Slice: %(size).1fGB %(type)s%(bootable)s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:85
+msgid "indicates the slice's current content will be destroyed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:87
+msgid "indicates the partition's current content will be destroyed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:93 ../partition_edit_screen.py:99
+msgid "Select Slice"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:96
+msgid "Select Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:141
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:142
+msgid "Change Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:61 ../summary.py:66
+msgid "Installation Summary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:62
+msgid ""
+"Review the settings below before installing. Go back (F3) to make changes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:72
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:111
+#, python-format
+msgid "Software: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:117
+msgid "Language: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:121
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default language: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:124
+msgid "Keyboard layout: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:126
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default keyboard layout: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:129
+#, python-format
+msgid "Terminal type: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:132
+msgid "Users:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:135
+msgid "Network:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:147
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Computer name: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:152
+msgid "  Network Configuration: Automatic"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:154
+msgid "  Network Configuration: None"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:156
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Manual Configuration: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:158
+#, python-format
+msgid "    IP Address: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:159
+#, python-format
+msgid "    Netmask: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:161
+#, python-format
+msgid "    Router: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:172
+#, python-format
+msgid "Domain: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:175 ../summary.py:185 ../summary.py:198
+#, python-format
+msgid "Name service: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:179
+msgid "DNS servers: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:181
+msgid "DNS Domain search list: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:187
+msgid "LDAP profile: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:188
+msgid "LDAP server's IP: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:189
+msgid "LDAP search base: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:193
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind distinguished name: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:195
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind password: [concealed]"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:201
+msgid "NIS server: broadcast"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:203
+msgid "NIS server's IP: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:214
+msgid "  Warning: No root password set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:216
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Username: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:218
+msgid "  No user account"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:228
+#, python-format
+msgid "Disk: %(disk-size).1fGB %(disk-type)s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:238
+#, python-format
+msgid "Partition: %(part-size).1fGB %(part-type)s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:246
+#, python-format
+msgid "Slice %(slice-num)s: %(slice-size).1fGB %(pool)s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../summary.py:257
+#, python-format
+msgid "Time Zone: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../welcome.py:40
+#, python-format
+msgid "Welcome to %(release)s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../welcome.py:41
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Thanks for choosing to install %(release)s! This installer enables you to "
+"install the %(release)s Operating System (OS) on SPARC or x86 systems.\n"
+"\n"
+"The installation log will be at %(log)s.\n"
+"\n"
+"How to navigate through this installer:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../welcome.py:46
+msgid ""
+"Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to move from "
+"screen to screen and to perform other operations."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../welcome.py:49
+msgid ""
+"Use the up/down arrow keys to change the selection or to move between input "
+"fields."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../welcome.py:51
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard does not have function keys, or they do not respond, press "
+"ESC; the legend at the bottom of the screen will change to show the ESC keys "
+"for navigation and other functions."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../welcome.py:57
+msgid "Welcome and Navigation Instructions"
+msgstr ""
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/en_US/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/date_time.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+DATE AND TIME
+
+This screen enables you to set or reset the computer's internal clock. 
+
+If possible, the initial settings in this screen will be the computer's current internal clock settings.
+
+PROCEDURE
+
+To exit this help screen, press F3. Then, in the installer screen, you can accept the initial settings in this screen by pressing F2. Or you can use the arrow keys to move to each editable field and type new settings. Then press F2 to continue with the new settings. 
+
+Note: If you type an invalid entry, an error message displays on the screen.
+
+If you change to a month that has fewer days than the current Day setting, the Day setting is automatically changed to the last day of the new month. 
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to navigate between screens. Use the arrow keys to move through the text on each screen.
+
+Note: If your keyboard does not have function keys, or the keys do not respond, press ESC to view the alternate ESC keys for navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/en_US/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_search.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+DNS SEARCH LIST
+
+Specifies the additional DNS domains.  These domains will be used by the system when searching for addresses from a DNS server.
+
+GUIDELINES
+
+Search domains are optional.  If no domains are specified, the default search domain - composed of the domain for this system - will be used.
+
+A maximum of six search domains can be specified.
+
+PROCEDURE
+
+Enter domain names starting from the top entry field.
+
+If a DNS search list is currently used by the system, the domains will be entered into the fields as defaults.  These defaults can be changed.
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to navigate between screens. Use the arrow keys to navigate between fields.
+     
+Note: If the keyboard does not have function keys, or the keys do not respond, press ESC to view the alternate ESC keys for navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/en_US/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_server.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+DNS SERVER ADDRESSES
+
+Specifies the IP addresses of the DNS servers that will be used by the system.
+
+GUIDELINES
+
+Between one and three name servers may be specified.  These name servers will be used by DNS to resolve the names of other systems.
+
+To determine the addresses of the DNS servers, check with the system administrator.
+
+PROCEDURE
+
+Enter IP addresses in numeric format (e.g., 198.0.0.1).
+
+If DNS servers are currently used by the system, their IP addresses will be entered into the fields as defaults.  These defaults can be changed.
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to navigate between screens. Use the arrow keys to navigate between fields.
+     
+Note: If the keyboard does not have function keys, or the keys do not respond, press ESC to view the alternate ESC keys for navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/en_US/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/domain.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+DOMAIN NAME
+
+Identifies the system as part of a name service domain.
+
+GUIDELINES
+
+To determine the domain name, ask the system administrator.  Or, use the domainname(1M) command on a previously-installed system.
+
+Typically, the domain name is a series of two to four short names separated by periods.
+
+PROCEDURE
+
+Enter the domain name in the edit field.
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to navigate between screens. Use the arrow keys to navigate between fields.
+     
+Note: If the keyboard does not have function keys, or the keys do not respond, press ESC to view the alternate ESC keys for navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/en_US/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_profile.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+LDAP PROFILE
+
+Specifies the profile that will be used to configure the LDAP name service on the system.   Also specifies the address of the server from which the profile is to be retrieved.  The LDAP PROFILE screen also specifies the LDAP search base.
+
+GUIDELINES
+
+The specified LDIF profile, created with the ldap_gen_profile command, will provide the default format with all the correct settings to communicate with the set of servers.  The profile will also ensure that the ldap_cachemgr(1M) can automatically update the configuration file.
+
+The LDAP search base is required.  A default, based on the domain name previously entered, will be supplied automatically.
+
+If LDAP is to be configured on this system without using a profile, select "None" for the name service type.  When the installation has completed, configure the name service manually.
+
+PROCEDURE
+
+- Enter the profile name into the top entry field.
+- Enter the numeric IP address of the profile server.
+- Enter the search base.
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to navigate between screens. Use the arrow keys to navigate between fields.
+     
+Note: If the keyboard does not have function keys, or the keys do not respond, press ESC to view the alternate ESC keys for navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/en_US/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_proxy.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+LDAP PROXY
+
+Specify whether the LDAP proxy bind information will be provided, and if so, specify the proxy bind distinguished name and the proxy bind password.
+
+GUIDELINES
+
+If the profile you are using specifies a proxy credential level, and the authentication method is NOT none, then you will need to provide the proxy bind information.
+
+If you choose not to provide the proxy bind information, and that information is required, an error will be generated and LDAP will not be initialized.  The network administrator can provide the LDAP proxy bind information.
+
+PROCEDURE
+
+Enter the proxy bind distinguished name.  Enter the proxy bind password.
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to navigate between screens. Use the arrow keys to navigate between fields.
+     
+Note: If the keyboard does not have function keys, or the keys do not respond, press ESC to view the alternate ESC keys for navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/en_US/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/name_service.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+NAME SERVICE SELECTION
+
+Specifies the system's relationship to a name service.
+
+GUIDELINES
+
+The system administrator should know the name services to be used by this system.
+
+PROCEDURE
+
+To select DNS as a name service, navigate to the DNS Name Service screen and use the arrow keys to highlight Configure DNS.
+
+To select either LDAP or NIS name services, navigate to the Alternate Name Service screen and use the arrow keys to highlight the corresponding selection.
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to navigate between screens. Use the arrow keys to navigate between fields.
+     
+Note: If the keyboard does not have function keys, or the keys do not respond, press ESC to view the alternate ESC keys for navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/en_US/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+NETWORK 
+
+This screen prompts you to type a computer host name and to specify how the network connection should be configured.
+
+PROCEDURE
+
+To exit this help screen, press F3. Then, in the installer screen, enter network information as follows:
+
+* COMPUTER NAME - This screen includes an editable field for the computer name. The editable field is highlighted. With the computer host name field selected, type a name for this computer that identifies it on the network. Note the following restrictions:
+
+     * The host name must be at least two characters. 
+     * The host name can contain letters, numbers, and minus signs (-).
+
+* NETWORK CONNECTION - Use the arrow keys to select a network connection choice from the following options:                  
+
+     Automatically - Use DHCP to configure the connection.
+     Manually      - If you select this option, you will select and configure a wired network interface on the following screens. 
+     None          - Do not configure the network during the installation.
+ 
+Press F2 to continue to the next screen. 
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to navigate between screens. Use the arrow keys to move through the text on each screen.
+
+Note: If your keyboard does not have function keys, or the keys do not respond, press ESC to view the alternate ESC keys for navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/en_US/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network_manual.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+MANUAL NETWORK CONFIGURATION
+
+The manual network screen or screens enable you to manually set the machine's network settings. First, if there is more than one interface, you select a connection to be configured. Then, you type the settings for the connection. 
+
+Note: Only one connection can be configured during the installation.
+
+GUIDELINES
+
+These screens include editable fields that are highlighted when the field is selected. Use the arrow keys to select each field. When a field is selected, you can type your settings in that field.
+
+PROCEDURE
+
+To exit this help screen, press F3. Then, complete the manual configuration information as follows:
+
+1. If there is more than one interface, in the first screen, use the arrow keys to highlight the connection that you want to configure. Then, press F2 to continue to the next screen.
+
+2. Use the arrow keys to move to each configuration field for the connection that you want to configure.
+
+Note: For fields where the configuration information was automatically detected by the installer, the configuration information is displayed. 
+
+3. For each configuration field, you can type connection settings or accept the default values. Follow the restrictions for each field as specified in the screen. Type the settings or accept the default values for the following fields:
+	* IP Address - required field
+	* Netmask - required field
+	* Router - optional field
+	* DNS - optional field
+	* Domain - optional field
+
+Then press F2 to continue to the next screen with the network settings that you have specified. 
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to navigate between screens. Use the arrow keys to move through the text on each screen.
+
+Note: If your keyboard does not have function keys, or the keys do not respond, press ESC to view the alternate ESC keys for navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/en_US/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/nis.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+NIS NAME SERVICE
+
+Specifies how to find the system's NIS name server.
+
+GUIDELINES
+
+If you choose "Find one", the software tries to find a name server.  The name server must reside on the local subnet.
+
+If you choose "Specify one", a subscreen will be displayed.  Enter the name server's IP address in the subscreen.
+
+PROCEDURE
+
+Highlight the desired selection using the arrow keys.
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to navigate between screens. Use the arrow keys to navigate between fields.
+     
+Note: If the keyboard does not have function keys, or the keys do not respond, press ESC to view the alternate ESC keys for navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/en_US/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+SYSTEM CONFIGURATION SUMMARY
+
+This screen enables you to review and confirm the configuration settings.
+
+PROCEDURE
+
+To exit this help screen, press F3. Then, in the Summary screen, review your configuration settings.
+
+OPTIONAL: If you want to change your selections, press the F3 key as often as needed to go back to the screens that you want to change. Make your changes in these earlier screens, and then continue through the screens to get back to this Summary.
+
+Press F2 to apply the configuration to the system. 
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to navigate between screens. Use the arrow keys to move through the text on each screen.
+
+Note: If your keyboard does not have function keys, or the keys do not respond, press ESC to view the alternate ESC keys for navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/en_US/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/timezone.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+TIME ZONE
+
+This series of screens enable you to type the correct time zone for the system to be installed. Select a time zone or location where the computer is typically used. The installer will use the time zone from the computer's internal settings as the default, if possible. 
+
+The installer displays three screens in this series: a Region screen, a Location screen, and a Time Zone screen. 
+
+In the first screen, you choose a general Region, such as Europe. In the next screen, the installer displays locations, such as France or Spain, within the region that you selected. The third screen displays the time zones within the selected location. 
+
+Note: If you select "UTC/GMT" on the Region screen, the Location and Time Zone screens are skipped.
+
+PROCEDURE
+
+To exit this help screen, press F3. Then, in each installer screen, you can press F2 to accept the default selection. Or, you can use the arrow keys to highlight a different selection, and then press F2 to continue to the next screen.
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to navigate between screens. Use the arrow keys to move through the text on each screen.
+
+Note: If your keyboard does not have function keys, or the keys do not respond, press ESC to view the alternate ESC keys for navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/en_US/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/users.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+USERS
+
+In this screen, you can type a root password and define a user account for your installed system.
+
+GUIDELINE
+
+     * Both the root password and user account are optional. But, completing all fields in the screen is recommended.
+
+     * A user account requires only a user name in order for the account to be valid.   
+    
+     * The user name field has the following restrictions:
+          
+          * The user name cannot be root.
+          * The user name must start with a letter.
+          * The user name must contain characters from set [a-zA-Z0-9_.-].
+
+     * If you type an invalid entry, an error message is displayed for that field.
+
+PROCEDURE
+
+To exit this help screen, press F3. Then, in the Users screen, use the arrow keys to move to each editable field. Type your information in each field. Press F2 to continue to the next screen. 
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to navigate between screens. Use the arrow keys to move through the text on each screen.
+
+Note: If your keyboard does not have function keys, or the keys do not respond, press ESC to view the alternate ESC keys for navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/en_US/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+WELCOME
+
+This system tool enables you to configure the Oracle Solaris Operating System (OS) on SPARC or x86 systems.
+
+PROCEDURE
+
+To exit this help screen, press F3. Then, in the Welcome screen, press the F2 key to continue to the next screen.
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+You cannot use a mouse to navigate through the installation screens. Instead, use the function keys for navigation. The available function keys for each screen are listed at the bottom of the screen. For example:
+
+F2_Continue - Press the F2 key to move to the next screen. When you press F2, the tool processes any selections or typed entries that you made in that screen.
+F3_Back - Press the F3 key to go back to the previous screen.
+F6_Help - Press the F6 key to view the Help contents for that screen.
+F9_Quit - Press the F9 key to exit the tool without configuring the system.
+
+In each screen, use the arrow keys to perform any of the following actions:
+* Moving through the screen text.
+* Changing the highlighted selections.
+* Moving to fields where you need to type information.
+
+Note: If your keyboard does not have function keys, or the keys do not respond, press ESC. The legend at the bottom of the screen will change to show the ESC keys for navigation and other functions. 
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/en_US/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/disks.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+DISKS
+
+This screen displays the internal disks and external storage devices that can be used as installation targets. To be recognized by the installer, the devices must be plugged in when the installer begins. 
+
+Note: You do not need to set up a mirrored configuration during installation. You can use the ZFS attach command after installation to perform this task. If you plan to set up a mirrored configuration, remember that the second disk has to be equal or larger than the installation target. 
+
+WARNING: Note the following important considerations for x86 installations:
+
+	* If the disk was not previously partitioned, the installation, by default, overwrites the whole disk layout. You can, however, modify the default selections in the installer screens to install to a new Solaris partition that is smaller than the whole disk.
+
+	* If a Solaris partition is on the disk, and the installation makes no modifications to the partitions, the installation overwrites the Solaris partition only. Other existing partitions are not changed. 
+
+Note: No actual changes will be made to the system until you complete the installer selection screens and begin the actual installation process.
+
+SIZE
+
+The recommended size and minimum size for the Oracle Solaris OS installation are displayed. The size of each device is displayed in gigabytes. 
+
+* Devices that are too small for a successful installation are labeled that way. 
+
+* Some devices may be so large that an Oracle Solaris installation cannot use all the space on the device. These devices have a maximum installation size specified.
+
+PARTITIONS OR SLICES
+
+The first section of the screen lists available devices. One device is highlighted by default. The next section of the screen displays the partition or slice information for the currently highlighted device. Partitions are listed for x86 formatted devices. Slices are listed for SPARC formatted devices.
+
+If you want to view the partition or slice information for another device, you can use the arrow keys to select that device. The screen changes to display the partition or slice information for the device that you select.
+
+If there are more than four devices, press the up/down arrow keys repeatedly to scroll down to the other devices. 
+
+CAUTION: If there are no existing partitions or slices for a device, the screen displays proposed partition or slice setup. In this case, all existing data on the device would be destroyed during installation.
+
+PROCEDURE
+
+To exit this help screen, press F3. Then, in the installer screen, choose one of the following options:
+
+     * If you want to install to the device that is currently highlighted, select F2 and the installation continues to the next screen.
+
+     * If you want to select a different device for the installation, use the arrow keys to highlight your preferred device. Partition or slice information will display for the device that you select. Then press F2 to continue. 
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to navigate between screens. Use the arrow keys to move through the text on each screen.
+
+Note: If your keyboard does not have function keys, or the keys do not respond, press ESC to view the alternate ESC keys for navigation.
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/en_US/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+SPARC: SOLARIS SLICES
+
+This screen displays the VTOC slices for the SPARC storage device that you selected in the previous screen. The slices are listed in layout order. 
+
+PROCEDURE
+
+To exit this help screen, press F3. Then, in the installer screen, use the arrow keys to highlight either "Use the whole disk" or "Use a slice on the disk." 
+
+     * If you select "Use a slice on the disk," the next screen enables you to select which slice to use for the installation and to make changes to the slice layout.
+
+     * If you select "Use the whole disk," the installer records that choice and proceeds to the next task.
+
+       CAUTION: The "Use the whole disk" selection erases the entire disk during installation. The disk is overwritten with the new Oracle Solaris OS. 
+
+Press F2 to continue to the next screen.
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to navigate between screens. Use the arrow keys to move through the text on each screen.
+
+Note: If your keyboard does not have function keys, or the keys do not respond, press ESC to view the alternate ESC keys for navigation.
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/en_US/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices_select.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+SPARC: SELECT SLICE
+
+This screen enables you to select a VTOC slice to use for the installation. To indicate which slice to use for the installation, select the slice and change its type to rpool. You also have the option of resizing the rpool.
+
+The screen displays the existing slices in the device that you selected in the prior screens. The slices are displayed in the same order as they are laid out in the device. The current size and maximum available size for each slice are displayed.
+
+GUIDELINES
+
+* You can have only one rpool in the device. And, Oracle Solaris will be installed into the rpool. 
+
+* The size of the rpool can be increased up to the maximum available size. When slices are shown as Unused, its available space is displayed in the available (Avail) column. You can change a slice to Unused, making its space available to adjacent slices.
+
+* A red asterisk indicates that slice's content will be destroyed during installation. If the slice is not explicitly altered by the user, the slice content is preserved during installation.
+
+Note: You do not need to set up a mirrored configuration during installation. You can use the ZFS attach command after installation to perform this task. If you plan to set up a mirrored configuration, remember that the second disk has to be equal to or larger than the installation target. 
+
+HOW TO MODIFY SCREEN CONTENT
+
+You can use any of the following options to modify screen content:
+
+     * F5_Change Type - With a partition highlighted, press F5 repeatedly to cycle through the slice types until the desired type is displayed.
+
+     * Editable Fields - If a selected field is highlighted, you can type changes in that field.
+
+     * F7_Reset - Press F7 to restore all data in this screen to the original settings.
+
+PROCEDURE
+
+To exit this help screen, press F3. Then, in the installer screen, use the arrow keys to select the target slice if it is not already selected. If the selected slice type is not a rpool, press F5 repeatedly to cycle through the types until the type, rpool, is displayed. 
+
+IMPORTANT: You can have only one rpool in the device.
+
+OPTIONAL:  You can make further optional modifications to the slice layout as described next, then press F2 to continue to the next screen. The changes you make will be implemented during the installation. To record layout changes, first use the arrow keys to highlight the slice that you want to modify. Then perform any of the following actions:
+
+	* Delete a Slice - Press F5 repeatedly to cycle through the types until the type, Unused, is displayed. When a slice is Unused, its space is made available to adjacent slices.
+
+	* Change a Slice's Type - Press F5 and change the slice type. For example, change the type to rpool. 
+	
+	* Resize a Slice - If a selected slice's size is highlighted, you can resize that slice. Type the new size in the editable field, up to the maximum size available. 
+
+	* Create a New Slice - Select an unused slice. Press F5 and change the slice's type from Unused to another type, such as rpool. 
+
+Note: You can use the F7 key to cancel your changes. 
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to navigate between screens. Use the arrow keys to move through the text on each screen.
+
+Note: If your keyboard does not have function keys, or the keys do not respond, press ESC to view the alternate ESC keys for navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/en_US/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+INSTALLATION SUMMARY
+
+This screen enables you to review and confirm installation specifications.
+
+PROCEDURE
+
+To exit this help screen, press F3. Then, in the Installation Summary screen, review your installation selections.
+
+OPTIONAL: If you want to change your installation selections, press the F3 key as often as needed to go back to the screens that you want to change. Make your changes in these earlier screens, and then continue through the screens to get back to this Installation Summary.
+
+Press F2 to begin the installation. 
+
+CAUTION: The installation begins when you press F2. Is is recommended that you do not interrupt an installation in progress. An incomplete installation can leave the disk in an indeterminate state.
+
+AFTER INSTALLATION
+
+A progress bar is displayed during the installation. When the installation is complete, a final screen displays the installation results. You can then view the installation log, /tmp/install_log, by pressing F4. 
+
+After a successful installation, you can take either of the following actions: 
+
+     * Within the installer, press F4 to view the installation log. 
+
+     * Reboot to start the newly installed software. After you reboot, you can view the installation log at /var/sadm/system/logs/install_log.	
+
+     * If you want to perform additional tasks before rebooting, press F9 to quit the installer. 
+
+After a failed installation, press F4 to view the installation log. Then, press F9 to quit the installer. Make any corrections that are needed, then restart the installer.
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to navigate between screens. Use the arrow keys to move through the text on each screen.
+
+Note: If your keyboard does not have function keys, or the keys do not respond, press ESC to view the alternate ESC keys for navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/en_US/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+WELCOME
+
+This text installer enables you to install the Oracle Solaris Operating System (OS) on SPARC or x86 systems. This installer, in particular, can be used on machines that either do not have or do not need graphics cards.
+
+Note: This initial installation of the Oracle Solaris OS overwrites the existing Solaris or Oracle Solaris OS with the new version of the Oracle Solaris OS. If you want to upgrade an existing Oracle Solaris OS, use the pkg(1) command or the Package Manager application instead of this installer.
+
+PROCEDURE
+
+To exit this help screen, press F3. Then, in the Welcome screen, press the F2 key to continue to the next screen.
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+You cannot use a mouse to navigate through the installation screens. Instead, use the function keys for navigation. The available function keys for each screen are listed at the bottom of the screen. For example:
+
+F2_Continue - Press the F2 key to move to the next installation screen. When you press F2, the installer processes any selections or typed entries that you made in that screen.
+F3_Back - Press the F3 key to go back to the previous screen.
+F6_Help - Press the F6 key to view the Help contents for that screen.
+F9_Quit - Press the F9 key to end the installation.
+
+In each screen, use the arrow keys to perform any of the following actions:
+* Moving through the screen text.
+* Changing the highlighted selections.
+* Moving to fields where you need to type information.
+
+Note: If your keyboard does not have function keys, or the keys do not respond, press ESC. The legend at the bottom of the screen will change to show the ESC keys for navigation and other functions. 
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/en_US/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+x86: FDISK PARTITIONS
+
+This screen displays the fdisk partitions for the x86 storage device that you selected in the previous screen. 
+
+Note: The partitions are listed in the order that they exist on the disk. 
+
+PROCEDURE
+
+To exit this help screen, press F3. Then, in the installer screen, use the arrow keys to highlight either "Use the whole disk" or "Use a partition on the disk". 
+
+     * If you select "Use a partition on the disk," the next screens enable you to select which partition to use for the installation, and, if the partition has defined slices, which slice in that partition to use. You can also adjust the fdisk partition layout. 
+
+     * If you select "Use the whole disk," the installer records that choice and proceeds to the next task.
+
+       CAUTION: "Use the whole disk" erases the entire disk during installation. The disk is overwritten with the new Oracle Solaris OS. 
+
+After making your selection, press F2 to continue to the next screen.
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to navigate between screens. Use the arrow keys to move through the text on each screen.
+
+Note: If your keyboard does not have function keys, or the keys do not respond, press ESC to view the alternate ESC keys for navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/en_US/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions_select.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+x86: SELECT PARTITION
+
+Use this screen to select, create, or modify a Solaris partition to be used for the installation.
+
+This screen enables the user to make adjustments to the fdisk partition layout, such as deleting existing partitions, creating and sizing an extended partition, creating and sizing a Solaris partition, or resizing existing partitions.
+
+The screen displays the existing fdisk partitions. The primary partitions are displayed in the order that they are laid out on the disk. The current size and maximum available size for each partition are displayed. If an extended partition exists, its logical partitions are displayed. The logical partitions are also displayed in the disk layout order within the extended partition.
+
+If the disk has not been previously partitioned, a suggested partitioning is displayed. This suggested partitioning is a single partition that is sized to the whole disk.
+
+GUIDELINES
+
+You can have only one Solaris partition on the device. And, you must use that Solaris partition for the installation. If an existing Solaris partition exists, that partition is selected by default. 
+
+CAUTION: If you reduce a partition size or change its type, the existing partition contents will be erased during installation. Otherwise, existing partition contents are preserved during installation. If your planned changes will destroy a partition during installation, that partition is marked with a red asterisk on this screen. 
+
+HOW TO MODIFY SCREEN CONTENT
+
+You can use any of the following options to modify screen content:
+
+     * F5_Change Type - With a partition highlighted, change the partition type by pressing F5 repeatedly to cycle through the partition types until the desired partition type or Unused is displayed. If Unused is selected, the partition is destroyed, and its space is made available when resizing adjacent partitions.
+
+       Note: You cannot have more than one Solaris partition or more than one extended partition. Therefore, if you have an existing Solaris partition or an existing extended partition, the F5 change options will not include changing the partition to a Solaris partition or an extended partition.
+
+     * Size Fields - If the size field is highlighted, you can type changes in that field.
+
+     * F7_Reset - Press F7 to restore all data in this screen to the original settings.
+
+PROCEDURE
+
+To exit this help screen, press F3. Then, in the installer screen, you have the following options: 
+
+     * If there is an existing Solaris partition, that partition is selected by default. You can do one of the following:
+
+          * You can use the existing partition with its current size. 
+          * You can resize the Solaris partition. The size can be decreased. Or, the size can be increased up to the available space. 
+          * If you want to install to a different partition, you must first delete the existing Solaris partition by changing its type to Unused. Then, you can select another partition and change its type to Solaris. During installation, this modification erases the existing partition contents. 
+
+     * If there is no existing Solaris partition, select a partition and change its type to Solaris. 
+
+     * LINUX-SWAP INSTRUCTIONS: If you used a third-party partitioning tool such as GParted, this screen displays a partition named Linux-swap on which you can install the Oracle Solaris OS software. To use this partition, you need to change the type from Linux-swap to Solaris in this screen. Highlight that partition and press F5 repeatedly to cycle through the types until the Solaris type is displayed for that partition.
+
+OPTIONAL: You can make further optional modifications to the partition layout. The changes you make will be implemented during the installation. To record layout changes, first use the arrow keys to highlight the partition that you want to modify. Then perform any of the following actions:
+
+	* Delete a Partition - Press F5 repeatedly to cycle through the partition type options until Unused is displayed. During installation, the initial partition is destroyed, and its space is made available when resizing adjacent partitions.
+
+	* Change a Partition's Type - Press F5 repeatedly to cycle through the partition types until the desired partition type is displayed. For example, change the type to Solaris. 
+	
+	* Resize a Partition - If a selected partition's size is highlighted, you can resize that partition. Type the new size in the editable field, up to the maximum size available. Resizing an existing partition destroys its content.
+
+	* Create a New Partition - Select an unused partition. Press F5 and change the partition's type from Unused to another type, such as Solaris or Extended. 
+
+	* Create an Extended Partition - Press F5 as needed to select the Extended partition type. 
+
+Note: You can press the F7 key to cancel your changes. 
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to navigate between screens. Use the arrow keys to move through the text on each screen.
+
+Note: If your keyboard does not have function keys, or the keys do not respond, press ESC to view the alternate ESC keys for navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/en_US/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+x86: SOLARIS PARTITION SLICES
+
+If Solaris VTOC slices are in a Solaris partition that you selected in the prior screen, this screen lists the VTOC slices. You can choose to install the Oracle Solaris OS in one of the slices. Or you can use the whole partition for the installation. 
+
+The existing VTOC slices are displayed in layout order.
+
+Note: If you altered the Solaris partition in the prior screen, this screen is not displayed. 
+
+PROCEDURE
+
+To exit this help screen, press F3. Then, in the Solaris Partition screen, use the arrow keys to highlight either "Use the whole partition" or "Use a slice in the partition." Press F2 to continue to the next screen. If you plan to use a slice in the partition, the next screen will enable you to select that slice.
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to navigate between screens. Use the arrow keys to move through the text on each screen.
+
+Note: If your keyboard does not have function keys, or the keys do not respond, press ESC to view the alternate ESC keys for navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/en_US/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices_select.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+x86: SELECT SLICE IN SOLARIS PARTITION
+
+This screen enables you to select a VTOC slice in a Solaris partition to use for the installation. To indicate which slice to use for the installation, select the slice and change the slice type to rpool. You have the option of resizing the rpool.
+
+The screen displays the existing slices in the fdisk partition that you selected in the prior screens. The slices are displayed in the order that they are laid out in the partition. The current size and maximum available size for each slice are displayed.
+
+GUIDELINES
+
+* You can have only one rpool in the partition, and Oracle Solaris will be installed in the rpool.  
+
+* The size of the rpool can be increased up to the maximum available size. When slices are shown as Unused, its available space is displayed in the available (Avail) column. You can change a slice to Unused, making its space available to adjacent slices.
+
+Note: A red asterisk indicates that slice's content will be destroyed during installation. If the slice is not explicitly altered by the user, the slice content is preserved during installation.
+
+HOW TO MODIFY SCREEN CONTENT
+
+You can use any of the following options to modify screen content:
+
+     * F5_Change Type - With a slice highlighted, press F5 repeatedly to cycle through the types until the desired slice type is displayed.
+
+     * Size Fields - You can type changes in the size fields.
+
+     * F7_Reset - Press F7 to restore all data in this screen to the original settings.
+
+PROCEDURE
+
+To exit this help screen, press F3. Then, in the installer screen, use the arrow keys to select the target slice if it is not already selected. If the selected slice type is not a rpool, press F5 repeatedly to cycle through the slice types until the type, rpool, is displayed. 
+
+Note: Remember that you can have only one rpool in the partition. If another rpool exists, change its type to Unused before you change the targeted slice to a rpool.
+
+OPTIONAL: You can make further optional modifications to the slice layout as described next, then press F2 to continue to the next screen. The changes you make will be implemented during the installation. To record layout changes, first use the arrow keys to highlight the slice that you want to modify. Then perform any of the following actions:
+
+	* Delete a Slice - Press F5 repeatedly to cycle through the slice types until the type, Unused, is displayed. The space from an Unused slice is made available to adjacent slices.
+
+	* Change a Slice's Type - Press F5 repeatedly to cycle through the slice types until the desired type is displayed. Use this procedure, for example, to change the type to rpool. 
+	
+	* Resize a Slice - If a selected slice's size is highlighted, you can resize that slice. Type the new size in the editable field, up to the maximum size available. 
+
+	Note: The sum of the partition's sizes might not equal the size of the whole disk, because partition sizes are rounded to the nearest .1GB, and there might be unused space between partitions. 
+
+	* Create a New Slice - Select an unused slice. Press F5 as needed to change the slice's type from Unused to another type, such as rpool. Slice 2, however, cannot be modified. 
+
+Note: You can use the F7 key to cancel your changes. 
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to navigate between screens. Use the arrow keys to move through the text on each screen.
+
+Note: If your keyboard does not have function keys, or the keys do not respond, press ESC to view the alternate ESC keys for navigation.
+
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/sysconfig.pot	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,1153 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2009, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\nReport-Msgid-Bugs-To: \nPOT-Creation-Date: 2011-07-29 11:23+0900\nPO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\nLast-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\nLanguage-Team: LANGUAGE <[email protected]>\nMIME-Version: 1.0\nContent-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\nContent-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:499
+#, python-format
+msgid "Custom site profile %s is invalid, missing .xml suffix."
+msgstr "El perfil de sitio personalizado %s no es válido; falta el sufijo .xml."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:507
+#, python-format
+msgid "Custom site profile %s is invalid or hasinvalid permissions."
+msgstr "El perfil de sitio personalizado %s no es válido o tiene permisos no válidos."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:524
+#, python-format
+msgid "Unable to apply SMF profile %s."
+msgstr "No se puede aplicar el perfil SMF %s."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:540
+msgid "System is not properly configured. You are likely"
+msgstr "El sistema no está configurado correctamente. Probablemente"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:541
+msgid "trying to unconfigure or re-configure freshly"
+msgstr "esté intentando desconfigurar o reconfigurar"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:542
+msgid "installed system which is not supported."
+msgstr "un sistema instalado recientemente que no es compatible."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:611 ../__init__.py:622
+msgid "An unhandled exception occurred."
+msgstr "Se produjo una excepción no tratada."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:627
+msgid "Full traceback data is in the log"
+msgstr "Todos los datos de rastreo están en el registro"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:636
+msgid "IO error creating profile"
+msgstr "Error de E/S durante creación de perfil"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:643
+msgid "Unable to apply the unconfigure parameters to the image"
+msgstr "No se pueden aplicar los parámetros de desconfiguración a la imagen"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:654
+msgid "Unable to initiate unconfiguration process."
+msgstr "No se puede iniciar el proceso de desconfiguración."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:671
+msgid "Root filesystem provided for the non-global zone does not exist"
+msgstr "El sistema de archivos raíz proporcionado para la zona no global no existe"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:678
+#, python-format
+msgid "Root filesystem mounted read-only, '%s' operation not permitted."
+msgstr "El sistema de archivos raíz montado es de sólo lectura, la operación '%s' no está permitida."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:680
+msgid ""
+"The likely cause is that sysconfig(1m) was invoked in ROZR non-global zone."
+msgstr "La causa probable es que se haya invocado sysconfig(1m) en la zona no global ROZR."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:682
+msgid ""
+"In that case, see mwac(5) and zonecfg(1m) man pages for additional "
+"information."
+msgstr "En ese caso, consulte las páginas del comando man mwac(5) y zonecfg(1m) para obtener más información."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:697
+msgid "This program will re-configure your system."
+msgstr "Este programa reconfigurará el sistema."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:699
+msgid "This program will unconfigure your system."
+msgstr "Este programa desconfigurará el sistema."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:700
+msgid "The system will be reverted to a \"pristine\" state."
+msgstr "El sistema volverá al estado \"original\"."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:701
+msgid "It will not have a name or know about other systems or networks."
+msgstr "No tendrá nombre ni estará relacionado con otros sistemas ni redes."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:704
+msgid "Do you want to continue (y/[n])? "
+msgstr "¿Desea continuar? (y/[n]) "
+
+#: ../__init__.py:753
+#, python-format
+msgid "There are no services on the system with grouping of %s"
+msgstr "No hay servicios en el sistema con agrupación de %s"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:811
+#, python-format
+msgid "Directory %s does not contain any profile."
+msgstr "El directorio %s no contiene ningún perfil."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:833
+msgid "Interactive configuration requested."
+msgstr "Se solicita configuración interactiva."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:834
+msgid "System Configuration Interactive (SCI) tool will be"
+msgstr "La herramienta System Configuration Interactive (SCI)"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:849
+msgid ""
+"Since you are currently not logged on console,\n"
+"you may not be able to navigate SCI tool."
+msgstr "Como no ha iniciado sesión en la consola,\nes posible que no pueda navegar por la herramienta SCI."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:851
+msgid "Would you like to proceed with re-configuration (y/[n])? "
+msgstr "¿Desea continuar con la reconfiguración? (y/[n]) "
+
+#: ../__init__.py:919
+msgid "Grouping to configure"
+msgstr "Agrupación para configurar"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:922
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Saves created system configuration profile into FILE.\t\t[default: %default]"
+msgstr "Guarda el perfil de configuración del sistema creado en FILE.\t\t[default: %default]"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:926
+#, python-format
+msgid "Set log location to FILE (default: %default)"
+msgstr "Configure la ubicación del registro en ARCHIVO (valor predeterminado: %default)"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:931
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Set log verbosity to LEVEL. In order of increasing verbosity, valid values "
+"are 'error' 'warn' 'info' 'debug' or 'input'\n"
+"[default: %default]"
+msgstr "Configure el detalle del registro en NIVEL. A fin de aumentar el detalle, los valores válidos son 'error' 'warn' 'info' 'debug' o 'input'\n [default: %default]"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:939
+msgid ""
+"Force the tool to run in black and white. This may be useful on some SPARC "
+"machines with unsupported frame buffers\n"
+msgstr "Fuerce la herramienta para que se ejecute en blanco y negro. Esto puede ser útil en algunas máquinas SPARC con memorias intermedias de trama no admitidas\n"
+
+#. LOGGER.close() # LOGGER.close() is broken - CR 7012566
+#: ../__init__.py:955
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Exiting System Configuration Tool. Log is available at:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr "Saliendo de la herramienta de configuración del sistema. El registro está disponible en:\n %s"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:976
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"     Terminal too small. Min size is 80x24. Current size is %(x)ix%(y)i."
+msgstr "     El terminal es demasiado pequeño. El tamaño mínimo es 80x24. El tamaño actual es %(x)ix%(y)i."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:982 ../users.py:76
+msgid "Continue"
+msgstr "Continuar"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:983
+msgid "Back"
+msgstr "Anterior"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:985
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr "Ayuda"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:986 ../__init__.py:1041
+msgid "Quit"
+msgstr "Salir"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:990
+msgid "Help Topics"
+msgstr "Temas de ayuda"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:991
+msgid "Help Index"
+msgstr "Índice de ayuda"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:992
+msgid "Select a topic and press Continue."
+msgstr "Seleccione un tema y presione Continuar."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1035
+msgid ""
+"DONT_TRANSLATE_BUT_REPLACE_msgstr_WITH_True_OR_False: Should wrap text on "
+"whitespace in this language"
+msgstr "True  "
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1038
+msgid "Confirm: Quit?"
+msgstr "Confirmar: ¿Desea salir?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1039
+msgid "Do you really want to quit?"
+msgstr "¿Realmente desea salir?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1040 ../users.py:77
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr "Cancelar"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1050
+msgid "Error: Root privileges are required for this command."
+msgstr "Error: se requieren privilegios de usuario root para este comando."
+
+#: ../date_time.py:54 ../date_time.py:67
+msgid "Date and Time"
+msgstr "Fecha y hora"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:56
+msgid "Year:"
+msgstr "Año:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:57
+msgid "Month:"
+msgstr "Mes:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:58
+msgid "Day:"
+msgstr "Día:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:59
+msgid "Hour:"
+msgstr "Hora:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:60
+msgid "Minute:"
+msgstr "Minuto:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:61
+msgid "(YYYY)"
+msgstr "(AAAA)"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:63
+msgid ""
+"Edit the date and time as necessary.\n"
+"The time is in 24 hour format."
+msgstr "Edite la fecha y la hora según corresponda.\n La hora está en formato de 24 horas."
+
+#: ../date_time.py:306
+msgid "Invalid date/time. See errors above."
+msgstr "Fecha/hora no válida. Consulte los errores que se muestran más arriba."
+
+#: ../date_time.py:404
+msgid "Year must be numeric"
+msgstr "El año debe estar expresado en números"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:407 ../date_time.py:410 ../date_time.py:425
+msgid "Year out of range"
+msgstr "El año está fuera del rango"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:438
+msgid "Month must be numeric"
+msgstr "El mes debe estar expresado en números"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:443 ../date_time.py:458
+msgid "Month out of range"
+msgstr "El mes está fuera del rango"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:469
+msgid "Day must be numeric"
+msgstr "El día debe estar expresado en números"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:480 ../date_time.py:491
+msgid "Day out of range"
+msgstr "El día está fuera del rango"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:500
+msgid "Hour must be numeric"
+msgstr "La hora debe estar expresada en números"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:503 ../date_time.py:512
+msgid "Hour out of range"
+msgstr "La hora está fuera del rango"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:522
+msgid "Minute must be numeric"
+msgstr "Los minutos deben estar expresados en números"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:524 ../date_time.py:533
+msgid "Minute out of range"
+msgstr "Los minutos están fuera del rango"
+
+#. name service choices for display to user
+#: ../nameservice.py:70 ../network_type.py:65
+msgid "None"
+msgstr "Ninguna"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:70
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr "LDAP"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:70
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr "NIS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:71
+msgid "DNS"
+msgstr "DNS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:75
+msgid "Enter either a host name or an IP address."
+msgstr "Introduzca un nombre de host o una dirección IP."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:76
+msgid "An IP address must be of the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+msgstr "Una dirección IP debe tener el formato xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:132
+msgid "DNS Name Service"
+msgstr "Servicio de nombres DNS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:140
+msgid "Indicates whether or not the system should use the DNS name service."
+msgstr "Indica si el sistema debe usar el servicio de nombres DNS o no."
+
+#. allow the user to choose DNS or not
+#: ../nameservice.py:149
+msgid "Configure DNS"
+msgstr "Configurar DNS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:150
+msgid "Do not configure DNS"
+msgstr "No configurar DNS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:177
+msgid "Alternate Name Service"
+msgstr "Servicio de nombres alternativo"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:183
+msgid ""
+"From the list below, select one name service to be used by this system. If "
+"the desired name service is not listed, select None. The selected name "
+"service may be used in conjunction with DNS."
+msgstr "Seleccione de la siguiente lista el servicio de nombres que utilizará este sistema. Si el servicio de nombres deseado no aparece en la lista, seleccione Ninguno. El servicio de nombres seleccionado se podrá utilizar junto con DNS."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:224
+msgid "Domain Name"
+msgstr "Nombre de dominio"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:230
+msgid ""
+"Specify the domain where this system resides. Use the domain name's exact "
+"capitalization and punctuation."
+msgstr "Especifique el dominio donde reside este sistema. Utilice las mismas mayúsculas y la misma puntuación que el nombre de dominio."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:233
+msgid "Domain Name:"
+msgstr "Nombre de dominio:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:287
+msgid "DNS Server Addresses"
+msgstr "Direcciones del servidor DNS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:293
+msgid ""
+"Enter the IP address of the DNS server(s). At least one IP address is "
+"required."
+msgstr "Introduzca la dirección IP del servidor DNS. Al menos se requiere una dirección IP."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:295
+msgid "DNS Server IP address:"
+msgstr "Dirección IP del servidor DNS:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:341
+msgid "At least one name server must be specified."
+msgstr "Se debe especificar al menos un nombre de servidor."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:352
+msgid "DNS Search List"
+msgstr "Lista de búsqueda DNS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:358
+msgid ""
+"Enter a list of domains to be searched when a DNS query is made. If no "
+"domain is entered, only the DNS domain chosen for this system will be "
+"searched."
+msgstr "Introduzca una lista de los dominios en los que se debe buscar cuando se efectúa una consulta DNS. Si no introduce ningún dominio, DNS buscará únicamente en el dominio DNS elegido para este sistema."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:361
+msgid "Search domain:"
+msgstr "Buscar dominio:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:422
+msgid "LDAP Profile"
+msgstr "Perfil LDAP"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:427
+msgid "Profile name:"
+msgstr "Nombre de perfil:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:428
+msgid "Search base:"
+msgstr "Base de búsqueda:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:436
+msgid ""
+"Specify the name of the LDAP profile to be used to configure this system and "
+"the host name or IP address of the server that contains the profile."
+msgstr "Especifique el nombre del perfil LDAP que se utilizará para configurar este sistema y el nombre de host o la dirección IP del servidor que contiene el perfil."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:439
+msgid "Profile server host name or IP address:"
+msgstr "Nombre de host o dirección IP del servidor del perfil:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:442
+msgid ""
+"Specify the name of the LDAP profile to be used to configure this system and "
+"the IP address of the server that contains the profile."
+msgstr "Especifique el nombre del perfil LDAP que se utilizará para configurar este sistema y la dirección IP del servidor que contiene el perfil."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:445
+msgid "Profile server IP address:"
+msgstr "Dirección IP del servidor del perfil:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:446
+msgid "  Enter the LDAP search base."
+msgstr "  Introduzca la base de búsqueda de LDAP."
+
+#. in case of error, tell user what is being validated
+#: ../nameservice.py:459
+msgid "profile name"
+msgstr "nombre de perfil"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:491 ../nameservice.py:726
+msgid "The LDAP profile name cannot be blank."
+msgstr "El nombre de perfil LDAP no puede dejarse en blanco."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:493
+msgid "The LDAP server IP address cannot be blank."
+msgstr "La dirección IP del servidor LDAP no puede dejarse en blanco."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:510
+msgid "LDAP Proxy"
+msgstr "Proxy LDAP"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:515
+msgid ""
+"Does the profile specify a proxy credential level and an authentication "
+"method other than None?"
+msgstr "¿El perfil especifica un nivel de credencial de proxy y un método de autenticación que no sea Ninguno?"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:524
+msgid "No"
+msgstr "No"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:525
+msgid "Yes"
+msgstr "Sí"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:549
+msgid "Specify LDAP Profile Proxy Bind Information"
+msgstr "Especifique información de vínculo de proxy de perfil LDAP"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:555
+msgid ""
+"Specify the LDAP proxy bind distinguished name and the LDAP proxy bind "
+"password.  The network administrator can provide this information."
+msgstr "Especifique el nombre distintivo de vínculo de proxy LDAP y la contraseña de vínculo de proxy LDAP.  El administrador de la red puede proporcionar esta información."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:558
+msgid "Proxy bind distinguished name:"
+msgstr "Nombre distintivo de vínculo de proxy:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:561
+msgid "Proxy bind password:"
+msgstr "Contraseña de vínculo de proxy:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:563
+msgid "Encrypted proxy bind password:"
+msgstr "Contraseña de vínculo de proxy cifrada:"
+
+#. in case of error, tell user what is being validated
+#: ../nameservice.py:583
+msgid "distinguished name"
+msgstr "nombre distintivo"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:600
+msgid "The LDAP proxy server distinguished name cannot be blank."
+msgstr "El nombre distintivo de servidor de proxy LDAP no puede dejarse en blanco."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:610
+msgid "NIS Name Server"
+msgstr "Servidor de nombres NIS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:616
+msgid "Specify how to find a name server for this system."
+msgstr "Especifique cómo encontrar un servidor de nombres para este sistema."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:618
+msgid ""
+"Either let the software search for a name server, or specify a name server "
+"in the following screen.  "
+msgstr "Deje que el software busque un servidor de nombres o especifíquelo en la siguiente pantalla.  "
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:621
+msgid ""
+"The software can find a name server only if that server is on the local "
+"subnet."
+msgstr "El software puede encontrar un servidor de nombres sólo si ese servidor se encuentra en la subred local."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:631
+msgid "Find one"
+msgstr "Encuentre uno"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:632
+msgid "Specify one"
+msgstr "Especifique uno"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:661
+msgid "NIS Name Server Information"
+msgstr "Información de servidor de nombres NIS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:676
+msgid ""
+"Enter the host name or IP address of the name server.  A host name must have "
+"at least 2 characters and can be alphanumeric and can contain hyphens.  IP "
+"addresses must contain four sets of numbers separated by periods (for "
+"example, 129.200.9.1)."
+msgstr "Introduzca el nombre de host o la dirección IP del servidor de nombres.  El nombre de host debe tener al menos 2 caracteres, y puede ser alfanumérico e incluir guiones.  Las direcciones IP deben contener cuatro conjuntos de números separados por puntos (por ejemplo, 129.200.9.1)."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:681
+msgid "Server's host name or IP address:"
+msgstr "Nombre de host o dirección IP del servidor:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:684
+msgid ""
+"Enter the IP address of the name server.  IP addresses must contain four "
+"sets of numbers separated by periods (for example, 129.200.9.1)."
+msgstr "Introduzca la dirección IP del servidor de nombres.  Las direcciones IP deben contener cuatro conjuntos de números separados por puntos (por ejemplo, 129.200.9.1)."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:687
+msgid "Server's IP address:"
+msgstr "Dirección IP del servidor:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:714
+msgid "The NIS server IP address cannot be blank."
+msgstr "La dirección IP del servidor NIS no puede dejarse en blanco."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:727
+msgid ""
+"Whitespace characters and quotation marks are not allowed in LDAP profile "
+"names."
+msgstr "No se permiten espacios en blanco ni comillas en los nombres de perfiles LDAP."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:741
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind distinguished name may not be blank."
+msgstr "El nombre distintivo de vínculo de proxy LDAP no puede dejarse en blanco."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:744
+msgid ""
+"The LDAP proxy bind distinguished name may not contain whitespace characters."
+msgstr "El nombre distintivo de vínculo de proxy LDAP no puede contener espacios en blanco."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:747
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind distinguished name may not contain quotation marks."
+msgstr "El nombre distintivo de vínculo de proxy LDAP no puede contener comillas."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:757
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind password may not be blank."
+msgstr "La contraseña de vínculo de proxy LDAP no puede dejarse en blanco."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:760
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind password may not contain whitespace characters."
+msgstr "La contraseña de vínculo de proxy LDAP no puede contener espacios en blanco."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:763
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind password may not contain quotation marks."
+msgstr "La contraseña de vínculo de proxy LDAP no puede contener comillas."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:777 ../nameservice.py:848
+msgid ""
+"A host name can only contain letters, numbers,  periods, and minus signs (-)."
+msgstr "El nombre de host sólo puede contener letras, números, puntos y signos menos (-)."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:808
+msgid "The domain cannot be blank."
+msgstr "El dominio no puede dejarse en blanco."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:812
+msgid "Domain labels must have less than 64 characters."
+msgstr "Las etiquetas de dominio deben tener menos de 64 caracteres."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:815
+msgid "Domain labels should not start or end with hyphens ('-')."
+msgstr "Las etiquetas de dominio no deben comenzar ni finalizar con guiones ('-')."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:818
+msgid "Invalid domain"
+msgstr "Dominio no válido"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:868
+#, python-format
+msgid "The %s cannot be blank."
+msgstr "%s no puede dejarse en blanco."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:871
+#, python-format
+msgid "Invalid character for %s."
+msgstr "Carácter no válido para %s."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:883
+msgid "Domain labels must have less than 64 characters"
+msgstr "Las etiquetas de dominio deben tener menos de 64 caracteres"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:885
+msgid "A domain label may not begin with a hyphen."
+msgstr "Una etiqueta de dominio no puede comenzar con un guión."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:888
+msgid "Invalid character for domain name."
+msgstr "Carácter no válido para un nombre de dominio."
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:50
+#, python-format
+msgid "Manually Configure: %s"
+msgstr "Configurar manualmente: %s"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:52
+msgid ""
+"Enter the configuration for this network connection. All entries must "
+"contain four sets of numbers, 0 to 255, separated by periods."
+msgstr "Introduzca la configuración para esta conexión de red. Todas las entradas deben contener cuatro conjuntos de números, de 0 a 255, separados por puntos."
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:55
+msgid "IP Address:"
+msgstr "Dirección IP:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:56
+msgid "Must be unique for this network"
+msgstr "Debe ser única para esta red"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:57
+msgid "Netmask:"
+msgstr "Máscara de red:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:58
+msgid "Your subnet use may require a different mask"
+msgstr "Es posible que el uso de la subred requiera una máscara diferente"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:59
+msgid "Router:"
+msgstr "Enrutador:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:60
+msgid "The IP address of the router on this subnet"
+msgstr "La dirección IP del enrutador en esta subred"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:61
+msgid "A DNS server was found on the network"
+msgstr "Se encontró un servidor DNS en la red"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:62
+msgid "Address of the Domain Name Server"
+msgstr "Dirección del servidor de nombres de dominio"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:63
+msgid "Domain:"
+msgstr "Dominio:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:64
+msgid "The machine appears to be in this domain"
+msgstr "La máquina parece estar en este dominio"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:65
+msgid "The network's domain name"
+msgstr "Nombre de dominio de la red"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:66
+msgid "NIC:"
+msgstr "NIC:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:67
+msgid "Settings will be applied to this interface"
+msgstr "La configuración se aplicará a esta interfaz"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:70
+msgid "Manually Configure: NIC"
+msgstr "Configurar manualmente: NIC"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:184
+msgid "IP Address must not be empty"
+msgstr "La dirección IP no debe estar vacía"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:186
+msgid "Netmask must not be empty"
+msgstr "La máscara de red no debe estar vacía"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:192
+#, python-format
+msgid "'%s' is not a valid netmask"
+msgstr "'%s' no es una máscara de red válida"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:228 ../network_nic_configure.py:243
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s must be of the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+msgstr "%s debe tener la siguiente forma xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+
+#: ../network_nic_select.py:49 ../network_nic_select.py:54
+msgid "Manual Network Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuración manual de red"
+
+#: ../network_nic_select.py:50
+msgid ""
+"Select the one wired network connection to be configured during installation"
+msgstr "Seleccione la conexión de red cableada que se configurará durante la instalación."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:54 ../network_type.py:75
+msgid "Network"
+msgstr "Red"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:55
+msgid ""
+"Enter a name for this computer that identifies it on the network. It must be "
+"at least two characters. It can contain letters, numbers, and minus signs "
+"(-)."
+msgstr "Introduzca un nombre para este equipo que lo identifique en la red. Debe tener al menos dos caracteres. Puede contener letras, números y signos menos (-)."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:58
+msgid "Computer Name: "
+msgstr "Nombre de equipo: "
+
+#: ../network_type.py:59
+msgid "Select how the wired ethernet network connection is configured."
+msgstr "Seleccione cómo se configura la conexión de red Ethernet cableada."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:61
+msgid "Automatically"
+msgstr "Automáticamente"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:62
+msgid "Automatically configure the connection"
+msgstr "Configurar la conexión automáticamente"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:63
+msgid "Manually"
+msgstr "Manualmente"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:64
+msgid "Enter the information on the following screen"
+msgstr "Introducir la información en la siguiente pantalla"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:66
+msgid "Do not configure the network at this time"
+msgstr "No configurar la red en este momento"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:67
+msgid ""
+"No wired network interfaces found. Additional device drivers may be needed."
+msgstr "No se encontró ninguna interfaz de red cableada. Es posible que se necesiten controladores de dispositivos adicionales."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:201
+msgid "A Hostname is required."
+msgstr "Se requiere un nombre de host."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:203
+msgid "A Hostname must be at least two characters."
+msgstr "El nombre de host debe tener al menos dos caracteres."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:207
+msgid ""
+"Select the wired network configuration: Automatically, Manually, or None."
+msgstr "Seleccione la configuración de red cableada: Automáticamente, Manualmente o Ninguna."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:218
+msgid "The Hostname can only contain letters, numbers, and minus signs (-)."
+msgstr "El nombre de host sólo puede contener letras, números y signos menos (-)."
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:253
+msgid "Username must not be blank"
+msgstr "El nombre de usuario no puede dejarse en blanco"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:257
+msgid "Username must start with a letter"
+msgstr "El nombre de usuario debe comenzar con una letra"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:261
+msgid "Invalid character"
+msgstr "Carácter no válido"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:284
+msgid "User password must be entered."
+msgstr "Se debe introducir la contraseña del usuario."
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:286
+msgid "Password must contain at least 6 characters."
+msgstr "La contraseña debe contener al menos 6 caracteres."
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:300
+msgid "Password must contain 1 alphabetical character."
+msgstr "La contraseña debe contener 1 letra."
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:303
+msgid "Password must contain 1 digit/special character."
+msgstr "La contraseña debe contener 1 dígito o carácter especial."
+
+#: ../summary.py:59 ../summary.py:64
+msgid "System Configuration Summary"
+msgstr "Resumen de configuración del sistema"
+
+#: ../summary.py:60
+msgid ""
+"Review the settings below before continuing. Go back (F3) to make changes."
+msgstr "Revise la siguiente configuración antes de continuar. Retroceda (F3) para realizar cambios."
+
+#: ../summary.py:76
+msgid "Apply"
+msgstr "Aplicar"
+
+#: ../summary.py:110
+msgid "Error when generating SC profile\n"
+msgstr "Error al generar el perfil de configuración del sistema\n"
+
+#: ../summary.py:112
+msgid "SC profile successfully generated\n"
+msgstr "Perfil de configuración del sistema generado correctamente\n"
+
+#: ../summary.py:128
+msgid "Language: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "Idioma: *Lo siguiente se puede cambiar al iniciar sesión."
+
+#: ../summary.py:132
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default language: %s"
+msgstr "  Idioma predeterminado: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:138
+msgid "Keyboard layout: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "Disposición del teclado: *lo siguiente se puede cambiar al iniciar sesión."
+
+#: ../summary.py:140
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default keyboard layout: %s"
+msgstr "  Disposición predeterminada del teclado: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:145
+#, python-format
+msgid "Terminal type: %s"
+msgstr "Tipo de terminal: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:151
+msgid "Users:"
+msgstr "Usuarios:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:158
+msgid "Network:"
+msgstr "Red:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:174
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Computer name: %s"
+msgstr "  Nombre de equipo: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:185
+msgid "  Network Configuration: Automatic"
+msgstr "  Configuración de red: automática"
+
+#: ../summary.py:187
+msgid "  Network Configuration: None"
+msgstr "  Configuración de red: ninguna"
+
+#: ../summary.py:189
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Manual Configuration: %s"
+msgstr "  Configuración manual:‎ %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:191
+#, python-format
+msgid "IP Address: %s"
+msgstr "    Dirección IP: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:192
+#, python-format
+msgid "Netmask: %s"
+msgstr "    Máscara de red: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:194
+#, python-format
+msgid "Router: %s"
+msgstr "    Enrutador: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:209
+#, python-format
+msgid "Domain: %s"
+msgstr "    Dominio: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:212 ../summary.py:220 ../summary.py:233
+#, python-format
+msgid "Name service: %s"
+msgstr "Servicio de nombres: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:215
+msgid "DNS servers: "
+msgstr "Servidores DNS: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:217
+msgid "DNS Domain search list: "
+msgstr "Lista de búsqueda de dominio de DNS: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:222
+msgid "LDAP profile: "
+msgstr "Perfil LDAP: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:223
+msgid "LDAP server's IP: "
+msgstr "IP del servidor LDAP: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:224
+msgid "LDAP search base: "
+msgstr "Base de búsqueda de LDAP: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:228
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind distinguished name: "
+msgstr "Nombre distintivo de vínculo de proxy LDAP: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:230
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind password: [concealed]"
+msgstr "Contraseña de vínculo de proxy LDAP: [concealed]"
+
+#: ../summary.py:236
+msgid "NIS server: broadcast"
+msgstr "Servidor NIS: emisión"
+
+#: ../summary.py:238
+msgid "NIS server's IP: "
+msgstr "IP del servidor NIS: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:249
+msgid "  Warning: No root password set"
+msgstr "  Advertencia: no se configuró una contraseña de usuario root"
+
+#: ../summary.py:251
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Username: %s"
+msgstr "  Nombre de usuario: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:253
+msgid "  No user account"
+msgstr "  No hay cuentas de usuario"
+
+#: ../summary.py:259
+#, python-format
+msgid "Time Zone: %s"
+msgstr "Zona horaria: %s"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:53
+msgid "UTC/GMT"
+msgstr "UTC/GMT"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:60 ../timezone.py:84
+msgid "Time Zone"
+msgstr "Zona horaria"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:85
+msgid "Select your time zone."
+msgstr "Seleccione una zona horaria."
+
+#: ../timezone.py:86
+msgid "Time Zones"
+msgstr "Zonas horarias"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:88
+msgid "Time Zone: Locations"
+msgstr "Zona horaria: ubicaciones"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:89
+msgid "Select the location that contains your time zone."
+msgstr "Seleccione la ubicación que contiene su zona horaria."
+
+#: ../timezone.py:90
+msgid "Locations"
+msgstr "Ubicaciones"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:93
+msgid "Time Zone: Regions"
+msgstr "Zona horaria: regiones"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:94
+msgid "Select the region that contains your time zone."
+msgstr "Seleccione la región que contiene su zona horaria."
+
+#: ../timezone.py:95
+msgid "Regions"
+msgstr "Regiones"
+
+#: ../users.py:57 ../users.py:79
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr "Usuarios"
+
+#: ../users.py:58
+msgid "Define a root password for the system and user account for yourself."
+msgstr "Defina una contraseña de usuario root para el sistema y una cuenta de usuario para usted."
+
+#: ../users.py:60
+msgid "System Root Password"
+msgstr "Contraseña de usuario root del sistema"
+
+#: ../users.py:61
+msgid "Root password:"
+msgstr "Contraseña de usuario root:"
+
+#: ../users.py:62
+msgid "Confirm password:"
+msgstr "Confirme la contraseña:"
+
+#: ../users.py:63
+msgid "Create a user account"
+msgstr "Cree una cuenta de usuario"
+
+#: ../users.py:64
+msgid "Your real name:"
+msgstr "Su nombre real:"
+
+#: ../users.py:65
+msgid "Username:"
+msgstr "Nombre de usuario:"
+
+#: ../users.py:66
+msgid "User password:"
+msgstr "Contraseña de usuario:"
+
+#: ../users.py:68
+msgid "No Root Password"
+msgstr "No existe contraseña de usuario root"
+
+#: ../users.py:69
+msgid ""
+"A root password has not been defined. The system is completely unsecured.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choose Cancel to set a root password."
+msgstr "No se definió una contraseña de usuario root. El sistema está completamente desprotegido.\n \n Elija Cancelar para configurar una contraseña de usuario root."
+
+#: ../users.py:72
+msgid "No User Password"
+msgstr "No existe contraseña de usuario"
+
+#: ../users.py:73
+msgid ""
+"A user password has not been defined. The user account has administrative "
+"privileges so the system is unsecured.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choose Cancel to set a user password."
+msgstr "No se definió una contraseña de usuario. La cuenta del usuario tiene privilegios administrativos; por lo tanto, el sistema está desprotegido.\n \n Elija Cancelar para configurar una contraseña de usuario."
+
+#: ../users.py:297
+msgid "Root passwords don't match"
+msgstr "Las contraseñas de usuario root no coinciden"
+
+#: ../users.py:300
+msgid "User passwords don't match"
+msgstr "Las contraseñas de usuario no coinciden"
+
+#: ../users.py:322
+msgid "Enter username or clear all user account fields"
+msgstr "Introduzca el nombre de usuario o borre todos los campos de la cuenta de usuario"
+
+#: ../users.py:369
+msgid "Passwords don't match"
+msgstr "Las contraseñas no coinciden"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:46
+msgid "System Configuration Tool"
+msgstr "Herramienta de configuración del sistema"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:47
+msgid ""
+"System Configuration Tool enables you to specify the following configuration "
+"parameters for your newly-installed Oracle Solaris 11 system:\n"
+msgstr "La herramienta de configuración del sistema le permite especificar los siguientes parámetros de configuración para su sistema Oracle Solaris 11 recientemente instalado:\n"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:50
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"System Configuration Tool produces an SMF profile file in %(scprof)s.\n"
+"\n"
+"How to navigate through this tool:"
+msgstr "\nLa herramienta de configuración del sistema genera un archivo de perfil SMF en %(scprof)s.\n\nCómo navegar por esta herramienta:"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:53
+msgid ""
+"Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to move from "
+"screen to screen and to perform other operations."
+msgstr "Use las teclas de función que aparecen al final de cada pantalla para pasar de una pantalla a otra y realizar otras operaciones."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:56
+msgid ""
+"Use the up/down arrow keys to change the selection or to move between input "
+"fields."
+msgstr "Use las teclas de dirección hacia arriba y hacia abajo para cambiar la selección o para desplazarse por los campos de entrada."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:58
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard does not have function keys, or they do not respond, press "
+"ESC; the legend at the bottom of the screen will change to show the ESC keys "
+"for navigation and other functions."
+msgstr "Si su teclado no tiene teclas de función, o éstas no responden, presione ESC; la leyenda que aparece al final de la pantalla cambiará y mostrará las teclas ESC para la navegación y otras funciones."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:65
+msgid "Welcome and Navigation Instructions"
+msgstr "Bienvenida e instrucciones de navegación"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:82
+msgid "network"
+msgstr "red"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:84
+msgid "system hostname"
+msgstr "nombre de host del sistema"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:86
+msgid "time zone"
+msgstr "zona horaria"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:88
+msgid "date and time"
+msgstr "fecha y hora"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:90
+msgid "user and root accounts"
+msgstr "cuentas de usuario root y de usuario"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:92
+msgid "name services"
+msgstr "servicios de nombres"
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/terminalui.pot	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\nReport-Msgid-Bugs-To: \nPOT-Creation-Date: 2011-07-29 16:17+0900\nPO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\nLast-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\nLanguage-Team: LANGUAGE <[email protected]>\nMIME-Version: 1.0\nContent-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\nContent-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../edit_field.py:341
+#, python-format
+msgid "Max supported field length: %s"
+msgstr "Longitud de campo máxima admitida: %s"
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/textinstall.pot	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,670 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2009, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\nReport-Msgid-Bugs-To: \nPOT-Creation-Date: 2011-07-29 11:16+0900\nPO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\nLast-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\nLanguage-Team: LANGUAGE <[email protected]>\nMIME-Version: 1.0\nContent-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\nContent-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:53
+msgid "Oracle Solaris"
+msgstr "Oracle Solaris"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:126
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Exiting Text Installer. Log is available at:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr "Saliendo del instalador de texto. El registro está disponible en:\n %s"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:300
+msgid ""
+"DONT_TRANSLATE_BUT_REPLACE_msgstr_WITH_True_OR_False: Should wrap text on "
+"whitespace in this language"
+msgstr "True  "
+
+#: ../__init__.py:303
+msgid "Confirm: Quit the Installer?"
+msgstr "Confirmar: ¿Desea salir del instalador?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:304
+msgid "Do you want to quit the Installer?"
+msgstr "¿Desea salir del instalador?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:305 ../disk_selection.py:106
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr "Cancelar"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:306 ../__init__.py:376
+msgid "Quit"
+msgstr "Salir"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:313
+#, python-format
+msgid "The %(release)s Text Installer must be run with root privileges"
+msgstr "El instalador de texto %(release)s se debe ejecutar con privilegios de usuario root"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:318
+#, python-format
+msgid "Set log location to FILE (default: %default)"
+msgstr "Configure la ubicación del registro en ARCHIVO (valor predeterminado: %default)"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:322
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Set log verbosity to LEVEL. In order of increasing verbosity, valid values "
+"are 'error' 'warn' 'info' 'debug' or 'input'\n"
+"[default: %default]"
+msgstr "Configure el detalle del registro en NIVEL. A fin de aumentar el detalle, los valores válidos son 'error' 'warn' 'info' 'debug' o 'input'\n [default: %default]"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:329
+msgid ""
+"Enable debug mode. Sets logging level to 'input' and enables CTRL-C for "
+"killing the program\n"
+msgstr "Habilite el modo de depuración. Permite configurar el nivel de inicio de sesión en 'input' y habilitar CTRL-C para cerrar el programa\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:333
+msgid ""
+"Force the installer to run in black and white. This may be useful on some "
+"SPARC machines with unsupported frame buffers\n"
+msgstr "Fuerce el instalador para que se ejecute en blanco y negro. Esto puede ser útil en algunas máquinas SPARC con memorias intermedias de trama no admitidas\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:338
+msgid ""
+"Runs in 'no installation' mode. When run in 'no installation' mode, no "
+"persistent changes are made to the disks and booted environment\n"
+msgstr "Se ejecuta en modo 'no installation'. Cuando se ejecuta en modo 'no installation', no se realizan cambios permanentes en los discos ni el entorno iniciado\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:365
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"     Terminal too small. Min size is 80x24. Current size is %(x)ix%(y)i."
+msgstr "     El terminal es demasiado pequeño. El tamaño mínimo es 80x24. El tamaño actual es %(x)ix%(y)i."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:371 ../disk_selection.py:107
+msgid "Continue"
+msgstr "Cont"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:373
+msgid "Back"
+msgstr "Atrás"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:375
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr "Ayuda"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:380
+msgid "Help Topics"
+msgstr "Temas de ayuda"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:381
+msgid "Help Index"
+msgstr "Índice de ayuda"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:382
+msgid "Select a topic and press Continue."
+msgstr "Seleccione un tema y presione Continuar."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:417
+msgid "An unhandled exception occurred."
+msgstr "Se produjo una excepción no tratada."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:422
+msgid "Full traceback data is in the installation log"
+msgstr "Todos los datos de rastreo están en el registro de instalación"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:423
+msgid "Please file a bug at http://defect.opensolaris.org"
+msgstr "Informe el error en http://defect.opensolaris.org"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:68 ../disk_selection.py:109
+msgid "Disks"
+msgstr "Discos"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:69
+#, python-format
+msgid "Where should %(release)s be installed?"
+msgstr "¿Dónde se debe instalar %(release)s?"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:70
+#, python-format
+msgid "Recommended size:  %(recommend).1fGB      Minimum size: %(min).1fGB"
+msgstr "Tamaño recomendado:  %(recommend).1fGB      Tamaño mínimo: %(min).1fGB"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:72
+msgid "Seeking disks on system"
+msgstr "Buscando discos en el sistema"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:73 ../fdisk_partitions.py:66
+msgid "The following partitions were found on the disk."
+msgstr "Se encontraron las siguientes particiones en el disco."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:74 ../fdisk_partitions.py:69
+msgid "The following slices were found on the disk."
+msgstr "Se encontraron los siguientes segmentos en el disco."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:75 ../fdisk_partitions.py:67
+msgid "A partition table was not found. The following is proposed."
+msgstr "No se encontró una tabla de particiones. Se propone lo siguiente."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:77 ../fdisk_partitions.py:70
+msgid "A VTOC label was not found. The following is proposed."
+msgstr "No se encontró la etiqueta VTOC. Se propone lo siguiente."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:79
+msgid "A GPT labeled disk was found. The following is proposed."
+msgstr "Se encontró un disco con etiqueta GPT. Se propone lo siguiente."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:81
+msgid "Too small"
+msgstr "Demasiado pequeño"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:82
+#, python-format
+msgid "Limited to %.1f TB"
+msgstr "Limitado a %.1f TB"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:83
+msgid "GPT labeled disk"
+msgstr "Disco con etiqueta GPT"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:84
+msgid "No disks found. Additional device drivers may be needed."
+msgstr "No se encontraron discos. Es posible que se necesiten controladores de dispositivos adicionales."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:86
+#, python-format
+msgid "%(release)s cannot be installed on any disk"
+msgstr "%(release)s no se puede instalar en ningún disco"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:87
+msgid ""
+"An error occurred while searching for installation targets. Please check the "
+"install log and file a bug at defect.opensolaris.org."
+msgstr "Se produjo un error al buscar objetivos de instalación. Revise el registro de instalación e informe el error en defect.opensolaris.org."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:91
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "Tipo"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:92 ../disk_window.py:64 ../disk_window.py:67
+#: ../disk_window.py:72 ../disk_window.py:76
+msgid "Size(GB)"
+msgstr "Tamaño(GB)"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:93 ../fdisk_partitions.py:55
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:89
+msgid "Boot"
+msgstr "Inicio"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:94
+msgid "Device"
+msgstr "Dispositivo"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:95
+msgid "Manufacturer"
+msgstr "Fabricante"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:96
+msgid "Notes"
+msgstr "Notas"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:99
+msgid "Warning"
+msgstr "Advertencia"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:100
+#, python-format
+msgid "Only the first %.1fTB can be used."
+msgstr "Sólo se pueden usar los primeros %.1fTB."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:101
+msgid ""
+"You have chosen a GPT labeled disk. Installing onto a GPT labeled disk will "
+"cause the loss of all existing data and the disk will be relabeled as SMI."
+msgstr "Ha elegido un disco con etiqueta GPT. Si realiza la instalación en un disco con etiqueta GPT, se perderán todos los datos existentes y se volverá a colocar la etiqueta SMI al disco."
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:63 ../disk_window.py:66
+msgid "Primary"
+msgstr "Principal"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:63 ../disk_window.py:66
+msgid "Logical"
+msgstr "Lógico"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:68 ../disk_window.py:77
+msgid " Avail"
+msgstr " Disp"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:70 ../disk_window.py:74
+msgid "Slice"
+msgstr "Segmento"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:341
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d more partitions"
+msgstr "%d más particiones"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:343
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d more slices"
+msgstr "%d más segmentos"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:775 ../disk_window.py:785
+msgid "Only the digits 0-9 and \".\" are valid."
+msgstr "Sólo los dígitos del 0 al 9 y \".\" son válidos."
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:778
+msgid "A number can only have one \".\""
+msgstr "El número sólo puede tener un \".\""
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:787
+msgid "Size can be specified to only one decimal place."
+msgstr "El tamaño se puede especificar sólo con un lugar decimal."
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:803
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"The new size (%(size).1f) is greater than the available space (%(avail).1f)"
+msgstr "El nuevo tamaño (%(size).1f) es mayor que el espacio disponible (%(avail).1f)"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:56
+#, python-format
+msgid "Fdisk Partitions: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+msgstr "Particiones fdisk: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:57 ../fdisk_partitions.py:84
+msgid "Solaris Partition Slices"
+msgstr "Segmentos de partición de Solaris"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:58
+#, python-format
+msgid "Solaris Slices: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+msgstr "Segmentos Solaris: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:59
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"%(release)s can be installed on the whole disk or a partition on the disk."
+msgstr "%(release)s se puede instalar en todo el disco o en una partición de éste."
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:61
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"%(release)s can be installed in the whole fdisk partition or within a slice "
+"in the partition"
+msgstr "%(release)s se puede instalar en toda la partición fdisk o dentro de un segmento de la partición."
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:64
+#, python-format
+msgid "%(release)s can be installed on the whole disk or a slice on the disk."
+msgstr "%(release)s se puede instalar en todo el disco o un segmento de éste."
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:72
+msgid "Use the whole disk"
+msgstr "Usar todo el disco"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:73
+msgid "Use the whole partition"
+msgstr "Usar toda la partición"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:74
+msgid "Use a slice in the partition"
+msgstr "Usar un segmento de la partición"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:75
+msgid "Use a partition of the disk"
+msgstr "Usar una partición del disco"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:76
+msgid "Use a slice on the disk"
+msgstr "Usar un segmento del disco"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:79
+msgid "Solaris Slices"
+msgstr "Segmentos Solaris"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:82
+msgid "Fdisk Partitions"
+msgstr "Particiones fdisk"
+
+#: ../install_progress.py:46
+#, python-format
+msgid "Installing %(release)s"
+msgstr "Instalando %(release)s"
+
+#: ../install_progress.py:49
+msgid ""
+"Do you want to quit the Installer?\n"
+"\n"
+"Any changes made to the disk by the Installer will be left \"as is.\""
+msgstr "¿Desea salir del instalador?\n \n Los cambios que haya realizado el instalador en el disco quedarán \"tal como están.\""
+
+#: ../install_status.py:48
+msgid "Installation Complete"
+msgstr "Instalación completa"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:49
+msgid "Installation Failed"
+msgstr "La instalación ha fallado"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:51
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"The installation of %(release)s has completed successfully.\n"
+"\n"
+"Reboot to start the newly installed software or Quit if you wish to perform "
+"additional tasks before rebooting.\n"
+"\n"
+"The installation log is available at %(log_tmp)s. After reboot it can be "
+"found at %(log_final)s."
+msgstr "La instalación de %(release)s se completó correctamente.\n \n Reinicie el equipo para iniciar el software recién instalado o salga, si desea realizar otras tareas antes de continuar con el reinicio.\n \n El registro de instalación está disponible en %(log_tmp)s. Después del reinicio, se podrá encontrar en %(log_final)s."
+
+#: ../install_status.py:60
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"The installation did not complete normally.\n"
+"\n"
+"For more information you can review the installation log.\n"
+"The installation log is available at %(log_tmp)s"
+msgstr "La instalación no se completó correctamente.\n \n Para obtener más información, revise el registro de instalación.\n El registro de instalación está disponible en %(log_tmp)s."
+
+#: ../install_status.py:80
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "Reiniciar"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:83
+msgid "View Log"
+msgstr "Ver registro"
+
+#: ../log_viewer.py:41
+msgid "Installation Log"
+msgstr "Registro de instalación"
+
+#: ../log_viewer.py:76
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Could not read log file:\n"
+"\t%s"
+msgstr "No se pudo leer el archivo de registro:\n \t%s"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:59
+msgid ""
+"Oracle Solaris will be installed into the Solaris partition. A partition's "
+"type can be changed using the F5 key.\n"
+"\n"
+"A partition's size can be increased up to its Avail space. Avail space can "
+"be increased by deleting an adjacent partition. Delete a partition by "
+"changing it to \"Unused\" using the F5 key.\n"
+"\n"
+"The four primary partition slots are listed on the left. If one is an "
+"\"Extended\" partition its logical partitions are listed on the right."
+msgstr "Oracle Solaris se instalará en la partición de Solaris. Un tipo de partición se puede cambiar con la tecla F5.\n \n El tamaño de la partición se puede aumentar hasta alcanzar el espacio disponible. Para aumentar el espacio disponible, suprima una partición adyacente. Para suprimir una partición, cámbiela a \"Sin usar\" con la tecla F5.\n Las cuatro ranuras de partición principales se muestran a la izquierda. Si una de ellas es una partición \"Extendida\", sus particiones lógicas se muestran a la derecha."
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:71
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"%(release)s will be installed in the \"%(pool)s\" slice. Use the F5 key to "
+"change a slice to \"%(pool)s.\"\n"
+"\n"
+"A slice's size can be increased up to its Avail size. Avail can be increased "
+"by deleting an adjacent slice. Use the F5 key to delete a slice by changing "
+"it to \"Unused.\"\n"
+"\n"
+"Slices are listed in disk layout order."
+msgstr "%(release)s se instalará en el segmento \"%(pool)s\". Use la tecla F5 para cambiar un segmento a \"%(pool)s.\"\n \n El tamaño del segmento se puede aumentar hasta alcanzar el tamaño disponible. Para aumentar el espacio disponible, suprima un segmento adyacente. Use la tecla F5 para suprimir un segmento y cambiarlo a \"Sin usar.\"\n \n Los segmentos se muestran en el orden de la disposición del disco."
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:80
+#, python-format
+msgid "Select Partition: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+msgstr "Seleccionar partición: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:82
+msgid "Select Slice in Fdisk Partition"
+msgstr "Seleccionar segmento en partición fdisk"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:83
+#, python-format
+msgid "Select Slice: %(size).1fGB %(type)s%(bootable)s"
+msgstr "Seleccionar segmento: %(size).1fGB %(type)s%(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:85
+msgid "indicates the slice's current content will be destroyed"
+msgstr "indica que el contenido actual del segmento se destruirá"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:87
+msgid "indicates the partition's current content will be destroyed"
+msgstr "indica que el contenido actual de la partición se destruirá"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:93 ../partition_edit_screen.py:99
+msgid "Select Slice"
+msgstr "Seleccionar segmento"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:96
+msgid "Select Partition"
+msgstr "Seleccionar partición"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:141
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr "Restbl"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:142
+msgid "Change Type"
+msgstr "Camb tipo"
+
+#: ../summary.py:61 ../summary.py:66
+msgid "Installation Summary"
+msgstr "Resumen de instalación"
+
+#: ../summary.py:62
+msgid ""
+"Review the settings below before installing. Go back (F3) to make changes."
+msgstr "Revise los siguientes valores de configuración antes de realizar la instalación. Retroceda (F3) para realizar cambios."
+
+#: ../summary.py:72
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "Instalar"
+
+#: ../summary.py:111
+#, python-format
+msgid "Software: %s"
+msgstr "Software: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:117
+msgid "Language: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "Idioma: *lo siguiente se puede cambiar al iniciar sesión."
+
+#: ../summary.py:121
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default language: %s"
+msgstr "  Idioma predeterminado: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:124
+msgid "Keyboard layout: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "Disposición del teclado: *lo siguiente se puede cambiar al iniciar sesión."
+
+#: ../summary.py:126
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default keyboard layout: %s"
+msgstr "  Disposición predeterminada del teclado: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:129
+#, python-format
+msgid "Terminal type: %s"
+msgstr "Tipo de terminal: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:132
+msgid "Users:"
+msgstr "Usuarios:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:135
+msgid "Network:"
+msgstr "Red:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:147
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Computer name: %s"
+msgstr "  Nombre de equipo: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:152
+msgid "  Network Configuration: Automatic"
+msgstr "  Configuración de red: automática"
+
+#: ../summary.py:154
+msgid "  Network Configuration: None"
+msgstr "  Configuración de red: ninguna"
+
+#: ../summary.py:156
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Manual Configuration: %s"
+msgstr "  Configuración manual:‎ %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:158
+#, python-format
+msgid "    IP Address: %s"
+msgstr "    Dirección IP: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:159
+#, python-format
+msgid "    Netmask: %s"
+msgstr "    Máscara de red: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:161
+#, python-format
+msgid "    Router: %s"
+msgstr "    Enrutador: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:172
+#, python-format
+msgid "Domain: %s"
+msgstr "    Dominio: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:175 ../summary.py:185 ../summary.py:198
+#, python-format
+msgid "Name service: %s"
+msgstr "Servicio de nombres: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:179
+msgid "DNS servers: "
+msgstr "Servidores DNS: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:181
+msgid "DNS Domain search list: "
+msgstr "Lista de búsqueda de dominio de DNS: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:187
+msgid "LDAP profile: "
+msgstr "Perfil LDAP: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:188
+msgid "LDAP server's IP: "
+msgstr "IP del servidor LDAP: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:189
+msgid "LDAP search base: "
+msgstr "Base de búsqueda de LDAP: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:193
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind distinguished name: "
+msgstr "Nombre distintivo de vínculo de proxy LDAP: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:195
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind password: [concealed]"
+msgstr "Contraseña de vínculo de proxy LDAP: [concealed]"
+
+#: ../summary.py:201
+msgid "NIS server: broadcast"
+msgstr "Servidor NIS: emisión"
+
+#: ../summary.py:203
+msgid "NIS server's IP: "
+msgstr "IP del servidor NIS: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:214
+msgid "  Warning: No root password set"
+msgstr "  Advertencia: no se configuró una contraseña de usuario root"
+
+#: ../summary.py:216
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Username: %s"
+msgstr "  Nombre de usuario: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:218
+msgid "  No user account"
+msgstr "  No hay cuentas de usuario"
+
+#: ../summary.py:228
+#, python-format
+msgid "Disk: %(disk-size).1fGB %(disk-type)s"
+msgstr "Disco: %(disk-size).1fGB %(disk-type)s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:238
+#, python-format
+msgid "Partition: %(part-size).1fGB %(part-type)s"
+msgstr "Partición: %(part-size).1fGB %(part-type)s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:246
+#, python-format
+msgid "Slice %(slice-num)s: %(slice-size).1fGB %(pool)s"
+msgstr "Segmento %(slice-num)s: %(slice-size).1fGB %(pool)s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:257
+#, python-format
+msgid "Time Zone: %s"
+msgstr "Zona horaria: %s"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:40
+#, python-format
+msgid "Welcome to %(release)s"
+msgstr "Bienvenido a %(release)s"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:41
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Thanks for choosing to install %(release)s! This installer enables you to "
+"install the %(release)s Operating System (OS) on SPARC or x86 systems.\n"
+"\n"
+"The installation log will be at %(log)s.\n"
+"\n"
+"How to navigate through this installer:"
+msgstr "Gracias por elegir instalar %(release)s Este instalador le permite instalar el Sistema Operativo %(release)s en sistemas SPARC o x86.\n \n El registro de instalación estará en %(log)s.\n \n Cómo navegar por este instalador:"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:46
+msgid ""
+"Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to move from "
+"screen to screen and to perform other operations."
+msgstr "Use las teclas de función que aparecen al final de cada pantalla para pasar de una pantalla a otra y realizar otras operaciones."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:49
+msgid ""
+"Use the up/down arrow keys to change the selection or to move between input "
+"fields."
+msgstr "Use las teclas de dirección hacia arriba y hacia abajo para cambiar la selección o para desplazarse por los campos de entrada."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:51
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard does not have function keys, or they do not respond, press "
+"ESC; the legend at the bottom of the screen will change to show the ESC keys "
+"for navigation and other functions."
+msgstr "Si su teclado no tiene teclas de función, o éstas no responden, presione ESC; la leyenda que aparece al final de la pantalla cambiará y mostrará las teclas ESC para la navegación y otras funciones."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:57
+msgid "Welcome and Navigation Instructions"
+msgstr "Bienvenida e instrucciones de navegación"
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/date_time.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+FECHA Y HORA
+
+Esta pantalla permite configurar o restablecer el reloj interno del equipo. 
+
+Si es posible, la configuración inicial de esta pantalla será la configuración actual del reloj interno del equipo.
+
+PROCEDIMIENTO
+
+Para salir de esta pantalla de ayuda, presione F3. A continuación, en la pantalla del programa de instalación, puede aceptar la configuración inicial de esta pantalla presionando F2. También puede utilizar las teclas de dirección para desplazarse por los campos editables e introducir nuevos valores de configuración. A continuación, presione F2 para continuar con la nueva configuración. 
+
+Nota: Si introduce una entrada no válida, se mostrará un mensaje de error en la pantalla.
+
+Si se pasa a un mes que tiene menos días que la configuración actual de día, la configuración de día se pasa automáticamente al último día del mes nuevo. 
+
+NAVEGACIÓN
+
+Utilice las teclas de función que aparecen en la parte inferior de cada pantalla para navegar por las pantallas. Utilice las teclas de dirección para desplazarse por el texto en cada pantalla.
+
+Nota: Si su teclado no tiene teclas de función, o éstas no responden, presione ESC para ver las teclas ESC alternativas para la navegación.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_search.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+LISTA DE BÚSQUEDA DNS
+
+Especifica los dominios DNS adicionales. Todos estos dominios serán utilizados por el sistema al buscar direcciones de un servidor DNS.
+
+DIRECTRICES
+
+Los dominios de búsqueda son opcionales.  Si no se especifica ningún dominio, se utilizará el dominio de búsqueda predeterminado, que está compuesto por el dominio de este sistema. 
+
+Se puede especificar un máximo de seis dominios de búsqueda. 
+
+PROCEDIMIENTO
+
+Introduzca nombres de dominio a partir del campo de entrada superior. 
+
+Si actualmente el sistema utiliza una lista de búsqueda DNS, los dominios se introducirán en los campos como valores predeterminados. Estos valores predeterminados se pueden cambiar.
+
+NAVEGACIÓN
+
+Utilice las teclas de función que aparecen en la parte inferior de cada pantalla para navegar por las pantallas. Utilice las teclas de dirección para navegar por los campos. 
+     
+Nota: Si el teclado no tiene teclas de función, o si las teclas no funcionan, presione ESC para ver las teclas ESC alternativas para navegar.
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_server.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+DIRECCIONES DE SERVIDOR DNS
+
+Especifica las direcciones IP de los servidores DNS que utilizará el sistema. 
+
+DIRECTRICES
+
+Puede especificar entre uno y tres servidores de nombres. Estos servidores de nombres serán utilizados por DNS para resolver los nombres de otros sistemas. 
+
+Para determinar las direcciones de los servidores DNS, póngase en contacto con el administrador del sistema. 
+
+PROCEDIMIENTO
+
+Introduzca direcciones IP en formato numérico (por ejemplo, 198.0.0.1).
+
+Si actualmente el sistema utiliza servidores DNS, sus direcciones IP serán introducidas en los campos como valores predeterminados.  Estos valores predeterminados se pueden cambiar.
+
+NAVEGACIÓN
+
+Utilice las teclas de función que aparecen en la parte inferior de cada pantalla para navegar por las pantallas. Utilice las teclas de dirección para navegar por los campos. 
+     
+Nota: Si el teclado no tiene teclas de función, o si las teclas no funcionan, presione ESC para ver las teclas ESC alternativas para navegar.
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/domain.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+NOMBRE DE DOMINIO
+
+Identifica el sistema como parte de un dominio del servicio de nombres. 
+
+DIRECTRICES
+
+Para determinar el nombre de dominio, póngase en contacto con el administrador del sistema.  O bien, utilice el comando domainname(1M) en un sistema instalado previamente.
+
+Normalmente, el nombre de dominio consiste en una serie de dos a cuatro nombres cortos separados por puntos. 
+
+PROCEDIMIENTO
+
+Introduzca el nombre de dominio en el campo de edición. 
+
+NAVEGACIÓN
+
+Utilice las teclas de función que aparecen en la parte inferior de cada pantalla para navegar por las pantallas. Utilice las teclas de dirección para navegar por los campos. 
+     
+Nota: Si el teclado no tiene teclas de función, o si las teclas no funcionan, presione ESC para ver las teclas ESC alternativas para navegar.
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_profile.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+PERFIL LDAP
+
+Especifica el perfil que se utilizará para configurar el servicio de nombres LDAP en el sistema. Además, especifica la dirección del servidor desde el cual se recuperará el perfil. La pantalla PERFIL LDAP también especifica la base de búsqueda LDAP. 
+
+DIRECTRICES
+
+El perfil LDIF especificado, creado con el comando ldap_gen_profile, proporcionará el formato predeterminado con todos los valores de configuración correctos para comunicarse con el conjunto de servidores. Además, el perfil garantizará que ldap_cachemgr(1M) puede actualizar automáticamente el archivo de configuración. 
+
+Se requiere la base de búsqueda LDAP.  De manera automática, se proporcionará un valor predeterminado según el nombre de dominio introducido anteriormente. 
+
+Si LDAP se va a configurar en este sistema sin utilizar un perfil, seleccione "Ninguno" para el tipo de servicio de nombres. Una vez finalizada la instalación, configure el servicio de nombres manualmente. 
+
+PROCEDIMIENTO
+
+- Introduzca el nombre del perfil en el campo de entrada superior.
+- Escriba la dirección IP numérica del servidor de perfiles.
+- Introduzca la base de búsqueda. 
+
+NAVEGACIÓN
+
+Utilice las teclas de función que aparecen en la parte inferior de cada pantalla para navegar por las pantallas. Utilice las teclas de dirección para navegar por los campos. 
+     
+Nota: Si el teclado no tiene teclas de función, o si las teclas no funcionan, presione ESC para ver las teclas ESC alternativas para navegar.
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_proxy.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+PROXY LDAP
+
+Especifique si la información vinculada de proxy LDAP será proporcionada y, de ser así, especifique el nombre distinguido vinculado de proxy y la contraseña vinculada de proxy. 
+
+DIRECTRICES
+
+Si el perfil que utiliza especifica un nivel de credencial de proxy y el método de autenticación NO es ninguno, deberá proporcionar la información vinculada de proxy. 
+
+Si decide no proporcionar la información vinculada de proxy y esa información es necesaria, se generará un error y LDAP no se iniciará. El administrador de la red puede proporcionar la información vinculada de proxy LDAP. 
+
+PROCEDIMIENTO 
+
+Escriba el nombre distintivo vinculado de proxy.  Introduzca la contraseña vinculada de proxy.
+
+NAVEGACIÓN
+
+Utilice las teclas de función que aparecen en la parte inferior de cada pantalla para navegar por las pantallas. Utilice las teclas de dirección para navegar por los campos. 
+     
+Nota: Si el teclado no tiene teclas de función, o si las teclas no funcionan, presione ESC para ver las teclas ESC alternativas para navegar.
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/name_service.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+SELECCIÓN DE SERVICIO DE NOMBRES
+
+Especifica la relación entre el sistema y un servicio de nombres.
+
+DIRECTRICES
+
+El administrador del sistema debe conocer los servicios de nombres que este sistema utilizará. 
+
+PROCEDIMIENTO
+
+Para seleccionar DNS como servicio de nombres, navegue hasta la pantalla Servicio de nombres DNS y utilice las teclas de dirección para resaltar la opción Configurar DNS. 
+
+Para seleccionar los servicios de nombres LDAP o NIS, navegue hasta la pantalla Servicio de nombres alternativos y utilice las teclas de dirección para resaltar la selección correspondiente.
+
+NAVEGACIÓN
+
+Utilice las teclas de función que aparecen en la parte inferior de cada pantalla para navegar por las pantallas. Utilice las teclas de dirección para navegar por los campos. 
+     
+Nota: Si el teclado no tiene teclas de función, o si las teclas no funcionan, presione ESC para ver las teclas ESC alternativas para navegar.
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+RED
+
+En esta pantalla se le solicita que escriba un nombre de host del equipo y que especifique cómo se debería configurar la conexión de red.
+
+PROCEDIMIENTO
+
+Para salir de esta pantalla de ayuda, presione F3. Luego, en la pantalla del programa de instalación, escriba la información de la red como se indica a continuación:
+
+* NOMBRE DE EQUIPO - Esta pantalla incluye un campo editable para el nombre del equipo. El campo editable está resaltado. Con el campo de nombre de host del equipo seleccionado, escriba un nombre para este equipo que lo identifique en la red. Tenga en cuenta las siguientes restricciones:
+
+     * El nombre de host debe tener dos caracteres, como mínimo. 
+     * El nombre de host puede incluir letras, números y el signos menos (-).
+
+* CONEXIÓN DE RED - Utilice las teclas de dirección para seleccionar una conexión de red entre las siguientes opciones:                  
+
+     Automáticamente - Usará DHCP para configurar la conexión.
+     Manualmente      - Si elije esta opción, seleccionará y configurará una interfaz de red cableada en las pantallas siguientes. 
+     Ninguna          - No configurará la red durante la instalación.
+ 
+Presione F2 para pasar a la pantalla siguiente. 
+
+NAVEGACIÓN
+
+Utilice las teclas de función que aparecen en la parte inferior de cada pantalla para navegar por las pantallas. Utilice las teclas de dirección para desplazarse por el texto en cada pantalla.
+
+Nota: Si su teclado no tiene teclas de función, o éstas no responden, presione ESC para ver las teclas ESC alternativas para la navegación.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network_manual.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+CONFIGURACIÓN MANUAL DE LA RED
+
+Las pantallas de red manual le permiten establecer manualmente la configuración de red de la máquina. En primer lugar, si hay más de una interfaz, seleccione una conexión para configurar. A continuación, escriba los valores para la conexión. 
+
+Nota: Sólo se puede configurar una conexión durante la instalación.
+
+PAUTAS
+
+Estas pantallas incluyen campos editables que se destacan cuando se seleccionan. Utilice las teclas de dirección para seleccionar cada campo. Cuando selecciona un campo, puede escribir los valores en ese campo.
+
+PROCEDIMIENTO
+
+Para salir de esta pantalla de ayuda, presione F3. A continuación, complete la información de configuración manual de la siguiente manera:
+
+1. Si hay más de una interfaz, en la primera pantalla, utilice las teclas de dirección para resaltar la conexión que desea configurar. Luego, presione F2 para pasar a la pantalla siguiente.
+
+2. Utilice las teclas de dirección para desplazarse por los campos de configuración a fin de establecer la conexión que desea configurar.
+
+Nota: Se muestra la información de configuración de los campos para los que el programa de instalación detectó la configuración automáticamente. 
+
+3. En cada campo de configuración, puede escribir valores de conexión o aceptar los valores predeterminados. Respete las restricciones de cada campo como se especifica en la pantalla. Escriba los valores de configuración o acepte los valores predeterminados de los siguientes campos:
+	* Dirección IP: campo obligatorio
+	* Máscara de red: campo obligatorio
+	* Enrutador: campo opcional
+	* DNS: campo opcional
+	* Dominio: campo opcional
+
+A continuación, presione F2 para pasar a la siguiente pantalla con los valores de red que ha especificado. 
+
+NAVEGACIÓN
+
+Utilice las teclas de función que aparecen en la parte inferior de cada pantalla para navegar por las pantallas. Utilice las teclas de dirección para desplazarse por el texto en cada pantalla.
+
+Nota: Si su teclado no tiene teclas de función, o éstas no responden, presione ESC para ver las teclas ESC alternativas para la navegación.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/nis.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+SERVICIO DE NOMBRES NIS
+
+Especifica cómo buscar el servidor de nombres NIS del sistema. 
+
+DIRECTRICES
+
+Si selecciona "Buscar uno", el software intenta buscar un servidor de nombres. El servidor de nombres debe residir en la subred local. 
+
+Si selecciona "Especificar uno", se mostrará una subpantalla. Introduzca la dirección IP del servidor de nombres en la subpantalla. 
+
+PROCEDIMIENTO
+
+Resalte la selección deseada mediante las teclas de dirección. 
+
+NAVEGACIÓN
+
+Utilice las teclas de función que aparecen en la parte inferior de cada pantalla para navegar por las pantallas. Utilice las teclas de dirección para navegar por los campos. 
+     
+Nota: Si el teclado no tiene teclas de función, o si las teclas no funcionan, presione ESC para ver las teclas ESC alternativas para navegar.
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+RESUMEN DE CONFIGURACIÓN DEL SISTEMA
+
+En esta pantalla puede revisar y confirmar los valores de configuración.
+
+PROCEDIMIENTO
+
+Para salir de esta pantalla de ayuda, presione F3. A continuación, en la pantalla Resumen, revise los valores de configuración.
+
+OPCIONAL: Si desea cambiar las selecciones, presione la tecla F3 tantas veces como sea necesario para volver a las pantallas que desea cambiar. Realice los cambios en las pantallas anteriores y, luego, avance por las pantallas para volver a este Resumen.
+
+Presione F2 para aplicar la configuración al sistema. 
+
+NAVEGACIÓN
+
+Utilice las teclas de función que aparecen en la parte inferior de cada pantalla para navegar por las pantallas. Utilice las teclas de dirección para desplazarse por el texto en cada pantalla.
+
+Nota: Si su teclado no tiene teclas de función, o éstas no responden, presione ESC para ver las teclas ESC alternativas para la navegación.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/timezone.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+ZONA HORARIA
+
+Esta serie de pantallas le permiten introducir la zona horaria correcta para el sistema que se va a instalar. Seleccione una ubicación o zona horaria donde el equipo se utilice normalmente. El programa de instalación utilizará la zona horaria de la configuración interna del equipo como valor predeterminado, si es posible. 
+
+El programa de instalación muestra tres pantallas en esta serie: una pantalla de región, una pantalla de ubicación y una pantalla de zona horaria. 
+
+En la primera pantalla, debe seleccionar una región general, por ejemplo, Europa. En la pantalla siguiente, el programa de instalación mostrará ubicaciones, como Francia o España, en la región que haya seleccionado. En la tercera pantalla se mostrarán las zonas horarias de la ubicación seleccionada. 
+
+Nota: Si selecciona "UTC/GMT" en la pantalla de región, se omitirán las pantallas de ubicación y zona horaria.
+
+PROCEDIMIENTO
+
+Para salir de esta pantalla de ayuda, presione F3. A continuación, en cada pantalla del programa de instalación, puede presionar F2 para aceptar la selección predeterminada. También puede utilizar las teclas de dirección para resaltar una selección diferente y, a continuación, presionar F2 para pasar a la pantalla siguiente.
+
+NAVEGACIÓN
+
+Utilice las teclas de función que aparecen en la parte inferior de cada pantalla para navegar por las pantallas. Utilice las teclas de dirección para desplazarse por el texto en cada pantalla.
+
+Nota: Si su teclado no tiene teclas de función, o éstas no responden, presione ESC para ver las teclas ESC alternativas para la navegación.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/users.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+USUARIOS
+
+En esta pantalla, puede escribir una contraseña de usuario root y definir una cuenta de usuario para el sistema instalado.
+
+PAUTA
+
+	* Tanto la contraseña de usuario root como la cuenta de usuario son opcionales. Sin embargo, se recomienda completar todos los campos de la pantalla.
+
+     * Para que una cuenta de usuario sea válida sólo se requiere un nombre de usuario.   
+    
+     * El campo de nombre de usuario tiene las siguientes restricciones:
+          
+          * El nombre de usuario no puede ser usuario root.
+          * El nombre de usuario debe comenzar con una letra.
+          * El nombre de usuario debe incluir los caracteres del siguiente conjunto [a-zA-Z0-9_.-].
+
+     * Si escribe una entrada no válida, se muestra un mensaje de error para ese campo.
+
+PROCEDIMIENTO
+
+Para salir de esta pantalla de ayuda, presione F3. A continuación, en la pantalla de usuarios, utilice las teclas de dirección para desplazarse por los campos editables. Escriba la información en cada campo. Presione F2 para pasar a la pantalla siguiente. 
+
+NAVEGACIÓN
+
+Utilice las teclas de función que aparecen en la parte inferior de cada pantalla para navegar por las pantallas. Utilice las teclas de dirección para desplazarse por el texto en cada pantalla.
+
+Nota: Si su teclado no tiene teclas de función, o éstas no responden, presione ESC para ver las teclas ESC alternativas para la navegación.
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+BIENVENIDO
+
+Esta herramienta del sistema le permite configurar el sistema operativo Oracle Solaris en sistemas SPARC o x86.
+
+PROCEDIMIENTO
+
+Para salir de esta pantalla de ayuda, presione F3. A continuación, en la pantalla de bienvenida, presione la tecla F2 para pasar a la pantalla siguiente.
+
+NAVEGACIÓN
+
+No puede utilizar el mouse para navegar por las pantallas de instalación. Para navegar, utilice las teclas de función. Las teclas de función disponibles para cada pantalla se muestran en la parte inferior de ésta. Por ejemplo:
+
+F2_Continuar - Presione la tecla F2 para pasar a la pantalla siguiente. Al presionar F2, la herramienta procesa todas las selecciones o entradas realizadas en esa pantalla.
+F3_Retroceder - Presione la tecla F3 para retroceder a la pantalla anterior.
+F6_Ayuda - Presione la tecla F6 para ver el contenido de la ayuda para esa pantalla.
+F9_Salir - Presione la tecla F9 para salir de la herramienta sin configurar el sistema.
+
+En cada pantalla, utilice las teclas de dirección para realizar cualquiera de las siguientes acciones: 
+* Desplazarse por el texto de la pantalla.
+* Modificar las selecciones resaltadas.
+* Pasar a campos en los que necesita introducir información.
+
+Nota: Si su teclado no tiene teclas de función, o éstas no responden, presione ESC. La leyenda de la parte inferior de la pantalla cambiará y mostrará las teclas ESC para la navegación y otras funciones. 
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/disks.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+DISCOS
+
+En esta pantalla se muestran los discos internos y los dispositivos de almacenamiento externos que se pueden utilizar como destinos de instalación. Para que el programa de instalación reconozca los dispositivos, éstos deben estar conectados al iniciar el programa. 
+
+Nota: No es necesario establecer una configuración reflejada durante la instalación. Puede utilizar el comando ZFS attach de después de la instalación para realizar esta tarea. Si tiene previsto establecer una configuración reflejada, recuerde que el segundo disco tiene que ser igual o más grande que el destino de instalación. 
+
+ADVERTENCIA: Tenga en cuenta las siguientes consideraciones importantes para instalaciones x86:
+
+	* Si no se realiza la partición del disco con anterioridad, la instalación, de manera predeterminada, sobrescribe toda la disposición del disco. Sin embargo, puede modificar las selecciones predeterminadas en las pantallas del programa de instalación para realizar la instalación en una nueva partición de Solaris que sea más pequeña que todo el disco.
+
+	* Si ya hay una partición de Solaris en el disco y la instalación no modifica las particiones, la instalación sobrescribirá únicamente la partición de Solaris. No se cambiarán las demás particiones. 
+
+Nota: No se realizarán cambios reales en el sistema hasta que haya completado las pantallas de selección del programa de instalación y haya comenzado el proceso de instalación real.
+
+TAMAÑO
+
+Se muestra el tamaño recomendado y el tamaño mínimo para la instalación del sistema operativo Solaris Oracle. El tamaño de cada dispositivo se muestra en gigabytes. 
+
+Se indican los discos que son demasiado pequeños para que la instalación se lleve a cabo correctamente. 
+
+* Es posible que algunos dispositivos sean tan grandes que una instalación de Oracle Solaris no pueda utilizar todo el espacio del dispositivo. Estos dispositivos tienen un tamaño de instalación máximo especificado. 
+
+PARTICIONES O SEGMENTOS
+
+La primera sección de la pantalla muestra los dispositivos disponibles. Un dispositivo está resaltado de manera predeterminada. La siguiente sección de la pantalla muestra la información de la partición o el segmento para el dispositivo resaltado actualmente. Se muestran las particiones para dispositivos formateados x86. Se muestran los segmentos para dispositivos formateados SPARC.
+
+Si desea ver la información de la partición o el segmento para otro dispositivo, puede utilizar las teclas de dirección para seleccionar ese dispositivo. La pantalla cambiará para mostrar la información de la partición o el segmento para el dispositivo que haya seleccionado.
+
+Si hay más de cuatro dispositivos, presione las teclas de dirección hacia arriba/abajo repetidamente para desplazarse a los otros dispositivos. 
+
+PRECAUCIÓN: Si no hay particiones o segmentos existentes para un dispositivo, la pantalla mostrará la configuración de partición o segmento propuesta. En este caso, todos los datos existentes en el dispositivo se destruirán durante la instalación.
+
+PROCEDIMIENTO
+
+Para salir de esta pantalla de ayuda, presione F3. A continuación, en la pantalla de del programa de instalación, elija una de las siguientes opciones:
+
+     * Si desea realizar la instalación en el dispositivo que está resaltado actualmente, seleccione F2 y la instalación pasará a la pantalla siguiente.
+
+     * Si desea seleccionar un dispositivo diferente para la instalación, utilice las teclas de dirección para resaltar su dispositivo preferido. Se mostrará la información de la partición o el segmento para el dispositivo que seleccione. Luego, presione F2 para continuar. 
+
+NAVEGACIÓN
+
+Utilice las teclas de función que aparecen en la parte inferior de cada pantalla para navegar por las pantallas. Utilice las teclas de dirección para desplazarse por el texto en cada pantalla.
+
+Nota: Si su teclado no tiene teclas de función, o éstas no responden, presione ESC para ver las teclas ESC alternativas para la navegación.
+
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+SPARC: SEGMENTOS DE SOLARIS
+
+En esta pantalla se muestran los segmentos de VTOC para el dispositivo de almacenamiento SPARC que seleccionó en la pantalla anterior. Los segmentos se muestran en orden de disposición. 
+
+PROCEDIMIENTO
+
+Para salir de esta pantalla de ayuda, presione F3. A continuación, en la pantalla del programa de instalación, utilice las teclas de dirección para resaltar "Usar todo el disco" o "Usar un segmento del disco". 
+
+     * Si selecciona "Usar un segmento del disco", la pantalla siguiente le permite seleccionar el segmento que usará para la instalación y realizar cambios en la disposición del segmento.
+
+     * Si selecciona "Usar todo el disco", el programa de instalación registrará la elección y pasará a la tarea siguiente.
+
+       PRECAUCIÓN: Si selecciona "Usar todo el disco", durante la instalación se borrará todo el disco. El disco se sobrescribirá con el nuevo sistema operativo Oracle Solaris. 
+
+Presione F2 para pasar a la pantalla siguiente.
+
+NAVEGACIÓN
+
+Utilice las teclas de función que aparecen en la parte inferior de cada pantalla para navegar por las pantallas. Utilice las teclas de dirección para desplazarse por el texto en cada pantalla.
+
+Nota: Si su teclado no tiene teclas de función, o éstas no responden, presione ESC para ver las teclas ESC alternativas para la navegación.
+
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices_select.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+SPARC: SELECCIONE UN SEGMENTO
+
+En esta pantalla puede seleccionar el segmento VTOC que utilizará para la instalación. Para indicar qué segmento utilizará para la instalación, seleccione el segmento y cambie su tipo por rpool. También tiene la opción de cambiar el tamaño del segmento rpool. 
+
+En la pantalla se muestran los segmentos existentes en el dispositivo que seleccionó en las pantallas anteriores. Los segmentos aparecen en pantalla en el mismo orden en que se distribuyen en el disco. Se muestra el tamaño actual y tamaño máximo disponible para cada segmento.
+
+PAUTAS
+
+* Sólo puede tener un segmento rpool en el dispositivo. Y, Oracle Solaris se instalará en el segmento rpool. 
+
+* El tamaño del segmento rpool se puede aumentar hasta el tamaño máximo disponible. Cuando los segmentos aparecen como Sin usar, su espacio disponible aparece en la columna de disponible (Disp). Puede cambiar un segmento a Sin usar, para dejar espacio disponible para los segmentos adyacentes.
+
+* Un asterisco rojo indica que el contenido del segmento se destruirá durante la instalación. Si el usuario no modifica explícitamente el segmento, el contenido del segmento se conservará durante la instalación.
+
+Nota: No es necesario establecer una configuración reflejada durante la instalación. Puede utilizar el comando ZFS attach de después de la instalación para realizar esta tarea. Si tiene previsto establecer una configuración reflejada, recuerde que el segundo disco tiene que ser igual o más grande que el destino de instalación. 
+
+CÓMO MODIFICAR EL CONTENIDO DE LA PANTALLA
+
+Puede utilizar cualquiera de las siguientes opciones para modificar el contenido de la pantalla:
+
+     * F5_Cambiar tipo - Con una partición resaltada, presione F5 repetidamente para recorrer los tipos de segmento hasta que aparezca el tipo que desee.
+
+     * Campos editables - Si un campo seleccionado está resaltado, puede introducir cambios en ese campo.
+
+     * F7_Restablecer - Presione F7 para restaurar todos los datos de esta pantalla con los valores originales.
+
+PROCEDIMIENTO
+
+Para salir de esta pantalla de ayuda, presione F3. A continuación, en la pantalla del programa de instalación, utilice las teclas de dirección para seleccionar  el segmento de destino, si aún no lo ha seleccionado. Si el tipo de segmento seleccionado no es rpool, presione F5 repetidamente para recorrer los tipos hasta que aparezca el tipo rpool. 
+
+IMPORTANTE: Sólo puede tener un segmento rpool en el dispositivo.
+
+OPCIONAL: Puede realizar más modificaciones opcionales en la disposición del segmento, como se describe a continuación, y, luego, presionar F2 para pasar a la pantalla siguiente. Los cambios que haga se implementarán durante la instalación. Para registrar cambios de disposición, en primer lugar, use las teclas de dirección para resaltar el segmento que desea modificar. A continuación, realice cualquiera de las siguientes acciones:
+
+	* Suprima un segmento - Presione F5 repetidamente para recorrer los tipos hasta que aparezca el tipo Sin usar. Cuando un segmento es del tipo Sin usar, su espacio se vuelve disponible para los segmentos adyacentes.
+
+	* Cambie el tipo de segmento - Presione F5 y cambie el tipo de segmento. Por ejemplo, cambie el tipo actual por rpool. 
+	
+	* Cambie el tamaño de un segmento - Si el tamaño de un segmento seleccionado está resaltado, puede cambiar el tamaño de ese segmento. Escriba el nuevo tamaño en el campo editable, sin superar el tamaño máximo disponible. 
+
+	* Cree un nuevo segmento - Seleccione un segmento sin usar. Presione F5 y cambie el tipo de segmento Sin usar por otro tipo, como rpool. 
+
+Nota: Puede utilizar la tecla F7 para cancelar los cambios. 
+
+NAVEGACIÓN
+
+Utilice las teclas de función que aparecen en la parte inferior de cada pantalla para navegar por las pantallas. Utilice las teclas de dirección para desplazarse por el texto en cada pantalla.
+
+Nota: Si su teclado no tiene teclas de función, o éstas no responden, presione ESC para ver las teclas ESC alternativas para la navegación.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+RESUMEN DE INSTALACIÓN
+
+En esta pantalla puede revisar y confirmar las especificaciones de instalación.
+
+PROCEDIMIENTO
+
+Para salir de esta pantalla de ayuda, presione F3. A continuación, en la pantalla Resumen de instalación, revise las selecciones de instalación.
+
+OPCIONAL: Si desea cambiar las selecciones de instalación, presione la tecla F3 tantas veces como sea necesario para volver a las pantallas que desea cambiar. Realice los cambios en las pantallas anteriores y, luego, avance por las pantallas para volver a este Resumen de instalación.
+
+Presione F2 para iniciar la instalación. 
+
+PRECAUCIÓN: La instalación se inicia al presionar F2. Se recomienda no interrumpir una instalación en curso. Una instalación incompleta puede dejar el disco en un estado indeterminado.
+
+DESPUÉS DE LA INSTALACIÓN
+
+Durante la instalación se muestra una barra de progreso. Cuando se complete la instalación, una pantalla final mostrará el resultado de la instalación. A continuación, puede ver el registro de instalación, /tmp/install_log, presionando F4. 
+
+Tras una instalación correcta, puede realizar una de las siguientes acciones:
+
+* En el programa de instalación, presione F4 para ver el registro de instalación. 
+
+     * Reinicie el equipo para iniciar el software que acaba de instalar. Después de reiniciar, puede ver el registro de instalación en /var/sadm/system/logs/install_log.	
+
+     * Si desea realizar tareas adicionales antes de reiniciar, presione F9 para salir del programa de instalación. 
+
+Después de una instalación fallida, presione F4 para ver el registro de instalación. A continuación, presione F9 para salir del programa de instalación. Realice las correcciones necesarias y, a continuación, reinicie el programa de instalación. 
+
+NAVEGACIÓN
+
+Utilice las teclas de función que aparecen en la parte inferior de cada pantalla para navegar por las pantallas. Utilice las teclas de dirección para desplazarse por el texto en cada pantalla.
+
+Nota: Si su teclado no tiene teclas de función, o éstas no responden, presione ESC para ver las teclas ESC alternativas para la navegación.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+BIENVENIDO
+
+Este instalador de texto le permite instalar sistema operativo Oracle Solaris en sistemas SPARC o x86. Este programa de instalación, en particular, se puede usar en máquinas que no tienen o no necesitan tarjetas de gráficos.
+
+Nota: Esta instalación inicial del sistema operativo Oracle Solaris sobrescribe el sistema operativo Solaris u Oracle Solaris existente con la nueva versión del sistema operativo Oracle Solaris. Si desea actualizar un sistema operativo Oracle Solaris existente, utilice el comando pkg(1) o la aplicación Package Manager en lugar de este programa de instalación.
+
+PROCEDIMIENTO
+
+Para salir de esta pantalla de ayuda, presione F3. A continuación, en la pantalla de bienvenida, presione la tecla F2 para pasar a la pantalla siguiente.
+
+NAVEGACIÓN
+
+No puede utilizar el mouse para navegar por las pantallas de instalación. Para navegar, utilice las teclas de función. Las teclas de función disponibles para cada pantalla se muestran en la parte inferior de ésta. Por ejemplo:
+
+F2_Continuar - Presione la tecla F2 para pasar a la pantalla de instalación siguiente. Al presionar F2, el programa de instalación procesa todas las selecciones o entradas realizadas en esa pantalla.
+F3_Retroceder - Presione la tecla F3 para retroceder a la pantalla anterior.
+F6_Ayuda - Presione la tecla F6 para ver el contenido de la ayuda para esa pantalla.
+F9_Salir - Presione la tecla F9 para finalizar la instalación.
+
+En cada pantalla, utilice las teclas de dirección para realizar cualquiera de las siguientes acciones: 
+* Desplazarse por el texto de la pantalla.
+* Modificar las selecciones resaltadas.
+* Pasar a campos en los que necesita introducir información.
+
+Nota: Si su teclado no tiene teclas de función, o éstas no responden, presione ESC. La leyenda de la parte inferior de la pantalla cambiará y mostrará las teclas ESC para la navegación y otras funciones.
+ 
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+x86: PARTICIONES FDISK
+
+En esta pantalla se muestran las particiones fdisk para el dispositivo de almacenamiento x86 que seleccionó en la pantalla anterior. 
+
+Nota: Las particiones se muestran en el orden en que están en el disco. 
+
+PROCEDIMIENTO
+
+Para salir de esta pantalla de ayuda, presione F3. A continuación, en la pantalla del programa de instalación, utilice las teclas de dirección para resaltar "Usar todo el disco" o "Usar una partición del disco". 
+
+     * Si selecciona "Usar una partición del disco", las siguientes pantallas le permitirán seleccionar qué partición se utilizará para la instalación y, si la partición tiene segmentos definidos, qué segmento de esa partición se utilizará. También puede ajustar la disposición de las particiones fdisk. 
+
+     * Si selecciona "Usar todo el disco", el programa de instalación registrará la elección y pasará a la tarea siguiente.
+
+       PRECAUCIÓN: Si selecciona "Usar todo el disco", durante la instalación se borrará todo el disco. El disco se sobrescribirá con el nuevo sistema operativo Oracle Solaris. 
+
+Después de realizar la selección, presione F2 para pasar a la pantalla siguiente.
+
+NAVEGACIÓN
+
+Utilice las teclas de función que aparecen en la parte inferior de cada pantalla para navegar por las pantallas. Utilice las teclas de dirección para desplazarse por el texto en cada pantalla.
+
+Nota: Si su teclado no tiene teclas de función, o éstas no responden, presione ESC para ver las teclas ESC alternativas para la navegación.
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions_select.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+x86: SELECCIONE UNA PARTICIÓN
+
+Utilice esta pantalla para seleccionar, crear o modificar una partición de Solaris que se utilizará para la instalación.
+
+Esta pantalla le permite al usuario realizar ajustes en la disposición de las particiones fdisk, como eliminar particiones existentes, crear una partición extendida y ajustar su tamaño, crear una partición de Solaris y ajustar su tamaño, o cambiar el tamaño de las particiones existentes.
+
+En esta pantalla se muestran las particiones fdisk existentes. Las particiones principales aparecen en el orden en que están dispuestas en el disco. Se muestra el tamaño actual y tamaño máximo disponible para cada partición. Si existe una partición extendida, se muestran sus particiones lógicas. Las particiones lógicas también se muestran en el orden de disposición del disco dentro de la partición extendida.
+
+Si no se realizó la partición del disco anteriormente, se muestra una partición sugerida. Esta partición sugerida es una única partición que se ajustará a todo el disco.
+
+PAUTAS
+
+Sólo puede haber una partición de Solaris en el dispositivo. Debe utilizar esa partición de Solaris para la instalación. Si ya hay una partición de Solaris, ésta se selecciona de manera predeterminada. 
+
+PRECAUCIÓN: Si reduce el tamaño de una partición o cambia su tipo, el contenido de la partición existente se borrará durante la instalación. De lo contrario, el contenido de la partición existente se conservará durante la instalación. Si los cambios previstos destruirán una partición durante la instalación, esa partición se marcará con un asterisco rojo en esta pantalla. 
+
+CÓMO MODIFICAR EL CONTENIDO DE LA PANTALLA
+
+Puede utilizar cualquiera de las siguientes opciones para modificar contenido de la pantalla:
+
+     * F5_Cambiar tipo - Con una partición resaltada, cambie el tipo de partición presionando F5 repetidamente para recorrer los tipos de partición hasta que aparezca el tipo de partición deseado o Sin usar. Si se selecciona el tipo Sin usar, la partición se destruirá y el espacio quedará disponible al cambiar el tamaño de las particiones adyacentes.
+
+       Nota: No puede tener más de una partición de Solaris o más de una partición extendida. Por lo tanto, si ya existe una partición de Solaris o una partición extendida, las opciones de cambio de F5 no incluirán el cambio de la partición por una partición de Solaris o una partición extendida.
+
+     * Campos de tamaño - Si el campo de tamaño está resaltado, puede introducir cambios en ese campo.
+
+     * F7_Restablecer - Presione F7 para restaurar todos los datos de esta pantalla con los valores originales.
+
+PROCEDIMIENTO
+
+Para salir de esta pantalla de ayuda, presione F3. A continuación, en la pantalla del programa de instalación, dispone de las siguientes opciones:
+
+     * Si ya hay una partición de Solaris, ésta se selecciona de manera predeterminada. Tiene las siguientes opciones:
+
+          * Utilizar la partición existente con el tamaño actual. 
+          * Cambiar el tamaño de la partición de Solaris. El tamaño se puede reducir. El tamaño también se puede aumentar hasta alcanzar el espacio disponible. 
+          * Si desea realizar la instalación en una partición diferente, primero, debe suprimir la partición de Solaris existente cambiando su tipo por Sin usar. A continuación, puede seleccionar otra partición y cambiar su tipo por Solaris. Esta modificación borrará el contenido de la partición existente durante la instalación. 
+
+     * Si no existe ninguna partición de Solaris, seleccione una partición y cambie su tipo por Solaris. 
+
+     * INSTRUCCIONES PARA LINUX-SWAP: Si utilizó una herramienta de creación de particiones de otro fabricante, como GParted, en esta pantalla se mostrará una partición denominada Linux-swap en la que podrá instalar el software del sistema operativo Oracle Solaris. Para utilizar esta partición, debe cambiar el tipo Linux-swap por Solaris en esta pantalla. Resalte esa partición y presione F5 repetidamente para recorrer los tipos hasta que aparezca el tipo Solaris para esa partición.
+
+OPCIONAL: Puede realizar más modificaciones opcionales en la disposición de la partición. Los cambios que haga se implementarán durante la instalación. Para registrar cambios de disposición, en primer lugar, use las teclas de dirección para resaltar la partición que desea modificar. A continuación, realice cualquiera de las siguientes acciones:
+
+	* Suprima una partición - Presione F5 repetidamente para recorrer las opciones de tipo de partición hasta que aparezca el tipo Sin usar. Durante la instalación, la partición inicial se destruirá y su espacio quedará disponible al cambiar el tamaño de las particiones adyacentes.
+
+	* Cambie un tipo de partición - Presione F5 repetidamente para recorrer los tipos de partición hasta que aparezca el tipo de partición deseado. Por ejemplo, cambie el tipo actual por Solaris. 
+	
+	* Cambie el tamaño de una partición - Si el tamaño de una partición seleccionada está resaltado, puede cambiar el tamaño de esa partición. Escriba el nuevo tamaño en el campo editable, sin superar el tamaño máximo disponible. Si cambia el tamaño de una partición existente, destruirá su contenido.
+
+	* Cree una nueva partición - Seleccione una partición sin usar. Presione F5 y cambie el tipo de partición Sin usar por otro tipo, como Solaris o Extendida. 
+
+	* Cree una partición extendida - Presione F5 según sea necesario para seleccionar el tipo de partición Extendida. 
+
+Nota: Puede presionar la tecla F7 para cancelar los cambios. 
+
+NAVEGACIÓN
+
+Utilice las teclas de función que aparecen en la parte inferior de cada pantalla para navegar por las pantallas. Utilice las teclas de dirección para desplazarse por el texto en cada pantalla.
+
+Nota: Si su teclado no tiene teclas de función, o éstas no responden, presione ESC para ver las teclas ESC alternativas para la navegación.
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+x86: SEGMENTOS DE LA PARTICIÓN DE SOLARIS
+
+Si los segmentos VTOC Solaris están en una partición de Solaris que seleccionó en la pantalla anterior, esta pantalla mostrará los segmentos VTOC. Puede optar por instalar el sistema operativo Oracle Solaris en uno de los segmentos. También puede utilizar toda la partición para la instalación. 
+
+Los segmentos VTOC existentes se muestran en el orden de disposición.
+
+Nota: Si modificó la partición de Solaris en la pantalla anterior, esta pantalla no se mostrará. 
+
+PROCEDIMIENTO
+
+Para salir de esta pantalla de ayuda, presione F3. A continuación, en la pantalla de partición de Solaris, utilice las teclas de dirección para resaltar "Usar toda la partición" o "Usar un segmento de la partición". Presione F2 para pasar a la pantalla siguiente. Si tiene previsto utilizar un segmento de la partición, la siguiente pantalla le permitirá seleccionar ese segmento.
+
+NAVEGACIÓN
+
+Utilice las teclas de función que aparecen en la parte inferior de cada pantalla para navegar por las pantallas. Utilice las teclas de dirección para desplazarse por el texto en cada pantalla.
+
+Nota: Si su teclado no tiene teclas de función, o éstas no responden, presione ESC para ver las teclas ESC alternativas para la navegación.
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/es_ES/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices_select.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+x86: SELECCIÓN DE UN SEGMENTO EN LA PARTICIÓN DE SOLARIS
+
+Esta pantalla le permite seleccionar un segmento VTOC en una partición de Solaris para utilizar en la instalación. Para indicar qué segmento se utilizará en la instalación, seleccione el segmento y cambie el tipo de segmento por rpool. Tiene la opción de cambiar el tamaño de rpool.
+
+En la pantalla se muestran los segmentos existentes en la partición fdisk que seleccionó en las pantallas anteriores. Los segmentos se muestran en el orden en el que están dispuestos en la partición. Se muestra el tamaño actual y tamaño máximo disponible para cada segmento.
+
+PAUTAS
+
+* Sólo puede haber un rpool en la partición, y Oracle Solaris se instalará en el rpool.  
+
+* El tamaño del segmento rpool se puede aumentar hasta el tamaño máximo disponible. Cuando los segmentos aparecen como Sin usar, su espacio disponible aparece en la columna de disponible (Disp). Puede cambiar un segmento a Sin usar, para dejar espacio disponible para los segmentos adyacentes.
+
+Nota: Un asterisco rojo indica que el contenido del segmento se destruirá durante la instalación. Si el usuario no modifica explícitamente el segmento, el contenido del segmento se conservará durante la instalación.
+
+CÓMO MODIFICAR EL CONTENIDO DE LA PANTALLA
+
+Puede utilizar cualquiera de las siguientes opciones para modificar contenido de la pantalla:
+
+     * F5_Cambiar tipo - Con un segmento resaltado, presione F5 repetidamente para recorrer los tipos hasta que aparezca el tipo de segmento deseado.
+
+     * Campos de tamaño - Puede introducir cambios en los campos de tamaño.
+
+     * F7_Restablecer - Presione F7 para restaurar todos los datos de esta pantalla con los valores originales.
+
+PROCEDIMIENTO
+
+Para salir de esta pantalla de ayuda, presione F3. A continuación, en la pantalla del programa de instalación, utilice las teclas de dirección para seleccionar  el segmento de destino, si aún no lo ha seleccionado. Si el tipo de segmento seleccionado no es rpool, presione F5 repetidamente para recorrer los tipos de segmento hasta que aparezca el tipo rpool. 
+
+Nota: Recuerde que sólo puede tener un segmento rpool en la partición. Si existe otro segmento rpool, cambie su tipo por Sin usar antes de cambiar el segmento de destino por rpool.
+
+OPCIONAL: Puede realizar más modificaciones opcionales en la disposición del segmento, como se describe a continuación, y, luego, presionar F2 para pasar a la pantalla siguiente. Los cambios que haga se implementarán durante la instalación. Para registrar cambios de disposición, en primer lugar, use las teclas de dirección para resaltar el segmento que desea modificar. A continuación, realice cualquiera de las siguientes acciones:
+
+	* Suprima un segmento - Presione F5 repetidamente para recorrer los tipos de segmento hasta que aparezca el tipo Sin usar. El espacio de un segmento Sin usar queda disponible para los segmentos adyacentes.
+
+	* Cambie un tipo de segmento - Presione F5 repetidamente para recorrer tipos de segmento hasta que aparezca el tipo que desee. Utilice este procedimiento, por ejemplo, para cambiar el tipo actual por rpool. 
+	
+	* Cambie el tamaño de un segmento - Si el tamaño de un segmento seleccionado está resaltado, puede cambiar el tamaño de ese segmento. Escriba el nuevo tamaño en el campo editable, sin superar el tamaño máximo disponible. 
+
+	Nota: Es posible que la suma de los tamaños de las particiones no sea equivalente al tamaño de todo el disco, porque los tamaños de las particiones se redondean al .1GB más cercano, y es posible que haya espacio sin utilizar entre las particiones. 
+
+	* Cree un nuevo segmento - Seleccione un segmento sin usar. Presione F5 según sea necesario para cambiar el tipo de segmento Sin usar por otro tipo, como rpool. El segmento 2, sin embargo, no se puede modificar. 
+
+Nota: Puede utilizar la tecla F7 para cancelar los cambios. 
+
+NAVEGACIÓN
+
+Utilice las teclas de función que aparecen en la parte inferior de cada pantalla para navegar por las pantallas. Utilice las teclas de dirección para desplazarse por el texto en cada pantalla.
+
+Nota: Si su teclado no tiene teclas de función, o éstas no responden, presione ESC para ver las teclas ESC alternativas para la navegación.
+
+
+
+
+
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/sysconfig.pot	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,1153 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2009, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\nReport-Msgid-Bugs-To: \nPOT-Creation-Date: 2011-07-29 11:23+0900\nPO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\nLast-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\nLanguage-Team: LANGUAGE <[email protected]>\nMIME-Version: 1.0\nContent-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\nContent-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:499
+#, python-format
+msgid "Custom site profile %s is invalid, missing .xml suffix."
+msgstr "Le profil de site personnalisé %s n'est pas valide, le suffixe .xml est manquant."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:507
+#, python-format
+msgid "Custom site profile %s is invalid or hasinvalid permissions."
+msgstr "Le profil de site personnalisé %s n'est pas valide ou a des autorisations non valides."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:524
+#, python-format
+msgid "Unable to apply SMF profile %s."
+msgstr "Impossible d'appliquer le profil SMF %s."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:540
+msgid "System is not properly configured. You are likely"
+msgstr "Le système n'est pas correctement configuré. Vous tentez probablement"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:541
+msgid "trying to unconfigure or re-configure freshly"
+msgstr "d'annuler la configuration ou de reconfigurer un système"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:542
+msgid "installed system which is not supported."
+msgstr "récemment installé, ce qui n'est pas pris en charge."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:611 ../__init__.py:622
+msgid "An unhandled exception occurred."
+msgstr "Une exception non prise en charge s'est produite."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:627
+msgid "Full traceback data is in the log"
+msgstr "Historique de trace complet dans le journal"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:636
+msgid "IO error creating profile"
+msgstr "Erreur d'ES lors de la création du profil"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:643
+msgid "Unable to apply the unconfigure parameters to the image"
+msgstr "Impossible d'appliquer les paramètres d'annulation de la configuration à l'image"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:654
+msgid "Unable to initiate unconfiguration process."
+msgstr "Impossible d'initier le processus d'annulation de la configuration."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:671
+msgid "Root filesystem provided for the non-global zone does not exist"
+msgstr "Le système de fichiers racine spécifié pour la zone non globale n'existe pas"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:678
+#, python-format
+msgid "Root filesystem mounted read-only, '%s' operation not permitted."
+msgstr "Système de fichiers racine monté en lecture seule, l'opération '%s' n'est pas autorisée."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:680
+msgid ""
+"The likely cause is that sysconfig(1m) was invoked in ROZR non-global zone."
+msgstr "La cause probable est que sysconfig(1m) a été appelé dans la zone non globale ROZR."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:682
+msgid ""
+"In that case, see mwac(5) and zonecfg(1m) man pages for additional "
+"information."
+msgstr "Dans ce cas, reportez-vous aux pages de manuel mwac(5) et zonecfg(1m) pour plus d'informations."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:697
+msgid "This program will re-configure your system."
+msgstr "Ce programme va reconfigurer votre système."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:699
+msgid "This program will unconfigure your system."
+msgstr "Ce programme va annuler la configuration de votre système."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:700
+msgid "The system will be reverted to a \"pristine\" state."
+msgstr "Le système retrouvera son état initial."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:701
+msgid "It will not have a name or know about other systems or networks."
+msgstr "Il n'aura pas de nom et n'aura pas connaissance des autres systèmes ou réseaux."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:704
+msgid "Do you want to continue (y/[n])? "
+msgstr "Voulez-vous continuer (y/[n]) ? "
+
+#: ../__init__.py:753
+#, python-format
+msgid "There are no services on the system with grouping of %s"
+msgstr "Il n'y a aucun service sur le système avec groupement de %s"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:811
+#, python-format
+msgid "Directory %s does not contain any profile."
+msgstr "Le répertoire %s ne contient aucun profil."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:833
+msgid "Interactive configuration requested."
+msgstr "Configuration interactive demandée."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:834
+msgid "System Configuration Interactive (SCI) tool will be"
+msgstr "L'outil System Configuration Interactive (SCI) sera"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:849
+msgid ""
+"Since you are currently not logged on console,\n"
+"you may not be able to navigate SCI tool."
+msgstr "Etant donné que vous n'êtes pas actuellement connecté à la console,\nvous ne pourrez peut-être pas naviguer dans l'outil SCI."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:851
+msgid "Would you like to proceed with re-configuration (y/[n])? "
+msgstr "Voulez-vous procéder à la reconfiguration (y/[n]) ? "
+
+#: ../__init__.py:919
+msgid "Grouping to configure"
+msgstr "Groupement à configurer"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:922
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Saves created system configuration profile into FILE.\t\t[default: %default]"
+msgstr "Enregistre le profil de configuration du système créé dans le FICHIER.\t\t[par défaut : %default]"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:926
+#, python-format
+msgid "Set log location to FILE (default: %default)"
+msgstr "Définir l'emplacement du journal sur FILE (défaut : %default)"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:931
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Set log verbosity to LEVEL. In order of increasing verbosity, valid values "
+"are 'error' 'warn' 'info' 'debug' or 'input'\n"
+"[default: %default]"
+msgstr "Définir le niveau de détail du journal sur LEVEL. Par ordre croissant de détail, des valeurs correctes sont 'erreur' 'avert' 'info' 'débog'\n ou 'saisie' [défaut : %default]"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:939
+msgid ""
+"Force the tool to run in black and white. This may be useful on some SPARC "
+"machines with unsupported frame buffers\n"
+msgstr "Forcer l'outil à s'exécuter en noir et blanc. Peut être utile sur certaines machines SPARC avec mémoires graphiques non prises en charge\n"
+
+#. LOGGER.close() # LOGGER.close() is broken - CR 7012566
+#: ../__init__.py:955
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Exiting System Configuration Tool. Log is available at:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr "Sortie de l'outil de configuration système. Journal disponible dans :\n%s"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:976
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"     Terminal too small. Min size is 80x24. Current size is %(x)ix%(y)i."
+msgstr "     Terminal trop petit. Taille min. : 80x24. Taille actuelle : %(x)ix%(y)i."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:982 ../users.py:76
+msgid "Continue"
+msgstr "Suiv."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:983
+msgid "Back"
+msgstr "Préc."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:985
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr "Aide"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:986 ../__init__.py:1041
+msgid "Quit"
+msgstr "Quitter"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:990
+msgid "Help Topics"
+msgstr "Rubriques d'aide"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:991
+msgid "Help Index"
+msgstr "Index de l'aide"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:992
+msgid "Select a topic and press Continue."
+msgstr "Sélectionnez une rubrique et appuyez sur Suiv."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1035
+msgid ""
+"DONT_TRANSLATE_BUT_REPLACE_msgstr_WITH_True_OR_False: Should wrap text on "
+"whitespace in this language"
+msgstr "True "
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1038
+msgid "Confirm: Quit?"
+msgstr "Confirmation : quitter ?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1039
+msgid "Do you really want to quit?"
+msgstr "Etes-vous sûr de vouloir quitter ?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1040 ../users.py:77
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr "Annuler"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1050
+msgid "Error: Root privileges are required for this command."
+msgstr "Erreur : des privilèges root sont requis pour cette commande"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:54 ../date_time.py:67
+msgid "Date and Time"
+msgstr "Date et heure"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:56
+msgid "Year:"
+msgstr "Année :"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:57
+msgid "Month:"
+msgstr "Mois :"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:58
+msgid "Day:"
+msgstr "Jour :"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:59
+msgid "Hour:"
+msgstr "Heure :"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:60
+msgid "Minute:"
+msgstr "Minute :"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:61
+msgid "(YYYY)"
+msgstr "(AAAA)"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:63
+msgid ""
+"Edit the date and time as necessary.\n"
+"The time is in 24 hour format."
+msgstr "Réglez la date et l'heure correctes.\nL'heure est indiquée au format 24 heures."
+
+#: ../date_time.py:306
+msgid "Invalid date/time. See errors above."
+msgstr "Date/heure incorrecte(s). Voir les erreurs ci-dessus."
+
+#: ../date_time.py:404
+msgid "Year must be numeric"
+msgstr "L'année doit être une valeur numérique"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:407 ../date_time.py:410 ../date_time.py:425
+msgid "Year out of range"
+msgstr "Année hors de l'intervalle autorisé"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:438
+msgid "Month must be numeric"
+msgstr "Le mois doit être une valeur numérique"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:443 ../date_time.py:458
+msgid "Month out of range"
+msgstr "Mois hors de l'intervalle autorisé"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:469
+msgid "Day must be numeric"
+msgstr "Le jour doit être une valeur numérique"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:480 ../date_time.py:491
+msgid "Day out of range"
+msgstr "Jour hors de l'intervalle autorisé"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:500
+msgid "Hour must be numeric"
+msgstr "L'heure doit être une valeur numérique"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:503 ../date_time.py:512
+msgid "Hour out of range"
+msgstr "Heure hors de l'intervalle autorisé"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:522
+msgid "Minute must be numeric"
+msgstr "Les minutes doivent être une valeur numérique"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:524 ../date_time.py:533
+msgid "Minute out of range"
+msgstr "Minutes hors de l'intervalle autorisé"
+
+#. name service choices for display to user
+#: ../nameservice.py:70 ../network_type.py:65
+msgid "None"
+msgstr "Aucune"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:70
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr "LDAP"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:70
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr "NIS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:71
+msgid "DNS"
+msgstr "DNS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:75
+msgid "Enter either a host name or an IP address."
+msgstr "Entrez un nom d'hôte ou une adresse IP."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:76
+msgid "An IP address must be of the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+msgstr "Une adresse IP doit adopter le format suivant : xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:132
+msgid "DNS Name Service"
+msgstr "Service de noms DNS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:140
+msgid "Indicates whether or not the system should use the DNS name service."
+msgstr "Indique si le système doit ou non utiliser le service de noms DNS."
+
+#. allow the user to choose DNS or not
+#: ../nameservice.py:149
+msgid "Configure DNS"
+msgstr "Configurer DNS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:150
+msgid "Do not configure DNS"
+msgstr "Ne pas configurer DNS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:177
+msgid "Alternate Name Service"
+msgstr "Service de noms secondaire"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:183
+msgid ""
+"From the list below, select one name service to be used by this system. If "
+"the desired name service is not listed, select None. The selected name "
+"service may be used in conjunction with DNS."
+msgstr "Dans la liste ci-dessous, sélectionnez le service de noms qui sera utilisé par ce système. Sélectionnez Aucun si le service de noms souhaité n'est pas répertorié. Le service de noms sélectionné peut être utilisé conjointement avec DNS."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:224
+msgid "Domain Name"
+msgstr "Nom de domaine"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:230
+msgid ""
+"Specify the domain where this system resides. Use the domain name's exact "
+"capitalization and punctuation."
+msgstr "Indiquez le domaine où réside le système. Utilisez la casse et la ponctuation exactes du nom de domaine."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:233
+msgid "Domain Name:"
+msgstr "Nom de domaine :"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:287
+msgid "DNS Server Addresses"
+msgstr "Adresses du serveur DNS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:293
+msgid ""
+"Enter the IP address of the DNS server(s). At least one IP address is "
+"required."
+msgstr "Entrez l'adresse IP du (des) serveur(s) DNS. Au moins une adresse IP est requise."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:295
+msgid "DNS Server IP address:"
+msgstr "Adresse IP du serveur DNS :"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:341
+msgid "At least one name server must be specified."
+msgstr "Au moins un serveur de nom doit être indiqué."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:352
+msgid "DNS Search List"
+msgstr "Liste de recherche DNS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:358
+msgid ""
+"Enter a list of domains to be searched when a DNS query is made. If no "
+"domain is entered, only the DNS domain chosen for this system will be "
+"searched."
+msgstr "Entrez une liste de domaines à inclure dans la recherche lorsqu'une requête DNS est effectuée. Si aucun domaine n'est entré, seul le domaine DNS choisi pour ce système sera inclus dans la recherche."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:361
+msgid "Search domain:"
+msgstr "Domaine de recherche :"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:422
+msgid "LDAP Profile"
+msgstr "Profil LDAP"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:427
+msgid "Profile name:"
+msgstr "Nom de profil :"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:428
+msgid "Search base:"
+msgstr "Base de recherche :"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:436
+msgid ""
+"Specify the name of the LDAP profile to be used to configure this system and "
+"the host name or IP address of the server that contains the profile."
+msgstr "Indiquez le nom du profil LDAP à utiliser pour configurer ce système et le nom d'hôte ou l'adresse IP du serveur qui contient le profil."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:439
+msgid "Profile server host name or IP address:"
+msgstr "Nom d'hôte ou adresse IP du serveur de profil :"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:442
+msgid ""
+"Specify the name of the LDAP profile to be used to configure this system and "
+"the IP address of the server that contains the profile."
+msgstr "Indiquez le nom du profil LDAP à utiliser pour configurer ce système et l'adresse IP du serveur qui contient le profil."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:445
+msgid "Profile server IP address:"
+msgstr "Adresse IP du serveur de profil :"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:446
+msgid "  Enter the LDAP search base."
+msgstr "  Entrez la base de recherche LDAP."
+
+#. in case of error, tell user what is being validated
+#: ../nameservice.py:459
+msgid "profile name"
+msgstr "nom du profil"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:491 ../nameservice.py:726
+msgid "The LDAP profile name cannot be blank."
+msgstr "Le nom de profil LDAP ne peut pas être vide."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:493
+msgid "The LDAP server IP address cannot be blank."
+msgstr "L'adresse IP du serveur LDAP ne peut pas être vide."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:510
+msgid "LDAP Proxy"
+msgstr "Proxy LDAP"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:515
+msgid ""
+"Does the profile specify a proxy credential level and an authentication "
+"method other than None?"
+msgstr "Le profil indique-t-il un niveau justificatif d'identité proxy et une méthode d'authentification autre que Aucune ?"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:524
+msgid "No"
+msgstr "Non"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:525
+msgid "Yes"
+msgstr "Oui"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:549
+msgid "Specify LDAP Profile Proxy Bind Information"
+msgstr "Indiquer les informations de liaison du proxy du profil LDAP"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:555
+msgid ""
+"Specify the LDAP proxy bind distinguished name and the LDAP proxy bind "
+"password.  The network administrator can provide this information."
+msgstr "Indiquez le nom distinctif de liaison du proxy LDAP et le mot de passe de liaison du proxy LDAP. L'administrateur réseau est en mesure de fournir ces informations."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:558
+msgid "Proxy bind distinguished name:"
+msgstr "Nom distinctif de la liaison de proxy :"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:561
+msgid "Proxy bind password:"
+msgstr "Mot de passe de la liaison de proxy :"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:563
+msgid "Encrypted proxy bind password:"
+msgstr "Mot de passe de la liaison de proxy chiffré :"
+
+#. in case of error, tell user what is being validated
+#: ../nameservice.py:583
+msgid "distinguished name"
+msgstr "nom distinctif"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:600
+msgid "The LDAP proxy server distinguished name cannot be blank."
+msgstr "Le nom distinctif du serveur de proxy LDAP ne peut pas être vide."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:610
+msgid "NIS Name Server"
+msgstr "Serveur de noms NIS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:616
+msgid "Specify how to find a name server for this system."
+msgstr "Indiquez comment trouver un serveur de noms pour ce système."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:618
+msgid ""
+"Either let the software search for a name server, or specify a name server "
+"in the following screen.  "
+msgstr "Laissez le logiciel chercher un serveur de noms ou indiquez-en un dans l'écran suivant."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:621
+msgid ""
+"The software can find a name server only if that server is on the local "
+"subnet."
+msgstr "Le logiciel ne peut trouver un serveur de noms que si ce serveur se trouve sur le sous-réseau local."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:631
+msgid "Find one"
+msgstr "Trouver un"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:632
+msgid "Specify one"
+msgstr "Indiquer un"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:661
+msgid "NIS Name Server Information"
+msgstr "Informations sur le serveur de noms NIS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:676
+msgid ""
+"Enter the host name or IP address of the name server.  A host name must have "
+"at least 2 characters and can be alphanumeric and can contain hyphens.  IP "
+"addresses must contain four sets of numbers separated by periods (for "
+"example, 129.200.9.1)."
+msgstr "Saisissez le nom d'hôte ou l'adresse IP du serveur de noms. Un nom d'hôte doit être formé d'au moins 2 caractères, peut être alphanumérique et peut contenir des traits d'union. Les adresses IP doivent contenir quatre ensembles de chiffres séparés par des points (129.200.9.1 par exemple)."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:681
+msgid "Server's host name or IP address:"
+msgstr "Nom d'hôte ou adresse IP du serveur :"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:684
+msgid ""
+"Enter the IP address of the name server.  IP addresses must contain four "
+"sets of numbers separated by periods (for example, 129.200.9.1)."
+msgstr "Saisissez l'adresse IP du serveur de noms. Les adresses IP doivent contenir quatre ensembles de chiffres séparés par des points (129.200.9.1, par exemple)."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:687
+msgid "Server's IP address:"
+msgstr "Adresse IP du serveur :"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:714
+msgid "The NIS server IP address cannot be blank."
+msgstr "L'adresse IP du serveur NIS ne peut pas être vide."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:727
+msgid ""
+"Whitespace characters and quotation marks are not allowed in LDAP profile "
+"names."
+msgstr "Les espaces et les guillemets ne sont pas autorisés dans les noms de profil LDAP."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:741
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind distinguished name may not be blank."
+msgstr "Le nom distinctif de la liaison de proxy LDAP ne peut pas être vide."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:744
+msgid ""
+"The LDAP proxy bind distinguished name may not contain whitespace characters."
+msgstr "Le nom distinctif de la liaison de proxy LDAP ne peut pas contenir d'espaces."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:747
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind distinguished name may not contain quotation marks."
+msgstr "Le nom distinctif de la liaison de proxy LDAP ne peut pas contenir de guillemets."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:757
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind password may not be blank."
+msgstr "Le mot de passe de la liaison de proxy LDAP ne peut pas être vide."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:760
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind password may not contain whitespace characters."
+msgstr "Le mot de passe de la liaison de proxy LDAP ne peut pas contenir d'espaces."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:763
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind password may not contain quotation marks."
+msgstr "Le mot de passe de la liaison de proxy LDAP ne peut pas contenir de guillemets."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:777 ../nameservice.py:848
+msgid ""
+"A host name can only contain letters, numbers,  periods, and minus signs (-)."
+msgstr "Un nom d'hôte ne peut contenir que des lettres, des nombres, des points et des signes moins (-)."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:808
+msgid "The domain cannot be blank."
+msgstr "Le domaine ne peut pas être vide."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:812
+msgid "Domain labels must have less than 64 characters."
+msgstr "Les étiquettes de domaine doivent avoir moins de 64 caractères."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:815
+msgid "Domain labels should not start or end with hyphens ('-')."
+msgstr "Les étiquettes de domaine ne peuvent pas commencer ou se terminer par des tirets ('-')."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:818
+msgid "Invalid domain"
+msgstr "Domaine non valide"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:868
+#, python-format
+msgid "The %s cannot be blank."
+msgstr "Le %s ne peut pas être vide."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:871
+#, python-format
+msgid "Invalid character for %s."
+msgstr "Caractère invalide pour %s."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:883
+msgid "Domain labels must have less than 64 characters"
+msgstr "Les étiquettes de domaine doivent avoir moins de 64 caractères."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:885
+msgid "A domain label may not begin with a hyphen."
+msgstr "Une étiquette de domaine ne peut pas commencer par un tiret."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:888
+msgid "Invalid character for domain name."
+msgstr "Caractère non valide pour le nom de domaine."
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:50
+#, python-format
+msgid "Manually Configure: %s"
+msgstr "Configuration manuelle : %s"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:52
+msgid ""
+"Enter the configuration for this network connection. All entries must "
+"contain four sets of numbers, 0 to 255, separated by periods."
+msgstr "Entrez la configuration pour cette connexion réseau. Toutes les entrées doivent contenir quatre ensembles de chiffres, de 0 à 255, séparés par des points."
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:55
+msgid "IP Address:"
+msgstr "Adresse IP :"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:56
+msgid "Must be unique for this network"
+msgstr "Doit être unique pour ce réseau"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:57
+msgid "Netmask:"
+msgstr "Masque réseau :"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:58
+msgid "Your subnet use may require a different mask"
+msgstr "Le sous-réseau utilisé peut nécessiter un masque différent"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:59
+msgid "Router:"
+msgstr "Routeur :"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:60
+msgid "The IP address of the router on this subnet"
+msgstr "Adresse IP du routeur sur ce sous-réseau"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:61
+msgid "A DNS server was found on the network"
+msgstr "Un serveur DNS a été détecté sur le réseau"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:62
+msgid "Address of the Domain Name Server"
+msgstr "Adresse du serveur de noms de domaine"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:63
+msgid "Domain:"
+msgstr "Domaine :"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:64
+msgid "The machine appears to be in this domain"
+msgstr "La machine semble être dans ce domaine"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:65
+msgid "The network's domain name"
+msgstr "Le nom de domaine du réseau"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:66
+msgid "NIC:"
+msgstr "NIC :"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:67
+msgid "Settings will be applied to this interface"
+msgstr "Les paramètres seront appliqués à cette interface"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:70
+msgid "Manually Configure: NIC"
+msgstr "Configuration manuelle : NIC"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:184
+msgid "IP Address must not be empty"
+msgstr "L'adresse IP ne doit pas être vide"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:186
+msgid "Netmask must not be empty"
+msgstr "Le masque réseau ne doit pas être vide"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:192
+#, python-format
+msgid "'%s' is not a valid netmask"
+msgstr "'%s' n'est pas un masque réseau correct"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:228 ../network_nic_configure.py:243
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s must be of the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+msgstr "%s doit respecter le format xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+
+#: ../network_nic_select.py:49 ../network_nic_select.py:54
+msgid "Manual Network Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuration réseau manuelle"
+
+#: ../network_nic_select.py:50
+msgid ""
+"Select the one wired network connection to be configured during installation"
+msgstr "Sélectionnez la connexion réseau câblée à configurer pendant l'installation"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:54 ../network_type.py:75
+msgid "Network"
+msgstr "Réseau"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:55
+msgid ""
+"Enter a name for this computer that identifies it on the network. It must be "
+"at least two characters. It can contain letters, numbers, and minus signs "
+"(-)."
+msgstr "Entrez un nom identifiant cet ordinateur sur le réseau. Il doit comporter 2 caractères minimum et peut contenir des lettres, des nombres et des signes moins (-)."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:58
+msgid "Computer Name: "
+msgstr "Nom de l'ordinateur : "
+
+#: ../network_type.py:59
+msgid "Select how the wired ethernet network connection is configured."
+msgstr "Sélectionnez le mode de configuration de la connexion réseau Ethernet câblée."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:61
+msgid "Automatically"
+msgstr "Automatique"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:62
+msgid "Automatically configure the connection"
+msgstr "Configuration automatique de la connexion"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:63
+msgid "Manually"
+msgstr "Manuelle"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:64
+msgid "Enter the information on the following screen"
+msgstr "Entrez les informations dans l'écran suivant"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:66
+msgid "Do not configure the network at this time"
+msgstr "Ne pas configurer le réseau maintenant"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:67
+msgid ""
+"No wired network interfaces found. Additional device drivers may be needed."
+msgstr "Aucune interface réseau câblée détectée. Vérifiez les pilotes de périphériques."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:201
+msgid "A Hostname is required."
+msgstr "Vous devez spécifier un nom d'hôte."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:203
+msgid "A Hostname must be at least two characters."
+msgstr "Un nom d'hôte doit comporter deux caractères au minimum."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:207
+msgid ""
+"Select the wired network configuration: Automatically, Manually, or None."
+msgstr "Sélectionnez la configuration du réseau câblé : Automatique, Manuelle ou Aucune."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:218
+msgid "The Hostname can only contain letters, numbers, and minus signs (-)."
+msgstr "Le nom d'hôte ne peut contenir que des lettres, nombres et signes moins (-)."
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:253
+msgid "Username must not be blank"
+msgstr "Le nom d'utilisateur ne peut pas être vide."
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:257
+msgid "Username must start with a letter"
+msgstr "Le nom d'utilisateur doit débuter par une lettre"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:261
+msgid "Invalid character"
+msgstr "Caractère incorrect"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:284
+msgid "User password must be entered."
+msgstr "Saisissez un mot de passe utilisateur."
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:286
+msgid "Password must contain at least 6 characters."
+msgstr "Le mot de passe doit contenir au moins six caractères."
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:300
+msgid "Password must contain 1 alphabetical character."
+msgstr "Le mot de passe doit contenir au moins un caractère alphabétique."
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:303
+msgid "Password must contain 1 digit/special character."
+msgstr "Le mot de passe doit contenir au moins un caractère numérique ou spécial."
+
+#: ../summary.py:59 ../summary.py:64
+msgid "System Configuration Summary"
+msgstr "Récapitulatif de la configuration système"
+
+#: ../summary.py:60
+msgid ""
+"Review the settings below before continuing. Go back (F3) to make changes."
+msgstr "Vérifiez les paramètres suivants avant de continuer. Préc. (F3) pour modifier."
+
+#: ../summary.py:76
+msgid "Apply"
+msgstr "Appliquer"
+
+#: ../summary.py:110
+msgid "Error when generating SC profile\n"
+msgstr "Erreur lors de la génération du profil CS\n"
+
+#: ../summary.py:112
+msgid "SC profile successfully generated\n"
+msgstr "Profil CS correctement généré\n"
+
+#: ../summary.py:128
+msgid "Language: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "Langue : *Ce paramètre peut être modifié lors de la connexion."
+
+#: ../summary.py:132
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default language: %s"
+msgstr "  Langue par défaut : %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:138
+msgid "Keyboard layout: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "Disposition du clavier : *Ce paramètre peut être modifié lors de la connexion."
+
+#: ../summary.py:140
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default keyboard layout: %s"
+msgstr "  Disposition du clavier par défaut : %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:145
+#, python-format
+msgid "Terminal type: %s"
+msgstr "Type de terminal : %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:151
+msgid "Users:"
+msgstr "Utilisateurs :"
+
+#: ../summary.py:158
+msgid "Network:"
+msgstr "Réseau :"
+
+#: ../summary.py:174
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Computer name: %s"
+msgstr "  Nom de l'ordinateur : %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:185
+msgid "  Network Configuration: Automatic"
+msgstr "  Configuration réseau : automatique"
+
+#: ../summary.py:187
+msgid "  Network Configuration: None"
+msgstr "  Configuration réseau : aucune"
+
+#: ../summary.py:189
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Manual Configuration: %s"
+msgstr "  Configuration manuelle : %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:191
+#, python-format
+msgid "IP Address: %s"
+msgstr "    Adresse IP : %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:192
+#, python-format
+msgid "Netmask: %s"
+msgstr "    Masque réseau : %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:194
+#, python-format
+msgid "Router: %s"
+msgstr "    Routeur : %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:209
+#, python-format
+msgid "Domain: %s"
+msgstr "    Domaine : %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:212 ../summary.py:220 ../summary.py:233
+#, python-format
+msgid "Name service: %s"
+msgstr "Service de nom : %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:215
+msgid "DNS servers: "
+msgstr "Serveurs DNS : "
+
+#: ../summary.py:217
+msgid "DNS Domain search list: "
+msgstr "Liste de recherche du domaine DNS :"
+
+#: ../summary.py:222
+msgid "LDAP profile: "
+msgstr "Profil LDAP : "
+
+#: ../summary.py:223
+msgid "LDAP server's IP: "
+msgstr "IP du serveur LDAP : "
+
+#: ../summary.py:224
+msgid "LDAP search base: "
+msgstr "Base de recherche LDAP : "
+
+#: ../summary.py:228
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind distinguished name: "
+msgstr "Nom distinctif de la liaison de proxy LDAP : "
+
+#: ../summary.py:230
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind password: [concealed]"
+msgstr "Mot de passe de la liaison proxy LDAP : [caché]"
+
+#: ../summary.py:236
+msgid "NIS server: broadcast"
+msgstr "Serveur NIS : diffusion"
+
+#: ../summary.py:238
+msgid "NIS server's IP: "
+msgstr "IP du serveur NIS : "
+
+#: ../summary.py:249
+msgid "  Warning: No root password set"
+msgstr "  Avertissement : aucun mot de passe défini"
+
+#: ../summary.py:251
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Username: %s"
+msgstr "  Nom d'utilisateur : %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:253
+msgid "  No user account"
+msgstr "  Pas de compte utilisateur"
+
+#: ../summary.py:259
+#, python-format
+msgid "Time Zone: %s"
+msgstr "Fuseau horaire : %s"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:53
+msgid "UTC/GMT"
+msgstr "UTC/GMT"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:60 ../timezone.py:84
+msgid "Time Zone"
+msgstr "Fuseau horaire"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:85
+msgid "Select your time zone."
+msgstr "Sélectionnez votre fuseau horaire."
+
+#: ../timezone.py:86
+msgid "Time Zones"
+msgstr "Fuseaux horaires"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:88
+msgid "Time Zone: Locations"
+msgstr "Fuseaux horaires : zones"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:89
+msgid "Select the location that contains your time zone."
+msgstr "Sélectionnez la zone qui contient votre fuseau horaire."
+
+#: ../timezone.py:90
+msgid "Locations"
+msgstr "Zones"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:93
+msgid "Time Zone: Regions"
+msgstr "Fuseau horaire : régions"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:94
+msgid "Select the region that contains your time zone."
+msgstr "Sélectionnez la région qui contient votre fuseau horaire."
+
+#: ../timezone.py:95
+msgid "Regions"
+msgstr "Régions"
+
+#: ../users.py:57 ../users.py:79
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr "Utilisateurs"
+
+#: ../users.py:58
+msgid "Define a root password for the system and user account for yourself."
+msgstr "Définissez le mot de passe root du système et votre compte utilisateur."
+
+#: ../users.py:60
+msgid "System Root Password"
+msgstr "Mot de passe root du système"
+
+#: ../users.py:61
+msgid "Root password:"
+msgstr "Mot de passe root :"
+
+#: ../users.py:62
+msgid "Confirm password:"
+msgstr "Confirmation du mdp :"
+
+#: ../users.py:63
+msgid "Create a user account"
+msgstr "Créez un compte utilisateur"
+
+#: ../users.py:64
+msgid "Your real name:"
+msgstr "Votre nom réel :"
+
+#: ../users.py:65
+msgid "Username:"
+msgstr "Nom d'utilisateur :"
+
+#: ../users.py:66
+msgid "User password:"
+msgstr "Mot de passe utilisateur :"
+
+#: ../users.py:68
+msgid "No Root Password"
+msgstr "Pas de mot de passe root"
+
+#: ../users.py:69
+msgid ""
+"A root password has not been defined. The system is completely unsecured.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choose Cancel to set a root password."
+msgstr "Aucun mot de passe root n'a été défini. Le système n'est pas protégé.\n\nChoisissez Annuler pour définir un mot de passe root."
+
+#: ../users.py:72
+msgid "No User Password"
+msgstr "Pas de mot de passe utilisateur"
+
+#: ../users.py:73
+msgid ""
+"A user password has not been defined. The user account has administrative "
+"privileges so the system is unsecured.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choose Cancel to set a user password."
+msgstr "Pas de mot de passe utilisateur défini. Le compte utilisateur a des privilèges d'administration, le système n'est donc pas protégé.\n\nChoisissez Annuler pour saisir un mdp utilisateur."
+
+#: ../users.py:297
+msgid "Root passwords don't match"
+msgstr "Les mots de passe root sont différents"
+
+#: ../users.py:300
+msgid "User passwords don't match"
+msgstr "Les mots de passe utilisateur sont différents"
+
+#: ../users.py:322
+msgid "Enter username or clear all user account fields"
+msgstr "Entrez un nom d'utilisateur ou effacez tous les champs du compte utilisateur"
+
+#: ../users.py:369
+msgid "Passwords don't match"
+msgstr "Les mots de passe sont différents"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:46
+msgid "System Configuration Tool"
+msgstr "Outil de configuration système"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:47
+msgid ""
+"System Configuration Tool enables you to specify the following configuration "
+"parameters for your newly-installed Oracle Solaris 11 system:\n"
+msgstr "L'outil de configuration système vous permet d'indiquer les paramètres de configuration suivants pour votre système Oracle Solaris 11 récemment installé :\n"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:50
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"System Configuration Tool produces an SMF profile file in %(scprof)s.\n"
+"\n"
+"How to navigate through this tool:"
+msgstr "L'outil de configuration système produit un fichier de profil SMF dans %(scprof)s.\n\nPour naviguer dans cet outil :"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:53
+msgid ""
+"Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to move from "
+"screen to screen and to perform other operations."
+msgstr "Utilisez les touches de fonctions affichées au bas de chaque écran pour passer d'un écran à l'autre et pour effectuer d'autres opérations."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:56
+msgid ""
+"Use the up/down arrow keys to change the selection or to move between input "
+"fields."
+msgstr "Utilisez les touches de direction haut/bas pour modifier la sélection ou pour passer d'un champ de saisie à l'autre."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:58
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard does not have function keys, or they do not respond, press "
+"ESC; the legend at the bottom of the screen will change to show the ESC keys "
+"for navigation and other functions."
+msgstr "Si votre clavier ne comporte pas de touches de fonctions ou qu'elles ne fonctionnent pas, appuyez sur Echap pour modifier la légende au bas de l'écran et afficher les touches Echap pour la navigation et les autres fonctions."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:65
+msgid "Welcome and Navigation Instructions"
+msgstr "Bienvenue et instructions de navigation"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:82
+msgid "network"
+msgstr "réseau"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:84
+msgid "system hostname"
+msgstr "nom d'hôte du système"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:86
+msgid "time zone"
+msgstr "fuseau horaire"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:88
+msgid "date and time"
+msgstr "date et heure"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:90
+msgid "user and root accounts"
+msgstr "comptes utilisateur et root"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:92
+msgid "name services"
+msgstr "services de noms"
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/terminalui.pot	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\nReport-Msgid-Bugs-To: \nPOT-Creation-Date: 2011-07-29 16:17+0900\nPO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\nLast-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\nLanguage-Team: LANGUAGE <[email protected]>\nMIME-Version: 1.0\nContent-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\nContent-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../edit_field.py:341
+#, python-format
+msgid "Max supported field length: %s"
+msgstr "Longueur de champ max. prise en charge : %s"
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/textinstall.pot	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,670 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2009, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\nReport-Msgid-Bugs-To: \nPOT-Creation-Date: 2011-07-29 11:16+0900\nPO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\nLast-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\nLanguage-Team: LANGUAGE <[email protected]>\nMIME-Version: 1.0\nContent-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\nContent-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:53
+msgid "Oracle Solaris"
+msgstr "Oracle Solaris"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:126
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Exiting Text Installer. Log is available at:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr "Sortie du programme d'installation en mode texte. Voir le journal dans :\n%s"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:300
+msgid ""
+"DONT_TRANSLATE_BUT_REPLACE_msgstr_WITH_True_OR_False: Should wrap text on "
+"whitespace in this language"
+msgstr "True "
+
+#: ../__init__.py:303
+msgid "Confirm: Quit the Installer?"
+msgstr "Confirmation : quitter l'installation ?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:304
+msgid "Do you want to quit the Installer?"
+msgstr "Souhaitez-vous quitter le programme d'installation ?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:305 ../disk_selection.py:106
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr "Annuler"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:306 ../__init__.py:376
+msgid "Quit"
+msgstr "Quitter"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:313
+#, python-format
+msgid "The %(release)s Text Installer must be run with root privileges"
+msgstr "L'exécution du programme d'installation %(release)s requiert des privilèges root"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:318
+#, python-format
+msgid "Set log location to FILE (default: %default)"
+msgstr "Définir l'emplacement du journal sur FILE (défaut : %default)"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:322
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Set log verbosity to LEVEL. In order of increasing verbosity, valid values "
+"are 'error' 'warn' 'info' 'debug' or 'input'\n"
+"[default: %default]"
+msgstr "Définir le niveau de détail du journal sur LEVEL. Par ordre croissant de détail, des valeurs correctes sont 'erreur' 'avert' 'info' 'débog'\n ou 'saisie' [défaut : %default]"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:329
+msgid ""
+"Enable debug mode. Sets logging level to 'input' and enables CTRL-C for "
+"killing the program\n"
+msgstr "Activer le mode de débogage. Définit le niveau du journal sur 'saisie'  et active CTRL-C pour la sortie du programme\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:333
+msgid ""
+"Force the installer to run in black and white. This may be useful on some "
+"SPARC machines with unsupported frame buffers\n"
+msgstr "Forcer le programme à s'exécuter en noir et blanc. Peut être utile sur certaines machines SPARC avec mémoires graphiques non prises en charge\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:338
+msgid ""
+"Runs in 'no installation' mode. When run in 'no installation' mode, no "
+"persistent changes are made to the disks and booted environment\n"
+msgstr "S'exécute en mode 'pas d'installation'. Dans ce mode, aucune modification permanente n'est apportée aux disques et à l'environnement démarré\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:365
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"     Terminal too small. Min size is 80x24. Current size is %(x)ix%(y)i."
+msgstr "     Terminal trop petit. Taille min. : 80x24. Taille actuelle : %(x)ix%(y)i."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:371 ../disk_selection.py:107
+msgid "Continue"
+msgstr "Suiv."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:373
+msgid "Back"
+msgstr "Préc."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:375
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr "Aide"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:380
+msgid "Help Topics"
+msgstr "Rubriques d'aide"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:381
+msgid "Help Index"
+msgstr "Index de l'aide"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:382
+msgid "Select a topic and press Continue."
+msgstr "Sélectionnez une rubrique et appuyez sur Suiv."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:417
+msgid "An unhandled exception occurred."
+msgstr "Une exception non prise en charge s'est produite."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:422
+msgid "Full traceback data is in the installation log"
+msgstr "Historique de trace complet dans le journal d'installation"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:423
+msgid "Please file a bug at http://defect.opensolaris.org"
+msgstr "Signalez ce bogue sur le site http://defect.opensolaris.org"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:68 ../disk_selection.py:109
+msgid "Disks"
+msgstr "Disques"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:69
+#, python-format
+msgid "Where should %(release)s be installed?"
+msgstr "Où souhaitez-vous installer %(release)s ?"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:70
+#, python-format
+msgid "Recommended size:  %(recommend).1fGB      Minimum size: %(min).1fGB"
+msgstr "Taille recommandée : %(recommend).1fGo      Taille minimale : %(min).1fGo"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:72
+msgid "Seeking disks on system"
+msgstr "Recherche de disques sur le système"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:73 ../fdisk_partitions.py:66
+msgid "The following partitions were found on the disk."
+msgstr "Les partitions suivantes ont été trouvées sur le disque."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:74 ../fdisk_partitions.py:69
+msgid "The following slices were found on the disk."
+msgstr "Les tranches suivantes ont été trouvées sur le disque."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:75 ../fdisk_partitions.py:67
+msgid "A partition table was not found. The following is proposed."
+msgstr "Aucune table de partition n'a été trouvée. La suivante est proposée."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:77 ../fdisk_partitions.py:70
+msgid "A VTOC label was not found. The following is proposed."
+msgstr "Aucune étiquette VTOC n'a été trouvée. La suivante est proposée."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:79
+msgid "A GPT labeled disk was found. The following is proposed."
+msgstr "Un disque étiqueté GPT a été trouvé. Le suivant est proposé."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:81
+msgid "Too small"
+msgstr "Trop petit"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:82
+#, python-format
+msgid "Limited to %.1f TB"
+msgstr "Limité à %.1f To"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:83
+msgid "GPT labeled disk"
+msgstr "Disque étiqueté GPT"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:84
+msgid "No disks found. Additional device drivers may be needed."
+msgstr "Aucun disque n' a été trouvé. Vérifiez les pilotes de périphériques."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:86
+#, python-format
+msgid "%(release)s cannot be installed on any disk"
+msgstr "%(release)s ne peut être installé sur aucun disque"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:87
+msgid ""
+"An error occurred while searching for installation targets. Please check the "
+"install log and file a bug at defect.opensolaris.org."
+msgstr "Une erreur est survenue lors de la recherche de cibles d'installation. Lisez le journal d'installation et signalez un bogue sur defect.opensolaris.org."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:91
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "Type"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:92 ../disk_window.py:64 ../disk_window.py:67
+#: ../disk_window.py:72 ../disk_window.py:76
+msgid "Size(GB)"
+msgstr "Taille(Go)"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:93 ../fdisk_partitions.py:55
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:89
+msgid "Boot"
+msgstr "Initialis."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:94
+msgid "Device"
+msgstr "Périph."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:95
+msgid "Manufacturer"
+msgstr "Fabricant"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:96
+msgid "Notes"
+msgstr "Notes"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:99
+msgid "Warning"
+msgstr "Avertissement"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:100
+#, python-format
+msgid "Only the first %.1fTB can be used."
+msgstr "Seuls les premiers %.1fTo peuvent être utilisés."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:101
+msgid ""
+"You have chosen a GPT labeled disk. Installing onto a GPT labeled disk will "
+"cause the loss of all existing data and the disk will be relabeled as SMI."
+msgstr "Vous avez choisi un disque étiqueté GPT. L'installation sur un tel disque entraînera la perte des données existantes et le disque sera réétiqueté SMI."
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:63 ../disk_window.py:66
+msgid "Primary"
+msgstr "Principale"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:63 ../disk_window.py:66
+msgid "Logical"
+msgstr "Logique"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:68 ../disk_window.py:77
+msgid " Avail"
+msgstr " Dispo"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:70 ../disk_window.py:74
+msgid "Slice"
+msgstr "Tranche"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:341
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d more partitions"
+msgstr "%d partitions de plus"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:343
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d more slices"
+msgstr "%d tranches de plus"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:775 ../disk_window.py:785
+msgid "Only the digits 0-9 and \".\" are valid."
+msgstr "Seuls les chiffres 0-9 et \".\" sont autorisés."
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:778
+msgid "A number can only have one \".\""
+msgstr "Un seul \".\" par nombre est autorisé"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:787
+msgid "Size can be specified to only one decimal place."
+msgstr "La taille spécifiée peut comporter une seule décimale."
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:803
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"The new size (%(size).1f) is greater than the available space (%(avail).1f)"
+msgstr "La nouvelle taille (%(size).1f) est supérieure à l'espace disponible (%(avail).1f)"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:56
+#, python-format
+msgid "Fdisk Partitions: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+msgstr "Partitions Fdisk : %(size).1fGo %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:57 ../fdisk_partitions.py:84
+msgid "Solaris Partition Slices"
+msgstr "Tranches de partitions Solaris"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:58
+#, python-format
+msgid "Solaris Slices: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+msgstr "Tranches Solaris : %(size).1fGo %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:59
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"%(release)s can be installed on the whole disk or a partition on the disk."
+msgstr "%(release)s peut être installé sur le disque entier ou une partition du disque."
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:61
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"%(release)s can be installed in the whole fdisk partition or within a slice "
+"in the partition"
+msgstr "%(release)s peut être installé sur la partition fdisk entière ou une tranche de la partition"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:64
+#, python-format
+msgid "%(release)s can be installed on the whole disk or a slice on the disk."
+msgstr "%(release)s peut être installé sur le disque entier ou une tranche du disque."
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:72
+msgid "Use the whole disk"
+msgstr "Utiliser le disque entier"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:73
+msgid "Use the whole partition"
+msgstr "Utiliser la partition entière"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:74
+msgid "Use a slice in the partition"
+msgstr "Utiliser une tranche de la partition"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:75
+msgid "Use a partition of the disk"
+msgstr "Utiliser une partition du disque"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:76
+msgid "Use a slice on the disk"
+msgstr "Utiliser une tranche du disque"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:79
+msgid "Solaris Slices"
+msgstr "Tranches Solaris"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:82
+msgid "Fdisk Partitions"
+msgstr "Partitions Fdisk"
+
+#: ../install_progress.py:46
+#, python-format
+msgid "Installing %(release)s"
+msgstr "Installation de %(release)s"
+
+#: ../install_progress.py:49
+msgid ""
+"Do you want to quit the Installer?\n"
+"\n"
+"Any changes made to the disk by the Installer will be left \"as is.\""
+msgstr "Souhaitez vous quitter le programme d'installation ?\n\nLes modifications apportées au disque seront conservées \"en l'état.\""
+
+#: ../install_status.py:48
+msgid "Installation Complete"
+msgstr "Installation terminée"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:49
+msgid "Installation Failed"
+msgstr "Echec de l'installation"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:51
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"The installation of %(release)s has completed successfully.\n"
+"\n"
+"Reboot to start the newly installed software or Quit if you wish to perform "
+"additional tasks before rebooting.\n"
+"\n"
+"The installation log is available at %(log_tmp)s. After reboot it can be "
+"found at %(log_final)s."
+msgstr "%(release)s a été correctement installé.\n\nRedémarrez pour exécuter le logiciel que vous venez d'installer ou quittez pour effectuer d'autres tâches avant de redémarrer.\n\nLe journal d'installation est disponible sous %(log_tmp)s. Après le redémarrage, il sera accessible sous %(log_final)s."
+
+#: ../install_status.py:60
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"The installation did not complete normally.\n"
+"\n"
+"For more information you can review the installation log.\n"
+"The installation log is available at %(log_tmp)s"
+msgstr "Une erreur s'est produite pendant l'installation.\n\nPour plus d'informations, consultez le journal d'installation.\nLe journal d'installation est disponible sous %(log_tmp)s"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:80
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "Redémarrer"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:83
+msgid "View Log"
+msgstr "Afficher le journal"
+
+#: ../log_viewer.py:41
+msgid "Installation Log"
+msgstr "Journal d'installation"
+
+#: ../log_viewer.py:76
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Could not read log file:\n"
+"\t%s"
+msgstr "Impossible de lire le fichier journal :\n\t%s"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:59
+msgid ""
+"Oracle Solaris will be installed into the Solaris partition. A partition's "
+"type can be changed using the F5 key.\n"
+"\n"
+"A partition's size can be increased up to its Avail space. Avail space can "
+"be increased by deleting an adjacent partition. Delete a partition by "
+"changing it to \"Unused\" using the F5 key.\n"
+"\n"
+"The four primary partition slots are listed on the left. If one is an "
+"\"Extended\" partition its logical partitions are listed on the right."
+msgstr "Oracle Solaris sera installé sur la partition Solaris. Vous pouvez modifier le type d'une partition en appuyant sur la touche F5.\n\nLa taille d'une partition peut être augmentée jusqu'à sa taille d'espace dispo. Pour augmenter l'espace dispo, supprimez une partition voisine. Pour supprimer une partition, définissez-la sur \"Inutilisée\" avec la touche F5.\nLes quatre partitions principales sont listées sur la gauche. Si l'une d'entre elles est \"Etendue\", ses partitions logiques sont listées sur la droite."
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:71
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"%(release)s will be installed in the \"%(pool)s\" slice. Use the F5 key to "
+"change a slice to \"%(pool)s.\"\n"
+"\n"
+"A slice's size can be increased up to its Avail size. Avail can be increased "
+"by deleting an adjacent slice. Use the F5 key to delete a slice by changing "
+"it to \"Unused.\"\n"
+"\n"
+"Slices are listed in disk layout order."
+msgstr "%(release)s sera installé dans la tranche \"%(pool)s\". Utilisez la touche F5 pour faire passer une tranche à \"%(pool)s.\"\n\nLa taille d'une tranche peut être augmentée jusqu'à sa taille d'espace dispo. Pour augmenter l'espace dispo, supprimez une tranche voisine. Pour supprimer une tranche, définissez-la sur \"Inutilisée\" avec la touche F5.\n\nLes tranches sont listées dans l'ordre de leur configuration sur le disque."
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:80
+#, python-format
+msgid "Select Partition: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+msgstr "Sélection de partition : %(size).1fGo %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:82
+msgid "Select Slice in Fdisk Partition"
+msgstr "Sélection de tranche dans partition Fdisk"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:83
+#, python-format
+msgid "Select Slice: %(size).1fGB %(type)s%(bootable)s"
+msgstr "Sélection de tranche : %(size).1fGo %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:85
+msgid "indicates the slice's current content will be destroyed"
+msgstr "indique que le contenu actuel de la tranche sera détruit"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:87
+msgid "indicates the partition's current content will be destroyed"
+msgstr "indique que le contenu actuel de la partition sera détruit"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:93 ../partition_edit_screen.py:99
+msgid "Select Slice"
+msgstr "Sélection de tranche"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:96
+msgid "Select Partition"
+msgstr "Sélection de tranche"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:141
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr "Réinit"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:142
+msgid "Change Type"
+msgstr "Mod. type"
+
+#: ../summary.py:61 ../summary.py:66
+msgid "Installation Summary"
+msgstr "Récapitulatif de l'installation"
+
+#: ../summary.py:62
+msgid ""
+"Review the settings below before installing. Go back (F3) to make changes."
+msgstr "Vérifiez les paramètres suivants avant d'installer. Préc. (F3) pour modifier."
+
+#: ../summary.py:72
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "Install"
+
+#: ../summary.py:111
+#, python-format
+msgid "Software: %s"
+msgstr "Logiciel : %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:117
+msgid "Language: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "Langue : *Ce paramètre peut être modifié lors de la connexion."
+
+#: ../summary.py:121
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default language: %s"
+msgstr "  Langue par défaut : %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:124
+msgid "Keyboard layout: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "Disposition du clavier : *Ce paramètre peut être modifié lors de la connexion."
+
+#: ../summary.py:126
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default keyboard layout: %s"
+msgstr "  Disposition du clavier par défaut : %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:129
+#, python-format
+msgid "Terminal type: %s"
+msgstr "Type de terminal : %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:132
+msgid "Users:"
+msgstr "Utilisateurs :"
+
+#: ../summary.py:135
+msgid "Network:"
+msgstr "Réseau :"
+
+#: ../summary.py:147
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Computer name: %s"
+msgstr "  Nom de l'ordinateur : %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:152
+msgid "  Network Configuration: Automatic"
+msgstr "  Configuration réseau : automatique"
+
+#: ../summary.py:154
+msgid "  Network Configuration: None"
+msgstr "  Configuration réseau : aucune"
+
+#: ../summary.py:156
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Manual Configuration: %s"
+msgstr "  Configuration manuelle : %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:158
+#, python-format
+msgid "    IP Address: %s"
+msgstr "    Adresse IP : %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:159
+#, python-format
+msgid "    Netmask: %s"
+msgstr "    Masque réseau : %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:161
+#, python-format
+msgid "    Router: %s"
+msgstr "    Routeur : %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:172
+#, python-format
+msgid "Domain: %s"
+msgstr "    Domaine : %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:175 ../summary.py:185 ../summary.py:198
+#, python-format
+msgid "Name service: %s"
+msgstr "Service de nom : %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:179
+msgid "DNS servers: "
+msgstr "Serveurs DNS : "
+
+#: ../summary.py:181
+msgid "DNS Domain search list: "
+msgstr "Liste de recherche du domaine DNS :"
+
+#: ../summary.py:187
+msgid "LDAP profile: "
+msgstr "Profil LDAP : "
+
+#: ../summary.py:188
+msgid "LDAP server's IP: "
+msgstr "IP du serveur LDAP : "
+
+#: ../summary.py:189
+msgid "LDAP search base: "
+msgstr "Base de recherche LDAP : "
+
+#: ../summary.py:193
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind distinguished name: "
+msgstr "Nom distinctif de la liaison de proxy LDAP : "
+
+#: ../summary.py:195
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind password: [concealed]"
+msgstr "Mot de passe de la liaison proxy LDAP : [caché]"
+
+#: ../summary.py:201
+msgid "NIS server: broadcast"
+msgstr "Serveur NIS : diffusion"
+
+#: ../summary.py:203
+msgid "NIS server's IP: "
+msgstr "IP du serveur NIS : "
+
+#: ../summary.py:214
+msgid "  Warning: No root password set"
+msgstr "  Avertissement : aucun mot de passe root défini"
+
+#: ../summary.py:216
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Username: %s"
+msgstr "  Nom d'utilisateur : %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:218
+msgid "  No user account"
+msgstr "  Pas de compte utilisateur"
+
+#: ../summary.py:228
+#, python-format
+msgid "Disk: %(disk-size).1fGB %(disk-type)s"
+msgstr "Disque : %(disk-size).1fGo %(disk-type)s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:238
+#, python-format
+msgid "Partition: %(part-size).1fGB %(part-type)s"
+msgstr "Partition : %(part-size).1fGo %(part-type)s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:246
+#, python-format
+msgid "Slice %(slice-num)s: %(slice-size).1fGB %(pool)s"
+msgstr "Tranche %(slice-num)s : %(slice-size).1fGo %(pool)s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:257
+#, python-format
+msgid "Time Zone: %s"
+msgstr "Fuseau horaire : %s"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:40
+#, python-format
+msgid "Welcome to %(release)s"
+msgstr "Bienvenue dans %(release)s"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:41
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Thanks for choosing to install %(release)s! This installer enables you to "
+"install the %(release)s Operating System (OS) on SPARC or x86 systems.\n"
+"\n"
+"The installation log will be at %(log)s.\n"
+"\n"
+"How to navigate through this installer:"
+msgstr "Merci d'avoir opté pour %(release)s ! Ce programme permet d'installer le système d'exploitation (SE) %(release)s sur des systèmes SPARC ou x86.\n\nLe journal d'installation sera disponible sous %(log)s.\n\nPour vous déplacer dans ce programme d'installation :"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:46
+msgid ""
+"Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to move from "
+"screen to screen and to perform other operations."
+msgstr "Utilisez les touches de fonctions affichées au bas de chaque écran pour passer d'un écran à l'autre et pour effectuer d'autres opérations."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:49
+msgid ""
+"Use the up/down arrow keys to change the selection or to move between input "
+"fields."
+msgstr "Utilisez les touches de direction haut/bas pour modifier la sélection ou pour passer d'un champ de saisie à l'autre."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:51
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard does not have function keys, or they do not respond, press "
+"ESC; the legend at the bottom of the screen will change to show the ESC keys "
+"for navigation and other functions."
+msgstr "Si votre clavier ne comporte pas de touches de fonctions ou qu'elles ne fonctionnent pas, appuyez sur Echap pour modifier la légende au bas de l'écran et afficher les touches Echap pour la navigation et les autres fonctions."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:57
+msgid "Welcome and Navigation Instructions"
+msgstr "Bienvenue et instructions de navigation"
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/date_time.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+DATE ET HEURE
+
+Cet écran vous permet de définir ou de réinitialiser l'horloge interne de l'ordinateur. 
+
+Si possible, les paramètres initiaux de l'écran seront les mêmes que ceux de l'horloge interne actuelle de l'ordinateur.
+
+PROCÉDURE
+
+Pour quitter l'écran d'aide, appuyez sur F3. Ensuite, dans l'écran du programme d'installation, vous pouvez accepter les paramètres initiaux en appuyant sur F2. Vous pouvez également utiliser les touches fléchées pour vous déplacer sur chaque champ modifiable et saisir de nouveaux paramètres. Appuyez ensuite sur F2 pour continuer avec les nouveaux paramètres.  
+
+Remarque : si vous saisissez une entrée non valide, un message d'erreur s'affiche sur l'écran.
+
+Si vous passez à un mois qui comporte moins de jours que le paramètre de jour actuel, ce paramètre est automatiquement modifié et devient le dernier jour du nouveau mois.  
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Utilisez les touches de fonction répertoriées au bas de chaque écran pour naviguer entre les écrans. Utilisez les touches fléchées pour vous déplacer dans le texte de chaque écran.
+
+Remarque : si votre clavier ne possède pas de touches de fonction, ou si les touches ne répondent pas, appuyez sur ECHAP pour afficher les touches ECHAP alternatives pour la navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_search.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+LISTE DE RECHERCHE DNS
+
+Indique les domaines DNS supplémentaires. Ces domaines seront utilisés par le système lors de la recherche d'adresses à partir d'un serveur DNS. 
+
+DIRECTIVES
+
+Les domaines de recherche sont facultatifs.  Si aucun domaine n'est spécifié, le domaine de recherche par défaut, composé du domaine pour ce système, sera utilisé. 
+
+Un maximum de six domaines de recherche peut être spécifié. 
+
+PROCÉDURE
+
+Entrez les noms de domaine à partir du champ supérieur.
+
+Si une liste de recherche DNS est actuellement utilisée par le système, les domaines seront saisis dans les champs en tant que valeurs par défaut. Ces valeurs par défaut peuvent être modifiées. 
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Utilisez les touches de fonction répertoriées au bas de chaque écran pour naviguer entre les écrans. Utilisez les touches fléchées pour naviguer entre les champs. 
+     
+Remarque : si le clavier ne dispose pas de touches de fonction, ou si les touches ne répondent pas, appuyez sur Échap pour voir les touches alternatives pour la navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_server.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+ADRESSES DE SERVEUR DNS
+
+Indique les adresses IP des serveurs DNS qui seront utilisés par le système. 
+
+DIRECTIVES
+
+Un maximum de trois serveurs de noms peut être spécifié.  Ces serveurs de noms seront utilisés par DNS pour résoudre les noms d'autres systèmes. 
+
+Pour déterminer les adresses des serveurs DNS, vérifiez auprès de votre administrateur système.
+
+PROCÉDURE
+
+Entrez les adresses IP au format numérique (198.0.0.1, par exemple).
+
+Si les serveurs DNS sont actuellement utilisés par le système, leurs adresses IP seront saisies dans les champs en tant que valeurs par défaut. Ces valeurs par défaut peuvent être modifiées. 
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Utilisez les touches de fonction répertoriées au bas de chaque écran pour naviguer entre les écrans. Utilisez les touches fléchées pour naviguer entre les champs. 
+     
+Remarque : si le clavier ne dispose pas de touches de fonction, ou si les touches ne répondent pas, appuyez sur Échap pour voir les touches alternatives pour la navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/domain.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+NOM DE DOMAINE
+
+Identifie le système comme une partie d'un domaine de service de noms.
+
+DIRECTIVES
+
+Pour déterminer le nom de domaine, demandez à l'administrateur système  ou utilisez la commande domainname(1M) sur un système déjà en place. 
+
+En règle générale, le nom de domaine est une série de deux à quatre noms courts séparés par des points. 
+
+PROCÉDURE
+
+Entrez le nom de domaine dans le champ d'édition. 
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Utilisez les touches de fonction répertoriées au bas de chaque écran pour naviguer entre les écrans. Utilisez les touches fléchées pour naviguer entre les champs. 
+     
+Remarque : si le clavier ne dispose pas de touches de fonction, ou si les touches ne répondent pas, appuyez sur Échap pour voir les touches alternatives pour la navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_profile.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+PROFIL LDAP
+
+Indique le profil qui sera utilisé pour configurer le service de noms LDAP sur le système. Indique également l'adresse du serveur à partir de laquelle le profil doit être extrait. L'écran PROFIL LDAP indique également la base de recherche LDAP. 
+
+DIRECTIVES
+
+Le profil LDIF spécifié, créé avec la commande ldap_gen_profile, fournira le format par défaut avec tous les paramètres appropriés pour communiquer avec l'ensemble de serveurs. Le profil s'assurera également que ldap_cachemgr(1M) peut mettre automatiquement à jour le fichier de configuration. 
+
+La base de recherche LDAP est requise. Une valeur par défaut, basée sur le nom de domaine entré précédemment, sera fournie automatiquement. 
+
+Si le protocole LDAP doit être configuré sur ce système sans l'utilisation d'un profil, sélectionnez "Aucun" pour le type de service de noms. Lorsque l'installation est terminée, configurez manuellement le service de noms. 
+
+PROCÉDURE -
+
+- Entrez le nom de profil dans le champ supérieur.
+- Entrez l'adresse IP numérique du serveur de profil.
+- Entrez la base de recherche. 
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Utilisez les touches de fonction répertoriées au bas de chaque écran pour naviguer entre les écrans. Utilisez les touches fléchées pour naviguer entre les champs. 
+     
+Remarque : si le clavier ne dispose pas de touches de fonction, ou si les touches ne répondent pas, appuyez sur Échap pour voir les touches alternatives pour la navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_proxy.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+PROXY LDAP
+
+Indiquez si les informations de liaison du proxy LDAP seront fournies, et si c'est le cas, indiquez le nom distinctif de liaison du proxy et le mot de passe de liaison du proxy. 
+
+DIRECTIVES
+
+Si le profil que vous utilisez spécifie un niveau d'identification du proxy et si la méthode d'authentification n'est PAS "aucune", vous devrez fournir les informations de liaison du proxy. 
+
+Si vous choisissez de ne pas fournir les informations de liaison du proxy et si ces informations sont nécessaires, une erreur sera générée et LDAP ne sera pas initialisé. L'administrateur réseau peut fournir les informations de liaison du proxy LDAP. 
+
+PROCÉDURE
+
+Entrez le nom distinctif de liaison du proxy.  Entrez le mot de passe de liaison du proxy. 
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Utilisez les touches de fonction répertoriées au bas de chaque écran pour naviguer entre les écrans. Utilisez les touches fléchées pour naviguer entre les champs. 
+     
+Remarque : si le clavier ne dispose pas de touches de fonction, ou si les touches ne répondent pas, appuyez sur Échap pour voir les touches alternatives pour la navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/name_service.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+SÉLECTION DU SERVICE DE NOMS
+
+Indique la relation du système au service de noms. 
+
+DIRECTIVES
+
+L'administrateur système doit connaître les services de noms devant être utilisés par ce système. 
+
+PROCÉDURE
+
+Pour sélectionner DNS en tant que service de noms, naviguez jusqu'à l'écran Service de noms DNS et utilisez les touches fléchées pour sélectionner Configurer DNS. 
+
+Pour sélectionner les services de noms LDAP ou NIS, naviguez jusqu'à l'écran Service de noms alternatif et utilisez les touches fléchées pour mettre en surbrillance la sélection correspondante. 
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Utilisez les touches de fonction répertoriées au bas de chaque écran pour naviguer entre les écrans. Utilisez les touches fléchées pour naviguer entre les champs. 
+     
+Remarque : si le clavier ne dispose pas de touches de fonction, ou si les touches ne répondent pas, appuyez sur Échap pour voir les touches alternatives pour la navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+RÉSEAU
+
+Cet écran vous invite à entrer un nom d'ordinateur hôte et de spécifier comment la connexion réseau doit être configurée.
+
+PROCÉDURE
+
+Pour quitter l'écran d'aide, appuyez sur F3. Ensuite, dans l'écran du programme d'installation, entrez les informations réseau comme suit :
+
+* NOM D'ORDINATEUR : cet écran inclut un champ modifiable pour le nom de l'ordinateur. Le champ modifiable est mis en surbrillance. Avec le champ de nom d'hôte de la machine sélectionné, tapez un nom pour cet ordinateur permettant de l'identifier sur le réseau. Notez les restrictions suivantes :
+
+     * Le nom d'hôte doit être d'au moins 2 caractères.
+* Le nom d'hôte peut contenir des lettres, des chiffres et le signe moins (-).
+
+* CONNEXION RÉSEAU : utilisez les touches fléchées pour sélectionner une connexion réseau parmi les options suivantes :
+
+     Automatiquement : utilise DHCP pour configurer la connexion.
+     Manuellement      : si vous sélectionnez cette option, vous devez sélectionner et configurer une interface réseau câblée sur les écrans suivants.
+Aucune          : ne configure pas le réseau au cours de l'installation. 
+ 
+Appuyez sur F2 pour passer à l'écran suivant. 
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Utilisez les touches de fonction répertoriées au bas de chaque écran pour naviguer entre les écrans. Utilisez les touches fléchées pour vous déplacer dans le texte de chaque écran.
+
+Remarque : si votre clavier ne possède pas de touches de fonction, ou si les touches ne répondent pas, appuyez sur ECHAP pour afficher les touches ECHAP alternatives pour la navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network_manual.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+CONFIGURATION RÉSEAU MANUELLE
+
+Le ou les écrans de réseau manuel vous permettent de définir manuellement les paramètres réseau de l'ordinateur. Tout d'abord, s'il y a plus d'une interface, sélectionnez une connexion à configurer. Ensuite, saisissez les paramètres de connexion. 
+
+Remarque : une seule connexion peut être configurée au cours de l'installation.
+
+DIRECTIVES
+
+Ces écrans incluent des champs modifiables qui s'affichent en surbrillance lorsqu'ils sont sélectionnés. Utilisez les touches fléchées pour sélectionner chaque champ. Lorsqu'un champ est sélectionné, vous pouvez y entrer vos paramètres.
+
+PROCÉDURE
+
+Pour quitter l'écran d'aide, appuyez sur F3. Ensuite, complétez les informations de configuration manuelle comme suit :
+
+1. S'il y a plus d'une interface, dans le premier écran, utilisez les touches fléchées pour sélectionner la connexion que vous souhaitez configurer. Ensuite, appuyez sur F2 pour passer à l'écran suivant.
+
+2. Utilisez les touches fléchées pour vous déplacer dans chaque champ de configuration pour la connexion que vous souhaitez configurer.
+
+Remarque : pour les champs dans lesquels les informations de configuration ont été automatiquement détectées par le programme d'installation, les informations de configuration s'affichent.  
+
+3. Pour chaque champ de configuration, vous pouvez saisir des paramètres de connexion ou accepter les valeurs par défaut. Suivez les restrictions pour chaque champ comme indiqué à l'écran. Saisissez les paramètres ou acceptez les valeurs par défaut pour les champs suivants :
+	* Adresse IP - champ obligatoire
+	* Masque de réseau - champ obligatoire
+	* Routeur - champ facultatif
+	* DNS - champ facultatif
+	* Domaine - champ facultatif
+
+Ensuite, appuyez sur F2 pour passer à l'écran suivant avec les paramètres réseau que vous avez spécifiés. 
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Utilisez les touches de fonction répertoriées en bas de chaque écran pour naviguer entre les écrans. Utilisez les touches fléchées pour vous déplacer dans le texte de chaque écran.
+
+Remarque : si votre clavier ne possède pas de touches de fonction, ou si les touches ne répondent pas, appuyez sur ECHAP pour afficher les touches ECHAP alternatives pour la navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/nis.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+SERVICE DE NOMS NIS
+
+Indique comment trouver le serveur de noms NIS du système.
+
+DIRECTIVES
+
+Si vous choisissez "Rechercher", le logiciel tente de trouver un serveur de noms. Le serveur de noms doit résider sur le sous-réseau local. 
+
+Si vous choisissez l'option "Indiquer", un sous-écran s'affiche.  Entrez l'adresse IP du serveur de noms dans le sous-écran.
+
+PROCÉDURE
+
+Mettez en surbrillance la sélection de votre choix à l'aide des touches fléchées. 
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Utilisez les touches de fonction répertoriées au bas de chaque écran pour naviguer entre les écrans. Utilisez les touches fléchées pour naviguer entre les champs. 
+     
+Remarque : si le clavier ne dispose pas de touches de fonction, ou si les touches ne répondent pas, appuyez sur Échap pour voir les touches alternatives pour la navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+RÉCAPITULATIF DE LA CONFIGURATION SYSTÈME
+
+Cet écran vous permet de vérifier et de confirmer les paramètres de configuration.
+
+PROCÉDURE
+
+Pour quitter l'écran d'aide, appuyez sur F3. Ensuite, dans l'écran Récapitulatif (Summary), passez en revue vos paramètres de configuration.
+
+FACULTATIF : si vous souhaitez modifier les sélections, appuyez sur la touche F3 autant que nécessaire pour revenir à l'écran que vous souhaitez modifier. Apportez vos modifications dans les écrans précédents, puis revenez au récapitulatif.
+
+Appuyez sur F2 pour appliquer la configuration au système. 
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Utilisez les touches de fonction répertoriées au bas de chaque écran pour naviguer entre les écrans. Utilisez les touches fléchées pour vous déplacer dans le texte de chaque écran.
+
+Remarque : si votre clavier ne possède pas de touches de fonction, ou si les touches ne répondent pas, appuyez sur ECHAP pour afficher les touches ECHAP alternatives pour la navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/timezone.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+FUSEAU HORAIRE
+
+Cette série d'écrans vous permet de saisir le fuseau horaire correct pour le système à installer. Sélectionnez le fuseau horaire ou la région où l'ordinateur est généralement utilisé. Le programme d'installation va utiliser le fuseau horaire de l'ordinateur en interne comme paramètres par défaut, dans la mesure du possible. 
+
+Le programme d'installation affiche trois écrans dans cette série : un écran pour la région, un pour l'emplacement et un pour le fuseau horaire.  
+
+Dans le premier écran, vous choisissez une région générale, par exemple l'Europe. Dans l'écran suivant, le programme d'installation affiche des emplacements comme la France ou l'Espagne, au sein de la région que vous avez sélectionnée. Le troisième écran affiche les fuseaux horaires dans l'emplacement sélectionné. 
+
+Note : si vous sélectionnez "UTC/GMT" sur l'écran de la région, les écrans d'emplacement et de fuseau horaire sont ignorés.
+
+PROCÉDURE
+
+Pour quitter l'écran d'aide, appuyez sur F3. Ensuite, dans chaque écran du programme d'installation, vous pouvez appuyer sur F2 pour accepter la sélection par défaut. Vous pouvez également utiliser les touches fléchées pour effectuer une sélection différente, puis appuyez sur F2 pour passer à l'écran suivant.
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Utilisez les touches de fonction répertoriées au bas de chaque écran pour naviguer entre les écrans. Utilisez les touches fléchées pour vous déplacer dans le texte de chaque écran.
+
+Remarque : si votre clavier ne possède pas de touches de fonction, ou si les touches ne répondent pas, appuyez sur ECHAP pour afficher les touches ECHAP alternatives pour la navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/users.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+UTILISATEURS
+
+Dans cet écran, vous pouvez saisir un mot de passe root et définir un compte d'utilisateur pour le système installé. 
+
+RECOMMANDATIONS
+
+     * Le mot de passe root et le compte utilisateur sont facultatifs. Toutefois, il est recommandé de renseigner tous les champs.
+
+     * Un compte utilisateur requiert uniquement un nom d'utilisateur pour que le compte soit valide.   
+    
+     * Le champ nom d'utilisateur a les restrictions suivantes :
+
+          * Le nom d'utilisateur ne peut pas être un utilisateur root.
+* * Le nom d'utilisateur doit commencer par une lettre.
+          * Le nom d'utilisateur doit contenir les caractères du jeu [a-zA-Z0-9_.-].
+
+     * Si vous saisissez une entrée non valide, un message d'erreur s'affiche pour ce champ.
+
+PROCÉDURE
+
+Pour quitter l'écran d'aide, appuyez sur F3. Ensuite, dans l'écran Utilisateurs, utilisez les touches fléchées pour vous déplacer sur chaque champ modifiable. Entrez vos informations dans chaque champ. Appuyez sur F2 pour passer à l'écran suivant. 
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Utilisez les touches de fonction répertoriées au bas de chaque écran pour naviguer entre les écrans. Utilisez les touches fléchées pour vous déplacer dans le texte de chaque écran.
+
+Remarque : si votre clavier ne possède pas de touches de fonction, ou si les touches ne répondent pas, appuyez sur ECHAP pour afficher les touches ECHAP alternatives pour la navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+BIENVENUE
+
+Cet outil système vous permet de configurer le SE Oracle Solaris sur des systèmes SPARC ou x86.
+
+PROCÉDURE
+
+Pour quitter l'écran d'aide, appuyez sur F3. Ensuite, dans l'écran de bienvenue, appuyez sur la touche F2 pour passer à l'écran suivant.
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Vous ne pouvez pas utiliser la souris pour naviguer dans les écrans d'installation. Utilisez les touches de fonction pour la navigation. Les touches de fonction pour chaque écran sont répertoriée en bas de l'écran. Par exemple :
+
+F2_Continue : appuyez sur la touche F2 pour passer à l'écran suivant. Lorsque vous appuyez sur la touche F2, l'outil traite toutes les sélections ou saisies que vous avez effectuées dans cet écran.
+F3_Back : appuyez sur la touche F3 pour revenir à l'écran précédent.
+F6_Help : appuyez sur la touche F6 pour afficher le contenu de l'aide de cet écran.
+F9_Quit : appuyez sur la touche F9 pour quitter l'outil sans configurer le système.
+
+Dans chaque écran, utilisez les touches fléchées pour effectuer l'une des actions suivantes :
+* Déplacement dans le texte à l'écran.
+* Modification de la mise en évidence des sélections.
+* Déplacement dans les champs où vous devez entrer des informations. 
+
+Remarque : si votre clavier ne possède pas de touches de fonction, ou si vos touches de fonction ne répondent pas, appuyez sur ECHAP. La légende en bas de l'écran change pour afficher les touches ECHAP pour la navigation et autres fonctions. 
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/disks.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+DISQUES
+
+Cet écran affiche les disques internes et les périphériques de stockage externes qui peuvent être utilisés comme cibles d'installation. Pour être reconnus par le programme d'installation, les périphériques doivent être connectés lorsque le programme d'installation démarre. 
+
+Remarque : il n'est pas nécessaire de définir une configuration en miroir au cours de l'installation. Vous pouvez utiliser la commande ZFS attach après l'installation pour effectuer cette tâche. Si vous envisagez de définir une configuration en miroir, n'oubliez pas que le deuxième disque doit avoir une taille égale ou supérieure à la cible d'installation. 
+
+AVERTISSEMENT : tenez compte des points importants suivants pour les installations x86 :
+
+	* Si le disque n'a pas été préalablement partitionné, par défaut l'installation remplace l'intégralité de l'organisation des disques. Vous pouvez cependant modifier les sélections par défaut dans les écrans du programme d'installation pour l'installer dans une nouvelle partition Solaris plus petite que le disque entier. 
+
+	* Si le disque contient une partition Solaris et si l'installation ne modifie pas les partitions, seule la partition Solaris est écrasée. Les autres partitions restent intactes. 
+
+Remarque : aucune modification ne sera apportée au système tant que les écrans de sélection du programme d'installation ne sont pas terminés et que le processus d'installation n'est pas effectivement commencé.
+
+TAILLE
+
+La taille minimale et la taille recommandée pour l'installation du SE Oracle Solaris sont affichées. La taille de chaque périphérique est affichée en giga-octets. 
+
+* Si un périphérique est trop petit, une étiquette indique qu'il ne peut pas garantir l'installation. 
+
+* Certains périphériques peuvent être si volumineux qu'une installation Oracle Solaris ne peut pas utiliser la totalité de l'espace sur le périphérique. Ces périphériques ont une taille d'installation maximale spécifiée.
+
+PARTITIONS OU TRANCHES
+
+La première section de l'écran répertorie les périphériques disponibles. Un périphérique est mis en surbrillance par défaut. La section suivante de l'écran affiche les informations de partition ou de tranche pour le périphérique actuellement mis en surbrillance. Les partitions sont répertoriées pour les périphériques formatés x86. Les tranches sont répertoriées pour les périphériques formatés SPARC.
+
+Si vous souhaitez consulter les informations de partition ou de tranche pour un autre périphérique, vous pouvez utiliser les touches fléchées pour sélectionner ce périphérique. L'écran change pour afficher les informations sur la partition ou la tranche pour le périphérique que vous sélectionnez. 
+
+S'il y a plus de quatre périphériques, appuyez sur les touches fléchées haut/bas à plusieurs reprises pour faire défiler la fenêtre vers le bas pour les autres périphériques.  
+
+ATTENTION : s'il n'existe pas de partitions ou de tranches pour un périphérique, l'écran affiche une proposition de configuration de la partition ou de la tranche. Dans ce cas, toutes les données existantes sur le dispositif seraient détruites lors de l'installation. 
+
+PROCÉDURE
+
+Pour quitter l'écran d'aide, appuyez sur F3. Ensuite, dans l'écran du programme d'installation, vous pouvez choisir l'une des options suivantes :
+
+     * Si vous souhaitez procéder à l'installation sur le périphérique actuellement en surbrillance, sélectionnez F2 et l'installation se poursuit sur l'écran suivant.
+
+     * Si vous souhaitez sélectionner un périphérique différent pour l'installation, utilisez les touches fléchées pour sélectionner le périphérique de votre choix. Les informations de partition ou de tranche s'affichent pour le périphérique que vous sélectionnez. Appuyez sur F2 pour continuer. 
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Utilisez les touches de fonction répertoriées au bas de chaque écran pour naviguer entre les écrans. Utilisez les touches fléchées pour vous déplacer dans le texte de chaque écran.
+
+Remarque : si votre clavier ne possède pas de touches de fonction, ou si les touches ne répondent pas, appuyez sur ECHAP pour afficher les touches ECHAP alternatives pour la navigation.
+
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+SPARC : TRANCHES SOLARIS
+
+Cet écran affiche les tranches VTOC pour le périphérique de stockage SPARC que vous avez sélectionné à l'écran précédent. Les tranches sont répertoriées dans l'ordre d'organisation. 
+
+PROCÉDURE
+
+Pour quitter l'écran d'aide, appuyez sur F3. Ensuite, dans l'écran du programme d'installation, utilisez les touches fléchées pour mettre en surbrillance l'option Utiliser le disque entier (Use the whole disk) ou l'option Utiliser une tranche sur le disque (Use a slice on the disk). 
+
+     * Si vous sélectionnez l'option Utiliser une tranche sur le disque (Use a slice on the disk), l'écran suivant vous permet de sélectionner les tranches à utiliser pour l'installation et d'apporter des modifications à l'organisation de tranche.
+
+     * Si vous sélectionnez l'option Utiliser le disque entier (Use the whole disk), le programme d'installation enregistre ce choix et passe à la tâche suivante.
+
+       ATTENTION : la sélection de l'option Utiliser le disque entier (Use the whole disk) efface l'intégralité du disque au cours de l'installation. Le disque est écrasé par le nouveau SE Oracle Solaris. 
+
+Appuyez sur F2 pour passer à l'écran suivant.
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Utilisez les touches de fonction répertoriées au bas de chaque écran pour naviguer entre les écrans. Utilisez les touches fléchées pour vous déplacer dans le texte de chaque écran.
+
+Remarque : si votre clavier ne possède pas de touches de fonction, ou si les touches ne répondent pas, appuyez sur ECHAP pour afficher les touches ECHAP alternatives pour la navigation.
+
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices_select.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+SPARC : SÉLECTION DE TRANCHE
+
+Cet écran vous permet de sélectionner une tranche VTOC à utiliser pour l'installation. Pour indiquer la tranche à utiliser pour l'installation, sélectionnez-la et changez son type en rpool. Vous avez également la possibilité de redimensionner le rpool.
+
+L'écran affiche les tranches existantes dans le périphérique que vous avez sélectionné dans les précédents écrans. Les tranches s'affichent dans l'ordre de leur configuration sur le périphérique. La taille actuelle et la taille maximale disponible pour chaque tranche s'affichent. 
+
+DIRECTIVES
+
+* Vous ne pouvez avoir qu'un seul rpool dans le périphérique. De plus, Oracle Solaris sera installé dans le rpool.  
+
+* La taille du rpool peut être augmentée jusqu'à la taille maximale disponible. Si les tranches sont affichées comme inutilisées, son espace disponible est affiché dans la colonne disponible (Dispo, Avail). Vous pouvez rendre une tranche inutilisée, ce qui rend son espace disponible pour les tranches adjacentes.
+
+* Un astérisque rouge indique que le contenu de la tranche sera détruit au cours de l'installation. Si la tranche n'est pas explicitement modifiée par l'utilisateur, son contenu est conservé pendant l'installation.
+
+Remarque : il n'est pas nécessaire de définir une configuration en miroir au cours de l'installation. Vous pouvez utiliser la commande ZFS attach après l'installation pour effectuer cette tâche. Si vous envisagez de définir une configuration en miroir, n'oubliez pas que le deuxième disque doit avoir une taille égale ou supérieure à la cible d'installation. 
+
+COMMENT MODIFIER LE CONTENU DE L'ÉCRAN
+
+Vous pouvez utiliser n'importe laquelle des options suivantes pour modifier le contenu de l'écran :
+
+     * F5_Change Type : avec une partition en surbrillance, appuyez de façon répétée sur F5 pour passer en revue les types de tranche jusqu'à ce que le type souhaité s'affiche. 
+
+     * Champs modifiables : si un champ sélectionné est mis en surbrillance, vous pouvez saisir des modifications dans ce champ.
+
+     * F7_Reset : appuyez sur F7 pour restaurer l'ensemble des données dans cet écran aux paramètres d'origine.
+
+PROCÉDURE
+
+Pour quitter l'écran d'aide, appuyez sur F3. Ensuite, dans l'écran du programme d'installation, utilisez les touches fléchées pour sélectionner la tranche cible si elle ne l'est pas déjà. Si la tranche sélectionnée n'est pas de type rpool, appuyez de façon répétée sur F5 pour passer en revue les types jusqu'à ce que le type rpool s'affiche.  
+
+IMPORTANT : vous ne pouvez avoir qu'un seul rpool dans le périphérique.
+
+FACULTATIF : vous pouvez apporter d'autres modifications facultatives à l'organisation de tranche telle que décrite ci-dessous, puis appuyez sur F2 pour passer à l'écran suivant. Les modifications que vous apportez seront implémentées au cours de l'installation. Pour enregistrer les modifications d'organisation, utilisez d'abord les touches fléchées pour sélectionner la tranche que vous voulez modifier. Ensuite, effectuez l'une des actions suivantes :
+
+	* Suppression d'une tranche : appuyez sur F5 à plusieurs reprises pour passer en revue les types jusqu'à ce que le type Inutilisé (Unused) s'affiche. Lorsqu'une tranche est inutilisée, son espace est mis à la disposition des tranches adjacentes.
+
+	* Modifier le type de tranche : appuyez sur F5 et modifiez le type de tranche. Par exemple, changez le type en rpool. 
+	
+	* Redimensionner une tranche : si la taille d'une tranche sélectionnée est mise en surbrillance, vous pouvez redimensionner cette tranche. Entrez la nouvelle taille dans le champ modifiable, jusqu'à la taille maximale disponible. 
+
+	* Créer une nouvelle tranche : sélectionnez une tranche inutilisée. Appuyez sur F5 et modifiez le type de la tranche inutilisée en un autre type, comme rpool. 
+
+Remarque : vous pouvez utiliser la touche F7 pour annuler vos modifications. 
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Utilisez les touches de fonction répertoriées au bas de chaque écran pour naviguer entre les écrans. Utilisez les touches fléchées pour vous déplacer dans le texte de chaque écran.
+
+Remarque : si votre clavier ne possède pas de touches de fonction, ou si les touches ne répondent pas, appuyez sur ECHAP pour afficher les touches ECHAP alternatives pour la navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+RÉCAPITULATIF DE L'INSTALLATION
+
+Cet écran permet de consulter et de confirmer les spécifications d'installation.
+
+PROCÉDURE
+
+Pour quitter l'écran d'aide, appuyez sur F3. Ensuite, dans l'écran Récapitulatif de l'installation, vérifiez les sélections d'installation.
+
+FACULTATIF : si vous souhaitez modifier les sélections d'installation, appuyez sur la touche F3 autant que nécessaire pour revenir à l'écran que vous souhaitez modifier. Apportez vos modifications dans les écrans précédents, puis revenez au récapitulatif de l'installation.
+
+Appuyez sur la touche F2 pour lancer l'installation. 
+
+ATTENTION : l'installation commence lorsque vous appuyez sur la touche F2. Il est déconseillé d'interrompre une installation en cours. Une installation incomplète peut laisser le disque dans un état indéterminé.
+
+APRÈS L'INSTALLATION
+
+Une barre de progression s'affiche au cours de l'installation. Lorsque l'installation est terminée, l'écran final affiche les résultats de l'installation. Ensuite, vous pouvez consulter le journal d'installation, /tmp/install_log, en appuyant sur F4. 
+
+Une fois l'installation terminée, vous pouvez prendre l'une des mesures suivantes :
+
+     * Dans le programme d'installation, appuyez sur F4 pour afficher le journal de l'installation. 
+
+     * Redémarrez pour démarrer le logiciel nouvellement installé. Après le redémarrage, vous pouvez consulter le journal d'installation à l'emplacement suivant : /var/smap/system/logs/install_log.	
+
+     * Si vous souhaitez effectuer des tâches supplémentaires avant la réinitialisation, appuyez sur F9 pour quitter le programme d'installation. 
+
+En cas d'échec de l'installation, appuyez sur F4 pour afficher le journal de l'installation. Ensuite, appuyez sur F9 pour quitter le programme d'installation. Apportez les corrections nécessaires, puis redémarrez le programme d'installation.
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Utilisez les touches de fonction répertoriées au bas de chaque écran pour naviguer entre les écrans. Utilisez les touches fléchées pour vous déplacer dans le texte de chaque écran.
+
+Remarque : si votre clavier ne possède pas de touches de fonction, ou si les touches ne répondent pas, appuyez sur ECHAP pour afficher les touches ECHAP alternatives pour la navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+BIENVENUE
+
+Ce programme d'installation en mode texte vous permet d'installer le SE Oracle Solaris sur des systèmes SPARC ou x86. Ce programme d'installation, en particulier, peut être utilisé sur des machines qui ne disposent pas ou ne nécessitent pas de cartes graphiques.
+
+Remarque : cette installation initiale du SE Oracle Solaris remplace le ou les SE Solaris existants par la nouvelle version du SE Oracle Solaris. Pour procéder à la mise à niveau d'une version déjà installée du SE Open Solaris, utilisez la commande pkg(1) ou l'application Gestionnaire de packages plutôt que ce programme d'installation.
+
+PROCÉDURE
+
+Pour quitter l'écran d'aide, appuyez sur F3. Ensuite, dans l'écran de bienvenue, appuyez sur la touche F2 pour passer à l'écran suivant.
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Vous ne pouvez pas utiliser la souris pour naviguer dans les écrans d'installation. Utilisez les touches de fonction pour la navigation. Les touches de fonction pour chaque écran sont répertoriée en bas de l'écran. Par exemple :
+
+F2_Continue : appuyez sur la touche F2 pour passer à l'écran d'installation suivant. Lorsque vous appuyez sur la touche F2, le programme d'installation traite toutes les sélections ou saisies que vous avez effectuées dans cet écran.
+F3_Back : appuyez sur la touche F3 pour revenir à l'écran précédent.
+F6_Help : appuyez sur la touche F6 pour afficher le contenu de l'aide de cet écran.
+F9_Quit : appuyez sur la touche F9 pour mettre fin à l'installation.
+
+Dans chaque écran, utilisez les touches fléchées pour effectuer l'une des actions suivantes :
+* Déplacement dans le texte à l'écran.
+* Modification des sélections en surbrillance.
+* Déplacement dans les champs où vous devez entrer des informations. 
+
+Remarque : si votre clavier ne possède pas de touches de fonction, ou si vos touches de fonction ne répondent pas, appuyez sur ECHAP. La légende en bas de l'écran change pour afficher les touches ECHAP pour la navigation et autres fonctions. 
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+X86 : PARTITIONS FDISK
+
+Cet écran affiche la configuration des partitions fdisk pour le périphérique de stockage x86 que vous avez sélectionné dans l'écran précédent. 
+
+Remarque : les partitions sont répertoriées dans l'ordre dans lequel elles existent sur le disque.  
+
+PROCÉDURE
+
+Pour quitter l'écran d'aide, appuyez sur F3. Ensuite, dans l'écran du programme d'installation, utilisez les touches fléchées pour mettre en surbrillance l'option Utiliser le disque entier (Use the whole disk) ou l'option Utiliser une partition sur le disque (Use a partition on the disk). 
+
+     * Si vous sélectionnez l'option Utiliser une partition sur le disque, les écrans suivants vous permettent de sélectionner les partitions à utiliser pour l'installation, et, si la partition a des tranches définies, la tranche à utiliser dans cette partition. Vous pouvez également régler l'organisation des partitions fdisk. 
+
+     * Si vous sélectionnez l'option Utiliser le disque entier, le programme d'installation enregistre ce choix et passe à la tâche suivante.
+
+       ATTENTION : l'option Utiliser le disque entier (Use the whole disk) efface l'intégralité du disque au cours de l'installation. Le disque est écrasé par le nouveau SE Oracle Solaris. 
+
+Après avoir fait votre sélection, appuyez sur F2 pour passer à l'écran suivant.
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Utilisez les touches de fonction répertoriées au bas de chaque écran pour naviguer entre les écrans. Utilisez les touches fléchées pour vous déplacer dans le texte de chaque écran.
+
+Remarque : si votre clavier ne possède pas de touches de fonction, ou si les touches ne répondent pas, appuyez sur ECHAP pour afficher les touches ECHAP alternatives pour la navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions_select.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+X86 : SÉLECTION DE PARTITION
+
+Utilisez cet écran pour sélectionner, créer ou modifier une partition Solaris à utiliser pour l'installation.
+
+Cet écran permet à l'utilisateur d'ajuster l'organisation des partitions fdisk, par exemple via la suppression de partitions existantes, la création et le redimensionnement d'une partition étendue, la création et le redimensionnement d'une partition Solaris, ou le redimensionnement des partitions existantes.
+
+L'écran affiche les partitions fdisk existantes. Les partitions principales s'affichent dans l'ordre de leur configuration sur le disque. La taille actuelle et la taille maximale disponible pour chaque partition s'affichent. Si une partition étendue existe, ses partitions logiques s'affichent. Les partitions logiques sont également affichées dans l'ordre de leur organisation sur le disque au sein de la partition étendue.
+
+Si le disque n'a pas été préalablement partitionné, le système affiche une suggestion de partitionnement. Cette suggestion de partitionnement est une partition unique qui est dimensionnée pour l'ensemble du disque. 
+
+DIRECTIVES
+
+Vous ne pouvez avoir qu'une seule partition Solaris sur le périphérique. En outre, vous devez utiliser cette partition Solaris pour l'installation. S'il existe une partition Solaris, elle sera sélectionnée par défaut. 
+
+ATTENTION : si vous réduisez la taille d'une partition ou changez son type, le contenu de la partition existante sera effacé lors de l'installation. Sinon, le contenu de la partition existante restera inchangé pendant l'installation. Si vos modifications prévues vont détruire une partition au cours de l'installation, cette partition est marquée d'un astérisque rouge sur cet écran.  
+
+COMMENT MODIFIER LE CONTENU DE L'ÉCRAN
+
+Vous pouvez utiliser n'importe laquelle des options suivantes pour modifier contenu de l'écran :
+
+* F5_Change Type : avec une partition en surbrillance, appuyez de façon répétée sur F5 pour passer en revue les types de tranche jusqu'à ce que le type de partition souhaité ou inutilisé (Unused) s'affiche. Si Inutilisé (Unused) est sélectionné, la partition est supprimée, et son espace est mis à disposition lors du redimensionnement des partitions adjacentes.
+
+       Remarque : vous ne pouvez pas avoir plus d'une partition Solaris ou plus d'une partition étendue. Par conséquent, si vous avez une partition Solaris existante ou une partition étendue existante, les options de modification de la touche F5 n'incluent pas la modification de la partition en partition Solaris ou en partition étendue.
+
+     * Champs de taille : si le champ taille est mis en surbrillance, vous pouvez entrer les modifications dans ce champ.
+
+     * F7_Reset : appuyez sur F7 pour restaurer l'ensemble des données dans cet écran aux paramètres d'origine.
+
+PROCÉDURE
+
+Pour quitter l'écran d'aide, appuyez sur F3. Ensuite, dans l'écran du programme d'installation, vous pouvez utiliser les options suivantes :
+
+     * S'il existe une partition Solaris, elle est sélectionnée par défaut. Vous pouvez effectuer l'une des opérations suivantes :
+
+          * Vous pouvez utiliser la partition existante dans sa taille actuelle. 
+          * Vous pouvez redimensionner la partition Solaris. La taille peut être diminuée. Elle peut également être augmentée jusqu'à l'espace disponible.
+* Si vous souhaitez procéder à l'installation sur une partition différente, vous devez d'abord supprimer la partition Solaris existante en lui attribuant le type Inutilisé (Unused). Ensuite, vous pouvez sélectionner une autre partition et lui attribuer le type Solaris. Au cours de l'installation, cette modification efface le contenu de la partition existante. 
+
+     * S'il n'existe pas de partition Solaris, sélectionnez une partition et attribuez-lui le type Solaris. 
+
+     * INSTRUCTIONS LINUX-SWAP : lorsque vous utilisez un outil de partitionnement tiers tel que GParted, cet écran affiche une partition appelée Linux-swap sur laquelle vous pouvez installer le SE Oracle Solaris. Afin d'utiliser cette partition, vous devez modifier le type Linux-swap en Solaris dans cet écran. Mettez en surbrillance cette partition et appuyez de façon répétée sur F5 pour passer en revue les types jusqu'à ce que le type Solaris soit affiché pour cette partition.
+
+FACULTATIF : vous pouvez apporter d'autres modifications facultatives à l'organisation de la partition. Les modifications que vous apportez seront implémentées au cours de l'installation. Pour enregistrer les modifications d'organisation, utilisez d'abord les touches fléchées pour sélectionner la partition que vous voulez modifier. Ensuite, effectuez l'une des actions suivantes :
+
+	* Suppression d'une partition : appuyez sur F5 à plusieurs reprises pour faire défiler les options jusqu'à ce que le type Inutilisé (Unused) s'affiche. Au cours de l'installation, la partition initiale est supprimée, et son espace est rendu disponible lors du redimensionnement des partitions adjacentes. 
+
+	* Modifier un type de partition : appuyez sur F5 à plusieurs reprises pour passer en revue les types de partition jusqu'à ce que le type de partition souhaité s'affiche. Par exemple, changez le type en Solaris.  
+	
+	* Redimensionner une partition : si la taille d'une partition sélectionnée est mise en surbrillance, vous pouvez redimensionner cette partition. Entrez la nouvelle taille dans le champ modifiable, jusqu'à la taille maximale disponible. Le redimensionnement d'une partition existante détruit son contenu.
+
+	* Créer une nouvelle partition : sélectionnez une partition inutilisée. Appuyez sur F5 et modifiez le type de partition Inutilisé (Unused) en un autre type, tel que Solaris ou Étendu (Extended). 
+
+	* Créer une partition étendue : appuyez sur F5 à plusieurs reprises, autant que nécessaire pour sélectionner le type de partition Étendu (Extended). 
+
+Remarque : vous pouvez appuyer sur la touche F7 pour annuler vos modifications  
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Utilisez les touches de fonction répertoriées au bas de chaque écran pour naviguer entre les écrans. Utilisez les touches fléchées pour vous déplacer dans le texte de chaque écran.
+
+Remarque : si votre clavier ne possède pas de touches de fonction, ou si les touches ne répondent pas, appuyez sur ECHAP pour afficher les touches ECHAP alternatives pour la navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+X86 : TRANCHES DE PARTITION SOLARIS
+
+Si des tranches VTOC Solaris se trouvent dans une partition Solaris que vous avez sélectionnée dans l'écran précédent, cet écran répertorie les tranches VTOC. Vous pouvez choisir d'installer le SE Oracle Solaris dans l'une des tranches. Vous pouvez également utiliser la partition pour l'installation.  
+
+Les tranches VTOC sont affichées suivant l'ordre d'organisation.
+
+Remarque : si vous avez modifié la partition Solaris dans le précédent écran, cet écran n'est pas affiché.  
+
+PROCÉDURE
+
+Pour quitter l'écran d'aide, appuyez sur F3. Ensuite, dans l'écran de la partition Solaris, utilisez les touches fléchées pour mettre en surbrillance l'option Utiliser la partition entière (Use the whole partition) ou l'option Utiliser une tranche dans la partition (Use a slice in the partition). Appuyez sur F2 pour passer à l'écran suivant. Si vous prévoyez d'utiliser une tranche dans la partition, l'écran suivant vous permettra de sélectionner cette tranche. 
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Utilisez les touches de fonction répertoriées au bas de chaque écran pour naviguer entre les écrans. Utilisez les touches fléchées pour vous déplacer dans le texte de chaque écran.
+
+Remarque : si votre clavier ne possède pas de touches de fonction, ou si les touches ne répondent pas, appuyez sur ECHAP pour afficher les touches ECHAP alternatives pour la navigation.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/fr_FR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices_select.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+x86 : SÉLECTION DE TRANCHE DANS LA PARTITION SOLARIS
+
+Cet écran vous permet de sélectionner la tranche VTOC dans une partition Solaris à utiliser pour l'installation. Pour indiquer la tranche à utiliser pour l'installation, sélectionnez la tranche souhaitée et modifiez le type de tranche en rpool. Vous avez la possibilité de redimensionner le rpool.
+
+L'écran affiche les tranches existantes dans la partition fdisk que vous avez sélectionnée dans les précédents écrans. Les tranches s'affichent dans l'ordre de leur configuration sur la partition. La taille actuelle et la taille maximale disponible pour chaque tranche s'affichent. 
+
+DIRECTIVES
+
+* Vous ne pouvez avoir qu'un seul rpool dans la partition, et Oracle Solaris sera installé dans le rpool.   
+
+* La taille du rpool peut être augmentée jusqu'à la taille maximale disponible. Si les tranches sont affichées comme inutilisées (Unused), son espace disponible est affiché dans la colonne disponible (Avail, Dispo). Vous pouvez rendre une tranche inutilisée (Unused), ce qui rend son espace disponible pour les tranches adjacentes.
+
+Remarque : un astérisque rouge indique que le contenu de la tranche sera détruit au cours de l'installation. Si la tranche n'est pas explicitement modifiée par l'utilisateur, le contenu de tranche est conservé pendant l'installation.
+
+COMMENT MODIFIER LE CONTENU DE L'ÉCRAN
+
+Vous pouvez utiliser n'importe laquelle des options suivantes pour modifier le contenu de l'écran :
+
+     * F5_Change Type : avec une tranche en surbrillance, appuyez de façon répétée sur F5 pour passer en revue les types de tranche jusqu'à ce que le type souhaité s'affiche. 
+
+     * Champs de taille : vous pouvez saisir les modifications dans les champs de taille.
+
+     * F7_Reset : appuyez sur F7 pour restaurer l'ensemble des données dans cet écran aux paramètres d'origine.
+
+PROCÉDURE
+
+Pour quitter l'écran d'aide, appuyez sur F3. Ensuite, dans l'écran du programme d'installation, utilisez les touches fléchées pour sélectionner la tranche cible si elle ne l'est pas déjà. Si la tranche sélectionnée n'est pas de type rpool, appuyez de façon répétée sur F5 pour passer en revue les types de tranche jusqu'à ce que le type rpool s'affiche.  
+
+Remarque : n'oubliez pas que vous ne pouvez avoir qu'un seul rpool dans la partition. Si un autre rpool existe, changez son type en Inutilisé (Unused) avant de modifier la tranche cible en rpool.
+
+FACULTATIF : vous pouvez apporter d'autres modifications facultatives à l'organisation de tranche telle que décrite ci-dessous, puis appuyez sur F2 pour passer à l'écran suivant. Les modifications que vous apportez seront implémentées au cours de l'installation. Pour enregistrer les modifications d'organisation, utilisez d'abord les touches fléchées pour sélectionner la tranche que vous voulez modifier. Ensuite, effectuez l'une des actions suivantes :
+
+	* Suppression d'une tranche : appuyez sur F5 à plusieurs reprises pour passer en revue les types de tranche jusqu'à ce que le type Inutilisé (Unused) s'affiche. L'espace provenant d'une tranche inutilisée (Unused) est mis à la disposition des tranches adjacentes.
+
+	* Modifier un type de tranche : appuyez sur F5 à plusieurs reprises pour passer en revue les types de tranche jusqu'à ce que le type souhaité s'affiche. Utilisez cette procédure, par exemple, pour modifier le type en rpool. 
+	
+	* Redimensionner une tranche : si la taille d'une tranche sélectionnée est mise en surbrillance, vous pouvez redimensionner cette tranche. Entrez la nouvelle taille dans le champ modifiable, jusqu'à la taille maximale disponible. 
+
+	Remarque : la somme des tailles de partition peut ne pas correspondre à la taille de l'ensemble du disque, car les tailles de partition sont arrondies au 0,1 Go le plus proche, et il est possible qu'il y ait de l'espace non utilisé entre les partitions. 
+
+	* Créer une nouvelle tranche : sélectionnez une tranche inutilisée. Appuyez sur F5 autant que nécessaire et modifiez le type de la tranche inutilisée en un autre type, comme rpool. La tranche 2, cependant, ne peuvent pas être modifiée. 
+
+Remarque : vous pouvez utiliser la touche F7 pour annuler vos modifications. 
+
+NAVIGATION
+
+Utilisez les touches de fonction répertoriées au bas de chaque écran pour naviguer entre les écrans. Utilisez les touches fléchées pour vous déplacer dans le texte de chaque écran.
+
+Remarque : si votre clavier ne possède pas de touches de fonction, ou si les touches ne répondent pas, appuyez sur ECHAP pour afficher les touches ECHAP alternatives pour la navigation.
+
+
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/sysconfig.pot	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,1153 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2009, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\nReport-Msgid-Bugs-To: \nPOT-Creation-Date: 2011-07-29 11:23+0900\nPO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\nLast-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\nLanguage-Team: LANGUAGE <[email protected]>\nMIME-Version: 1.0\nContent-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\nContent-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:499
+#, python-format
+msgid "Custom site profile %s is invalid, missing .xml suffix."
+msgstr "Il profilo %s del sito personalizzato non è valido, manca il suffisso .xml."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:507
+#, python-format
+msgid "Custom site profile %s is invalid or hasinvalid permissions."
+msgstr "Il profilo %s del sito personalizzato non è valido o dispone di autorizzazioni non valide."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:524
+#, python-format
+msgid "Unable to apply SMF profile %s."
+msgstr "Impossibile applicare il profilo SMF %s."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:540
+msgid "System is not properly configured. You are likely"
+msgstr "Il sistema non è configurato correttamente. Si è in procinto di"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:541
+msgid "trying to unconfigure or re-configure freshly"
+msgstr "provare ad annullare o ripetere la configurazione del"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:542
+msgid "installed system which is not supported."
+msgstr "sistema appena installato che non è supportato."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:611 ../__init__.py:622
+msgid "An unhandled exception occurred."
+msgstr "Si è verificata un'eccezione non gestita."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:627
+msgid "Full traceback data is in the log"
+msgstr "I dati completi relativi all'analisi sono disponibili nel log"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:636
+msgid "IO error creating profile"
+msgstr "Errore IO durante la creazione del profilo"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:643
+msgid "Unable to apply the unconfigure parameters to the image"
+msgstr "Impossibile applicare i parametri di annullamento della configurazione all'immagine"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:654
+msgid "Unable to initiate unconfiguration process."
+msgstr "Impossibile avviare il processo di annullamento della configurazione."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:671
+msgid "Root filesystem provided for the non-global zone does not exist"
+msgstr "Il filesystem root fornito per la zona non globale non esiste"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:678
+#, python-format
+msgid "Root filesystem mounted read-only, '%s' operation not permitted."
+msgstr "Il filesystem root è stato attivato in sola lettura, l'operazione '%s' non è consentita."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:680
+msgid ""
+"The likely cause is that sysconfig(1m) was invoked in ROZR non-global zone."
+msgstr "La probabile causa è che sysconfig(1m) è stato richiamato nella zona non globale ROZR."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:682
+msgid ""
+"In that case, see mwac(5) and zonecfg(1m) man pages for additional "
+"information."
+msgstr "In questo caso, per ulteriori informazioni, vedere le pagine man mwac(5) e zonecfg(1m)."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:697
+msgid "This program will re-configure your system."
+msgstr "Questo programma consentirà di riconfigurare il sistema."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:699
+msgid "This program will unconfigure your system."
+msgstr "Questo programma consentirà di annullare la configurazione del sistema."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:700
+msgid "The system will be reverted to a \"pristine\" state."
+msgstr "Il sistema è stato riportato al suo stato \"originario\"."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:701
+msgid "It will not have a name or know about other systems or networks."
+msgstr "Non avrà un nome o non includerà dati o connessioni in merito ad altri sistemi o reti."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:704
+msgid "Do you want to continue (y/[n])? "
+msgstr "Continuare (s/[n])? "
+
+#: ../__init__.py:753
+#, python-format
+msgid "There are no services on the system with grouping of %s"
+msgstr "Non sono disponibili altri servizi nel sistema con raggruppamenti di %s"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:811
+#, python-format
+msgid "Directory %s does not contain any profile."
+msgstr "La directory %s non include profili."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:833
+msgid "Interactive configuration requested."
+msgstr "Configurazione interattiva richiesta."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:834
+msgid "System Configuration Interactive (SCI) tool will be"
+msgstr "Lo strumento System Configuration Interactive (SCI)"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:849
+msgid ""
+"Since you are currently not logged on console,\n"
+"you may not be able to navigate SCI tool."
+msgstr "Poiché al momento non si è connessi alla console,\npotrebbe non essere possibile navigare nello strumento SCI."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:851
+msgid "Would you like to proceed with re-configuration (y/[n])? "
+msgstr "Procedere con la riconfigurazione (s/[n])? "
+
+#: ../__init__.py:919
+msgid "Grouping to configure"
+msgstr "Raggruppamento da configurare"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:922
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Saves created system configuration profile into FILE.\t\t[default: %default]"
+msgstr "Salva il profilo di configurazione del sistema creato in FILE.\t\t[valore di default: %default]"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:926
+#, python-format
+msgid "Set log location to FILE (default: %default)"
+msgstr "Impostare posizione log su FILE (predefinito: %default)"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:931
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Set log verbosity to LEVEL. In order of increasing verbosity, valid values "
+"are 'error' 'warn' 'info' 'debug' or 'input'\n"
+"[default: %default]"
+msgstr "Impostare il livello di dettaglio del log su LEVEL. Per aumentare il livello di dettaglio, i valori validi sono 'error' 'warn' 'info' 'debug' o 'input'\n[valore predefinito: %default]"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:939
+msgid ""
+"Force the tool to run in black and white. This may be useful on some SPARC "
+"machines with unsupported frame buffers\n"
+msgstr "Forzare l'esecuzione in bianco e nero dello strumento. Tale operazione potrebbe essere utile in alcuni computerSPARC con frame buffer non supportati\n"
+
+#. LOGGER.close() # LOGGER.close() is broken - CR 7012566
+#: ../__init__.py:955
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Exiting System Configuration Tool. Log is available at:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr "Uscita dallo strumento di configurazione del sistema. Log disponibile in:\n%s"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:976
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"     Terminal too small. Min size is 80x24. Current size is %(x)ix%(y)i."
+msgstr "     Terminale troppo piccolo. La dimensione minima è 80x24. La dimensione corrente è %(x)ix%(y)i."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:982 ../users.py:76
+msgid "Continue"
+msgstr "Continua"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:983
+msgid "Back"
+msgstr "Indietro"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:985
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr "Guida"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:986 ../__init__.py:1041
+msgid "Quit"
+msgstr "Esci"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:990
+msgid "Help Topics"
+msgstr "Argomenti guida"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:991
+msgid "Help Index"
+msgstr "Indice guida"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:992
+msgid "Select a topic and press Continue."
+msgstr "Selezionare un argomento e scegliere Continua."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1035
+msgid ""
+"DONT_TRANSLATE_BUT_REPLACE_msgstr_WITH_True_OR_False: Should wrap text on "
+"whitespace in this language"
+msgstr "True"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1038
+msgid "Confirm: Quit?"
+msgstr "Conferma: uscire?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1039
+msgid "Do you really want to quit?"
+msgstr "Uscire?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1040 ../users.py:77
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr "Annulla"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1050
+msgid "Error: Root privileges are required for this command."
+msgstr "Errore: privilegi root necessari per questo comando."
+
+#: ../date_time.py:54 ../date_time.py:67
+msgid "Date and Time"
+msgstr "Data e ora"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:56
+msgid "Year:"
+msgstr "Anno:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:57
+msgid "Month:"
+msgstr "Mese:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:58
+msgid "Day:"
+msgstr "Giorno:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:59
+msgid "Hour:"
+msgstr "Ora:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:60
+msgid "Minute:"
+msgstr "Minuti:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:61
+msgid "(YYYY)"
+msgstr "(AAAA)"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:63
+msgid ""
+"Edit the date and time as necessary.\n"
+"The time is in 24 hour format."
+msgstr "Modificare la data e l'ora come richiesto.\nL'ora è in formato 24 ore."
+
+#: ../date_time.py:306
+msgid "Invalid date/time. See errors above."
+msgstr "Data/ora non valida. Vedere gli errori in alto."
+
+#: ../date_time.py:404
+msgid "Year must be numeric"
+msgstr "L'anno deve essere espresso in cifre"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:407 ../date_time.py:410 ../date_time.py:425
+msgid "Year out of range"
+msgstr "Anno non incluso nell'intervallo"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:438
+msgid "Month must be numeric"
+msgstr "Il mese deve essere espresso in cifre"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:443 ../date_time.py:458
+msgid "Month out of range"
+msgstr "Mese non incluso nell'intervallo"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:469
+msgid "Day must be numeric"
+msgstr "Il giorno deve essere espresso in cifre"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:480 ../date_time.py:491
+msgid "Day out of range"
+msgstr "Giorno non incluso nell'intervallo"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:500
+msgid "Hour must be numeric"
+msgstr "L'ora deve essere espressa in cifre"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:503 ../date_time.py:512
+msgid "Hour out of range"
+msgstr "Ora non inclusa nell'intervallo"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:522
+msgid "Minute must be numeric"
+msgstr "I minuti devono essere espressi in cifre"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:524 ../date_time.py:533
+msgid "Minute out of range"
+msgstr "Minuti non inclusi nell'intervallo"
+
+#. name service choices for display to user
+#: ../nameservice.py:70 ../network_type.py:65
+msgid "None"
+msgstr "Nessuna"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:70
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr "LDAP"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:70
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr "NIS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:71
+msgid "DNS"
+msgstr "DNS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:75
+msgid "Enter either a host name or an IP address."
+msgstr "Immettere un nome host o un indirizzo IP."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:76
+msgid "An IP address must be of the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+msgstr "Un indirizzo IP deve avere il formato xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:132
+msgid "DNS Name Service"
+msgstr "Servizio di denominazione DNS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:140
+msgid "Indicates whether or not the system should use the DNS name service."
+msgstr "Indica se il sistema deve o non deve utilizzare il servizio di denominazione DNS."
+
+#. allow the user to choose DNS or not
+#: ../nameservice.py:149
+msgid "Configure DNS"
+msgstr "Configura DNS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:150
+msgid "Do not configure DNS"
+msgstr "Non configurare DNS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:177
+msgid "Alternate Name Service"
+msgstr "Servizio di denominazione alternativo"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:183
+msgid ""
+"From the list below, select one name service to be used by this system. If "
+"the desired name service is not listed, select None. The selected name "
+"service may be used in conjunction with DNS."
+msgstr "Dall'elenco di seguito, selezionare il servizio di denominazione che verrà utilizzato dal sistema. Selezionare Nessuno se il nome desiderato non è in elenco. Il servizio di denominazione può essere utilizzato insieme al DNS."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:224
+msgid "Domain Name"
+msgstr "Nome dominio"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:230
+msgid ""
+"Specify the domain where this system resides. Use the domain name's exact "
+"capitalization and punctuation."
+msgstr "Specificare il dominio in cui si trova il sistema. Utilizzare la stessa punteggiatura e lo stesso formato del carattere del nome di dominio."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:233
+msgid "Domain Name:"
+msgstr "Nome di dominio:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:287
+msgid "DNS Server Addresses"
+msgstr "Indirizzi server DNS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:293
+msgid ""
+"Enter the IP address of the DNS server(s). At least one IP address is "
+"required."
+msgstr "Immettere l'indirizzo IP dei server DNS. È necessario almeno un indirizzo IP."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:295
+msgid "DNS Server IP address:"
+msgstr "Indirizzo IP server DNS:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:341
+msgid "At least one name server must be specified."
+msgstr "È necessario specificare almeno un name server."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:352
+msgid "DNS Search List"
+msgstr "Elenco di ricerca DNS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:358
+msgid ""
+"Enter a list of domains to be searched when a DNS query is made. If no "
+"domain is entered, only the DNS domain chosen for this system will be "
+"searched."
+msgstr "Immettere un elenco di domini in cui cercare in caso di query DNS. Se non viene immesso alcun dominio, solo il dominio DNS viene selezionato per le ricerche in questo sistema."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:361
+msgid "Search domain:"
+msgstr "Dominio di ricerca:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:422
+msgid "LDAP Profile"
+msgstr "Profilo LDAP"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:427
+msgid "Profile name:"
+msgstr "Nome profilo:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:428
+msgid "Search base:"
+msgstr "Base di ricerca:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:436
+msgid ""
+"Specify the name of the LDAP profile to be used to configure this system and "
+"the host name or IP address of the server that contains the profile."
+msgstr "Specificare il nome del profilo LDAP da usare per configurare il sistema, nonché il nome host e l'indirizzo IP del server che contiene il profilo."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:439
+msgid "Profile server host name or IP address:"
+msgstr "Nome host del server del profilo o indirizzo IP:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:442
+msgid ""
+"Specify the name of the LDAP profile to be used to configure this system and "
+"the IP address of the server that contains the profile."
+msgstr "Specificare il nome del profilo LDAP da usare per configurare il sistema e l'indirizzo IP del server che include il profilo."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:445
+msgid "Profile server IP address:"
+msgstr "Indirizzo IP del server del profilo:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:446
+msgid "  Enter the LDAP search base."
+msgstr "  Immettere la base di ricerca LDAP."
+
+#. in case of error, tell user what is being validated
+#: ../nameservice.py:459
+msgid "profile name"
+msgstr "nome profilo"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:491 ../nameservice.py:726
+msgid "The LDAP profile name cannot be blank."
+msgstr "Il nome profilo LDAP non può essere vuoto."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:493
+msgid "The LDAP server IP address cannot be blank."
+msgstr "L'indirizzo IP del server LDAP non può essere vuoto."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:510
+msgid "LDAP Proxy"
+msgstr "Proxy LDAP"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:515
+msgid ""
+"Does the profile specify a proxy credential level and an authentication "
+"method other than None?"
+msgstr "Il profilo specifica un livello di credenziale proxy e un metodo di autenticazione diverso da Nessuno?"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:524
+msgid "No"
+msgstr "No"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:525
+msgid "Yes"
+msgstr "Sì"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:549
+msgid "Specify LDAP Profile Proxy Bind Information"
+msgstr "Specificare le informazioni di bind al proxy del profilo LDAP"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:555
+msgid ""
+"Specify the LDAP proxy bind distinguished name and the LDAP proxy bind "
+"password.  The network administrator can provide this information."
+msgstr "Specificare il nome distinto e la password del bind proxy LDAP. Tali informazioni possono essere fornite dall'amministratore di rete."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:558
+msgid "Proxy bind distinguished name:"
+msgstr "Nome distinto del bind proxy:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:561
+msgid "Proxy bind password:"
+msgstr "Password del bind proxy:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:563
+msgid "Encrypted proxy bind password:"
+msgstr "Password del bind proxy crittografata:"
+
+#. in case of error, tell user what is being validated
+#: ../nameservice.py:583
+msgid "distinguished name"
+msgstr "nome distinto"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:600
+msgid "The LDAP proxy server distinguished name cannot be blank."
+msgstr "Il nome distinto del server proxy LDAP non può essere vuoto."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:610
+msgid "NIS Name Server"
+msgstr "Name server NIS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:616
+msgid "Specify how to find a name server for this system."
+msgstr "Specificare come individuare un name server per questo sistema."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:618
+msgid ""
+"Either let the software search for a name server, or specify a name server "
+"in the following screen.  "
+msgstr "Consentire al software di cercare un name server oppure specificare un name server nella schermata seguente.  "
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:621
+msgid ""
+"The software can find a name server only if that server is on the local "
+"subnet."
+msgstr "Il software individua il name server solo se il server si trova in una sottorete locale."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:631
+msgid "Find one"
+msgstr "Trova uno"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:632
+msgid "Specify one"
+msgstr "Specifica uno"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:661
+msgid "NIS Name Server Information"
+msgstr "Informazioni Name server NIS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:676
+msgid ""
+"Enter the host name or IP address of the name server.  A host name must have "
+"at least 2 characters and can be alphanumeric and can contain hyphens.  IP "
+"addresses must contain four sets of numbers separated by periods (for "
+"example, 129.200.9.1)."
+msgstr "Immettere il nome host o l'indirizzo IP del name server. Un nome host deve includere almeno 2 caratteri alfanumerici e può includere trattini. Gli indirizzi IP devono includere quattro set di numeri separati da punti (ad esempio, 129.200.9.1)."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:681
+msgid "Server's host name or IP address:"
+msgstr "Nome host o indirizzo IP del server:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:684
+msgid ""
+"Enter the IP address of the name server.  IP addresses must contain four "
+"sets of numbers separated by periods (for example, 129.200.9.1)."
+msgstr "Immettere l'indirizzo IP del name server. Gli indirizzi IP devono includere quattro set di numeri separati da punti (ad esempio, 129.200.9.1)."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:687
+msgid "Server's IP address:"
+msgstr "Indirizzo IP del server:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:714
+msgid "The NIS server IP address cannot be blank."
+msgstr "L'indirizzo IP del server NIS non può essere vuoto."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:727
+msgid ""
+"Whitespace characters and quotation marks are not allowed in LDAP profile "
+"names."
+msgstr "I caratteri di spazio e le virgolette non sono consentiti nei nomi di profilo LDAP."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:741
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind distinguished name may not be blank."
+msgstr "Il nome distinto del bind proxy LDAP non può essere vuoto."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:744
+msgid ""
+"The LDAP proxy bind distinguished name may not contain whitespace characters."
+msgstr "Il nome distinto del bind proxy LDAP non può contenere caratteri di spazio."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:747
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind distinguished name may not contain quotation marks."
+msgstr "Il nome distinto del bind proxy LDAP non può contenere virgolette."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:757
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind password may not be blank."
+msgstr "La password del bind proxy LDAP non può essere vuota."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:760
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind password may not contain whitespace characters."
+msgstr "La password bind del proxy LDAP non può contenere caratteri di spazio."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:763
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind password may not contain quotation marks."
+msgstr "La password bind del proxy LDAP non può contenere virgolette."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:777 ../nameservice.py:848
+msgid ""
+"A host name can only contain letters, numbers,  periods, and minus signs (-)."
+msgstr "Un nome host può includere solo lettere, numeri, punti e segni meno (-)."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:808
+msgid "The domain cannot be blank."
+msgstr "Il dominio non può essere vuoto."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:812
+msgid "Domain labels must have less than 64 characters."
+msgstr "Le etichette di dominio devono avere meno di 64 caratteri."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:815
+msgid "Domain labels should not start or end with hyphens ('-')."
+msgstr "Le etichette di dominio non possono iniziare o terminare con un trattino ('-')."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:818
+msgid "Invalid domain"
+msgstr "Dominio non valido"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:868
+#, python-format
+msgid "The %s cannot be blank."
+msgstr "Il %s non può essere vuoto."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:871
+#, python-format
+msgid "Invalid character for %s."
+msgstr "Carattere non valido per %s."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:883
+msgid "Domain labels must have less than 64 characters"
+msgstr "Le etichette di dominio devono avere meno di 64 caratteri"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:885
+msgid "A domain label may not begin with a hyphen."
+msgstr "Un'etichetta di dominio non può iniziare con un trattino."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:888
+msgid "Invalid character for domain name."
+msgstr "Carattere non valido per il nome dominio."
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:50
+#, python-format
+msgid "Manually Configure: %s"
+msgstr "Configurare manualmente: %s"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:52
+msgid ""
+"Enter the configuration for this network connection. All entries must "
+"contain four sets of numbers, 0 to 255, separated by periods."
+msgstr "Immettere la configurazione per questa connessione di rete. Tutte le voci devono includere quattro set di numeri da 0 a 255, separati da punti."
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:55
+msgid "IP Address:"
+msgstr "Indirizzo IP:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:56
+msgid "Must be unique for this network"
+msgstr "Deve essere univoco per questa rete"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:57
+msgid "Netmask:"
+msgstr "Maschera di rete:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:58
+msgid "Your subnet use may require a different mask"
+msgstr "La sottorete potrebbe richiedere una maschera diversa"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:59
+msgid "Router:"
+msgstr "Router:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:60
+msgid "The IP address of the router on this subnet"
+msgstr "Indirizzo IP del router in questa sottorete"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:61
+msgid "A DNS server was found on the network"
+msgstr "Server DNS rilevato nella rete"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:62
+msgid "Address of the Domain Name Server"
+msgstr "Indirizzo DNS"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:63
+msgid "Domain:"
+msgstr "Dominio:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:64
+msgid "The machine appears to be in this domain"
+msgstr "Il computer risulta appartenere a questo dominio"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:65
+msgid "The network's domain name"
+msgstr "Nome di dominio della rete"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:66
+msgid "NIC:"
+msgstr "NIC:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:67
+msgid "Settings will be applied to this interface"
+msgstr "Le impostazioni verranno applicate a questa interfaccia"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:70
+msgid "Manually Configure: NIC"
+msgstr "Configurare manualmente: NIC"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:184
+msgid "IP Address must not be empty"
+msgstr "L'indirizzo IP non deve essere vuoto"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:186
+msgid "Netmask must not be empty"
+msgstr "La maschera di rete non deve essere vuota"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:192
+#, python-format
+msgid "'%s' is not a valid netmask"
+msgstr "'%s' non è una maschera di rete valida"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:228 ../network_nic_configure.py:243
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s must be of the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+msgstr "%s deve essere in formato xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+
+#: ../network_nic_select.py:49 ../network_nic_select.py:54
+msgid "Manual Network Configuration"
+msgstr "Configurazione di rete manuale"
+
+#: ../network_nic_select.py:50
+msgid ""
+"Select the one wired network connection to be configured during installation"
+msgstr "Selezionare una connessione di rete con cavi da configurare durante l'installazione"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:54 ../network_type.py:75
+msgid "Network"
+msgstr "Rete"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:55
+msgid ""
+"Enter a name for this computer that identifies it on the network. It must be "
+"at least two characters. It can contain letters, numbers, and minus signs "
+"(-)."
+msgstr "Immettere un nome per questo computer che lo identifichi nella rete. Deve includere almeno due caratteri. Può contenere lettere, numeri e segni meno (-)."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:58
+msgid "Computer Name: "
+msgstr "Nome computer: "
+
+#: ../network_type.py:59
+msgid "Select how the wired ethernet network connection is configured."
+msgstr "Selezionare la configurazione della connessione di rete Ethernet con cavi."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:61
+msgid "Automatically"
+msgstr "Automatica"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:62
+msgid "Automatically configure the connection"
+msgstr "Configurare automaticamente la connessione"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:63
+msgid "Manually"
+msgstr "Manuale"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:64
+msgid "Enter the information on the following screen"
+msgstr "Immettere le informazioni nella schermata seguente"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:66
+msgid "Do not configure the network at this time"
+msgstr "Non configurare la rete adesso"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:67
+msgid ""
+"No wired network interfaces found. Additional device drivers may be needed."
+msgstr "Nessuna interfaccia di rete con cavi trovata. Potrebbero essere necessari ulteriori driver di dispositivo."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:201
+msgid "A Hostname is required."
+msgstr "È necessario un nome host."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:203
+msgid "A Hostname must be at least two characters."
+msgstr "Un nome host deve includere almeno due caratteri."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:207
+msgid ""
+"Select the wired network configuration: Automatically, Manually, or None."
+msgstr "Selezionare il tipo di configurazione di rete con cavi: Automatica, Manuale o Nessuna."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:218
+msgid "The Hostname can only contain letters, numbers, and minus signs (-)."
+msgstr "Il nome host può includere solo lettere, numeri e segni meno (-)."
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:253
+msgid "Username must not be blank"
+msgstr "Il nome utente non deve essere vuoto"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:257
+msgid "Username must start with a letter"
+msgstr "Il nome utente deve iniziare con una lettera"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:261
+msgid "Invalid character"
+msgstr "Carattere non valido"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:284
+msgid "User password must be entered."
+msgstr "È necessario immettere la password utente."
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:286
+msgid "Password must contain at least 6 characters."
+msgstr "La password deve contenere almeno sei caratteri"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:300
+msgid "Password must contain 1 alphabetical character."
+msgstr "La password deve contenere un carattere alfabetico."
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:303
+msgid "Password must contain 1 digit/special character."
+msgstr "La password deve contenere un carattere speciale o cifra."
+
+#: ../summary.py:59 ../summary.py:64
+msgid "System Configuration Summary"
+msgstr "Riepilogo configurazione di sistema"
+
+#: ../summary.py:60
+msgid ""
+"Review the settings below before continuing. Go back (F3) to make changes."
+msgstr "Verificare le impostazioni di seguito prima di continuare. Tornare indietro (F3) per apportare modifiche."
+
+#: ../summary.py:76
+msgid "Apply"
+msgstr "Applica"
+
+#: ../summary.py:110
+msgid "Error when generating SC profile\n"
+msgstr "Errore durante la creazione di un profilo SC\n"
+
+#: ../summary.py:112
+msgid "SC profile successfully generated\n"
+msgstr "Profilo SC creato correttamente\n"
+
+#: ../summary.py:128
+msgid "Language: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "Lingua: *è possibile modificare quanto segue durante l'accesso."
+
+#: ../summary.py:132
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default language: %s"
+msgstr "  Lingua predefinita: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:138
+msgid "Keyboard layout: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "Layout tastiera: *è possibile modificare quanto segue durante l'accesso."
+
+#: ../summary.py:140
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default keyboard layout: %s"
+msgstr "  Layout tastiera predefinito: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:145
+#, python-format
+msgid "Terminal type: %s"
+msgstr "Tipo di terminale: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:151
+msgid "Users:"
+msgstr "Utenti:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:158
+msgid "Network:"
+msgstr "Rete:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:174
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Computer name: %s"
+msgstr "  Nome computer: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:185
+msgid "  Network Configuration: Automatic"
+msgstr "  Configurazione di rete: automatica"
+
+#: ../summary.py:187
+msgid "  Network Configuration: None"
+msgstr "  Configurazione di rete: nessuna"
+
+#: ../summary.py:189
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Manual Configuration: %s"
+msgstr "Configurazione manuale: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:191
+#, python-format
+msgid "IP Address: %s"
+msgstr "Indirizzo IP: '%s'"
+
+#: ../summary.py:192
+#, python-format
+msgid "Netmask: %s"
+msgstr "    Maschera di rete: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:194
+#, python-format
+msgid "Router: %s"
+msgstr "    Router: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:209
+#, python-format
+msgid "Domain: %s"
+msgstr "    Dominio: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:212 ../summary.py:220 ../summary.py:233
+#, python-format
+msgid "Name service: %s"
+msgstr "Name service: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:215
+msgid "DNS servers: "
+msgstr "Server DNS: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:217
+msgid "DNS Domain search list: "
+msgstr "Elenco di ricerca del dominio DNS: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:222
+msgid "LDAP profile: "
+msgstr "Profilo LDAP: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:223
+msgid "LDAP server's IP: "
+msgstr "IP del server LDAP: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:224
+msgid "LDAP search base: "
+msgstr "Base di ricerca LDAP: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:228
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind distinguished name: "
+msgstr "Nome distinto del bind proxy LDAP: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:230
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind password: [concealed]"
+msgstr "Password del bind proxy LDAP: [concealed]"
+
+#: ../summary.py:236
+msgid "NIS server: broadcast"
+msgstr "Server NIS: broadcast"
+
+#: ../summary.py:238
+msgid "NIS server's IP: "
+msgstr "IP del server NIS: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:249
+msgid "  Warning: No root password set"
+msgstr "  Avvertenza: nessuna password root impostata"
+
+#: ../summary.py:251
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Username: %s"
+msgstr "  Nome utente: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:253
+msgid "  No user account"
+msgstr "  Nessun account utente"
+
+#: ../summary.py:259
+#, python-format
+msgid "Time Zone: %s"
+msgstr "Fuso orario: %s"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:53
+msgid "UTC/GMT"
+msgstr "UTC/GMT"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:60 ../timezone.py:84
+msgid "Time Zone"
+msgstr "Fuso orario"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:85
+msgid "Select your time zone."
+msgstr "Selezionare il fuso orario."
+
+#: ../timezone.py:86
+msgid "Time Zones"
+msgstr "Fusi orari"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:88
+msgid "Time Zone: Locations"
+msgstr "Fuso orario: Località"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:89
+msgid "Select the location that contains your time zone."
+msgstr "Selezionare la località che rientra nel fuso orario desiderato."
+
+#: ../timezone.py:90
+msgid "Locations"
+msgstr "Località"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:93
+msgid "Time Zone: Regions"
+msgstr "Fuso orario: regioni"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:94
+msgid "Select the region that contains your time zone."
+msgstr "Selezionare la regione che rientra nel fuso orario desiderato."
+
+#: ../timezone.py:95
+msgid "Regions"
+msgstr "Regioni"
+
+#: ../users.py:57 ../users.py:79
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr "Utenti"
+
+#: ../users.py:58
+msgid "Define a root password for the system and user account for yourself."
+msgstr "Definire una password root per il sistema e un account utente personale."
+
+#: ../users.py:60
+msgid "System Root Password"
+msgstr "Password root di sistema"
+
+#: ../users.py:61
+msgid "Root password:"
+msgstr "Password root:"
+
+#: ../users.py:62
+msgid "Confirm password:"
+msgstr "Conferma password:"
+
+#: ../users.py:63
+msgid "Create a user account"
+msgstr "Crea un account utente"
+
+#: ../users.py:64
+msgid "Your real name:"
+msgstr "Nome reale:"
+
+#: ../users.py:65
+msgid "Username:"
+msgstr "Nome utente:"
+
+#: ../users.py:66
+msgid "User password:"
+msgstr "Password utente:"
+
+#: ../users.py:68
+msgid "No Root Password"
+msgstr "Nessuna password root"
+
+#: ../users.py:69
+msgid ""
+"A root password has not been defined. The system is completely unsecured.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choose Cancel to set a root password."
+msgstr "Non è stata definita alcuna password root. Il sistema non ha alcuna protezione.\n\nScegliere Annulla per impostare una password root."
+
+#: ../users.py:72
+msgid "No User Password"
+msgstr "Nessuna password utente"
+
+#: ../users.py:73
+msgid ""
+"A user password has not been defined. The user account has administrative "
+"privileges so the system is unsecured.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choose Cancel to set a user password."
+msgstr "Non è stata definita alcuna password utente. L'account utente ha privilegi amministrativi e il sistema non ha alcuna protezione.\n\nScegliere Annulla per impostare una password utente."
+
+#: ../users.py:297
+msgid "Root passwords don't match"
+msgstr "Le password root non corrispondono"
+
+#: ../users.py:300
+msgid "User passwords don't match"
+msgstr "Le password utente non corrispondono"
+
+#: ../users.py:322
+msgid "Enter username or clear all user account fields"
+msgstr "Immettere un nome utente o cancellare tutti i campi dell'account utente"
+
+#: ../users.py:369
+msgid "Passwords don't match"
+msgstr "Le password non corrispondono"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:46
+msgid "System Configuration Tool"
+msgstr "Strumento di configurazione sistema"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:47
+msgid ""
+"System Configuration Tool enables you to specify the following configuration "
+"parameters for your newly-installed Oracle Solaris 11 system:\n"
+msgstr "Lo strumento di configurazione del sistema consente di specificare i seguenti parametri di configurazione per il sistema Oracle Solaris 11 appena installato:\n"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:50
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"System Configuration Tool produces an SMF profile file in %(scprof)s.\n"
+"\n"
+"How to navigate through this tool:"
+msgstr "\nLo strumento di configurazione del sistema consente di creare un file del profilo SMF in %(scprof)s.\n\nUtilizzo di questo strumento:"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:53
+msgid ""
+"Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to move from "
+"screen to screen and to perform other operations."
+msgstr "Utilizzare i tasti funzione elencati nella parte inferiore di ogni schermata per passare da una schermata all'altra ed eseguire altre operazioni."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:56
+msgid ""
+"Use the up/down arrow keys to change the selection or to move between input "
+"fields."
+msgstr "Utilizzare i tasti a freccia su/giù per modificare la selezione o spostarsi tra i campi di input."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:58
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard does not have function keys, or they do not respond, press "
+"ESC; the legend at the bottom of the screen will change to show the ESC keys "
+"for navigation and other functions."
+msgstr "Se la tastiera non è dotata dei tasti funzione o tali tasti non rispondono, premere ESC. La legenda nella parte inferiore dello schermo verrà aggiornata per mostrare i tasti ESC che consentono la navigazione e altre funzioni."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:65
+msgid "Welcome and Navigation Instructions"
+msgstr "Istruzioni introduttive e di navigazione"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:82
+msgid "network"
+msgstr "rete"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:84
+msgid "system hostname"
+msgstr "nome host del sistema"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:86
+msgid "time zone"
+msgstr "fuso orario"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:88
+msgid "date and time"
+msgstr "data e ora"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:90
+msgid "user and root accounts"
+msgstr "account utente e root"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:92
+msgid "name services"
+msgstr "servizi di denominazione"
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/terminalui.pot	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\nReport-Msgid-Bugs-To: \nPOT-Creation-Date: 2011-07-29 16:17+0900\nPO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\nLast-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\nLanguage-Team: LANGUAGE <[email protected]>\nMIME-Version: 1.0\nContent-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\nContent-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../edit_field.py:341
+#, python-format
+msgid "Max supported field length: %s"
+msgstr "Lunghezza del campo massima supportata: %s"
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/textinstall.pot	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,670 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2009, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\nReport-Msgid-Bugs-To: \nPOT-Creation-Date: 2011-07-29 11:16+0900\nPO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\nLast-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\nLanguage-Team: LANGUAGE <[email protected]>\nMIME-Version: 1.0\nContent-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\nContent-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:53
+msgid "Oracle Solaris"
+msgstr "Oracle Solaris"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:126
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Exiting Text Installer. Log is available at:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr "Uscita dal programma di installazione in modalità testo corso. Log disponibile in:\n%s"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:300
+msgid ""
+"DONT_TRANSLATE_BUT_REPLACE_msgstr_WITH_True_OR_False: Should wrap text on "
+"whitespace in this language"
+msgstr "True"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:303
+msgid "Confirm: Quit the Installer?"
+msgstr "Conferma: uscire dal programma di installazione?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:304
+msgid "Do you want to quit the Installer?"
+msgstr "Uscire dal programma di installazione?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:305 ../disk_selection.py:106
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr "Annulla"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:306 ../__init__.py:376
+msgid "Quit"
+msgstr "Esci"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:313
+#, python-format
+msgid "The %(release)s Text Installer must be run with root privileges"
+msgstr "È necessario eseguire il programma di installazione in modalità testo %(release)s con privilegi root"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:318
+#, python-format
+msgid "Set log location to FILE (default: %default)"
+msgstr "Impostare la posizione log su FILE (default: %default)"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:322
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Set log verbosity to LEVEL. In order of increasing verbosity, valid values "
+"are 'error' 'warn' 'info' 'debug' or 'input'\n"
+"[default: %default]"
+msgstr "Impostare il livello di dettaglio del log su LEVEL. Per aumentare il livello di dettaglio, i valori validi sono 'error' 'warn' 'info' 'debug' o 'input'\n[valore predefinito: %default]"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:329
+msgid ""
+"Enable debug mode. Sets logging level to 'input' and enables CTRL-C for "
+"killing the program\n"
+msgstr "Abilita modalità di debug. Consente di impostare il livello di accesso su 'input' e abilitare CTRL-C per chiudere il programma\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:333
+msgid ""
+"Force the installer to run in black and white. This may be useful on some "
+"SPARC machines with unsupported frame buffers\n"
+msgstr "Forzare l'esecuzione in bianco e nero del programma di installazione. Tale operazione potrebbe essere utile in alcuni computerSPARC con frame buffer non supportati\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:338
+msgid ""
+"Runs in 'no installation' mode. When run in 'no installation' mode, no "
+"persistent changes are made to the disks and booted environment\n"
+msgstr "Consente l'esecuzione in modalità 'no installation'. Se eseguito in modalità 'no installation', non verrà apportata alcuna modifica persistente ai dischi e all'ambiente di boot\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:365
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"     Terminal too small. Min size is 80x24. Current size is %(x)ix%(y)i."
+msgstr "     Terminale troppo piccolo. La dimensione minima è 80x24. La dimensione corrente è %(x)ix%(y)i."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:371 ../disk_selection.py:107
+msgid "Continue"
+msgstr "Cont."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:373
+msgid "Back"
+msgstr "Ind."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:375
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr "Guida"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:380
+msgid "Help Topics"
+msgstr "Argomenti guida"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:381
+msgid "Help Index"
+msgstr "Indice guida"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:382
+msgid "Select a topic and press Continue."
+msgstr "Selezionare un argomento e scegliere Continua."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:417
+msgid "An unhandled exception occurred."
+msgstr "Si è verificata un'eccezione non gestita."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:422
+msgid "Full traceback data is in the installation log"
+msgstr "L'analisi completa dei dati è nel log di installazione"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:423
+msgid "Please file a bug at http://defect.opensolaris.org"
+msgstr "Segnalare un bug all'indirizzo http://defect.opensolaris.org"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:68 ../disk_selection.py:109
+msgid "Disks"
+msgstr "Dischi"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:69
+#, python-format
+msgid "Where should %(release)s be installed?"
+msgstr "Dove installare %(release)s?"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:70
+#, python-format
+msgid "Recommended size:  %(recommend).1fGB      Minimum size: %(min).1fGB"
+msgstr "Dimensioni consigliate:  %(recommend).1fGB      Dimensioni minime: %(min).1fGB"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:72
+msgid "Seeking disks on system"
+msgstr "Ricerca dischi nel sistema"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:73 ../fdisk_partitions.py:66
+msgid "The following partitions were found on the disk."
+msgstr "Nel disco sono state trovate le seguenti partizioni."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:74 ../fdisk_partitions.py:69
+msgid "The following slices were found on the disk."
+msgstr "Nel disco sono state trovate le seguenti slice."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:75 ../fdisk_partitions.py:67
+msgid "A partition table was not found. The following is proposed."
+msgstr "Tabella partizione non trovata. È stata proposta la seguente."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:77 ../fdisk_partitions.py:70
+msgid "A VTOC label was not found. The following is proposed."
+msgstr "Etichetta VTOC non trovata. È stata proposta la seguente."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:79
+msgid "A GPT labeled disk was found. The following is proposed."
+msgstr "Disco con etichetta GPT non trovato. È stato proposto il seguente."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:81
+msgid "Too small"
+msgstr "Troppo piccolo"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:82
+#, python-format
+msgid "Limited to %.1f TB"
+msgstr "Limite pari a %.1f TB"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:83
+msgid "GPT labeled disk"
+msgstr "Disco con etichetta GPT"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:84
+msgid "No disks found. Additional device drivers may be needed."
+msgstr "Nessun disco trovato. Potrebbero essere necessari ulteriori driver di dispositivo."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:86
+#, python-format
+msgid "%(release)s cannot be installed on any disk"
+msgstr "Impossibile installare %(release)s sui dischi"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:87
+msgid ""
+"An error occurred while searching for installation targets. Please check the "
+"install log and file a bug at defect.opensolaris.org."
+msgstr "Si è verificato un errore durante la ricerca di destinazioni per l'installazione. Controllare il log di installazione e aprire un bug all'indirizzo defect.opensolaris.org."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:91
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "Tipo"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:92 ../disk_window.py:64 ../disk_window.py:67
+#: ../disk_window.py:72 ../disk_window.py:76
+msgid "Size(GB)"
+msgstr "Dimensione(GB)"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:93 ../fdisk_partitions.py:55
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:89
+msgid "Boot"
+msgstr "Boot"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:94
+msgid "Device"
+msgstr "Dispositivo"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:95
+msgid "Manufacturer"
+msgstr "Produttore"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:96
+msgid "Notes"
+msgstr "Note"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:99
+msgid "Warning"
+msgstr "Avvertenza"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:100
+#, python-format
+msgid "Only the first %.1fTB can be used."
+msgstr "È possibile utilizzare solo il primo %.1fTB."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:101
+msgid ""
+"You have chosen a GPT labeled disk. Installing onto a GPT labeled disk will "
+"cause the loss of all existing data and the disk will be relabeled as SMI."
+msgstr "È stato selezionato un disco con etichetta GPT. L'installazione in un disco con etichetta GPT causerà la perdita di tutti i dati presenti e al disco verrà assegnata la nuova etichetta SMI."
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:63 ../disk_window.py:66
+msgid "Primary"
+msgstr "Principale"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:63 ../disk_window.py:66
+msgid "Logical"
+msgstr "Logico"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:68 ../disk_window.py:77
+msgid " Avail"
+msgstr "Disponibile"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:70 ../disk_window.py:74
+msgid "Slice"
+msgstr "Slice"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:341
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d more partitions"
+msgstr "%d ulteriori partizioni"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:343
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d more slices"
+msgstr "%d ulteriori slice"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:775 ../disk_window.py:785
+msgid "Only the digits 0-9 and \".\" are valid."
+msgstr "Solo le cifre da 0 a 9 e \".\" sono caratteri validi."
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:778
+msgid "A number can only have one \".\""
+msgstr "Un numero può avere un solo \".\""
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:787
+msgid "Size can be specified to only one decimal place."
+msgstr "È possibile specificare le dimensioni solamente fino a un decimale."
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:803
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"The new size (%(size).1f) is greater than the available space (%(avail).1f)"
+msgstr "La nuova dimensione (%(size).1f) è superiore allo spazio disponibile (%(avail).1f)"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:56
+#, python-format
+msgid "Fdisk Partitions: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+msgstr "Partizioni Fdisk: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:57 ../fdisk_partitions.py:84
+msgid "Solaris Partition Slices"
+msgstr "Slice di partizione Solaris"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:58
+#, python-format
+msgid "Solaris Slices: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+msgstr "Slice Solaris: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:59
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"%(release)s can be installed on the whole disk or a partition on the disk."
+msgstr "È possibile installare %(release)s nell'intero disco o in una sua partizione."
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:61
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"%(release)s can be installed in the whole fdisk partition or within a slice "
+"in the partition"
+msgstr "È possibile installare %(release)s nell'intera partizione fdisk o in una slice della partizione"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:64
+#, python-format
+msgid "%(release)s can be installed on the whole disk or a slice on the disk."
+msgstr "È possibile installare %(release)s nell'intero disco o in una sua slice."
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:72
+msgid "Use the whole disk"
+msgstr "Usa intero disco"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:73
+msgid "Use the whole partition"
+msgstr "Usa intera partizione"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:74
+msgid "Use a slice in the partition"
+msgstr "Usa una slice della partizione"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:75
+msgid "Use a partition of the disk"
+msgstr "Usa una partizione del disco"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:76
+msgid "Use a slice on the disk"
+msgstr "Usa una slice del disco"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:79
+msgid "Solaris Slices"
+msgstr "Slice di Solaris"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:82
+msgid "Fdisk Partitions"
+msgstr "Partizioni Fdisk"
+
+#: ../install_progress.py:46
+#, python-format
+msgid "Installing %(release)s"
+msgstr "Installazione di %(release)s"
+
+#: ../install_progress.py:49
+msgid ""
+"Do you want to quit the Installer?\n"
+"\n"
+"Any changes made to the disk by the Installer will be left \"as is.\""
+msgstr "Uscire dal programma di installazione?\n\nOgni modifica apportata al disco dal programma di installazione verrà lasciata \"invariata.\""
+
+#: ../install_status.py:48
+msgid "Installation Complete"
+msgstr "Installazione completata"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:49
+msgid "Installation Failed"
+msgstr "Installazione non riuscita"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:51
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"The installation of %(release)s has completed successfully.\n"
+"\n"
+"Reboot to start the newly installed software or Quit if you wish to perform "
+"additional tasks before rebooting.\n"
+"\n"
+"The installation log is available at %(log_tmp)s. After reboot it can be "
+"found at %(log_final)s."
+msgstr "L'installazione di %(release)s è stata completata.\n\nEseguire il reboot per avviare il software appena installato o scegliere Esci per eseguire ulteriori attività prima del reboot.\n\nIl log di installazione è disponibile in %(log_tmp)s. Dopo il reboot sarà disponibile in %(log_final)s."
+
+#: ../install_status.py:60
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"The installation did not complete normally.\n"
+"\n"
+"For more information you can review the installation log.\n"
+"The installation log is available at %(log_tmp)s"
+msgstr "L'installazione non è stata completata correttamente.\n\nPer ulteriori informazioni, è possibile verificare il log di installazione.\nIl log di installazione e disponibile in %(log_tmp)s"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:80
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "Reboot"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:83
+msgid "View Log"
+msgstr "Visualizza log"
+
+#: ../log_viewer.py:41
+msgid "Installation Log"
+msgstr "Log di installazione"
+
+#: ../log_viewer.py:76
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Could not read log file:\n"
+"\t%s"
+msgstr "Impossibile leggere il file log:\n\t%s"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:59
+msgid ""
+"Oracle Solaris will be installed into the Solaris partition. A partition's "
+"type can be changed using the F5 key.\n"
+"\n"
+"A partition's size can be increased up to its Avail space. Avail space can "
+"be increased by deleting an adjacent partition. Delete a partition by "
+"changing it to \"Unused\" using the F5 key.\n"
+"\n"
+"The four primary partition slots are listed on the left. If one is an "
+"\"Extended\" partition its logical partitions are listed on the right."
+msgstr "Oracle Solaris verrà installato nella partizione di Solaris. È possibile modificare il tipo di partizione utilizzando il tasto F5.\n\nÈ possibile aumentare le dimensioni di una partizione fino a occupare l'intero spazio disponibile. È possibile aumentare lo spazio disponibile eliminando una partizione adiacente. Eliminare una partizione contrassegnandola come \"Unused\" mediante il tasto F5.\nI quattro slot principali della partizione sono elencati a sinistra. Se una è una partizione \"Extended\" le relative partizioni logiche sono elencate a destra."
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:71
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"%(release)s will be installed in the \"%(pool)s\" slice. Use the F5 key to "
+"change a slice to \"%(pool)s.\"\n"
+"\n"
+"A slice's size can be increased up to its Avail size. Avail can be increased "
+"by deleting an adjacent slice. Use the F5 key to delete a slice by changing "
+"it to \"Unused.\"\n"
+"\n"
+"Slices are listed in disk layout order."
+msgstr "Sarà possibile installare %(release)s nella slice \"%(pool)s\". Utilizzare il tasto F5 per modificare una slice su \"%(pool)s.\"\n\nÈ possibile aumentare le dimensioni di una slice fino a occupare l'intero spazio disponibile. È possibile aumentare lo spazio disponibile eliminando una slice adiacente. Utilizzare il tasto F5 per eliminare una slice contrassegnandola come \"Unused.\"\n\nLe slice sono elencate nell'ordine del layout del disco."
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:80
+#, python-format
+msgid "Select Partition: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+msgstr "Selezionare partizione: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:82
+msgid "Select Slice in Fdisk Partition"
+msgstr "Selezionare slice nella partizione Fdisk"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:83
+#, python-format
+msgid "Select Slice: %(size).1fGB %(type)s%(bootable)s"
+msgstr "Selezionare slice: %(size).1fGB %(type)s%(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:85
+msgid "indicates the slice's current content will be destroyed"
+msgstr "indica che il contenuto corrente della slice verrà distrutto"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:87
+msgid "indicates the partition's current content will be destroyed"
+msgstr "indica che il contenuto corrente della partizione verrà distrutto"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:93 ../partition_edit_screen.py:99
+msgid "Select Slice"
+msgstr "Seleziona slice"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:96
+msgid "Select Partition"
+msgstr "Seleziona partizione"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:141
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr "Ripr."
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:142
+msgid "Change Type"
+msgstr "Mod. tipo"
+
+#: ../summary.py:61 ../summary.py:66
+msgid "Installation Summary"
+msgstr "Riepilogo installazione"
+
+#: ../summary.py:62
+msgid ""
+"Review the settings below before installing. Go back (F3) to make changes."
+msgstr "Verificare le impostazioni di seguito prima di eseguire l'installazione. Tornare indietro (F3) per apportare le modifiche."
+
+#: ../summary.py:72
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "Installa"
+
+#: ../summary.py:111
+#, python-format
+msgid "Software: %s"
+msgstr "Software: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:117
+msgid "Language: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "Lingua: *è possibile modificare quanto segue durante l'accesso."
+
+#: ../summary.py:121
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default language: %s"
+msgstr "  Lingua predefinita: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:124
+msgid "Keyboard layout: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "Layout tastiera: *è possibile modificare quanto segue durante l'accesso."
+
+#: ../summary.py:126
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default keyboard layout: %s"
+msgstr "  Layout tastiera predefinito: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:129
+#, python-format
+msgid "Terminal type: %s"
+msgstr "Tipo di terminale: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:132
+msgid "Users:"
+msgstr "Utenti:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:135
+msgid "Network:"
+msgstr "Rete:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:147
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Computer name: %s"
+msgstr "  Nome computer: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:152
+msgid "  Network Configuration: Automatic"
+msgstr "  Configurazione di rete: automatica"
+
+#: ../summary.py:154
+msgid "  Network Configuration: None"
+msgstr "  Configurazione di rete: nessuna"
+
+#: ../summary.py:156
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Manual Configuration: %s"
+msgstr "Configurazione manuale: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:158
+#, python-format
+msgid "    IP Address: %s"
+msgstr "Indirizzo IP: '%s'"
+
+#: ../summary.py:159
+#, python-format
+msgid "    Netmask: %s"
+msgstr "    Maschera di rete: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:161
+#, python-format
+msgid "    Router: %s"
+msgstr "    Router: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:172
+#, python-format
+msgid "Domain: %s"
+msgstr "    Dominio: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:175 ../summary.py:185 ../summary.py:198
+#, python-format
+msgid "Name service: %s"
+msgstr "Name service: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:179
+msgid "DNS servers: "
+msgstr "Server DNS: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:181
+msgid "DNS Domain search list: "
+msgstr "Elenco di ricerca dominio DNS: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:187
+msgid "LDAP profile: "
+msgstr "Profilo LDAP: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:188
+msgid "LDAP server's IP: "
+msgstr "IP del server LDAP: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:189
+msgid "LDAP search base: "
+msgstr "Base di ricerca LDAP: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:193
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind distinguished name: "
+msgstr "Nome distinto del bind proxy LDAP: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:195
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind password: [concealed]"
+msgstr "Password del bind proxy LDAP: [concealed]"
+
+#: ../summary.py:201
+msgid "NIS server: broadcast"
+msgstr "Server NIS: broadcast"
+
+#: ../summary.py:203
+msgid "NIS server's IP: "
+msgstr "IP del server NIS: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:214
+msgid "  Warning: No root password set"
+msgstr "  Avvertenza: nessuna password root impostata"
+
+#: ../summary.py:216
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Username: %s"
+msgstr "  Nome utente: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:218
+msgid "  No user account"
+msgstr "  Nessun account utente"
+
+#: ../summary.py:228
+#, python-format
+msgid "Disk: %(disk-size).1fGB %(disk-type)s"
+msgstr "Disco: %(disk-size).1fGB %(disk-type)s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:238
+#, python-format
+msgid "Partition: %(part-size).1fGB %(part-type)s"
+msgstr "Partizione: %(part-size).1fGB %(part-type)s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:246
+#, python-format
+msgid "Slice %(slice-num)s: %(slice-size).1fGB %(pool)s"
+msgstr "Slice %(slice-num)s: %(slice-size).1fGB %(pool)s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:257
+#, python-format
+msgid "Time Zone: %s"
+msgstr "Fuso orario: %s"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:40
+#, python-format
+msgid "Welcome to %(release)s"
+msgstr "Benvenuti in %(release)s"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:41
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Thanks for choosing to install %(release)s! This installer enables you to "
+"install the %(release)s Operating System (OS) on SPARC or x86 systems.\n"
+"\n"
+"The installation log will be at %(log)s.\n"
+"\n"
+"How to navigate through this installer:"
+msgstr "Grazie per aver scelto di installare %(release)s. Questo programma di installazione consente di installare il sistema operativo (SO) %(release)s in sistemi SPARC o x86.\n\nIl log di installazione sarà disponibile in %(log)s.\n\nNavigazione nel programma di installazione:"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:46
+msgid ""
+"Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to move from "
+"screen to screen and to perform other operations."
+msgstr "Utilizzare i tasti funzione elencati nella parte inferiore di ogni schermata per passare da una schermata all'altra ed eseguire altre operazioni."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:49
+msgid ""
+"Use the up/down arrow keys to change the selection or to move between input "
+"fields."
+msgstr "Utilizzare i tasti a freccia su/giù per modificare la selezione o spostarsi tra i campi di input."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:51
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard does not have function keys, or they do not respond, press "
+"ESC; the legend at the bottom of the screen will change to show the ESC keys "
+"for navigation and other functions."
+msgstr "Se la tastiera non dispone di tasti funzione o se tali tasti non rispondono, premere ESC. La legenda nella parte inferiore della schermata verrà aggiornata per mostrare i tasti ESC che consentono la navigazione e altre funzioni."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:57
+msgid "Welcome and Navigation Instructions"
+msgstr "Istruzioni introduttive e di navigazione"
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/date_time.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+DATA E ORA
+
+Questa schermata consente di impostare o reimpostare l'orologio interno del computer. 
+
+Se possibile, le impostazioni iniziali in questa schermata corrisponderanno alle impostazioni correnti dell'orologio interno del computer.
+
+PROCEDURA
+
+Per uscire da questa schermata di guida, premere F3. Quindi, nella schermata del programma di installazione, è possibile accettare le impostazioni iniziali di questa schermata premendo F2. In alternativa è possibile utilizzare i tasti freccia per spostarsi in ciascun campo modificabile e digitare nuove impostazioni. Quindi premere F2 per procedere con le nuove impostazioni. 
+
+Nota: se si digita una voce non valida, viene visualizzato un messaggio di errore.
+
+Se si imposta un mese con un numero di giorni inferiore all'impostazione corrente di Giorno, questa opzione viene impostata automaticamente sull'ultimo giorno del nuovo mese.  
+
+NAVIGAZIONE
+
+Per navigare da una schermata all'altra utilizzare i tasti funzione elencati nella parte inferiore di ciascuna schermata. Utilizzare i tasti freccia per spostarsi nel testo di ciascuna schermata.
+
+Nota: se la tastiera non dispone di tasti funzione o se tali tasti non rispondono, premere ESC per visualizzare i tasti ESC alternativi per la navigazione.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_search.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+ELENCO RICERCA DNS
+
+Specifica i domini DNS aggiuntivi. Questi domini verranno utilizzati dal sistema quando si cercano indirizzi da un server DNS.
+
+LINEE GUIDA
+
+I domini di ricerca sono facoltativi. Se non sono stati specificati domini, verrà utilizzato il dominio di ricerca predefinito, composto dal dominio per questo sistema.
+
+È possibile specificare un massimo di sei domini di ricerca.
+
+PROCEDURA
+
+Immettere i nomi di dominio a cominciare dal campo di immissione superiore.
+
+Se il sistema utilizza un elenco di ricerca DNS, il dominio verrà immesso nei campi come valore predefinito. Questi valori predefiniti possono essere modificati.
+
+NAVIGAZIONE
+
+Per navigare da una schermata all'altra utilizzare i tasti funzione elencati nella parte inferiore di ciascuna schermata. Utilizzare i tasti freccia per passare da un campo all'altro.
+     
+Nota: se la tastiera non dispone di tasti funzione o se tali tasti non rispondono, premere ESC per visualizzare i tasti ESC alternativi per la navigazione.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_server.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+INDIRIZZI SERVER DNS
+
+Specifica gli indirizzi IP dei server DNS che verranno utilizzati dal sistema.
+
+LINEE GUIDA
+
+È possibile specificare da uno a tre name server. Tali name server vengono utilizzati da DNS per risolvere i nomi di altri sistemi.
+
+Per determinare gli indirizzi dei server DNS, contattare l'amministratore del sistema.
+
+PROCEDURA
+
+Immettere gli indirizzi IP in formato numerico (ad es. 198.0.0.1).
+
+Se il sistema utilizza dei server DNS, i relativi indirizzi IP verranno immessi nei campi come valori predefiniti. Questi valori predefiniti possono essere modificati.
+
+NAVIGAZIONE
+
+Per navigare da una schermata all'altra utilizzare i tasti funzione elencati nella parte inferiore di ciascuna schermata. Utilizzare i tasti freccia per passare da un campo all'altro.
+     
+Nota: se la tastiera non dispone di tasti funzione o se tali tasti non rispondono, premere ESC per visualizzare i tasti ESC alternativi per la navigazione.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/domain.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+NOME DI DOMINIO
+
+Identifica il sistema come parte di un dominio del servizio di denominazione.
+
+LINEE GUIDA
+
+Per determinare il nome di dominio, contattare l'amministratore del sistema. In alternativa, utilizzare il comando domainname(1M) in un sistema installato in precedenza.
+
+Di solito, il nome di dominio è una serie di minimo due e massimo quattro nomi brevi separati da punti.
+
+PROCEDURA
+
+Immettere il nome di dominio nel campo di modifica.
+
+NAVIGAZIONE
+
+Per navigare da una schermata all'altra utilizzare i tasti funzione elencati nella parte inferiore di ciascuna schermata. Utilizzare i tasti freccia per passare da un campo all'altro.
+     
+Nota: se la tastiera non dispone di tasti funzione o se tali tasti non rispondono, premere ESC per visualizzare i tasti ESC alternativi per la navigazione.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_profile.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+PROFILO LDAP
+
+Specifica il profilo che verrà utilizzato per configurare il servizio dei nomi LDAP nel sistema. Specifica altresì l'indirizzo del server da cui il profilo deve essere recuperato. La schermata PROFILO LDAP specifica inoltre la base di ricerca LDAP.
+
+LINEE GUIDA
+
+Il profilo LDIF specificato, creato con il comando ldap_gen_profile, costituisce il formato predefinito con tutte le impostazioni corrette per comunicare con l'insieme dei server.  Il profilo assicura anche che ldap_cachemgr(1M) possa aggiornare automaticamente il file della configurazione.
+
+È richiesta la base di ricerca LDAP.  Viene suggerito automaticamente un valore predefinito, in base al nome di dominio immesso in precedenza.
+
+Se LDAP deve essere configurato in questo sistema senza utilizzare un profilo, selezionare "Nessuno" come tipo di servizio dei nomi. Al termine dell'installazione, configurare manualmente il servizio dei nomi.
+
+PROCEDURA
+
+- Immettere il nome del profilo nel campo di immissione in alto.
+- Immettere l'indirizzo IP numerico del server del profilo.
+- Immettere la base di ricerca.
+
+NAVIGAZIONE
+
+Per navigare da una schermata all'altra utilizzare i tasti funzione elencati nella parte inferiore di ciascuna schermata. Utilizzare i tasti freccia per passare da un campo all'altro.
+     
+Nota: se la tastiera non dispone di tasti funzione o se tali tasti non rispondono, premere ESC per visualizzare i tasti ESC alternativi per la navigazione.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_proxy.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+PROXY LDAP
+
+Specifica se vengono fornite le informazioni binding del proxy LDAP; in caso affermativo, specificare il nome distinto binding del proxy e la password binding del proxy.
+
+LINEE GUIDA
+
+Se il profilo che si sta utilizzando specifica un livello di credenziale proxy e il metodo di autenticazione è diverso da Nessuno, è necessario fornire le informazioni binding del proxy.
+
+Se si sceglie di non fornire le informazioni binding del proxy e queste informazioni sono obbligatorie, viene generato un errore e LDAP non viene inizializzato.  L'amministratore di rete è in grado di fornire le informazioni binding del proxy LDAP.
+
+PROCEDURA
+
+Immettere il nome distinto binding del proxy.  Immettere la password binding del proxy.
+
+NAVIGAZIONE
+
+Per navigare da una schermata all'altra utilizzare i tasti funzione elencati nella parte inferiore di ciascuna schermata. Utilizzare i tasti freccia per passare da un campo all'altro.
+     
+Nota: se la tastiera non dispone di tasti funzione o se tali tasti non rispondono, premere ESC per visualizzare i tasti ESC alternativi per la navigazione.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/name_service.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+SELEZIONE SERVIZIO DEI NOMI
+
+Specifica la relazione del sistema con un servizio dei nomi.
+
+LINEE GUIDA
+
+L'amministratore del sistema è a conoscenza dei servizi dei nomi che il sistema utilizza.
+
+PROCEDURA
+
+Per selezionare DNS come servizio dei nomi, accedere alla schermata del servizio dei nomi DNS e utilizzare i tasti direzionali per evidenziare Configura DNS.
+
+Per selezionare i servizi dei nomi LDAP o NIS, accedere alla schermata del servizio dei nomi alternativo e utilizzare i tasti direzionali per evidenziare la selezione corrispondente.
+
+NAVIGAZIONE
+
+Per navigare da una schermata all'altra utilizzare i tasti funzione elencati nella parte inferiore di ciascuna schermata. Utilizzare i tasti freccia per passare da un campo all'altro.
+     
+Nota: se la tastiera non dispone di tasti funzione o se tali tasti non rispondono, premere ESC per visualizzare i tasti ESC alternativi per la navigazione.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+RETE 
+
+In questa schermata viene richiesto di digitare il nome del computer host e di specificare le modalità di configurazione della connessione di rete.
+
+PROCEDURA
+
+Per uscire da questa schermata di guida, premere F3. Quindi nella schermata di installazione immettere le informazioni sulla rete come segue:
+
+* NOME COMPUTER: questa schermata include un campo modificabile per il nome del computer. Il campo modificabile è evidenziato. Mentre è selezionato il campo del nome host del computer, digitare un nome che identifichi il computer nella rete. Tenere presenti le seguenti limitazioni:
+
+     * Il nome host deve avere almeno due caratteri. 
+     * Il nome host può contenere lettere, numeri e segni meno (-).
+
+* CONNESSIONE DI RETE: utilizzare i tasti freccia per selezionare un'opzione di connessione di rete tra le seguenti:                  
+
+     Automatica: la connessione viene configurata mediante il protocollo DHCP.
+     Manuale: se si seleziona questa opzione, sarà necessario selezionare e configurare una interfaccia di rete con cavo nelle schermate seguenti. 
+     Nessuna: la rete non viene configurata durante l'installazione.
+ 
+Premere F2 per passare alla schermata successiva. 
+
+NAVIGAZIONE
+
+Per navigare da una schermata all'altra utilizzare i tasti funzione elencati nella parte inferiore di ciascuna schermata. Utilizzare i tasti freccia per spostarsi nel testo di ciascuna schermata.
+
+Nota: se la tastiera non dispone di tasti funzione o se tali tasti non rispondono, premere ESC per visualizzare i tasti ESC alternativi per la navigazione.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network_manual.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+CONFIGURAZIONE DI RETE MANUALE
+
+La o le schermate di configurazione manuale consentono di definire manualmente le impostazioni di rete del computer. In primo luogo, se sono presenti più interfacce, si seleziona la connessione da configurare. Quindi si digitano le impostazioni relative alla connessione. 
+
+Nota: durante l'installazione è possibile configurare una sola connessione.
+
+LINEE GUIDA
+
+Queste schermate includono campi modificabili, che appaiono evidenziati quando sono selezionati. Utilizzare i tasti freccia per selezionare ciascun campo. Quando un campo è selezionato, è possibile digitare valori nel campo.
+
+PROCEDURA
+
+Per uscire da questa schermata di guida, premere F3. Quindi completare le informazioni di configurazione manuale nel modo seguente:
+
+1. Se sono presenti più interfacce, nella prima schermata utilizzare i tasti freccia per evidenziare la connessione che si desidera configurare. Quindi premere F2 per passare alla schermata successiva.
+
+2. Utilizzare i tasti freccia per passare a ciascuno dei campi di configurazione della connessione da configurare.
+
+Nota: nel caso di campi i cui dati di configurazione sono stati rilevati automaticamente dal programma di installazione, vengono visualizzate le informazioni di configurazione. 
+
+3. Per ciascun campo di configurazione è possibile digitare impostazioni di connessione o accettare i valori predefiniti. Osservare le limitazioni per ciascun campo, come specificato nella schermata. Digitare le impostazioni o accettare i valori predefiniti per i seguenti campi:
+	* Indirizzo IP: campo obbligatorio
+	* Maschera di rete: campo obbligatorio
+	* Router: campo facoltativo
+	* DNS: campo facoltativo
+	* Dominio: campo facoltativo
+
+Quindi premere F2 per passare alla schermata successiva con le impostazioni di rete specificate. 
+
+NAVIGAZIONE
+
+Per navigare da una schermata all'altra utilizzare i tasti funzione elencati nella parte inferiore di ciascuna schermata. Utilizzare i tasti freccia per spostarsi nel testo di ciascuna schermata.
+
+Nota: se la tastiera non dispone di tasti funzione o se tali tasti non rispondono, premere ESC per visualizzare i tasti ESC alternativi per la navigazione.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/nis.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+SERVIZIO DEI NOMI NIS
+
+Specifica come trovare il name server NIS del sistema
+
+LINEE GUIDA
+
+Se si sceglie "Ricerca", il software cerca di trovare un name server. Il name server deve risiedere nella sottorete locale.
+
+Se si sceglie "Specifica", viene aperta una schermata secondaria.  Immettere l'indirizzo IP del name server nella schermata secondaria.
+
+PROCEDURA
+
+Evidenziare la selezione desiderata utilizzando i tasti direzionali.
+
+NAVIGAZIONE
+
+Per navigare da una schermata all'altra utilizzare i tasti funzione elencati nella parte inferiore di ciascuna schermata. Utilizzare i tasti freccia per passare da un campo all'altro.
+     
+Nota: se la tastiera non dispone di tasti funzione o se tali tasti non rispondono, premere ESC per visualizzare i tasti ESC alternativi per la navigazione.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+RIEPILOGO CONFIGURAZIONE DI SISTEMA
+
+Questa schermata consente di rivedere e confermare le impostazioni di configurazione.
+
+PROCEDURA
+
+Per uscire da questa schermata di guida, premere F3. Quindi nella schermata di riepilogo verificare le impostazioni di configurazione.
+
+FACOLTATIVO: se si desidera modificare le selezioni di configurazione, premere il tasto F3 per il numero di volte necessario a tornare alle schermate da modificare. Apportare le modifiche in tali schermate, quindi procedere in avanti fino a visualizzare nuovamente la schermata di riepilogo.
+
+Premere F2 per applicare la configurazione al sistema. 
+
+NAVIGAZIONE
+
+Per navigare da una schermata all'altra utilizzare i tasti funzione elencati nella parte inferiore di ciascuna schermata. Utilizzare i tasti freccia per spostarsi nel testo di ciascuna schermata.
+
+Nota: se la tastiera non dispone di tasti funzione o se tali tasti non rispondono, premere ESC per visualizzare i tasti ESC alternativi per la navigazione.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/timezone.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+FUSO ORARIO
+
+Questa serie di schermate consente di specificare il fuso orario appropriato per il sistema da installare. Selezionare un fuso orario o una località in cui solitamente viene utilizzato il computer. Se possibile, il programma di installazione utilizzerà come impostazione predefinita il fuso orario delle impostazioni interne del computer. 
+
+In quest'area il programma di installazione visualizza tre schermate: Regione, Località e Fuso orario 
+
+Nella prima schermata è possibile scegliere una regione generica, ad esempio l'Europa. Nella schermata successiva, il programma di installazione visualizza una località all'interno della regione selezionata, ad esempio Francia o Spagna. La terza schermata visualizza i fusi orari disponibili nella località selezionata. 
+
+Nota: se si seleziona "UTC/GMT" nella schermata Regione, le schermate Località e Fuso orario vengono ignorate.
+
+PROCEDURA
+
+Per uscire da questa schermata di guida, premere F3. Quindi in ciascuna schermata di installazione è possibile premere F2 per accettare la selezione predefinita. In alternativa è possibile utilizzare i tasti freccia per evidenziare un'altra selezione, quindi premere F2 per passare alla schermata successiva.
+
+NAVIGAZIONE
+
+Per navigare da una schermata all'altra utilizzare i tasti funzione elencati nella parte inferiore di ciascuna schermata. Utilizzare i tasti freccia per spostarsi nel testo di ciascuna schermata.
+
+Nota: se la tastiera non dispone di tasti funzione o se tali tasti non rispondono, premere ESC per visualizzare i tasti ESC alternativi per la navigazione.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/users.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+UTENTI
+
+In questa schermata è possibile digitare una password di root e definire un account utente per il sistema installato.
+
+LINEE GUIDA
+
+     * Sia la password di root che l'account utente sono facoltativi. È tuttavia consigliabile completare tutti i campi della schermata.
+
+     * Per creare un account utente valido è sufficiente specificare un nome utente.   
+    
+     * Il campo del nome utente ha le seguenti limitazioni:
+          
+          * Il nome utente deve essere diverso da root.
+          * Il nome utente deve iniziare con una lettera.
+          * I caratteri del nome utente devono essere inclusi tra i seguenti: [a-z A-Z 0-9 _.-].
+
+     * Se si digita una voce non valida, viene visualizzato un messaggio di errore relativo al campo.
+
+PROCEDURA
+
+Per uscire da questa schermata di guida, premere F3. Quindi, nella schermata Utenti, utilizzare i tasti freccia per spostarsi nei singoli campi modificabili. Digitare i dati necessari in ciascun campo. Premere F2 per passare alla schermata successiva. 
+
+NAVIGAZIONE
+
+Per navigare da una schermata all'altra utilizzare i tasti funzione elencati nella parte inferiore di ciascuna schermata. Utilizzare i tasti freccia per spostarsi nel testo di ciascuna schermata.
+
+Nota: se la tastiera non dispone di tasti funzione o se tali tasti non rispondono, premere ESC per visualizzare i tasti ESC alternativi per la navigazione.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+BENVENUTI
+
+Questo strumento di sistema consente di configurare il sistema operativo Oracle Solaris in sistemi SPARC o x86.
+
+PROCEDURA
+
+Per uscire da questa schermata di guida, premere F3. Quindi nella schermata Benvenuti premere F2 per passare alla schermata successiva.
+
+NAVIGAZIONE
+
+Non è possibile utilizzare il mouse per navigare tra le schermate di installazione. Utilizzare i tasti funzione per la navigazione. I tasti funzione disponibili per ciascuna schermata sono elencati nella parte inferiore della schermata. Ad esempio:
+
+F2_Continua: Premere F2 per passare alla schermata successiva. Quando si preme F2, lo strumento elabora le selezioni o le voci digitate nella schermata corrente.
+F3_Indietro: premere il tasto F3 per tornare alla schermata successiva.
+F6_Guida: premere il tasto F6 per visualizzare il contenuto della Guida relativo alla schermata corrente.
+F9_Esci: premere il tasto F9 per uscire dallo strumento senza configurare il sistema.
+
+In ciascuna schermata, utilizzare i tasti freccia per eseguire una delle operazioni seguenti:
+* Spostamento all'interno del testo della schermata.
+* Modifica delle selezioni evidenziate.
+* Spostamento ai campi nei quali è necessario digitare informazioni.
+
+Nota: se la tastiera non dispone di tasti funzione o se tali tasti non rispondono, premere ESC.
+ La legenda della parte inferiore dello schermo passa a visualizzare i tasti ESC per la navigazione e altre funzioni. 
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/disks.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+DISCHI
+
+Questa schermata visualizza i dischi interni e i dispositivi di memorizzazione esterni utilizzabili come destinazioni dell'installazione. Per essere rilevati dal programma di installazione, i dispositivi devono essere collegati prima dell'avvio del programma. 
+
+Nota: non è necessario impostare una configurazione in mirroring durante l'installazione. È possibile eseguire questa operazione mediante il comando ZFS attach dopo l'installazione. Se si prevede di impostare una configurazione in mirroring, tenere presente che il secondo disco deve avere dimensioni uguali o maggiori di quelle della destinazione dell'installazione. 
+
+AVVERTENZA: per le installazioni x86, tenere presenti le importanti considerazioni che seguono:
+
+	* Se il disco non è stato partizionato in precedenza, per impostazione predefinita l'installazione sovrascrive l'intera configurazione del disco. È tuttavia possibile modificare le selezioni predefinite nelle schermate di installazione per installare in una nuova partizione Solaris più piccola rispetto all'intero disco.
+
+	* Se sul disco è presente una partizione Solaris e l'installazione non modifica le partizioni, l'installazione sovrascriverà solo la partizione Solaris. Altre partizioni esistenti non verranno modificate. 
+
+Nota: fino a quando non si completano le schermate di selezione del programma di installazione e non si avvia il processo di installazione vero e proprio, non verrà apportata alcuna modifica al sistema.
+
+DIMENSIONE
+
+Viene visualizzata la dimensione consigliata o minima per l'installazione del sistema operativo Oracle Solaris. La dimensione di ciascun dispositivo è espressa in gigabyte. 
+
+* I dispositivi di dimensione insufficiente per un'installazione corretta vengono etichettati come tali.  
+
+* In alcuni dispositivi di grande capacità l'installazione di Oracle Solaris non utilizza tutto lo spazio disponibile. Per tali dispositivi è specificata una dimensione massima di installazione.
+
+PARTIZIONI O SLICE
+
+Nella prima sezione della schermata sono elencati i dispositivi disponibili. Un dispositivo è evidenziato per impostazione predefinita. La sezione successiva della schermata mostra le informazioni sulle partizioni o le slice per il dispositivo attualmente evidenziato. Per i dispositivi con formattazione x86 sono elencate le partizioni. Per i dispositivi con formattazione SPARC sono elencate le slice.
+
+Per visualizzare le informazioni relative a partizioni o slice di un altro dispositivo, utilizzare i tasti freccia per selezionare il dispositivo. La schermata cambia e mostra le informazioni relative alle partizioni o alle slice del dispositivo selezionato.
+
+Se sono presenti più di quattro dispositivi, premere ripetutamente i tasti freccia su/giù per passare agli altri dispositivi. 
+
+ATTENZIONE: se non sono presenti partizioni o slice per un dispositivo, la schermata visualizza una proposta di configurazione delle partizioni o delle slice. In questo caso, tutti i dati presenti nel dispositivo verrebbero cancellati durante l'installazione.
+
+PROCEDURA
+
+Per uscire da questa schermata di guida, premere F3. Quindi, nella schermata del programma di installazione, scegliere una delle seguenti opzioni:
+
+     * Per effettuare l'installazione nel dispositivo selezionato correntemente, selezionare F2. L'installazione continuerà nella schermata successiva.
+
+     * Per selezionare un altro dispositivo per l'installazione, utilizzare i tasti freccia per evidenziare il dispositivo preferito. Verranno visualizzate le informazioni relative alle partizioni o alle slice del dispositivo selezionato. Quindi premere F2 per continuare. 
+
+NAVIGAZIONE
+
+Per navigare da una schermata all'altra utilizzare i tasti funzione elencati nella parte inferiore di ciascuna schermata. Utilizzare i tasti freccia per spostarsi nel testo di ciascuna schermata.
+
+Nota: se la tastiera non dispone di tasti funzione o se tali tasti non rispondono, premere ESC per visualizzare i tasti ESC alternativi per la navigazione.
+
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+SPARC: SLICE SOLARIS
+
+Questa schermata visualizza le slice VTOC per il dispositivo di memorizzazione SPARC selezionato nella schermata precedente. Le slice sono elencate in ordine di layout. 
+
+PROCEDURA
+
+Per uscire da questa schermata di guida, premere F3. Quindi nella schermata di installazione utilizzare i tasti freccia per evidenziare le opzioni "Usa intero disco" o "Usa una slice del disco". 
+
+     * Se si seleziona "Usa una slice del disco", la schermata successiva consente di selezionare la slice da utilizzare per l'installazione e di apportare modifiche al layout della slice.
+
+     * Se si seleziona "Usa intero disco", il programma di installazione registra la scelta e passa all'attività successiva.
+
+       ATTENZIONE: se si seleziona "Usa intero disco", durante l'installazione verrà cancellato il contenuto dell'intero disco. Il disco viene sovrascritto dal nuovo sistema operativo Oracle Solaris. 
+
+Premere F2 per passare alla schermata successiva.
+
+NAVIGAZIONE
+
+Per navigare da una schermata all'altra utilizzare i tasti funzione elencati nella parte inferiore di ciascuna schermata. Utilizzare i tasti freccia per spostarsi nel testo di ciascuna schermata.
+
+Nota: se la tastiera non dispone di tasti funzione o se tali tasti non rispondono, premere ESC per visualizzare i tasti ESC alternativi per la navigazione.
+
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices_select.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+SPARC: SELEZIONA SLICE
+
+Questa schermata consente di selezionare una slice VTOC da utilizzare per l'installazione. Per indicare la slice da utilizzare per l'installazione, selezionare la slice e cambiarne il tipo in rpool. È possibile ridimensionare la slice rpool.
+
+La schermata visualizza le slice esistenti nel dispositivo selezionato nelle schermate precedenti. Le slice sono visualizzate nello stesso ordine in cui si trovano nel dispositivo. Viene visualizzata la dimensione attuale e la dimensione massima disponibile per ciascuna slice.
+
+LINEE GUIDA
+
+* Il dispositivo può contenere una sola slice rpool. Oracle Solaris verrà installato nella slice rpool. 
+
+* La dimensione della slice rpool può essere incrementata fino alla dimensione massima disponibile. Quando le slice appaiono come non utilizzate (Unused), lo spazio disponibile corrispondente è visualizzato nella colonna disponibile (Avail). È possibile impostare una slice come non utilizzata: lo spazio della slice verrà reso disponibile per le slice adiacenti.
+
+* Un asterisco rosso indica che il contenuto della slice verrà eliminato durante l'installazione. Se la slice non viene modificata esplicitamente dall'utente, il contenuto viene conservato durante l'installazione.
+
+Nota: non è necessario impostare una configurazione in mirroring durante l'installazione. È possibile eseguire questa operazione mediante il comando ZFS attach dopo l'installazione. Se si prevede di impostare una configurazione in mirroring, ricordare che il secondo disco deve avere una dimensione uguale o maggiore di quella della destinazione dell'installazione. 
+
+MODIFICA DEL CONTENUTO DELLE SCHERMATE
+
+Per modificare il contenuto delle schermate è possibile utilizzare una delle seguenti opzioni:
+
+     * F5_Modifica tipo: mentre è evidenziata una partizione, premere ripetutamente F5 per scorrere in sequenza i tipi di slice fino a visualizzare il tipo desiderato.
+
+     * Campi modificabili: se un campo selezionato è evidenziato, è possibile modificarne il contenuto mediante la digitazione.
+
+     * F7_Ripristina: premere F7 per ripristinare le impostazioni originali per tutti i dati presenti in questa schermata.
+
+PROCEDURA
+
+Per uscire da questa schermata di guida, premere F3. Quindi nella schermata di installazione utilizzare i tasti freccia per selezionare la slice di destinazione, se non è già selezionata. Se il tipo di slice non è rpool, premere ripetutamente F5 per scorrere in sequenza i tipi fino a quando non viene visualizzato rpool. 
+
+IMPORTANTE: il dispositivo può contenere una sola slice rpool.
+
+FACOLTATIVO: è possibile apportare ulteriori modifiche facoltative al layout della slice, come descritto di seguito, quindi premere F2 per passare alla schermata successiva. Le modifiche apportate vengono implementate durante l'installazione. Per registrare le modifiche al layout, in primo luogo utilizzare i tasti freccia per evidenziare la slice che si desidera modificare. Quindi eseguire una delle seguenti operazioni:
+
+	* Eliminare una slice: premere F5 ripetutamente per scorrere in sequenza i tipi di slice fino a visualizzare il tipo contrassegnato come non utilizzato. Quando una slice è contrassegnata come non utilizzata, lo spazio corrispondente viene reso disponibile per le slice adiacenti.
+
+	* Cambiare il tipo di una slice: premere F5 e cambiare il tipo di slice. Ad esempio, cambiare il tipo in rpool. 
+	
+	* Ridimensionare una slice: se la dimensione di una slice è evidenziata, è possibile ridimensionare la slice. Digitare nel campo modificabile la nuova dimensione, fino alla dimensione massima disponibile. 
+
+	* Creare una nuova slice: selezionare una slice non utilizzata. Premere F5 e cambiare il tipo della slice da non utilizzata a un altro tipo, ad esempio rpool. 
+
+Nota: è possibile utilizzare il tasto F7 per annullare le modifiche. 
+
+NAVIGAZIONE
+
+Per navigare da una schermata all'altra utilizzare i tasti funzione elencati nella parte inferiore di ciascuna schermata. Utilizzare i tasti freccia per spostarsi nel testo di ciascuna schermata.
+
+Nota: se la tastiera non dispone di tasti funzione o se tali tasti non rispondono, premere ESC per visualizzare i tasti ESC alternativi per la navigazione.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+RIEPILOGO INSTALLAZIONE
+
+Questa schermata consente di rivedere e confermare le specifiche di installazione.
+
+PROCEDURA
+
+Per uscire da questa schermata di guida, premere F3. Quindi nella schermata Riepilogo installazione, verificare le selezioni effettuate per l'installazione.
+
+FACOLTATIVO: se si desidera modificare le selezioni di installazione, premere il tasto F3 per il numero di volte necessario a tornare alle schermate da modificare. Apportare le modifiche in tali schermate, quindi scorrere fino a tornare alla schermata Riepilogo installazione.
+
+Premere F2 per avviare l'installazione. 
+
+ATTENZIONE: quando si preme F2 l'installazione ha inizio. È consigliabile non interrompere un'installazione in corso. Un'installazione incompleta può lasciare il disco in uno stato indefinito.
+
+DOPO L'INSTALLAZIONE
+
+Durante l'installazione viene visualizzato un indicatore di stato. Al termine dell'installazione, una schermata finale visualizza i risultati. È quindi possibile visualizzare il log di installazione, /tmp/install_log, premendo F4. 
+
+Dopo un'installazione riuscita, è possibile: 
+
+     * Premere F4 nel programma di installazione per visualizzare il log di installazione. 
+
+     * Riavviare il sistema per avviare il software installato. Dopo il riavvio, è possibile visualizzare il log di installazione nel percorso /var/sadm/system/logs/install_log.	
+
+     * Per eseguire ulteriori attività prima del riavvio, premere F9 per uscire dal programma di installazione. 
+
+Dopo un'installazione non riuscita, premere F4 per visualizzare il log di installazione. Quindi premere F9 per uscire dal programma di installazione. Apportare le modifiche necessarie, quindi riavviare il programma di installazione.
+
+NAVIGAZIONE
+
+Per navigare da una schermata all'altra utilizzare i tasti funzione elencati nella parte inferiore di ciascuna schermata. Utilizzare i tasti freccia per spostarsi nel testo di ciascuna schermata.
+
+Nota: se la tastiera non dispone di tasti funzione o se tali tasti non rispondono, premere ESC per visualizzare i tasti ESC alternativi per la navigazione.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+BENVENUTI
+
+Questo programma di installazione in modalità testo consente di installare il sistema operativo Oracle Solaris in sistemi SPARC o x86. Il presente programma di installazione, in particolare, può essere utilizzato su computer che non hanno o non richiedono schede grafiche.
+
+Nota: questa installazione iniziale del sistema operativo Oracle Solaris sovrascriverà il sistema Solaris o Oracle Solaris esistente con la nuova versione del sistema operativo Oracle Solaris. Se si desidera aggiornare una versione esistente del sistema operativo Oracle Solaris, utilizzare il comando pkg(1) o l'applicazione Package Manager anziché il presente programma di installazione.
+
+PROCEDURA
+
+Per uscire da questa schermata di guida, premere F3. Quindi nella schermata Benvenuti premere F2 per passare alla schermata successiva.
+
+NAVIGAZIONE
+
+Non è possibile utilizzare il mouse per navigare tra le schermate di installazione. Utilizzare i tasti funzione per la navigazione. I tasti funzione disponibili per ciascuna schermata sono elencati nella parte inferiore della schermata. Ad esempio:
+
+F2_Continua: Premere F2 per passare alla schermata di installazione successiva. Quando si preme F2, il programma di installazione elabora le selezioni o le voci digitate nella schermata corrente.
+F3_Indietro: premere il tasto F3 per tornare alla schermata successiva.
+F6_Guida: premere il tasto F6 per visualizzare il contenuto della Guida relativo alla schermata corrente.
+F9_Esci: premere il tasto F9 per interrompere l'installazione.
+
+In ciascuna schermata, utilizzare i tasti freccia per eseguire una delle operazioni seguenti:
+* Spostamento all'interno del testo della schermata.
+* Modifica delle selezioni evidenziate.
+* Spostamento ai campi nei quali è necessario digitare informazioni.
+
+Nota: se la tastiera non dispone di tasti funzione o se tali tasti non rispondono, premere ESC.
+ La legenda della parte inferiore dello schermo passa a visualizzare i tasti ESC per la navigazione e altre funzioni. 
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+x86: PARTIZIONI FDISK
+
+Questa schermata visualizza le partizioni fdisk per il dispositivo di memorizzazione x86 selezionato nella schermata precedente. 
+
+Nota: le partizioni vengono presentate nello stesso ordine in cui sono disposte sul disco. 
+
+PROCEDURA
+
+Per uscire da questa schermata di guida, premere F3. Quindi nella schermata di installazione utilizzare i tasti freccia per evidenziare "Usa intero disco" o "Usa una partizione del disco". 
+
+     * Se si seleziona "Usa una partizione del disco", le schermate successive consentono di selezionare la partizione da utilizzare per l'installazione e, se la partizione include slice definite, la slice da utilizzare. Inoltre è possibile modificare il layout delle partizioni fdisk. 
+
+     * Se si seleziona "Usa intero disco", il programma di installazione registra la scelta e passa all'attività successiva.
+
+       ATTENZIONE: se si seleziona "Usa intero disco", durante l'installazione verrà cancellato il contenuto dell'intero disco. Il disco viene sovrascritto dal nuovo sistema operativo Oracle Solaris. 
+
+Una volta effettuata la selezione, premere F2 per passare alla schermata successiva.
+
+NAVIGAZIONE
+
+Per navigare da una schermata all'altra utilizzare i tasti funzione elencati nella parte inferiore di ciascuna schermata. Utilizzare i tasti freccia per spostarsi nel testo di ciascuna schermata.
+
+Nota: se la tastiera non dispone di tasti funzione o se tali tasti non rispondono, premere ESC per visualizzare i tasti ESC alternativi per la navigazione.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions_select.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+x86: SELEZIONA PARTIZIONE
+
+Utilizzare questa schermata per selezionare, creare o modificare una partizione Solaris da utilizzare per l'installazione.
+
+La schermata consente di apportare modifiche al layout delle partizioni fdisk, ad esempio eliminazione di partizioni esistenti, creazione e dimensionamento di una partizione estesa, creazione e dimensionamento di una partizione Solaris o ridimensionamento di partizioni esistenti.
+
+La schermata visualizza le partizioni fdisk esistenti. Le partizioni principali vengono presentate nello stesso ordine in cui sono disposte sul disco. Viene visualizzata la dimensione attuale e la dimensione massima disponibile per ciascuna partizione. Se esiste una partizione estesa, vengono visualizzate le relative partizioni logiche. Le partizioni logiche vengono visualizzate anche nell'ordine della configurazione del disco all'interno della partizione estesa.
+
+Se il disco non è stato suddiviso in partizioni in precedenza, viene visualizzato un suggerimento di suddivisione in partizioni. Il suggerimento corrisponde a un'unica partizione, con dimensioni uguali a quelle dell'intero disco.
+
+LINEE GUIDA
+
+Il dispositivo può contenere una sola partizione Solaris. Inoltre è necessario utilizzare tale partizione Solaris per l'installazione. Se è presente una partizione Solaris, questa viene selezionata per impostazione predefinita. 
+
+ATTENZIONE: se si riducono le dimensioni di una partizione o se ne modifica il tipo, il contenuto della partizione verrà cancellato durante l'installazione. In caso contrario, tale contenuto viene conservato durante l'installazione. Se le modifiche previste determineranno l'eliminazione del contenuto di una partizione al momento dell'installazione, tale partizione viene contrassegnata con un asterisco rosso in questa schermata. 
+
+COME MODIFICARE IL CONTENUTO DELLE SCHERMATE
+
+Per modificare il contenuto delle schermate è possibile utilizzare una delle seguenti opzioni:
+
+     * F5_Modifica tipo: mentre è evidenziata una partizione, premere ripetutamente F5 per scorrere in sequenza i tipi di partizione fino a visualizzare il tipo desiderato o contrassegnato come non utilizzato. Se si seleziona il tipo contrassegnato come non utilizzato, la partizione viene eliminata e lo spazio corrispondente viene reso disponibile per il ridimensionamento delle partizioni adiacenti.
+
+       Note: non è possibile avere più di una partizione Solaris o più di una partizione estesa. Di conseguenza se già è presente una partizione Solaris o una partizione estesa, le opzioni di modifica attivabili con F5 non includeranno la conversione della partizione in una partizione Solaris o in una partizione estesa.
+
+     * Campi Dimensione: se un campo dimensione è evidenziato, è possibile modificarne il contenuto mediante la digitazione.
+
+     * F7_Ripristina: premere F7 per ripristinare le impostazioni originali per tutti i dati presenti in questa schermata.
+
+PROCEDURA
+
+Per uscire da questa schermata di guida, premere F3. Quindi nella schermata di installazione sono disponibili le seguenti opzioni: 
+
+     * Se è presente una partizione Solaris, questa viene selezionata per impostazione predefinita. È possibile eseguire una delle azioni seguenti:
+
+          * Utilizzare la partizione esistente con la dimensione attuale. 
+          * Ridimensionare la partizione Solaris. È possibile ridurre la dimensione. In alternativa è possibile incrementare la dimensione fino a occupare tutto lo spazio disponibile. 
+          * Per effettuare l'installazione su una partizione diversa, è in primo luogo necessario eliminare la partizione Solaris impostandone il tipo come non utilizzato. È quindi possibile selezionare un'altra partizione e impostarne il tipo su Solaris. Durante l'installazione, questa modifica cancella i contenuti della partizione esistenti. 
+
+     * Se non è presente una partizione Solaris, selezionare una partizione e convertirne il tipo in Solaris. 
+
+     * ISTRUZIONI LINUX-SWAP: se si usa uno strumento di partizionamento di terzi, ad esempio GParted, in questa schermata viene visualizzata una partizione denominata Linux-swap in cui è possibile installare il sistema operativo Oracle Solaris. Per utilizzare questa partizione è necessario cambiarne il tipo da Linux-swap a Solaris in questa schermata. Evidenziare la partizione e premere F5 ripetutamente per scorrere i diversi tipi fino a visualizzare il tipo Solaris per la partizione.
+
+FACOLTATIVO: è possibile apportare ulteriori modifiche facoltative al layout della partizione. Le modifiche apportate vengono implementate durante l'installazione. Per registrare le modifiche al layout, in primo luogo utilizzare i tasti freccia per evidenziare la partizione che si desidera modificare. Quindi eseguire una delle seguenti operazioni:
+
+	* Eliminare una partizione: premere F5 più volte per scorrere i vari tipi di partizione fino a visualizzare Non utilizzata. Durante l'installazione la partizione viene eliminata e lo spazio corrispondente viene reso disponibile per il ridimensionamento delle partizioni adiacenti.
+
+	* Modificare il tipo della partizione: premere F5 ripetutamente per scorrere i diversi tipi fino a visualizzare il tipo di partizione desiderato. Ad esempio, cambiare il tipo in Solaris. 
+	
+	* Ridimensionare una partizione: se la dimensione di una partizione è evidenziata, è possibile ridimensionare la partizione. Digitare nel campo modificabile la nuova dimensione, fino alla dimensione massima disponibile. Se si ridimensiona una partizione, il suo contenuto viene eliminato.
+
+	* Creare una nuova partizione: selezionare una partizione non utilizzata. Premere F5 e cambiare il tipo della partizione da non utilizzata a un altro tipo, ad esempio Solaris o Esteso. 
+
+	* Creare una partizione estesa: premere F5 fino a visualizzare il tipo di partizione Esteso. 
+
+Nota: è possibile utilizzare il tasto F7 per annullare le modifiche. 
+
+NAVIGAZIONE
+
+Per navigare da una schermata all'altra utilizzare i tasti funzione elencati nella parte inferiore di ciascuna schermata. Utilizzare i tasti freccia per spostarsi nel testo di ciascuna schermata.
+
+Nota: se la tastiera non dispone di tasti funzione o se tali tasti non rispondono, premere ESC per visualizzare i tasti ESC alternativi per la navigazione.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+x86: SLICE DELLA PARTIZIONE SOLARIS
+
+Se la partizione Solaris selezionata nella schermata precedente contiene slice VTOC Solaris, questa schermata elenca le slice VTOC. È possibile scegliere di installare il sistema operativo Oracle Solaris in una delle slice. In alternativa è possibile utilizzare l'intera partizione per l'installazione. 
+
+Le slice VTOC esistenti appaiono in ordine di layout.
+
+Nota: se la partizione Solaris è stata modificata nella schermata precedente, questa schermata non viene visualizzata. 
+
+PROCEDURA
+
+Per uscire da questa schermata di guida, premere F3. Quindi nella schermata Partizione Solaris utilizzare i tasti freccia per evidenziare "Usa intera partizione" o "Usa una slice nella partizione". Premere F2 per passare alla schermata successiva. Se si prevede di utilizzare una slice della partizione, la schermata successiva consente di selezionare la slice.
+
+NAVIGAZIONE
+
+Per navigare da una schermata all'altra utilizzare i tasti funzione elencati nella parte inferiore di ciascuna schermata. Utilizzare i tasti freccia per spostarsi nel testo di ciascuna schermata.
+
+Nota: se la tastiera non dispone di tasti funzione o se tali tasti non rispondono, premere ESC per visualizzare i tasti ESC alternativi per la navigazione.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/it_IT/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices_select.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+x86: SELEZIONE SLICE IN PARTIZIONE SOLARIS
+
+Questa schermata consente di selezionare una slice VTOC in una partizione Solaris e di utilizzarla per l'installazione. Per indicare la slice da utilizzare per l'installazione, selezionare la slice e cambiarne il tipo in rpool. È possibile ridimensionare la slice rpool.
+
+La schermata visualizza le slice esistenti nella partizione fdisk selezionata nelle schermate precedenti. Le slice sono visualizzate nello stesso ordine in cui sono disposte nella partizione. Viene visualizzata la dimensione attuale e la dimensione massima disponibile per ciascuna slice.
+
+LINEE GUIDA
+
+* Nella partizione può essere presente una sola slice rpool, e Oracle Solaris verrà installato in tale slice.  
+
+* La dimensione della slice rpool può essere incrementata fino alla dimensione massima disponibile. Quando le slice appaiono come non utilizzate (Unused), lo spazio disponibile corrispondente è visualizzato nella colonna disponibile (Avail). È possibile impostare una slice come non utilizzata: lo spazio della slice verrà reso disponibile per le slice adiacenti.
+
+Nota: un asterisco rosso indica che il contenuto della slice verrà eliminato durante l'installazione. Se la slice non viene modificata esplicitamente dall'utente, il contenuto viene conservato durante l'installazione.
+
+MODIFICA DEL CONTENUTO DELLE SCHERMATE
+
+Per modificare il contenuto delle schermate è possibile utilizzare una delle seguenti opzioni:
+
+     * F5_Modifica tipo: mentre è evidenziata una slice, premere ripetutamente F5 per scorrere in sequenza i tipi di slice fino a visualizzare il tipo desiderato.
+
+     * Campi Dimensione: è possibile modificarne il contenuto mediante la digitazione.
+
+     * F7_Ripristina: premere F7 per ripristinare le impostazioni originali per tutti i dati presenti in questa schermata.
+
+PROCEDURA
+
+Per uscire da questa schermata di guida, premere F3. Quindi nella schermata di installazione utilizzare i tasti freccia per selezionare la slice di destinazione, se non è già selezionata. Se il tipo di slice selezionato non è rpool, premere ripetutamente F5 per scorrere in sequenza i tipi di slice fino a quando non viene visualizzato rpool. 
+
+Nota: ricordare che la partizione può contenere una sola slice rpool. Se esiste un'altra slice rpool, convertirne il tipo in Non utilizzata prima di convertire la slice desiderata in rpool.
+
+FACOLTATIVO: è possibile apportare ulteriori modifiche al layout delle slice come descritto di seguito, quindi premere F2 per passare alla schermata successiva. Le modifiche apportate vengono implementate durante l'installazione. Per registrare le modifiche al layout, in primo luogo utilizzare i tasti freccia per evidenziare la slice che si desidera modificare. Quindi eseguire una delle seguenti operazioni:
+
+	* Eliminare una slice: premere F5 più volte per scorrere i vari tipi di slice fino a visualizzare Non utilizzata. Lo spazio corrispondente alla slice con impostazione Non utilizzata viene reso disponibile per le slice adiacenti.
+
+	* Modificare il tipo della slice: premere F5 ripetutamente per scorrere i diversi tipi fino a visualizzare il tipo di slice desiderato. Utilizzare questa procedura, ad esempio, per cambiare il tipo in rpool. 
+	
+	* Ridimensionare una slice: se la dimensione di una slice è evidenziata, è possibile ridimensionare la slice. Digitare nel campo modificabile la nuova dimensione, fino alla dimensione massima disponibile. 
+
+	Nota: la somma delle dimensioni delle partizioni potrebbe non corrispondere esattamente alla dimensione dell'intero disco: le dimensioni delle partizioni vengono arrotondate con un'approssimazione di 0,1 GB, ed è possibile che tra le partizioni sia presente spazio non utilizzato. 
+
+	* Creare una nuova slice: selezionare una slice non utilizzata. Premere F5 per cambiare il tipo della slice da Non utilizzata a un altro tipo, ad esempio rpool. La slice 2 non può essere modificata. 
+
+Nota: è possibile utilizzare il tasto F7 per annullare le modifiche. 
+
+NAVIGAZIONE
+
+Per navigare da una schermata all'altra utilizzare i tasti funzione elencati nella parte inferiore di ciascuna schermata. Utilizzare i tasti freccia per spostarsi nel testo di ciascuna schermata.
+
+Nota: se la tastiera non dispone di tasti funzione o se tali tasti non rispondono, premere ESC per visualizzare i tasti ESC alternativi per la navigazione.
+
+
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/sysconfig.pot	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,1153 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2009, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\nReport-Msgid-Bugs-To: \nPOT-Creation-Date: 2011-07-29 11:23+0900\nPO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\nLast-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\nLanguage-Team: LANGUAGE <[email protected]>\nMIME-Version: 1.0\nContent-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\nContent-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:499
+#, python-format
+msgid "Custom site profile %s is invalid, missing .xml suffix."
+msgstr "カスタムサイトプロファイル %s は無効です。.xml サフィックスがありません。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:507
+#, python-format
+msgid "Custom site profile %s is invalid or hasinvalid permissions."
+msgstr "カスタムサイトプロファイル %s は無効であるか、無効なアクセス権が設定されています。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:524
+#, python-format
+msgid "Unable to apply SMF profile %s."
+msgstr "SMF プロファイル %s を適用できません。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:540
+msgid "System is not properly configured. You are likely"
+msgstr "システムが正しく構成されていません。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:541
+msgid "trying to unconfigure or re-configure freshly"
+msgstr "新規にインストールされたシステムの構成解除または再構成を"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:542
+msgid "installed system which is not supported."
+msgstr "行おうとしている可能性がありますが、それはサポートされていません。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:611 ../__init__.py:622
+msgid "An unhandled exception occurred."
+msgstr "処理できない例外が発生しました。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:627
+msgid "Full traceback data is in the log"
+msgstr "完全なトレースバックデータがログにあります"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:636
+msgid "IO error creating profile"
+msgstr "プロファイルの作成中に入出力エラーが発生しました"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:643
+msgid "Unable to apply the unconfigure parameters to the image"
+msgstr "構成解除パラメータをイメージに適用できません"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:654
+msgid "Unable to initiate unconfiguration process."
+msgstr "構成解除処理を開始できません。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:671
+msgid "Root filesystem provided for the non-global zone does not exist"
+msgstr "非大域ゾーン用に指定されたルートファイルシステムは存在しません"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:678
+#, python-format
+msgid "Root filesystem mounted read-only, '%s' operation not permitted."
+msgstr "ルートファイルシステムは読み取り専用でマウントされています。'%s' 操作は許可されません。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:680
+msgid ""
+"The likely cause is that sysconfig(1m) was invoked in ROZR non-global zone."
+msgstr "sysconfig(1m) が ROZR 非大域ゾーンで呼び出されたことが原因と考えられます。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:682
+msgid ""
+"In that case, see mwac(5) and zonecfg(1m) man pages for additional "
+"information."
+msgstr "その場合、詳細については、mwac(5) と zonecfg(1m) のマニュアルページを参照してください。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:697
+msgid "This program will re-configure your system."
+msgstr "このプログラムはシステムを再構成します。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:699
+msgid "This program will unconfigure your system."
+msgstr "このプログラムはシステムの構成を解除します。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:700
+msgid "The system will be reverted to a \"pristine\" state."
+msgstr "システムは「初期の」状態に戻ります。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:701
+msgid "It will not have a name or know about other systems or networks."
+msgstr "名前はなく、ほかのシステムやネットワークは認識されていない状態になります。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:704
+msgid "Do you want to continue (y/[n])? "
+msgstr "継続してもよろしいですか (y/[n])? "
+
+#: ../__init__.py:753
+#, python-format
+msgid "There are no services on the system with grouping of %s"
+msgstr "システムに %s のグループを持つサービスはありません"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:811
+#, python-format
+msgid "Directory %s does not contain any profile."
+msgstr "ディレクトリ %s にはプロファイルが含まれていません。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:833
+msgid "Interactive configuration requested."
+msgstr "対話式構成が要求されました。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:834
+msgid "System Configuration Interactive (SCI) tool will be"
+msgstr "対話式システム構成 (SCI) ツールは"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:849
+msgid ""
+"Since you are currently not logged on console,\n"
+"you may not be able to navigate SCI tool."
+msgstr "現在はコンソールにログオンしていないため、\nSCI ツールのナビゲーションはできない場合があります。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:851
+msgid "Would you like to proceed with re-configuration (y/[n])? "
+msgstr "再構成を続行しますか (y/[n])? "
+
+#: ../__init__.py:919
+msgid "Grouping to configure"
+msgstr "設定するグループ"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:922
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Saves created system configuration profile into FILE.\t\t[default: %default]"
+msgstr "作成されたシステム構成プロファイルを FILE に保存します。\t\t[デフォルト: %default]"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:926
+#, python-format
+msgid "Set log location to FILE (default: %default)"
+msgstr "ログの場所を FILE に設定します (デフォルト: %default)"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:931
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Set log verbosity to LEVEL. In order of increasing verbosity, valid values "
+"are 'error' 'warn' 'info' 'debug' or 'input'\n"
+"[default: %default]"
+msgstr "ログの詳細レベルを LEVEL に設定します。有効な値は、詳細レベルの低い方から順に'error'、'warn'、'info'、'debug'、'input' です\n[デフォルト: %default]"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:939
+msgid ""
+"Force the tool to run in black and white. This may be useful on some SPARC "
+"machines with unsupported frame buffers\n"
+msgstr "ツールを強制的にモノクロで実行します。これは、フレームバッファーをサポートしていない一部の SPARC マシンで役立ちます\n"
+
+#. LOGGER.close() # LOGGER.close() is broken - CR 7012566
+#: ../__init__.py:955
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Exiting System Configuration Tool. Log is available at:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr "システム構成ツールを終了します。ログは次の場所にあります:\n%s"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:976
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"     Terminal too small. Min size is 80x24. Current size is %(x)ix%(y)i."
+msgstr "     端末が小さすぎます。最小サイズは 80x24 です。現在のサイズは %(x)ix%(y)i です。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:982 ../users.py:76
+msgid "Continue"
+msgstr "継続"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:983
+msgid "Back"
+msgstr "戻る"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:985
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr "ヘルプ"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:986 ../__init__.py:1041
+msgid "Quit"
+msgstr "終了"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:990
+msgid "Help Topics"
+msgstr "ヘルプトピック"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:991
+msgid "Help Index"
+msgstr "ヘルプ索引"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:992
+msgid "Select a topic and press Continue."
+msgstr "トピックを選択して「継続」を押してください。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1035
+msgid ""
+"DONT_TRANSLATE_BUT_REPLACE_msgstr_WITH_True_OR_False: Should wrap text on "
+"whitespace in this language"
+msgstr "False"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1038
+msgid "Confirm: Quit?"
+msgstr "確認: 終了しますか?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1039
+msgid "Do you really want to quit?"
+msgstr "本当に終了しますか?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1040 ../users.py:77
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr "取消し"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1050
+msgid "Error: Root privileges are required for this command."
+msgstr "エラー: このコマンドには root 権限が必要です。"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:54 ../date_time.py:67
+msgid "Date and Time"
+msgstr "日付と時刻"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:56
+msgid "Year:"
+msgstr "年:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:57
+msgid "Month:"
+msgstr "月:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:58
+msgid "Day:"
+msgstr "日:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:59
+msgid "Hour:"
+msgstr "時:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:60
+msgid "Minute:"
+msgstr "分:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:61
+msgid "(YYYY)"
+msgstr "(YYYY)"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:63
+msgid ""
+"Edit the date and time as necessary.\n"
+"The time is in 24 hour format."
+msgstr "必要に応じて日付と時刻を編集します。\n時刻は 24 時間形式です。"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:306
+msgid "Invalid date/time. See errors above."
+msgstr "無効な日付/時刻です。上記のエラーを参照してください。"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:404
+msgid "Year must be numeric"
+msgstr "年は数値である必要があります"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:407 ../date_time.py:410 ../date_time.py:425
+msgid "Year out of range"
+msgstr "年が範囲外です"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:438
+msgid "Month must be numeric"
+msgstr "月は数値である必要があります"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:443 ../date_time.py:458
+msgid "Month out of range"
+msgstr "月が範囲外です"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:469
+msgid "Day must be numeric"
+msgstr "日付は数値である必要があります"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:480 ../date_time.py:491
+msgid "Day out of range"
+msgstr "日付が範囲外です"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:500
+msgid "Hour must be numeric"
+msgstr "時間は数値である必要があります"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:503 ../date_time.py:512
+msgid "Hour out of range"
+msgstr "時間が範囲外です"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:522
+msgid "Minute must be numeric"
+msgstr "分は数値である必要があります"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:524 ../date_time.py:533
+msgid "Minute out of range"
+msgstr "分が範囲外です"
+
+#. name service choices for display to user
+#: ../nameservice.py:70 ../network_type.py:65
+msgid "None"
+msgstr "なし"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:70
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr "LDAP"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:70
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr "NIS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:71
+msgid "DNS"
+msgstr "DNS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:75
+msgid "Enter either a host name or an IP address."
+msgstr "ホスト名または IP アドレスを入力します。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:76
+msgid "An IP address must be of the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+msgstr "IP アドレスは xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx の形式になっている必要があります"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:132
+msgid "DNS Name Service"
+msgstr "DNS ネームサービス"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:140
+msgid "Indicates whether or not the system should use the DNS name service."
+msgstr "システムで DNS ネームサービスを使用するかどうかを示します。"
+
+#. allow the user to choose DNS or not
+#: ../nameservice.py:149
+msgid "Configure DNS"
+msgstr "DNS の構成"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:150
+msgid "Do not configure DNS"
+msgstr "DNS を構成しない"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:177
+msgid "Alternate Name Service"
+msgstr "代替ネームサービス"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:183
+msgid ""
+"From the list below, select one name service to be used by this system. If "
+"the desired name service is not listed, select None. The selected name "
+"service may be used in conjunction with DNS."
+msgstr "下のリストから、このシステムで使用するネームサービスを 1 つ選択します。必要なネームサービスがリストにない場合は、「なし」を選択してください。選択したネームサービスは DNS と組み合わせて使用できます。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:224
+msgid "Domain Name"
+msgstr "ドメイン名"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:230
+msgid ""
+"Specify the domain where this system resides. Use the domain name's exact "
+"capitalization and punctuation."
+msgstr "このシステムが属しているドメインを指定します。ドメイン名の大文字と小文字および区切り文字を正確に使用してください。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:233
+msgid "Domain Name:"
+msgstr "ドメイン名:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:287
+msgid "DNS Server Addresses"
+msgstr "DNS サーバーのアドレス"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:293
+msgid ""
+"Enter the IP address of the DNS server(s). At least one IP address is "
+"required."
+msgstr "DNS サーバーの IP アドレスを入力します。少なくとも 1 つの IP アドレスが必要です。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:295
+msgid "DNS Server IP address:"
+msgstr "DNS サーバーの IP アドレス:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:341
+msgid "At least one name server must be specified."
+msgstr "少なくとも 1 つのネームサーバーを指定する必要があります。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:352
+msgid "DNS Search List"
+msgstr "DNS 検索リスト"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:358
+msgid ""
+"Enter a list of domains to be searched when a DNS query is made. If no "
+"domain is entered, only the DNS domain chosen for this system will be "
+"searched."
+msgstr "DNS クエリーが実行されたときに検索するドメインのリストを入力します。ドメインを入力しない場合は、このシステムに選択されている DNS ドメインだけが検索されます。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:361
+msgid "Search domain:"
+msgstr "検索ドメイン:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:422
+msgid "LDAP Profile"
+msgstr "LDAP プロファイル"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:427
+msgid "Profile name:"
+msgstr "プロファイル名:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:428
+msgid "Search base:"
+msgstr "検索ベース:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:436
+msgid ""
+"Specify the name of the LDAP profile to be used to configure this system and "
+"the host name or IP address of the server that contains the profile."
+msgstr "このシステムを構成するために使用する LDAP プロファイルの名前、およびそのプロファイルを保持しているサーバーのホスト名または IP アドレスを指定します。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:439
+msgid "Profile server host name or IP address:"
+msgstr "プロファイルサーバーのホスト名または IP アドレス:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:442
+msgid ""
+"Specify the name of the LDAP profile to be used to configure this system and "
+"the IP address of the server that contains the profile."
+msgstr "このシステムを構成するために使用する LDAP プロファイルの名前、およびそのプロファイルを保持しているサーバーの IP アドレスを指定します。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:445
+msgid "Profile server IP address:"
+msgstr "プロファイルサーバーの IP アドレス:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:446
+msgid "  Enter the LDAP search base."
+msgstr "  LDAP 検索ベースを入力します。"
+
+#. in case of error, tell user what is being validated
+#: ../nameservice.py:459
+msgid "profile name"
+msgstr "プロファイル名"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:491 ../nameservice.py:726
+msgid "The LDAP profile name cannot be blank."
+msgstr "LDAP プロファイル名を空白にすることはできません。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:493
+msgid "The LDAP server IP address cannot be blank."
+msgstr "LDAP サーバーの IP アドレスを空白にすることはできません。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:510
+msgid "LDAP Proxy"
+msgstr "LDAP プロキシ"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:515
+msgid ""
+"Does the profile specify a proxy credential level and an authentication "
+"method other than None?"
+msgstr "プロファイルでは「なし」以外のプロキシ資格レベルと認証方法が指定されていますか?"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:524
+msgid "No"
+msgstr "いいえ"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:525
+msgid "Yes"
+msgstr "はい"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:549
+msgid "Specify LDAP Profile Proxy Bind Information"
+msgstr "LDAP プロファイルのプロキシバインド情報を指定"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:555
+msgid ""
+"Specify the LDAP proxy bind distinguished name and the LDAP proxy bind "
+"password.  The network administrator can provide this information."
+msgstr "LDAP プロキシバインド識別名と LDAP プロキシバインドパスワードを指定します。この情報はネットワーク管理者から入手できます。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:558
+msgid "Proxy bind distinguished name:"
+msgstr "プロキシバインド識別名:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:561
+msgid "Proxy bind password:"
+msgstr "プロキシバインドパスワード:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:563
+msgid "Encrypted proxy bind password:"
+msgstr "暗号化されたプロキシバインドパスワード:"
+
+#. in case of error, tell user what is being validated
+#: ../nameservice.py:583
+msgid "distinguished name"
+msgstr "識別名"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:600
+msgid "The LDAP proxy server distinguished name cannot be blank."
+msgstr "LDAP プロキシサーバーの識別名を空白にすることはできません。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:610
+msgid "NIS Name Server"
+msgstr "NIS ネームサーバー"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:616
+msgid "Specify how to find a name server for this system."
+msgstr "このシステムのネームサーバーを見つける方法を指定します。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:618
+msgid ""
+"Either let the software search for a name server, or specify a name server "
+"in the following screen.  "
+msgstr "ソフトウェアでネームサーバーを検索するか、次の画面でネームサーバーを指定することができます。   "
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:621
+msgid ""
+"The software can find a name server only if that server is on the local "
+"subnet."
+msgstr "ソフトウェアでネームサーバーを見つけることができるのは、そのサーバーがローカルサブネット上にある場合だけです。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:631
+msgid "Find one"
+msgstr "1 つ検索"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:632
+msgid "Specify one"
+msgstr "1 つ指定"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:661
+msgid "NIS Name Server Information"
+msgstr "NIS ネームサーバーの情報"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:676
+msgid ""
+"Enter the host name or IP address of the name server.  A host name must have "
+"at least 2 characters and can be alphanumeric and can contain hyphens.  IP "
+"addresses must contain four sets of numbers separated by periods (for "
+"example, 129.200.9.1)."
+msgstr "ネームサーバーのホスト名または IP アドレスを入力します。ホスト名には少なくとも 2 文字が必要で、英数字とハイフンを使用できます。IP アドレスには、4 つの数値をピリオドで区切って指定する必要があります (たとえば、129.200.9.1)。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:681
+msgid "Server's host name or IP address:"
+msgstr "サーバーのホスト名または IP アドレス:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:684
+msgid ""
+"Enter the IP address of the name server.  IP addresses must contain four "
+"sets of numbers separated by periods (for example, 129.200.9.1)."
+msgstr "ネームサーバーの IP アドレスを入力します。IP アドレスには、4 つの数値をピリオドで区切って指定する必要があります (たとえば、129.200.9.1)。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:687
+msgid "Server's IP address:"
+msgstr "サーバーの IP アドレス:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:714
+msgid "The NIS server IP address cannot be blank."
+msgstr "NIS サーバーの IP アドレスを空白にすることはできません。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:727
+msgid ""
+"Whitespace characters and quotation marks are not allowed in LDAP profile "
+"names."
+msgstr "LDAP プロファイル名に空白文字や引用符を使用することはできません。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:741
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind distinguished name may not be blank."
+msgstr "LDAP プロキシバインド識別名を空白にすることはできません。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:744
+msgid ""
+"The LDAP proxy bind distinguished name may not contain whitespace characters."
+msgstr "LDAP プロキシバインド識別名に空白文字を含めることはできません。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:747
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind distinguished name may not contain quotation marks."
+msgstr "LDAP プロキシバインド識別名に引用符を含めることはできません。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:757
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind password may not be blank."
+msgstr "LDAP プロキシバインドパスワードを空白にすることはできません。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:760
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind password may not contain whitespace characters."
+msgstr "LDAP プロキシバインドパスワードに空白文字を含めることはできません。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:763
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind password may not contain quotation marks."
+msgstr "LDAP プロキシバインドパスワードに引用符を含めることはできません。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:777 ../nameservice.py:848
+msgid ""
+"A host name can only contain letters, numbers,  periods, and minus signs (-)."
+msgstr "ホスト名には文字、数字、ピリオド、およびマイナス記号 (-) だけを使用できます。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:808
+msgid "The domain cannot be blank."
+msgstr "ドメインを空白にすることはできません。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:812
+msgid "Domain labels must have less than 64 characters."
+msgstr "ドメインラベルは 64 文字未満でなければなりません。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:815
+msgid "Domain labels should not start or end with hyphens ('-')."
+msgstr "ドメインラベルの先頭と末尾にハイフン ('-') を使用しないでください。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:818
+msgid "Invalid domain"
+msgstr "無効なドメイン"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:868
+#, python-format
+msgid "The %s cannot be blank."
+msgstr "%s を空白にすることはできません。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:871
+#, python-format
+msgid "Invalid character for %s."
+msgstr "%s に無効な文字です。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:883
+msgid "Domain labels must have less than 64 characters"
+msgstr "ドメインラベルは 64 文字未満でなければなりません"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:885
+msgid "A domain label may not begin with a hyphen."
+msgstr "ドメインラベルの先頭にハイフンを使用することはできません。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:888
+msgid "Invalid character for domain name."
+msgstr "ドメイン名に無効な文字です。"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:50
+#, python-format
+msgid "Manually Configure: %s"
+msgstr "手動設定: %s"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:52
+msgid ""
+"Enter the configuration for this network connection. All entries must "
+"contain four sets of numbers, 0 to 255, separated by periods."
+msgstr "このネットワーク接続の設定を入力します。すべてのエントリには、4 つの数値 (0 から 255 まで) をピリオドで区切って指定する必要があります。"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:55
+msgid "IP Address:"
+msgstr "IP アドレス:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:56
+msgid "Must be unique for this network"
+msgstr "このネットワークで一意である必要があります"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:57
+msgid "Netmask:"
+msgstr "ネットマスク:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:58
+msgid "Your subnet use may require a different mask"
+msgstr "サブネットを使用するために異なるマスクが必要な場合があります"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:59
+msgid "Router:"
+msgstr "ルーター:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:60
+msgid "The IP address of the router on this subnet"
+msgstr "このサブネット上のルーターの IP アドレス"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:61
+msgid "A DNS server was found on the network"
+msgstr "ネットワーク上で DNS サーバーが見つかりました"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:62
+msgid "Address of the Domain Name Server"
+msgstr "ドメインネームサーバーのアドレス"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:63
+msgid "Domain:"
+msgstr "ドメイン:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:64
+msgid "The machine appears to be in this domain"
+msgstr "マシンはこのドメイン内に存在しています"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:65
+msgid "The network's domain name"
+msgstr "ネットワークのドメイン名"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:66
+msgid "NIC:"
+msgstr "NIC:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:67
+msgid "Settings will be applied to this interface"
+msgstr "設定はこのインタフェースに適用されます"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:70
+msgid "Manually Configure: NIC"
+msgstr "手動設定: NIC"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:184
+msgid "IP Address must not be empty"
+msgstr "IP アドレスを空にすることはできません"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:186
+msgid "Netmask must not be empty"
+msgstr "ネットマスクを空にすることはできません"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:192
+#, python-format
+msgid "'%s' is not a valid netmask"
+msgstr "'%s' は有効なネットマスクではありません"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:228 ../network_nic_configure.py:243
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s must be of the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+msgstr "%s は xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx の形式になっている必要があります"
+
+#: ../network_nic_select.py:49 ../network_nic_select.py:54
+msgid "Manual Network Configuration"
+msgstr "手動ネットワーク設定"
+
+#: ../network_nic_select.py:50
+msgid ""
+"Select the one wired network connection to be configured during installation"
+msgstr "インストール時に設定する有線ネットワーク接続を 1 つ選択します"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:54 ../network_type.py:75
+msgid "Network"
+msgstr "ネットワーク"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:55
+msgid ""
+"Enter a name for this computer that identifies it on the network. It must be "
+"at least two characters. It can contain letters, numbers, and minus signs "
+"(-)."
+msgstr "このコンピュータをネットワーク上で識別するための名前を入力します。2 文字以上でなければなりません。文字、数字、およびマイナス記号 (-)を使用できます。"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:58
+msgid "Computer Name: "
+msgstr "コンピュータ名:"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:59
+msgid "Select how the wired ethernet network connection is configured."
+msgstr "有線 Ethernet ネットワーク接続の設定方法を選択します。"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:61
+msgid "Automatically"
+msgstr "自動"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:62
+msgid "Automatically configure the connection"
+msgstr "接続を自動的に設定します"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:63
+msgid "Manually"
+msgstr "手動"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:64
+msgid "Enter the information on the following screen"
+msgstr "次の画面で情報を入力します"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:66
+msgid "Do not configure the network at this time"
+msgstr "現時点ではネットワークを設定しません"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:67
+msgid ""
+"No wired network interfaces found. Additional device drivers may be needed."
+msgstr "有線ネットワークインタフェースが見つかりません。追加のデバイスドライバが必要である可能性があります。"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:201
+msgid "A Hostname is required."
+msgstr "ホスト名が必要です。"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:203
+msgid "A Hostname must be at least two characters."
+msgstr "ホスト名は 2 文字以上でなければなりません。"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:207
+msgid ""
+"Select the wired network configuration: Automatically, Manually, or None."
+msgstr "有線ネットワークの設定を選択します: 自動、手動、またはなし。"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:218
+msgid "The Hostname can only contain letters, numbers, and minus signs (-)."
+msgstr "ホスト名には文字、数字、およびマイナス記号 (-) だけを使用できます。"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:253
+msgid "Username must not be blank"
+msgstr "ユーザー名を空白にすることはできません。"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:257
+msgid "Username must start with a letter"
+msgstr "ユーザー名は文字から始まる必要があります"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:261
+msgid "Invalid character"
+msgstr "無効な文字"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:284
+msgid "User password must be entered."
+msgstr "ユーザーのパスワードを入力する必要があります。"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:286
+msgid "Password must contain at least 6 characters."
+msgstr "パスワードは、6 文字以上でなければなりません。"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:300
+msgid "Password must contain 1 alphabetical character."
+msgstr "パスワードには、英字を 1 文字以上含める必要があります。"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:303
+msgid "Password must contain 1 digit/special character."
+msgstr "パスワードには、数字/特殊文字を 1 文字以上含める必要があります。"
+
+#: ../summary.py:59 ../summary.py:64
+msgid "System Configuration Summary"
+msgstr "システム構成の概要"
+
+#: ../summary.py:60
+msgid ""
+"Review the settings below before continuing. Go back (F3) to make changes."
+msgstr "続行する前に以下の設定を確認してください。変更する場合は前に戻ってください (F3)。"
+
+#: ../summary.py:76
+msgid "Apply"
+msgstr "適用"
+
+#: ../summary.py:110
+msgid "Error when generating SC profile\n"
+msgstr "SC プロファイルの生成中にエラーが発生しました\n"
+
+#: ../summary.py:112
+msgid "SC profile successfully generated\n"
+msgstr "SC プロファイルが正常に生成されました\n"
+
+#: ../summary.py:128
+msgid "Language: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "言語: *ログインすると以下が変更される可能性があります。"
+
+#: ../summary.py:132
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default language: %s"
+msgstr "  デフォルトの言語: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:138
+msgid "Keyboard layout: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "キー配列: *ログインすると以下が変更される可能性があります。"
+
+#: ../summary.py:140
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default keyboard layout: %s"
+msgstr "  デフォルトのキー配列: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:145
+#, python-format
+msgid "Terminal type: %s"
+msgstr "端末のタイプ: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:151
+msgid "Users:"
+msgstr "ユーザー:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:158
+msgid "Network:"
+msgstr "ネットワーク:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:174
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Computer name: %s"
+msgstr "  コンピュータ名: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:185
+msgid "  Network Configuration: Automatic"
+msgstr "  ネットワーク設定: 自動"
+
+#: ../summary.py:187
+msgid "  Network Configuration: None"
+msgstr "  ネットワーク設定: なし"
+
+#: ../summary.py:189
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Manual Configuration: %s"
+msgstr "  手動設定: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:191
+#, python-format
+msgid "IP Address: %s"
+msgstr "    IP アドレス: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:192
+#, python-format
+msgid "Netmask: %s"
+msgstr "    ネットマスク: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:194
+#, python-format
+msgid "Router: %s"
+msgstr "    ルーター: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:209
+#, python-format
+msgid "Domain: %s"
+msgstr "    ドメイン: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:212 ../summary.py:220 ../summary.py:233
+#, python-format
+msgid "Name service: %s"
+msgstr "ネームサービス: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:215
+msgid "DNS servers: "
+msgstr "DNS サーバー: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:217
+msgid "DNS Domain search list: "
+msgstr "DNS ドメイン検索リスト: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:222
+msgid "LDAP profile: "
+msgstr "LDAP プロファイル: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:223
+msgid "LDAP server's IP: "
+msgstr "LDAP サーバーの IP: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:224
+msgid "LDAP search base: "
+msgstr "LDAP 検索ベース: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:228
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind distinguished name: "
+msgstr "LDAP プロキシバインド識別名: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:230
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind password: [concealed]"
+msgstr "LDAP プロキシバインドパスワード: [非表示]"
+
+#: ../summary.py:236
+msgid "NIS server: broadcast"
+msgstr "NIS サーバー: ブロードキャスト"
+
+#: ../summary.py:238
+msgid "NIS server's IP: "
+msgstr "NIS サーバーの IP: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:249
+msgid "  Warning: No root password set"
+msgstr "  警告: root パスワードが設定されていません"
+
+#: ../summary.py:251
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Username: %s"
+msgstr "  ユーザー名: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:253
+msgid "  No user account"
+msgstr "  ユーザーアカウントがありません"
+
+#: ../summary.py:259
+#, python-format
+msgid "Time Zone: %s"
+msgstr "タイムゾーン: %s"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:53
+msgid "UTC/GMT"
+msgstr "UTC/GMT"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:60 ../timezone.py:84
+msgid "Time Zone"
+msgstr "タイムゾーン"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:85
+msgid "Select your time zone."
+msgstr "タイムゾーンを選択します。"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:86
+msgid "Time Zones"
+msgstr "タイムゾーン"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:88
+msgid "Time Zone: Locations"
+msgstr "タイムゾーン: 場所"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:89
+msgid "Select the location that contains your time zone."
+msgstr "タイムゾーンが含まれる場所を選択します。"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:90
+msgid "Locations"
+msgstr "場所"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:93
+msgid "Time Zone: Regions"
+msgstr "タイムゾーン: 地域"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:94
+msgid "Select the region that contains your time zone."
+msgstr "タイムゾーンが含まれる地域を選択します。"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:95
+msgid "Regions"
+msgstr "地域"
+
+#: ../users.py:57 ../users.py:79
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr "ユーザー"
+
+#: ../users.py:58
+msgid "Define a root password for the system and user account for yourself."
+msgstr "システムの root パスワードとユーザー自身のユーザーアカウントを定義します。"
+
+#: ../users.py:60
+msgid "System Root Password"
+msgstr "システムの root パスワード"
+
+#: ../users.py:61
+msgid "Root password:"
+msgstr "root パスワード:"
+
+#: ../users.py:62
+msgid "Confirm password:"
+msgstr "パスワードの確認:"
+
+#: ../users.py:63
+msgid "Create a user account"
+msgstr "ユーザーアカウントの作成"
+
+#: ../users.py:64
+msgid "Your real name:"
+msgstr "自分の名前:"
+
+#: ../users.py:65
+msgid "Username:"
+msgstr "ユーザー名:"
+
+#: ../users.py:66
+msgid "User password:"
+msgstr "ユーザーパスワード:"
+
+#: ../users.py:68
+msgid "No Root Password"
+msgstr "root パスワードがありません"
+
+#: ../users.py:69
+msgid ""
+"A root password has not been defined. The system is completely unsecured.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choose Cancel to set a root password."
+msgstr "root パスワードが定義されていません。システムがまったくセキュリティー保護\nされていません。\n「取消し」を選択して、root パスワードを設定してください。"
+
+#: ../users.py:72
+msgid "No User Password"
+msgstr "ユーザーパスワードがありません"
+
+#: ../users.py:73
+msgid ""
+"A user password has not been defined. The user account has administrative "
+"privileges so the system is unsecured.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choose Cancel to set a user password."
+msgstr "ユーザーパスワードが定義されていません。このユーザーアカウントには管理特権があるため、システムがセキュリティー保護されていません。\n\n「取消し」を選択して、ユーザーパスワードを設定してください。"
+
+#: ../users.py:297
+msgid "Root passwords don't match"
+msgstr "root パスワードが一致しません"
+
+#: ../users.py:300
+msgid "User passwords don't match"
+msgstr "ユーザーパスワードが一致しません"
+
+#: ../users.py:322
+msgid "Enter username or clear all user account fields"
+msgstr "ユーザー名を入力するか、またはすべてのユーザーアカウントフィールドを消去します"
+
+#: ../users.py:369
+msgid "Passwords don't match"
+msgstr "パスワードが一致しません"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:46
+msgid "System Configuration Tool"
+msgstr "システム構成ツール"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:47
+msgid ""
+"System Configuration Tool enables you to specify the following configuration "
+"parameters for your newly-installed Oracle Solaris 11 system:\n"
+msgstr "システム構成ツールでは、新規にインストールされた Oracle Solaris 11 システムの次の構成パラメータを指定できます:\n"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:50
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"System Configuration Tool produces an SMF profile file in %(scprof)s.\n"
+"\n"
+"How to navigate through this tool:"
+msgstr "\nシステム構成ツールは %(scprof)s に SMF プロファイルファイルを生成します。\n\nこのツールのナビゲーション方法:"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:53
+msgid ""
+"Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to move from "
+"screen to screen and to perform other operations."
+msgstr "画面間を移動したり、ほかの操作を実行したりするには、各画面の下部に表示されたファンクションキーを使用します。"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:56
+msgid ""
+"Use the up/down arrow keys to change the selection or to move between input "
+"fields."
+msgstr "選択項目を変更したり、入力フィールド間を移動したりするには、上/下矢印キーを使用します。"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:58
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard does not have function keys, or they do not respond, press "
+"ESC; the legend at the bottom of the screen will change to show the ESC keys "
+"for navigation and other functions."
+msgstr "キーボードにファンクションキーがない場合や、ファンクションキーが機能しない場合は、ESC を押してください。画面下部の凡例がナビゲーションやその他の機能に対応する ESC キーの表示に変わります。"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:65
+msgid "Welcome and Navigation Instructions"
+msgstr "開始画面とナビゲーション方法"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:82
+msgid "network"
+msgstr "ネットワーク"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:84
+msgid "system hostname"
+msgstr "システムのホスト名"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:86
+msgid "time zone"
+msgstr "タイムゾーン"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:88
+msgid "date and time"
+msgstr "日付と時刻"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:90
+msgid "user and root accounts"
+msgstr "ユーザーおよび root アカウント"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:92
+msgid "name services"
+msgstr "ネームサービス"
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/terminalui.pot	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\nReport-Msgid-Bugs-To: \nPOT-Creation-Date: 2011-07-29 16:17+0900\nPO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\nLast-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\nLanguage-Team: LANGUAGE <[email protected]>\nMIME-Version: 1.0\nContent-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\nContent-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../edit_field.py:341
+#, python-format
+msgid "Max supported field length: %s"
+msgstr "サポートされている最大フィールド長: %s"
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/textinstall.pot	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,670 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2009, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\nReport-Msgid-Bugs-To: \nPOT-Creation-Date: 2011-07-29 11:16+0900\nPO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\nLast-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\nLanguage-Team: LANGUAGE <[email protected]>\nMIME-Version: 1.0\nContent-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\nContent-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:53
+msgid "Oracle Solaris"
+msgstr "Oracle Solaris"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:126
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Exiting Text Installer. Log is available at:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr "テキストインストーラを終了します。ログは次の場所にあります:\n%s"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:300
+msgid ""
+"DONT_TRANSLATE_BUT_REPLACE_msgstr_WITH_True_OR_False: Should wrap text on "
+"whitespace in this language"
+msgstr "False"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:303
+msgid "Confirm: Quit the Installer?"
+msgstr "確認: インストーラを終了しますか?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:304
+msgid "Do you want to quit the Installer?"
+msgstr "インストーラを終了しますか?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:305 ../disk_selection.py:106
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr "取消し"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:306 ../__init__.py:376
+msgid "Quit"
+msgstr "終了"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:313
+#, python-format
+msgid "The %(release)s Text Installer must be run with root privileges"
+msgstr "%(release)s のテキストインストーラは root 権限で実行する必要があります"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:318
+#, python-format
+msgid "Set log location to FILE (default: %default)"
+msgstr "ログの場所を FILE に設定します (デフォルト: %default)"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:322
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Set log verbosity to LEVEL. In order of increasing verbosity, valid values "
+"are 'error' 'warn' 'info' 'debug' or 'input'\n"
+"[default: %default]"
+msgstr "ログの詳細レベルを LEVEL に設定します。有効な値は、詳細レベルの低い方から順に'error'、'warn'、'info'、'debug'、'input' です\n[デフォルト: %default]"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:329
+msgid ""
+"Enable debug mode. Sets logging level to 'input' and enables CTRL-C for "
+"killing the program\n"
+msgstr "デバッグモードを有効にします。ログレベルが 'input' に設定され、CTRL-C によるプログラムの強制終了が有効になります。\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:333
+msgid ""
+"Force the installer to run in black and white. This may be useful on some "
+"SPARC machines with unsupported frame buffers\n"
+msgstr "インストーラを強制的にモノクロで実行します。これは、フレームバッファーをサポートしていない一部の SPARC マシンで役立ちます\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:338
+msgid ""
+"Runs in 'no installation' mode. When run in 'no installation' mode, no "
+"persistent changes are made to the disks and booted environment\n"
+msgstr "'インストールなし' モードで実行します。'インストールなし' モードで実行すると、ディスクやブート環境に対して永続的な変更が行われません\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:365
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"     Terminal too small. Min size is 80x24. Current size is %(x)ix%(y)i."
+msgstr "     端末が小さすぎます。最小サイズは 80x24 です。現在のサイズは %(x)ix%(y)i です。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:371 ../disk_selection.py:107
+msgid "Continue"
+msgstr "継続"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:373
+msgid "Back"
+msgstr "戻る"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:375
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr "ヘルプ"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:380
+msgid "Help Topics"
+msgstr "ヘルプトピック"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:381
+msgid "Help Index"
+msgstr "ヘルプ索引"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:382
+msgid "Select a topic and press Continue."
+msgstr "トピックを選択して「継続」を押してください。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:417
+msgid "An unhandled exception occurred."
+msgstr "処理できない例外が発生しました。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:422
+msgid "Full traceback data is in the installation log"
+msgstr "完全なトレースバックデータがインストールログにあります"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:423
+msgid "Please file a bug at http://defect.opensolaris.org"
+msgstr "http://defect.opensolaris.org にバグを提出してください"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:68 ../disk_selection.py:109
+msgid "Disks"
+msgstr "ディスク"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:69
+#, python-format
+msgid "Where should %(release)s be installed?"
+msgstr "%(release)s をどこにインストールしますか?"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:70
+#, python-format
+msgid "Recommended size:  %(recommend).1fGB      Minimum size: %(min).1fGB"
+msgstr "推奨サイズ:  %(recommend).1fGB      最小サイズ: %(min).1fGB"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:72
+msgid "Seeking disks on system"
+msgstr "システム上のディスクをシークしています"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:73 ../fdisk_partitions.py:66
+msgid "The following partitions were found on the disk."
+msgstr "ディスク上に次のパーティションが見つかりました。"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:74 ../fdisk_partitions.py:69
+msgid "The following slices were found on the disk."
+msgstr "ディスク上に次のスライスが見つかりました。"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:75 ../fdisk_partitions.py:67
+msgid "A partition table was not found. The following is proposed."
+msgstr "パーティションテーブルが見つかりませんでした。次が提案されます。"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:77 ../fdisk_partitions.py:70
+msgid "A VTOC label was not found. The following is proposed."
+msgstr "VTOC ラベルが見つかりませんでした。次が提案されます。"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:79
+msgid "A GPT labeled disk was found. The following is proposed."
+msgstr "GPT ラベル付きディスクが見つかりませんでした。次が提案されます。"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:81
+msgid "Too small"
+msgstr "小さすぎます"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:82
+#, python-format
+msgid "Limited to %.1f TB"
+msgstr "%.1f TB までに制限されています"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:83
+msgid "GPT labeled disk"
+msgstr "GPT ラベル付きディスク"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:84
+msgid "No disks found. Additional device drivers may be needed."
+msgstr "ディスクが見つかりません。追加のデバイスドライバが必要である可能性があります。"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:86
+#, python-format
+msgid "%(release)s cannot be installed on any disk"
+msgstr "%(release)s をどのディスクにもインストールできません"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:87
+msgid ""
+"An error occurred while searching for installation targets. Please check the "
+"install log and file a bug at defect.opensolaris.org."
+msgstr "インストール先の検索中にエラーが発生しました。インストールログを確認して、defect.opensolaris.org にバグを提出してください。"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:91
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "タイプ"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:92 ../disk_window.py:64 ../disk_window.py:67
+#: ../disk_window.py:72 ../disk_window.py:76
+msgid "Size(GB)"
+msgstr "サイズ(GB)"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:93 ../fdisk_partitions.py:55
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:89
+msgid "Boot"
+msgstr "ブート"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:94
+msgid "Device"
+msgstr "デバイス"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:95
+msgid "Manufacturer"
+msgstr "製造元"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:96
+msgid "Notes"
+msgstr "注"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:99
+msgid "Warning"
+msgstr "警告"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:100
+#, python-format
+msgid "Only the first %.1fTB can be used."
+msgstr "最初の %.1f TB だけを使用できます。"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:101
+msgid ""
+"You have chosen a GPT labeled disk. Installing onto a GPT labeled disk will "
+"cause the loss of all existing data and the disk will be relabeled as SMI."
+msgstr "GPT ラベル付きディスクを選択しました。GPT ラベル付きディスクにインストールすると、既存のデータがすべて消失し、ディスクのラベルが SMI に変更されます。"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:63 ../disk_window.py:66
+msgid "Primary"
+msgstr "主"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:63 ../disk_window.py:66
+msgid "Logical"
+msgstr "論理"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:68 ../disk_window.py:77
+msgid " Avail"
+msgstr "使用可能"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:70 ../disk_window.py:74
+msgid "Slice"
+msgstr "スライス"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:341
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d more partitions"
+msgstr "%d 個の追加パーティション"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:343
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d more slices"
+msgstr "%d 個の追加スライス"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:775 ../disk_window.py:785
+msgid "Only the digits 0-9 and \".\" are valid."
+msgstr "0-9 の数字と \".\" のみが有効です。"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:778
+msgid "A number can only have one \".\""
+msgstr "数値には \".\" を 1 つだけ含めることができます"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:787
+msgid "Size can be specified to only one decimal place."
+msgstr "サイズは小数第 1 位まで指定できます。"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:803
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"The new size (%(size).1f) is greater than the available space (%(avail).1f)"
+msgstr "新しいサイズ (%(size).1f) が使用可能な容量 (%(avail).1f) を超えています"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:56
+#, python-format
+msgid "Fdisk Partitions: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+msgstr "fdisk パーティション: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:57 ../fdisk_partitions.py:84
+msgid "Solaris Partition Slices"
+msgstr "Solaris パーティションのスライス"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:58
+#, python-format
+msgid "Solaris Slices: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+msgstr "Solaris スライス: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:59
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"%(release)s can be installed on the whole disk or a partition on the disk."
+msgstr "%(release)s をディスク全体またはディスク上のパーティションにインストールできます。"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:61
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"%(release)s can be installed in the whole fdisk partition or within a slice "
+"in the partition"
+msgstr "%(release)s を fdisk パーティション全体またはパーティションのスライス内にインストールできます。"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:64
+#, python-format
+msgid "%(release)s can be installed on the whole disk or a slice on the disk."
+msgstr "%(release)s は、ディスク全体またはディスク上のスライスにインストールできます。"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:72
+msgid "Use the whole disk"
+msgstr "ディスク全体を使用する"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:73
+msgid "Use the whole partition"
+msgstr "パーティション全体を使用する"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:74
+msgid "Use a slice in the partition"
+msgstr "パーティション内のスライスを使用する"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:75
+msgid "Use a partition of the disk"
+msgstr "ディスクのパーティションを使用します"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:76
+msgid "Use a slice on the disk"
+msgstr "ディスク上のスライスを使用する"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:79
+msgid "Solaris Slices"
+msgstr "Solaris スライス"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:82
+msgid "Fdisk Partitions"
+msgstr "fdisk パーティション"
+
+#: ../install_progress.py:46
+#, python-format
+msgid "Installing %(release)s"
+msgstr "%(release)s をインストールしています"
+
+#: ../install_progress.py:49
+msgid ""
+"Do you want to quit the Installer?\n"
+"\n"
+"Any changes made to the disk by the Installer will be left \"as is.\""
+msgstr "インストーラを終了しますか?\n\nインストーラによってディスクに加えられた変更は\"そのまま\"保持されます。"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:48
+msgid "Installation Complete"
+msgstr "インストールが完了しました"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:49
+msgid "Installation Failed"
+msgstr "インストールに失敗しました"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:51
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"The installation of %(release)s has completed successfully.\n"
+"\n"
+"Reboot to start the newly installed software or Quit if you wish to perform "
+"additional tasks before rebooting.\n"
+"\n"
+"The installation log is available at %(log_tmp)s. After reboot it can be "
+"found at %(log_final)s."
+msgstr "%(release)s のインストールが正常に終了しました。\n\n新規にインストールされたソフトウェアを開始するには「リブート」を選択します。リブートする前に追加作業を実行する場合は「終了」を選択します。\n\nインストールログは %(log_tmp)s にあります。リブートしたあとは、%(log_final)s で参照できます。"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:60
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"The installation did not complete normally.\n"
+"\n"
+"For more information you can review the installation log.\n"
+"The installation log is available at %(log_tmp)s"
+msgstr "インストールが正常に完了しませんでした。\n\n詳細は、インストールログを確認してください。\nインストールログは %(log_tmp)s にあります。"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:80
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "リブート"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:83
+msgid "View Log"
+msgstr "ログの表示"
+
+#: ../log_viewer.py:41
+msgid "Installation Log"
+msgstr "インストールログ"
+
+#: ../log_viewer.py:76
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Could not read log file:\n"
+"\t%s"
+msgstr "ログファイルの読み取りができませんでした:\n\t%s"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:59
+msgid ""
+"Oracle Solaris will be installed into the Solaris partition. A partition's "
+"type can be changed using the F5 key.\n"
+"\n"
+"A partition's size can be increased up to its Avail space. Avail space can "
+"be increased by deleting an adjacent partition. Delete a partition by "
+"changing it to \"Unused\" using the F5 key.\n"
+"\n"
+"The four primary partition slots are listed on the left. If one is an "
+"\"Extended\" partition its logical partitions are listed on the right."
+msgstr "Oracle Solaris は Solaris パーティションにインストールされます。パーティションのタイプは F5 キーを使用して変更できます。\n\nパーティションのサイズは、使用可能な容量まで増やすことができます。使用可能な容量は、隣接するパーティションを削除することによって増やすことができます。パーティションを削除するには、F5 キーを使用してパーティションを \"Unused\" に変更します。\n\n左側に 4 つの一次パーティションスロットが表示されます。いずれかが \"Extended\"パーティションである場合は、右側にその論理パーティションが表示されます。"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:71
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"%(release)s will be installed in the \"%(pool)s\" slice. Use the F5 key to "
+"change a slice to \"%(pool)s.\"\n"
+"\n"
+"A slice's size can be increased up to its Avail size. Avail can be increased "
+"by deleting an adjacent slice. Use the F5 key to delete a slice by changing "
+"it to \"Unused.\"\n"
+"\n"
+"Slices are listed in disk layout order."
+msgstr "%(release)s は \"%(pool)s\" スライスにインストールされます。スライスを\"%(pool)s\" に変更するには、F5 キーを使用します。\"\n\nスライスのサイズは、使用可能な容量まで増やすことができます。使用可能な容量は、隣接するスライスを削除することによって増やすことができます。スライスを削除するには、F5 キーを使用してスライスを \"Unused\" に変更します。\n\nスライスはディスクレイアウトの順に表示されます。"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:80
+#, python-format
+msgid "Select Partition: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+msgstr "パーティションの選択: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:82
+msgid "Select Slice in Fdisk Partition"
+msgstr "fdisk パーティション内のスライスを選択します"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:83
+#, python-format
+msgid "Select Slice: %(size).1fGB %(type)s%(bootable)s"
+msgstr "スライスの選択: %(size).1fGB %(type)s%(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:85
+msgid "indicates the slice's current content will be destroyed"
+msgstr "スライスの現在の内容が破棄されることを示しています"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:87
+msgid "indicates the partition's current content will be destroyed"
+msgstr "パーティションの現在の内容が破棄されることを示しています"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:93 ../partition_edit_screen.py:99
+msgid "Select Slice"
+msgstr "スライスの選択"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:96
+msgid "Select Partition"
+msgstr "パーティションの選択"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:141
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr "リセット"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:142
+msgid "Change Type"
+msgstr "タイプ変更"
+
+#: ../summary.py:61 ../summary.py:66
+msgid "Installation Summary"
+msgstr "インストールの確認"
+
+#: ../summary.py:62
+msgid ""
+"Review the settings below before installing. Go back (F3) to make changes."
+msgstr "インストールを行う前に以下を確認してください。変更する場合は前に戻ってください (F3)。"
+
+#: ../summary.py:72
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "インストール"
+
+#: ../summary.py:111
+#, python-format
+msgid "Software: %s"
+msgstr "ソフトウェア: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:117
+msgid "Language: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "言語: *ログインすると以下が変更される可能性があります。"
+
+#: ../summary.py:121
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default language: %s"
+msgstr "  デフォルトの言語: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:124
+msgid "Keyboard layout: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "キー配列: *ログインすると以下が変更される可能性があります。"
+
+#: ../summary.py:126
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default keyboard layout: %s"
+msgstr "  デフォルトのキー配列: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:129
+#, python-format
+msgid "Terminal type: %s"
+msgstr "端末のタイプ: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:132
+msgid "Users:"
+msgstr "ユーザー:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:135
+msgid "Network:"
+msgstr "ネットワーク:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:147
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Computer name: %s"
+msgstr "  コンピュータ名: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:152
+msgid "  Network Configuration: Automatic"
+msgstr "  ネットワーク設定: 自動"
+
+#: ../summary.py:154
+msgid "  Network Configuration: None"
+msgstr "  ネットワーク設定: なし"
+
+#: ../summary.py:156
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Manual Configuration: %s"
+msgstr "  手動設定: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:158
+#, python-format
+msgid "    IP Address: %s"
+msgstr "    IP アドレス: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:159
+#, python-format
+msgid "    Netmask: %s"
+msgstr "    ネットマスク: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:161
+#, python-format
+msgid "    Router: %s"
+msgstr "    ルーター: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:172
+#, python-format
+msgid "Domain: %s"
+msgstr "    ドメイン: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:175 ../summary.py:185 ../summary.py:198
+#, python-format
+msgid "Name service: %s"
+msgstr "ネームサービス: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:179
+msgid "DNS servers: "
+msgstr "DNS サーバー: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:181
+msgid "DNS Domain search list: "
+msgstr "DNS ドメイン検索リスト: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:187
+msgid "LDAP profile: "
+msgstr "LDAP プロファイル: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:188
+msgid "LDAP server's IP: "
+msgstr "LDAP サーバーの IP: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:189
+msgid "LDAP search base: "
+msgstr "LDAP 検索ベース: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:193
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind distinguished name: "
+msgstr "LDAP プロキシバインド識別名: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:195
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind password: [concealed]"
+msgstr "LDAP プロキシバインドパスワード: [非表示]"
+
+#: ../summary.py:201
+msgid "NIS server: broadcast"
+msgstr "NIS サーバー: ブロードキャスト"
+
+#: ../summary.py:203
+msgid "NIS server's IP: "
+msgstr "NIS サーバーの IP: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:214
+msgid "  Warning: No root password set"
+msgstr "  警告: root パスワードが設定されていません"
+
+#: ../summary.py:216
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Username: %s"
+msgstr "  ユーザー名: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:218
+msgid "  No user account"
+msgstr "  ユーザーアカウントがありません"
+
+#: ../summary.py:228
+#, python-format
+msgid "Disk: %(disk-size).1fGB %(disk-type)s"
+msgstr "ディスク: %(disk-size).1fGB %(disk-type)s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:238
+#, python-format
+msgid "Partition: %(part-size).1fGB %(part-type)s"
+msgstr "パーティション: %(part-size).1fGB %(part-type)s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:246
+#, python-format
+msgid "Slice %(slice-num)s: %(slice-size).1fGB %(pool)s"
+msgstr "スライス %(slice-num)s: %(slice-size).1fGB %(pool)s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:257
+#, python-format
+msgid "Time Zone: %s"
+msgstr "タイムゾーン: %s"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:40
+#, python-format
+msgid "Welcome to %(release)s"
+msgstr "%(release)s へようこそ"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:41
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Thanks for choosing to install %(release)s! This installer enables you to "
+"install the %(release)s Operating System (OS) on SPARC or x86 systems.\n"
+"\n"
+"The installation log will be at %(log)s.\n"
+"\n"
+"How to navigate through this installer:"
+msgstr "%(release)s をお選びいただきありがとうございます。このインストーラを使用すると、%(release)s オペレーティングシステム (OS) を SPARC または x86 システムにインストールできます。\n\nインストールログは %(log)s に作成されます。\n\nこのインストーラのナビゲーション方法:"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:46
+msgid ""
+"Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to move from "
+"screen to screen and to perform other operations."
+msgstr "画面間を移動したり、ほかの操作を実行したりするには、各画面の下部に表示されたファンクションキーを使用します。"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:49
+msgid ""
+"Use the up/down arrow keys to change the selection or to move between input "
+"fields."
+msgstr "選択項目を変更したり、入力フィールド間を移動したりするには、上/下矢印キーを使用します。"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:51
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard does not have function keys, or they do not respond, press "
+"ESC; the legend at the bottom of the screen will change to show the ESC keys "
+"for navigation and other functions."
+msgstr "キーボードにファンクションキーがない場合や、ファンクションキーが機能しない場合は、ESC を押してください。画面下部の凡例がナビゲーションやその他の機能に対応する ESC キーの表示に変わります。"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:57
+msgid "Welcome and Navigation Instructions"
+msgstr "開始画面とナビゲーション方法"
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/date_time.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+日付と時刻
+
+この画面では、コンピュータの内部時計の設定またはリセットを行うことができます。 
+
+可能であれば、この画面の初期設定値がコンピュータの内部時計の現在の設定値になります。
+
+手順
+
+このヘルプ画面を終了するには F3 を押します。次に、インストーラ画面では、F2 を押すことで、この画面の初期設定値を受け入れられます。または、矢印キーを使用して編集可能な各フィールドに移動し、新しい設定値を入力できます。次に、F2 を押して新しい設定値で設定を続行します。 
+
+注: 無効なエントリを入力した場合、画面にエラーメッセージが表示されます。
+
+現在の「日」の設定よりも日数の少ない月に変更した場合、「日」の設定は自動的に新しい月の最後の日に変更されます。 
+
+ナビゲーション
+
+画面間をナビゲートするには、各画面の下部に一覧表示されているファンクションキーを使用します。各画面のテキストを移動するには矢印キーを使用します。
+
+注: キーボードにファンクションキーがない場合やキーが反応しない場合は、ESC を押して、ナビゲーション用の代替 ESC キーを表示します。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_search.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+DNS 検索リスト
+
+追加の DNS ドメインを指定します。これらのドメインは、このシステムが DNS サーバーからアドレスを検索する際に使用されます。
+
+ガイドライン
+
+検索ドメインは省略可能です。ドメインが指定されない場合、このシステムのドメインから構成されたデフォルト検索ドメインが使用されます。
+
+最大で 6 個の検索ドメインを指定できます。
+
+手順
+
+最上部の入力フィールドからドメイン名を入力します。
+
+DNS 検索リストがこのシステムで現在使用されている場合は、それらのドメインがデフォルトとしてフィールドに入力されます。これらのデフォルトは変更可能です。
+
+ナビゲーション
+
+画面間をナビゲートするには、各画面の下部に一覧表示されているファンクションキーを使用します。フィールド間をナビゲートするには、矢印キーを使用します。
+     
+注: キーボードにファンクションキーがない場合やキーが反応しない場合は、ESC を押して、ナビゲーション用の代替 ESC キーを表示します。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_server.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+DNS サーバーのアドレス
+
+このシステムで使用される DNS サーバーの IP アドレスを指定します。
+
+ガイドライン
+
+ 1 - 3 個のネームサーバーを指定してもかまいません。これらのネームサーバーは、DNS によってほかのシステムの名前を解決する際に使用されます。
+
+DNS サーバーのアドレスを判定するには、システム管理者に確認してください。
+
+手順
+
+IP アドレスを数値形式 (198.0.0.1 など) で入力します。
+
+DNS サーバーがこのシステムで現在使用されている場合は、それらの IP アドレスがデフォルトとしてフィールドに入力されます。これらのデフォルトは変更可能です。
+
+ナビゲーション
+
+画面間をナビゲートするには、各画面の下部に一覧表示されているファンクションキーを使用します。フィールド間をナビゲートするには、矢印キーを使用します。
+     
+注: キーボードにファンクションキーがない場合やキーが反応しない場合は、ESC を押して、ナビゲーション用の代替 ESC キーを表示します。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/domain.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+ドメイン名
+
+このシステムを、ネームサービスドメインの一部として識別します。
+
+ガイドライン
+
+ドメイン名を判定するには、システム管理者に問い合わせてください。または、以前にインストールされたシステム上で domainname(1M) コマンドを使用してください。
+
+ドメイン名は通常、2 - 4 個の一連の短い名前をピリオドで区切ったものです。
+
+手順
+
+編集フィールドにドメイン名を入力します。
+
+ナビゲーション
+
+画面間をナビゲートするには、各画面の下部に一覧表示されているファンクションキーを使用します。フィールド間をナビゲートするには、矢印キーを使用します。
+     
+注: キーボードにファンクションキーがない場合やキーが反応しない場合は、ESC を押して、ナビゲーション用の代替 ESC キーを表示します。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_profile.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+LDAP プロファイル
+
+このシステムでの LDAP ネームサービスの構成に使用されるプロファイルを指定します。また、プロファイルの取得元となるサーバーのアドレスも指定します。「LDAP プロファイル」画面ではさらに、LDAP 検索ベースも指定します。
+
+ガイドライン
+
+指定される LDIF プロファイルは ldap_gen_profile コマンドで作成されたものであり、一連のサーバーと通信するための正しい設定がすべて含まれたデフォルト形式を提供します。さらにこのプロファイルは、ldap_cachemgr(1M) が自動的に構成ファイルを更新できるようにします。
+
+LDAP 検索ベースは必須です。以前に入力されたドメイン名に基づくデフォルトが、自動的に入力されます。
+
+プロファイルを使用しないでこのシステムの LDAP を構成する場合は、ネームサービスタイプで「なし」を選択します。インストールの完了後にネームサービスを手動で構成してください。
+
+手順
+
+- 最上部の入力フィールドにプロファイル名を入力します。
+- プロファイルサーバーの数値 IP アドレスを入力します。
+- 検索ベースを入力します。
+
+ナビゲーション
+
+画面間をナビゲートするには、各画面の下部に一覧表示されているファンクションキーを使用します。フィールド間をナビゲートするには、矢印キーを使用します。
+     
+注: キーボードにファンクションキーがない場合やキーが反応しない場合は、ESC を押して、ナビゲーション用の代替 ESC キーを表示します。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_proxy.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+LDAP プロキシ
+
+LDAP プロキシバインド情報が提供されるかどうかを指定し、その場合は、プロキシバインド識別名とプロキシバインドパスワードを指定します。
+
+ガイドライン
+
+使用するプロファイルがプロキシ資格レベルを指定し、認証方法が「なし」でない場合は、プロキシバインド情報を提供する必要があります。
+
+プロキシバインド情報を提供することを選択しないけれども、その情報が必要な場合には、エラーが生成され、LDAP は初期化されません。ネットワーク管理者が LDAP プロキシバインド情報を提供できます。
+
+手順
+
+プロキシバインド識別名を入力します。プロキシバインドパスワードを入力します。
+
+ナビゲーション
+
+画面間をナビゲートするには、各画面の下部に一覧表示されているファンクションキーを使用します。フィールド間をナビゲートするには、矢印キーを使用します。
+     
+注: キーボードにファンクションキーがない場合やキーが反応しない場合は、ESC を押して、ナビゲーション用の代替 ESC キーを表示します。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/name_service.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+ネームサービスの選択
+
+システムとネームサービスとの関係を指定します。
+
+ガイドライン
+
+システム管理者はこのシステムによって使用されるネームサービスを知っているべきです。
+
+手順
+
+DNS をネームサービスとして選択するには、「DNS ネームサービス」画面に移動し、矢印キーを使用して「DNS の構成」を強調表示します。
+
+LDAP または NIS ネームサービスを選択するには、「代替ネームサービス」画面に移動し、矢印キーを使用して対応する選択を強調表示します。
+
+ナビゲーション
+
+画面間をナビゲートするには、各画面の下部に一覧表示されているファンクションキーを使用します。フィールド間をナビゲートするには、矢印キーを使用します。
+     
+注: キーボードにファンクションキーがない場合やキーが反応しない場合は、ESC を押して、ナビゲーション用の代替 ESC キーを表示します。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+ネットワーク
+
+この画面では、コンピュータホスト名を入力し、ネットワーク接続の構成方法を指定するよう求められます。
+
+手順
+
+このヘルプ画面を終了するには F3 を押します。次に、インストーラ画面で、次のようにネットワーク情報を入力します。
+
+* コンピュータ名 - この画面にはコンピュータ名の編集可能なフィールドが含まれています。編集可能なフィールドは強調表示されます。コンピュータホスト名が選択されている状態で、ネットワーク上でこのコンピュータを識別する名前を入力します。次の制限があります。
+
+     * ホスト名は 2 文字以上にする必要があります。
+     * ホスト名には、英字、数字およびマイナス記号 (-) を含めることができます。
+
+* ネットワーク接続 - 矢印キーを使用し、次のオプションからネットワーク接続を選択します。                  
+
+     自動 - DHCP を使用し、接続を設定します。
+     手動      - このオプションを選択した場合、次の画面で有線ネットワークインタフェースを設定します。なし          - インストール中にネットワークを構成しません。
+ 
+次の画面に進むには、F2 を押します。 
+
+ナビゲーション
+
+画面間をナビゲートするには、各画面の下部に一覧表示されているファンクションキーを使用します。各画面のテキストを移動するには矢印キーを使用します。
+
+注: キーボードにファンクションキーがない場合やキーが反応しない場合は、ESC を押して、ナビゲーション用の代替 ESC キーを表示します。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network_manual.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+手動ネットワーク設定
+
+手動ネットワーク画面では、マシンのネットワーク設定を手動で行うことができます。最初に、複数のインタフェースがある場合、構成する接続を 1 つ選択します。次にその接続の設定を入力します。 
+
+注: インストール中に構成できる接続は 1 つのみです。
+
+ガイドライン
+
+これらの画面には、選択時に強調表示される編集可能なフィールドが含まれています。各フィールドを選択するには矢印キーを使用します。フィールドを選択すると、そのフィールドに設定を入力できます。
+
+手順
+
+このヘルプ画面を終了するには F3 を押します。そのあと、次のように手動構成情報を完成させます。
+
+1. インタフェースが複数ある場合、最初の画面で、矢印キーを使用して構成する接続を強調表示します。そのあと、次の画面に進むには F2 を押してください。
+
+2. 矢印キーを使用して、構成する接続の各構成フィールドに移動します。
+
+注: インストーラにより構成情報が自動的に検出されたフィールドには、構成情報が表示されます。 
+
+3. 各構成フィールドでは、接続設定を入力するか、デフォルト値を受け入れられます。画面で指定されたとおりに、各フィールドの制限に従います。次のフィールドで、設定を入力するかデフォルト値を受け入れます。
+	* IP アドレス - 必須フィールド
+	* ネットマスク - 必須フィールド
+	* ルーター -  省略可能なフィールド
+	* DNS - 省略可能なフィールド
+	* ドメイン - 省略可能なフィールド
+
+次に、F2 を押して、指定したネットワーク設定で次の画面に進みます。 
+
+ナビゲーション
+
+画面間をナビゲートするには、各画面の下部に一覧表示されているファンクションキーを使用します。各画面のテキストを移動するには矢印キーを使用します。
+
+注: キーボードにファンクションキーがない場合やキーが反応しない場合は、ESC を押して、ナビゲーション用の代替 ESC キーを表示します。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/nis.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+NIS ネームサービス
+
+システムの NIS ネームサーバーを見つける方法を指定します。
+
+ガイドライン
+
+ 「1 つ検索」を選択した場合は、ソフトウェアは 1 つのネームサーバーを検索しようとします。ネームサーバーはローカルサブネット上に常駐している必要があります。
+
+ 「1 つ指定」を選択した場合は、サブ画面が表示されます。サブ画面でネームサーバーの IP アドレスを入力します。
+
+手順
+
+矢印キーを使って目的の選択を強調表示します。
+
+ナビゲーション
+
+画面間をナビゲートするには、各画面の下部に一覧表示されているファンクションキーを使用します。フィールド間をナビゲートするには、矢印キーを使用します。
+     
+注: キーボードにファンクションキーがない場合やキーが反応しない場合は、ESC を押して、ナビゲーション用の代替 ESC キーを表示します。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+システム構成の概要
+
+この画面では、構成の設定の見直しと確認ができます。
+
+手順
+
+このヘルプ画面を終了するには F3 を押します。次に、「概要」画面で設定を見直します。
+
+省略可能: 選択を変更する場合、変更する画面に戻るまで F3 キーを押します。これらの前の画面で変更を行なったら、画面を進めてこの「概要」まで 戻ります。
+
+F2 を押して、構成をシステムに適用します。 
+
+ナビゲーション
+
+画面間をナビゲートするには、各画面の下部に一覧表示されているファンクションキーを使用します。各画面のテキストを移動するには矢印キーを使用します。
+
+注: キーボードにファンクションキーがない場合やキーが反応しない場合は、ESC を押して、ナビゲーション用の代替 ESC キーを表示します。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/timezone.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+タイムゾーン
+
+この一連の画面では、インストールされるシステムに正しいタイムゾーンを入力することができます。コンピュータを通常使用するタイムゾーンまたは場所を選択してください。インストーラは、可能であればコンピュータの内部設定のタイムゾーンをデフォルトとして使用します。 
+
+インストーラは、この一連の 3 つの画面 (「地域」画面、「場所」画面、および「タイムゾーン」画面) を表示します。 
+
+最初の画面で、ヨーロッパなど大きな地域を選択します。次の画面では、選択した地域の中の場所 (フランスやスペインなど) をインストーラが表示します。3 番目の画面では、選択した場所内のタイムゾーンが表示されます。 
+
+注: 「地域」画面で 「UTC/GMT」 を選択した場合、「場所」画面と「タイムゾーン」画面はスキップされます。
+
+手順
+
+このヘルプ画面を終了するには F3 を押します。次に、各インストーラ画面で、F2 を押すとデフォルトの選択を受け入れられます。または、矢印キーを使用して別の選択を強調表示し、F2 を押して次の画面に進みます。
+
+ナビゲーション
+
+画面間をナビゲートするには、各画面の下部に一覧表示されているファンクションキーを使用します。各画面のテキストを移動するには矢印キーを使用します。
+
+注: キーボードにファンクションキーがない場合やキーが反応しない場合は、ESC を押して、ナビゲーション用の代替 ESC キーを表示します。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/users.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+ユーザー
+
+この画面では、インストールしたシステムの root パスワードの入力およびユーザーアカウントの定義ができます。
+
+ガイドライン
+
+     * root パスワードおよびユーザーアカウントは両方とも省略可能です。しかし、画面のフィールドすべてに入力することをお勧めします。
+
+     * ユーザーアカウントでは、アカウントを有効にするためにはユーザー名のみ必要とします。   
+    
+     * ユーザー名フィールドには次の制限があります。
+          
+          *  ユーザー名は「root」にはできません。
+          * ユーザー名は文字で始まる必要があります。
+          * ユーザー名は [a-zA-Z0-9_.-] のセットの文字を含む必要があります。
+
+     * 無効なエントリを入力すると、そのフィールドにエラーメッセージが表示されます。
+
+手順
+
+このヘルプ画面を終了するには F3 を押します。次に、「ユーザー」画面で、矢印キーを使って編集可能な各フィールドに移動します。各フィールドに情報を入力します。次の画面に進むには、F2 を押します。 
+
+ナビゲーション
+
+画面間をナビゲートするには、各画面の下部に一覧表示されているファンクションキーを使用します。各画面のテキストを移動するには矢印キーを使用します。
+
+注: キーボードにファンクションキーがない場合やキーが反応しない場合は、ESC を押して、ナビゲーション用の代替 ESC キーを表示します。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+ようこそ
+
+このシステムツールでは、Oracle Solaris オペレーティングシステム (OS) を SPARC または x86 システム上で構成することができます。
+
+手順
+
+このヘルプ画面を終了するには F3 を押します。次に、「ようこそ」画面で、F2 キーを押して次の画面に進みます。
+
+ナビゲーション
+
+マウスを使用してインストール画面をナビゲートすることはできません。代わりに、ファンクションキーを使用してナビゲートします。各画面の使用可能なファンクションキーは、画面の下部に一覧表示されます。例:
+
+F2_継続 - 次のインストール画面に移動するには、F2 キーを押します。F2 を押すと、この画面で行なった選択と入力したエントリをすべてツールが処理します。F3_戻る - 前の画面に戻るには、F3 キーを押します。F6_ヘルプ - その画面のヘルプ内容を表示するには、F6 キーを押します。F9_終了 - システムの構成を行わずに終了するには、F9 キーを押します。
+
+各画面で、次のアクションを行うには、すべて矢印キーを使用します。
+* 画面テキストの移動。
+* 強調表示された選択の変更。* 情報を入力する必要のあるフィールドへの移動。
+
+注: キーボードにファンクションキーがない場合や、キーが反応しない場合は、ESC を押します。画面下部の説明が変わり、ナビゲーションやほかの機能の ESC キーが表示されます。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/disks.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+ディスク
+
+この画面には、インストール先として使用可能な内部ディスクおよび外部ストレージデバイスが表示されます。インストーラに認識されるには、デバイスがインストーラの起動時に接続されている必要があります。 
+
+注: インストール中にミラー化された構成を設定する必要はありません。インストール後、ZFS の attach コマンドを使用してこの作業を実行できます。ミラー化された構成を設定する予定の場合、2 番目のディスクはインストール先以上の大きさでなければならないことを覚えておいてください。 
+
+警告: x86 のインストールでの次の重要な考慮事項に注意してください。
+
+	* ディスクがあらかじめパーティション分割されていない場合、インストールはデフォルトでディスクレイアウト全体を上書きします。ただし、インストーラ画面でデフォルトの選択を変更し、ディスク全体より小さい新規の Solaris パーティションにインストールできます。
+
+	* ディスクに Solaris パーティションがあり、インストールによってパーティションが変更されない場合、Solaris パーティションのみがインストールによって上書きされます。ほかの既存パーティションは変更されません。 
+
+注: インストーラ選択画面を完了し実際のインストールプロセスを開始するまで、システムに実際の変更は行われません。
+
+サイズ
+
+Oracle Solaris OS インストールの推奨サイズと最小サイズが表示されます。各デバイスのサイズがギガバイト単位で表示されます。 
+
+* 正常インストールのためのサイズに満たないデバイスは、そのようにラベル付けされます。 
+
+* いくつかのデバイスでは、Oracle Solaris がそのデバイスのすべての領域を使用できないほど大きいことがあります。これらのデバイスは、指定されている最大インストールサイズがあります。
+
+パーティションまたはスライス
+
+画面の最初のセクションには、使用可能なデバイスが一覧表示されます。デフォルトでデバイスが 1 つ強調表示されます。画面の次のセクションには、現在強調表示されているデバイスのパーティションまたはスライスの情報が表示されます。x86 フォーマットのデバイスのパーティションが一覧表示されます。SPARC フォーマットのデバイスのスライスが一覧表示されます。
+
+ほかのデバイスのパーティションまたはスライスの情報を見る場合は、矢印キーを使用してデバイスを選択できます。画面が変わり、選択したデバイスのパーティションまたはスライスの情報が表示されます。
+
+4 つを超えるデバイスがある場合、上または下の矢印キーを繰り返し押し、ほかのデバイスまでスクロールダウンします。 
+
+注意: デバイスに既存のパーティションまたはスライスがない場合、画面にパーティションまたはスライスの設定の提案が表示されます。この場合、インストール中に、デバイス上の既存データはすべて破棄されます。
+
+手順
+
+このヘルプ画面を終了するには F3 を押します。次に、インストーラ画面で、次のオプションから 1 つ選択します。
+
+     * 現在強調表示されているデバイスにインストールする場合、F2 を選択するとインストールが次の画面に進みます。
+
+     * インストールに別のデバイスを選択する場合は、矢印キーを使用して望ましいデバイスを強調表示します。選択したデバイスのパーティションまたはスライスの情報が表示されます。続行するには F2 を押します。 
+
+ナビゲーション
+
+画面間をナビゲートするには、各画面の下部に一覧表示されているファンクションキーを使用します。各画面のテキストを移動するには矢印キーを使用します。
+
+注: キーボードにファンクションキーがない場合やキーが反応しない場合は、ESC を押して、ナビゲーション用の代替 ESC キーを表示します。
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+SPARC: SOLARIS スライス
+
+この画面には、前の画面で選択した SPARC ストレージデバイスの VTOC スライスが表示されます。スライスは配置順で一覧表示されます。 
+
+手順
+
+このヘルプ画面を終了するには F3 を押します。次に、インストーラ画面で、矢印キーを使用して「ディスク全体を使用する」または「ディスク上のスライスを使用する」のいずれかを強調表示します。 
+
+     *「ディスク上のスライスを使用する」を選択した場合、次の画面でインストールに使用するスライスを選択し、そのスライスの配置を変更することができます。
+
+     * 「ディスク全体を使用する」を選択した場合、インストーラはその選択を記録し、次の作業に進みます。
+
+       注意: 「ディスク全体を使用する」を選択すると、インストール中にディスク全体が消去されます。ディスクは、新規の Oracle Solaris OS で上書きされます。 
+
+次の画面に進むには、F2 を押します。
+
+ナビゲーション
+
+画面間をナビゲートするには、各画面の下部に一覧表示されているファンクションキーを使用します。各画面のテキストを移動するには矢印キーを使用します。
+
+注: キーボードにファンクションキーがない場合やキーが反応しない場合は、ESC を押して、ナビゲーション用の代替 ESC キーを表示します。
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices_select.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+SPARC: スライスの選択
+
+この画面では、インストールに使用する VTOC スライスを選択できます。インストールに使用するスライスを示すには、そのスライスを選択して種類を「rpool」に変更します。また、任意で rpool のサイズ変更もできます。
+
+画面には、前の画面で選択したデバイス内にある既存のスライスが表示されます。スライスは、ディスクに配置されているのと同じ順番で表示されます。各スライスの現在のサイズと使用可能な最大サイズが表示されます。
+
+ガイドライン
+
+* デバイスに 1 つの rpool のみ持つことができます。そして、Oracle Solaris がその rpool にインストールされます。 
+
+* rpool のサイズは、使用可能な最大サイズまで増やすことができます。スライスが「未使用」と表示されている場合、使用可能な領域が使用可能列に表示されます。スライスを「未使用」に変更すると、その領域を隣接するスライスで使用できるようになります。
+
+* 赤色のアスタリスクは、スライスの内容がインストール中に破棄されることを示しています。ユーザーによりスライスが明示的に変更されない場合、スライスの内容はインストール中も保持されます。
+
+注: インストール中にミラー化された構成を設定する必要はありません。インストール後、ZFS の attach コマンドを使用してこの作業を実行できます。ミラー化された構成を設定する予定の場合、2 番目のディスクはインストール先以上の大きさでなければならないことを覚えておいてください。 
+
+画面内容の変更方法
+
+次のオプションのいずれかを使用して画面の内容を変更できます。
+
+     * F5_種類の変更 - 強調表示されたパーティションで、望ましい種類が表示されるまで F5 を繰り返し押し、スライスの種類を切り替えます。
+
+     * 編集可能なフィールド - 選択したフィールドが強調表示されている場合、そのフィールドで変更を入力できます。
+
+     * F7_リセット - この画面のデータをすべて元の設定に戻すには、F7 を押します。
+
+手順
+
+このヘルプ画面を終了するには F3 を押します。次に、インストーラ画面で、対象のスライスが選択されていない場合は、矢印キーを使用して選択します。選択したスライスの種類が rpool でない場合は、rpool の種類が表示されるまで F5 を繰り返し押し、種類を切り替えます。 
+
+重要: デバイスに 1 つの rpool のみ持つことができます。
+
+省略可能: 次に説明するように、スライスの配置の変更をさらに任意で行うことができます。次に F2 を押して次の画面に進みます。変更した内容は、インストール中に実装されます。配置の変更を記録するには、最初に矢印キーを使用して変更するスライスを強調表示します。そのあと、次のアクションのいずれかを実行します。
+
+	* スライスの削除 - 「未使用」の種類が表示されるまで F5 を繰り返し押し、スライスの種類を切り替えます。スライスが「未使用」の場合、その領域は隣接するスライスで使用できるようになります。
+
+	* スライスの種類の変更 - F5 を押してスライスの種類を変更します。たとえば、種類を「rpool」に変更します。 
+	
+	* スライスのサイズ変更 - 選択したスライスのサイズが強調表示されている場合、そのスライスのサイズを変更できます。編集可能なフィールドに、使用可能な最大サイズ以下のサイズを新規に入力します。 
+
+	* スライスの新規作成 - 未使用のスライスを選択します。F5 を押して、スライスの種類を「未使用」から「rpool」などのほかの種類に変更します。 
+
+注: F7 キーを使用して変更を取り消せます。 
+
+ナビゲーション
+
+画面間をナビゲートするには、各画面の下部に一覧表示されているファンクションキーを使用します。各画面のテキストを移動するには矢印キーを使用します。
+
+注: キーボードにファンクションキーがない場合やキーが反応しない場合は、ESC を押して、ナビゲーション用の代替 ESC キーを表示します。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+インストールの概要
+
+この画面では、インストールの指定の見直しと確認ができます。
+
+手順
+
+このヘルプ画面を終了するには F3 を押します。次に「インストールの概要」画面で、インストールの選択を見直します。
+
+省略可能: インストールの選択を変更する場合、変更する画面に戻るまで F3 キーを押します。これらの前の画面で変更を行なったら、画面を進めてこの「インストールの概要」まで戻ります。
+
+F2 を押してインストールを開始します。 
+
+注意: F2 を押すとインストールが開始されます。実行中のインストールを中断しないことを推奨します。インストールが不完全だと、ディスクが不確定な状態になる場合があります。
+
+インストール終了後
+
+インストール中は進捗バーが表示されます。インストールが完了すると、最後の画面でインストールの結果が表示されます。そのあと F4 を押すと、インストールログ (/tmp/install_log) を見ることができます。 
+
+インストールが正常に終了した後、次のアクションのいずれかをとることができます。
+
+     * インストーラ内で、F4 を押してインストールログを見ます。 
+
+     * リブートし、新規にインストールしたソフトウェアを起動します。リブート後、/var/sadm/system/logs/install_log のインストールログを見ることができます。	
+
+     * リブート前にほかの作業を実行する場合は、F9 を押しインストーラを終了します。 
+
+インストールに失敗した場合は、F4 を押しインストールログを表示します。次に、F9 を押してインストーラを終了します。必要な修正を行い、インストーラを再起動します。
+
+ナビゲーション
+
+画面間をナビゲートするには、各画面の下部に一覧表示されているファンクションキーを使用します。各画面のテキストを移動するには矢印キーを使用します。
+
+注: キーボードにファンクションキーがない場合やキーが反応しない場合は、ESC を押して、ナビゲーション用の代替 ESC キーを表示します。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+ようこそ
+
+このテキストインストーラでは、Oracle Solaris オペレーティングシステム (OS) を SPARC または x86 システムにインストールできます。特にこのインストーラは、グラフィックスカードを搭載していない、または必要としないマシンに使用することができます。
+
+注: この Oracle Solaris OS の初回のインストールは、既存の Solaris または Oracle Solaris を、Oracle Solaris OS の新しいバージョンで上書きします。既存の Oracle Solaris OS をアップグレードするには、このインストーラの代わりに pkg(1) コマンドまたは Package Manager アプリケーションを使用します。
+
+手順
+
+このヘルプ画面を終了するには F3 を押します。次に、「ようこそ」画面で、F2 キーを押して次の画面に進みます。
+
+ナビゲーション
+
+マウスを使用してインストール画面をナビゲートすることはできません。代わりに、ファンクションキーを使用してナビゲートします。各画面の使用可能なファンクションキーは、画面の下部に一覧表示されます。例:
+
+F2_継続 - 次のインストール画面に移動するには、F2 キーを押します。F2 を押すと、この画面で行なった選択と入力したエントリをすべてインストーラが処理します。F3_戻る - 前の画面に戻るには、F3 キーを押します。F6_ヘルプ - その画面のヘルプ内容を表示するには、F6 キーを押します。F9_終了 - インストールを終了するには、F9 キーを押します。
+
+各画面で、次のアクションを行うには、すべて矢印キーを使用します。
+* 画面テキストの移動。
+* 強調表示された選択の変更。* 情報を入力する必要のあるフィールドへの移動。
+
+注: キーボードにファンクションキーがない場合や、キーが反応しない場合は、ESC を押します。画面下部の説明が変わり、ナビゲーションやほかの機能の ESC キーが表示されます。 
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+x86: FDISK パーティション
+
+この画面では、前の画面で選択した x86 ストレージデバイスの fdisk パーティションを表示します。 
+
+注: パーティションはディスク上に存在する順序で一覧表示されます。 
+
+手順
+
+このヘルプ画面を終了するには F3 を押します。次に、インストーラ画面で、矢印キーを使用して「ディスク全体を使用する」または「ディスクのパーティションを使用する」のいずれかを強調表示します。 
+
+     * 「ディスクのパーティションを使用する」を選択した場合、インストールに使用するパーティションをどれにするか、およびパーティションが定義されたスライスを持つ場合は、そのパーティションのどのスライスを使用するかを次の画面で選択できます。fdisk パーティションの配置を調整することもできます。 
+
+     * 「ディスク全体を使用する」を選択した場合、インストーラはその選択を記録し、次の作業に進みます。
+
+       注意: 「ディスク全体を使用する」を選択すると、インストール中にディスク全体が消去されます。ディスクは、新規の Oracle Solaris OS で上書きされます。 
+
+選択後、F2 を押して次の画面に進みます。
+
+ナビゲーション
+
+画面間をナビゲートするには、各画面の下部に一覧表示されているファンクションキーを使用します。各画面のテキストを移動するには矢印キーを使用します。
+
+注: キーボードにファンクションキーがない場合やキーが反応しない場合は、ESC を押して、ナビゲーション用の代替 ESC キーを表示します。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions_select.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+x86: パーティションの選択
+
+この画面を使用して、インストールに使用する Solaris パーティションを選択、作成または変更します。
+
+この画面でユーザーは、既存のパーティションの削除、拡張パーティションの作成およびサイズ設定、Solaris パーティションの作成およびサイズ設定、既存のパーティションのサイズ変更など、fdisk パーティションの配置調整ができます。
+
+画面には既存の fdisk パーティションが表示されます。一次パーティションが、ディスク上の配置順で表示されます。各パーティションの現在のサイズと使用可能な最大サイズが表示されます。拡張パーティションが存在する場合、その論理パーティションが表示されます。論理パーティションも、拡張パーティション内のディスクの配置順で表示されます。
+
+ディスクがまだパーティション分割されていない場合、パーティション分割の提案が表示されます。この提案されたパーティション分割は、ディスク全体にサイズ設定された単一のパーティションです。
+
+ガイドライン
+
+デバイスに 1 つの Solaris パーティションのみ持つことができます。また、インストールにその Solaris パーティションを使用する必要があります。既存の Solaris パーティションが存在する場合、そのパーティションがデフォルトで選択されます。 
+
+注意: パーティションサイズを縮小したりその種類を変更したりすると、既存のパーティションの内容はインストール中に削除されます。それ以外の場合、既存のパーティションの内容はインストール中も保持されます。予定している変更により、インストール中にパーティションが破棄される場合は、この画面でそのパーティションに赤色のアスタリスクの印が付きます。 
+
+画面内容の変更方法
+
+次のオプションのいずれかを使用して画面の内容を変更できます。
+
+     * F5_種類の変更 - 強調表示されたパーティションで、望ましいパーティションの種類または「未使用」が表示されるまで F5 を繰り返し押し、パーティションの種類を切り替えます。「未使用」を選択した場合、パーティションは破棄され、その領域は隣接するパーティションのサイズ変更を行う際使用できるようになります。
+
+       注: 複数の Solaris パーティションや複数の拡張パーティションを持つことはできません。したがって、既存の Solaris パーティションまたは既存の拡張パーティションがある場合、F5 の変更オプションには、そのパーティションの Solaris パーティションまたは拡張パーティションへの変更は含まれません。
+
+     * サイズフィールド - サイズフィールドが強調表示されている場合、そのフィールドで変更を入力できます。
+
+     * F7_リセット - この画面のデータをすべて元の設定に戻すには、F7 を押します。
+
+手順
+
+このヘルプ画面を終了するには F3 を押します。次に、インストーラ画面では、次のオプションがあります。
+
+     * 既存の Solaris パーティションがある場合、そのパーティションはデフォルトで選択されます。次のうち 1 つを実行できます:
+
+          * 既存のパーティションをその現在のサイズで使用できます。
+          * Solaris パーティションのサイズを変更できます。サイズを減らすことができます。または、サイズを使用可能な領域まで増やすことができます。
+          * 別のパーティションにインストールする場合、最初に、その種類を「未使用」に変更することで既存の Solaris パーティションを削除する必要があります。その後で、別のパーティションを選択してその種類を「Solaris」に変更できます。インストール中に、この変更によって既存のパーティションの内容が消去されます。 
+
+     * 既存の Solaris パーティションがない場合、パーティションを選択してその種類を「Solaris」に変更します。 
+
+     * LINUX-SWAP 手順: GParted など他社製のパーティション分割ツールを使用した場合、この画面に Oracle Solaris OS ソフトウェアをインストールできる「Linux-swap」という名前のパーティションが表示されます。このパーティションを使用するには、この画面でその種類を「Linux-swap」から「Solaris」に変更する必要があります。そのパーティションを強調表示し、そのパーティションに「Solaris」の種類が表示されるまで F5 を繰り返し押し、種類を切り替えます。
+
+省略可能: そのパーティション配置の変更をさらに任意で行うことができます。変更した内容は、インストール中に実装されます。配置の変更を記録するには、最初に矢印キーを使用して変更するスライスを強調表示します。そのあと、次のアクションのいずれかを実行します。
+
+	* パーティションの削除 -  「未使用」が表示されるまで F5 を繰り返し押し、パーティションの種類のオプションを切り替えます。インストール中、最初のパーティションが破棄され、その領域は隣接するパーティションのサイズを変更する際使用できるようになります。
+
+	* パーティションの種類の変更 - 望ましいパーティションの種類が表示されるまで F5 を繰り返し押し、パーティションの種類を切り替えます。たとえば、種類を「Solaris」に変更します。 
+	
+	* パーティションのサイズ変更 - 選択したパーティションのサイズが強調表示されている場合、そのパーティションのサイズを変更できます。編集可能なフィールドに、使用可能な最大サイズ以下のサイズを新規に入力します。既存のパーティションのサイズを変更すると、その内容は破棄されます。
+
+	* パーティションの新規作成 - 未使用のパーティションを選択します。F5 を押して、スライスの種類を「未使用」から「Solaris」や「拡張」などほかの種類に変更します。 
+
+	* 拡張パーティションの作成 - 「拡張」のパーティション種類を選択するには、必要に応じて F5 を押します。 
+
+注: F7 キーを押すと変更を取り消せます。 
+
+ナビゲーション
+
+画面間をナビゲートするには、各画面の下部に一覧表示されているファンクションキーを使用します。各画面のテキストを移動するには矢印キーを使用します。
+
+注: キーボードにファンクションキーがない場合やキーが反応しない場合は、ESC を押して、ナビゲーション用の代替 ESC キーを表示します。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+x86: SOLARIS パーティションのスライス
+
+前の画面で選択した Solaris パーティションの中に Solaris VTOC スライスがある場合、この画面に VTOC スライスが一覧表示されます。そのスライスの 1 つに Oracle Solaris OS をインストールすることを選択できます。または、パーティション全体をインストールに使用することもできます。 
+
+既存の VTOC スライスは、配置順で表示されます。
+
+注: 前の画面で Solaris パーティションを変更した場合、この画面は表示されません。 
+
+手順
+
+このヘルプ画面を終了するには F3 を押します。次に、「Solaris パーティション」画面で、矢印キーを使用して、「パーティション全体を使用する」または「パーティション内のスライスを使用する」のいずれかを選択します。次の画面に進むには、F2 を押します。パーティションのスライスを使用する予定の場合、次の画面でそのスライスを選択できます。
+
+ナビゲーション
+
+画面間をナビゲートするには、各画面の下部に一覧表示されているファンクションキーを使用します。各画面のテキストを移動するには矢印キーを使用します。
+
+注: キーボードにファンクションキーがない場合やキーが反応しない場合は、ESC を押して、ナビゲーション用の代替 ESC キーを表示します。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ja_JP/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices_select.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+x86: Solaris パーティションのスライスの選択
+
+この画面では、インストールに使用する Solaris パーティションの VTOC スライスを選択できます。インストールに使用するスライスを示すには、スライスを選択してそのスライスの種類を「rpool」に変更します。任意で rpool のサイズ変更もできます。
+
+画面には、前の画面で選択した fdisk パーティション内にある既存のスライスが表示されます。スライスは、パーティション内の配置順で表示されます。各スライスの現在のサイズと使用可能な最大サイズが表示されます。
+
+ガイドライン
+
+*  rpool はパーティションに 1 つのみ持つことが可能であり、rpool に Oracle Solaris をインストールできます。  
+
+* rpool のサイズは、使用可能な最大サイズまで増やすことができます。スライスが「未使用」と表示されている場合、使用可能な領域が使用可能列に表示されます。スライスを「未使用」に変更すると、その領域を隣接するスライスで使用できるようになります。
+
+注: 赤色のアスタリスクは、スライスの内容がインストール中に破棄されることを示しています。ユーザーによりスライスが明示的に変更されない場合、スライスの内容はインストール中も保持されます。
+
+画面の内容の変更方法
+
+次のオプションのいずれかを使用して画面の内容を変更できます。
+
+     * F5_種類の変更 -強調表示されたスライスで、望ましいスライスの種類が表示されるまで F5 を繰り返し押し、種類を切り替えます。
+
+     * サイズフィールド - サイズフィールドに変更を入力します。
+
+     * F7_リセット - この画面のデータをすべて元の設定に戻すには、F7 を押します。
+
+手順
+
+このヘルプ画面を終了するには F3 を押します。次に、インストーラ画面で、対象のスライスが選択されていない場合は、矢印キーを使用して選択します。選択したスライスの種類が rpool でない場合は、rpool の種類が表示されるまで F5 を繰り返し押し、スライスの種類を切り替えます。 
+
+注: パーティションに 1 つの rpool のみ持つことができることを覚えておいてください。ほかに rpool がある場合、その種類を「未使用」に変更してから対象のスライスを「rpool」に変更してください。
+
+省略可能: 次に説明するように、スライスの配置の変更をさらに任意で行うことができます。次に F2 を押して次の画面に進みます。変更した内容は、インストール中に実装されます。配置の変更を記録するには、最初に矢印キーを使用して変更するスライスを強調表示します。そのあと、次のアクションのいずれかを実行します。
+
+	* スライスの削除 - 「未使用」の種類が表示されるまで F5 を繰り返し押し、スライスの種類を切り替えます。「未使用」のスライスの領域は、隣接するスライスで使用可能です。
+
+	* スライスの種類の変更 - 望ましい種類が表示されるまで F5 を繰り返し押し、スライスの種類を切り替えます。この手順を使い、種類をたとえば「rpool」に変更します。 
+	
+	* スライスのサイズ変更 - 選択したスライスのサイズが強調表示されている場合、そのスライスのサイズを変更できます。編集可能なフィールドに、使用可能な最大サイズ以下のサイズを新規に入力します。 
+
+	注: パーティションのサイズは、もっとも近い .1 GB に丸められ、またパーティション間に未使用の領域があることがあるため、パーティションサイズの合計はディスク全体のサイズと等しくならないことがあります。 
+
+	* スライスの新規作成 - 未使用のスライスを選択します。必要に応じて F5 を押し、スライスの種類を「未使用」から「rpool」などほかの種類に変更します。ただし、スライス 2 は変更できません。 
+
+注: F7 キーを使用して変更を取り消せます。 
+
+ナビゲーション
+
+画面間をナビゲートするには、各画面の下部に一覧表示されているファンクションキーを使用します。各画面のテキストを移動するには矢印キーを使用します。
+
+注: キーボードにファンクションキーがない場合やキーが反応しない場合は、ESC を押して、ナビゲーション用の代替 ESC キーを表示します。
+
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/sysconfig.pot	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,1153 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2009, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\nReport-Msgid-Bugs-To: \nPOT-Creation-Date: 2011-07-29 11:23+0900\nPO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\nLast-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\nLanguage-Team: LANGUAGE <[email protected]>\nMIME-Version: 1.0\nContent-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\nContent-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:499
+#, python-format
+msgid "Custom site profile %s is invalid, missing .xml suffix."
+msgstr "사용자 정의 사이트 프로필 %s이(가) 잘못되었습니다. .xml 접미어가 누락되었습니다."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:507
+#, python-format
+msgid "Custom site profile %s is invalid or hasinvalid permissions."
+msgstr "사용자 정의 사이트 프로필 %s이(가) 잘못되었거나 잘못된 권한을 가지고 있습니다."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:524
+#, python-format
+msgid "Unable to apply SMF profile %s."
+msgstr "SMF 프로필 %s을(를) 적용할 수 없습니다."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:540
+msgid "System is not properly configured. You are likely"
+msgstr "시스템이 제대로 구성되지 않았습니다."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:541
+msgid "trying to unconfigure or re-configure freshly"
+msgstr "지원되지 않는 설치 시스템을 구성 해제하거나"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:542
+msgid "installed system which is not supported."
+msgstr "새롭게 다시 구성해야 할 수 있습니다."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:611 ../__init__.py:622
+msgid "An unhandled exception occurred."
+msgstr "처리되지 않은 예외가 발생했습니다."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:627
+msgid "Full traceback data is in the log"
+msgstr "로그에 전체 역추적 데이터가 있습니다."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:636
+msgid "IO error creating profile"
+msgstr "프로필을 만드는 중 IO 오류가 발생했습니다."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:643
+msgid "Unable to apply the unconfigure parameters to the image"
+msgstr "구성 해제 매개변수를 해당 이미지에 적용할 수 없습니다."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:654
+msgid "Unable to initiate unconfiguration process."
+msgstr "구성 해제 프로세스를 시작할 수 없습니다."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:671
+msgid "Root filesystem provided for the non-global zone does not exist"
+msgstr "비전역 영역에 제공된 루트 파일 시스템이 존재하지 않습니다."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:678
+#, python-format
+msgid "Root filesystem mounted read-only, '%s' operation not permitted."
+msgstr "읽기 전용으로 마운트된 루트 파일 시스템입니다. '%s' 작업은 허용되지 않습니다."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:680
+msgid ""
+"The likely cause is that sysconfig(1m) was invoked in ROZR non-global zone."
+msgstr "가능한 원인은 sysconfig(1m)를 ROZR 비전역 영역에서 호출했기 때문입니다."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:682
+msgid ""
+"In that case, see mwac(5) and zonecfg(1m) man pages for additional "
+"information."
+msgstr "이 경우 자세한 정보는 mwac(5) 및 zonecfg(1m) 매뉴얼 페이지를 참조하십시오."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:697
+msgid "This program will re-configure your system."
+msgstr "이 프로그램은 시스템을 다시 구성합니다."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:699
+msgid "This program will unconfigure your system."
+msgstr "이 프로그램은 시스템 구성을 해제합니다."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:700
+msgid "The system will be reverted to a \"pristine\" state."
+msgstr "시스템이 \"원본\" 상태로 되돌아갑니다."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:701
+msgid "It will not have a name or know about other systems or networks."
+msgstr "이 시스템은 이름이 없거나 다른 시스템 또는 네트워크를 인식하지 못합니다."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:704
+msgid "Do you want to continue (y/[n])? "
+msgstr "계속 진행하시겠습니까(y/[n])? "
+
+#: ../__init__.py:753
+#, python-format
+msgid "There are no services on the system with grouping of %s"
+msgstr "시스템에 %s의 그룹화가 있는 서비스가 없습니다."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:811
+#, python-format
+msgid "Directory %s does not contain any profile."
+msgstr "%s 디렉토리에 프로필이 없습니다."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:833
+msgid "Interactive configuration requested."
+msgstr "대화식 구성이 요청되었습니다."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:834
+msgid "System Configuration Interactive (SCI) tool will be"
+msgstr "SCI(시스템 구성 대화식) 도구는"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:849
+msgid ""
+"Since you are currently not logged on console,\n"
+"you may not be able to navigate SCI tool."
+msgstr "현재 콘솔에 로그온하지 않았기 때문에\nSCI 도구를 탐색하지 못할 수 있습니다."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:851
+msgid "Would you like to proceed with re-configuration (y/[n])? "
+msgstr "재구성 작업을 계속하시겠습니까(y/[n])? "
+
+#: ../__init__.py:919
+msgid "Grouping to configure"
+msgstr "구성을 위해 그룹화하는 중"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:922
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Saves created system configuration profile into FILE.\t\t[default: %default]"
+msgstr "만들어진 시스템 구성 프로필을 FILE에 저장합니다.\t\t[기본값: %default]"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:926
+#, python-format
+msgid "Set log location to FILE (default: %default)"
+msgstr "로그 위치를 FILE로 설정합니다(기본값: %default)."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:931
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Set log verbosity to LEVEL. In order of increasing verbosity, valid values "
+"are 'error' 'warn' 'info' 'debug' or 'input'\n"
+"[default: %default]"
+msgstr "로그 상세 정보 표시를 LEVEL로 설정합니다. 상세 정보 표시 오름차순으로, 유효한 값은 'error', 'warn', 'info', 'debug' 또는 'input'입니다.\n[기본값: %default]"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:939
+msgid ""
+"Force the tool to run in black and white. This may be useful on some SPARC "
+"machines with unsupported frame buffers\n"
+msgstr "강제로 도구를 흑백으로 실행합니다. 프레임 버퍼가 지원되지 않는 일부 SPARC 시스템에서 유용할 수 있습니다.\n"
+
+#. LOGGER.close() # LOGGER.close() is broken - CR 7012566
+#: ../__init__.py:955
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Exiting System Configuration Tool. Log is available at:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr "시스템 구성 도구를 종료하는 중입니다. 다음 위치에서 로그를 확인할 수 있습니다.\n%s"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:976
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"     Terminal too small. Min size is 80x24. Current size is %(x)ix%(y)i."
+msgstr "     터미널이 너무 작습니다. 최소 크기는 80x24이며 현재 크기는 %(x)ix%(y)i입니다."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:982 ../users.py:76
+msgid "Continue"
+msgstr "계속"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:983
+msgid "Back"
+msgstr "뒤로"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:985
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr "도움말"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:986 ../__init__.py:1041
+msgid "Quit"
+msgstr "종료"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:990
+msgid "Help Topics"
+msgstr "도움말 항목"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:991
+msgid "Help Index"
+msgstr "도움말 색인"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:992
+msgid "Select a topic and press Continue."
+msgstr "항목을 선택하고 계속을 누르십시오."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1035
+msgid ""
+"DONT_TRANSLATE_BUT_REPLACE_msgstr_WITH_True_OR_False: Should wrap text on "
+"whitespace in this language"
+msgstr "True"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1038
+msgid "Confirm: Quit?"
+msgstr "확인: 종료 여부"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1039
+msgid "Do you really want to quit?"
+msgstr "종료하겠습니까?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1040 ../users.py:77
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr "취소"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1050
+msgid "Error: Root privileges are required for this command."
+msgstr "오류: 이 명령에 대한 루트 권한이 필요합니다."
+
+#: ../date_time.py:54 ../date_time.py:67
+msgid "Date and Time"
+msgstr "날짜 및 시간"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:56
+msgid "Year:"
+msgstr "연도:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:57
+msgid "Month:"
+msgstr "월:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:58
+msgid "Day:"
+msgstr "날짜:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:59
+msgid "Hour:"
+msgstr "시간:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:60
+msgid "Minute:"
+msgstr "분:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:61
+msgid "(YYYY)"
+msgstr "(YYYY)"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:63
+msgid ""
+"Edit the date and time as necessary.\n"
+"The time is in 24 hour format."
+msgstr "필요에 따라 날짜 및 시간을 편집하십시오.\n시간은 24시 형식입니다."
+
+#: ../date_time.py:306
+msgid "Invalid date/time. See errors above."
+msgstr "잘못된 날짜/시간입니다. 위 오류를 참조하십시오."
+
+#: ../date_time.py:404
+msgid "Year must be numeric"
+msgstr "연도는 숫자여야 합니다."
+
+#: ../date_time.py:407 ../date_time.py:410 ../date_time.py:425
+msgid "Year out of range"
+msgstr "연도가 범위를 벗어났습니다."
+
+#: ../date_time.py:438
+msgid "Month must be numeric"
+msgstr "월은 숫자여야 합니다."
+
+#: ../date_time.py:443 ../date_time.py:458
+msgid "Month out of range"
+msgstr "월이 범위를 벗어났습니다."
+
+#: ../date_time.py:469
+msgid "Day must be numeric"
+msgstr "날짜는 숫자여야 합니다."
+
+#: ../date_time.py:480 ../date_time.py:491
+msgid "Day out of range"
+msgstr "날짜가 범위를 벗어났습니다."
+
+#: ../date_time.py:500
+msgid "Hour must be numeric"
+msgstr "시간은 숫자여야 합니다."
+
+#: ../date_time.py:503 ../date_time.py:512
+msgid "Hour out of range"
+msgstr "시간이 범위를 벗어났습니다."
+
+#: ../date_time.py:522
+msgid "Minute must be numeric"
+msgstr "분은 숫자여야 합니다."
+
+#: ../date_time.py:524 ../date_time.py:533
+msgid "Minute out of range"
+msgstr "분이 범위를 벗어났습니다."
+
+#. name service choices for display to user
+#: ../nameservice.py:70 ../network_type.py:65
+msgid "None"
+msgstr "없음"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:70
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr "LDAP"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:70
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr "NIS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:71
+msgid "DNS"
+msgstr "DNS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:75
+msgid "Enter either a host name or an IP address."
+msgstr "호스트 이름 또는 IP 주소를 입력하십시오."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:76
+msgid "An IP address must be of the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+msgstr "IP 주소는 xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx 형식이어야 합니다."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:132
+msgid "DNS Name Service"
+msgstr "DNS 이름 서비스"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:140
+msgid "Indicates whether or not the system should use the DNS name service."
+msgstr "시스템에서 DNS 이름 서비스를 사용해야 할지 여부가 표시됩니다."
+
+#. allow the user to choose DNS or not
+#: ../nameservice.py:149
+msgid "Configure DNS"
+msgstr "DNS 구성"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:150
+msgid "Do not configure DNS"
+msgstr "DNS 구성 안함"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:177
+msgid "Alternate Name Service"
+msgstr "대체 이름 서비스"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:183
+msgid ""
+"From the list below, select one name service to be used by this system. If "
+"the desired name service is not listed, select None. The selected name "
+"service may be used in conjunction with DNS."
+msgstr "아래 목록에서 이 시스템이 사용할 이름 서비스 하나를 선택하십시오. 원하는 이름 서비스가 나열되지 않을 경우 없음을 선택하십시오. 선택한 이름 서비스를 DNS와 함께 사용할 수 있습니다."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:224
+msgid "Domain Name"
+msgstr "도메인 이름"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:230
+msgid ""
+"Specify the domain where this system resides. Use the domain name's exact "
+"capitalization and punctuation."
+msgstr "이 시스템이 상주하는 도메인을 지정하십시오. 도메인 이름의 정확한 대문자 표시 및 문장 부호를 사용하십시오."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:233
+msgid "Domain Name:"
+msgstr "도메인 이름:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:287
+msgid "DNS Server Addresses"
+msgstr "DNS 서버 주소"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:293
+msgid ""
+"Enter the IP address of the DNS server(s). At least one IP address is "
+"required."
+msgstr "DNS 서버의 IP 주소를 입력하십시오. IP 주소가 하나 이상 필요합니다."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:295
+msgid "DNS Server IP address:"
+msgstr "DNS 서버 IP 주소:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:341
+msgid "At least one name server must be specified."
+msgstr "이름 서버를 하나 이상 지정해야 합니다."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:352
+msgid "DNS Search List"
+msgstr "DNS 검색 목록"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:358
+msgid ""
+"Enter a list of domains to be searched when a DNS query is made. If no "
+"domain is entered, only the DNS domain chosen for this system will be "
+"searched."
+msgstr "DNS를 질의할 때 검색할 도메인 목록을 입력하십시오. 도메인을 입력하지 않으면 이 시스템에 대해 선택된 DNS 도메인만 검색됩니다."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:361
+msgid "Search domain:"
+msgstr "도메인 검색:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:422
+msgid "LDAP Profile"
+msgstr "LDAP 프로필"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:427
+msgid "Profile name:"
+msgstr "프로필 이름:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:428
+msgid "Search base:"
+msgstr "검색 기준:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:436
+msgid ""
+"Specify the name of the LDAP profile to be used to configure this system and "
+"the host name or IP address of the server that contains the profile."
+msgstr "이 시스템을 구성하는 데 사용할 LDAP 프로필의 이름과 프로필이 포함된 서버의 호스트 이름 또는 IP 주소를 지정하십시오."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:439
+msgid "Profile server host name or IP address:"
+msgstr "프로필 서버 호스트 이름 또는 IP 주소:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:442
+msgid ""
+"Specify the name of the LDAP profile to be used to configure this system and "
+"the IP address of the server that contains the profile."
+msgstr "이 시스템을 구성하는 데 사용할 LDAP 프로필의 이름과 프로필이 포함된 서버의 IP 주소를 지정하십시오."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:445
+msgid "Profile server IP address:"
+msgstr "프로필 서버 IP 주소:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:446
+msgid "  Enter the LDAP search base."
+msgstr "  LDAP 검색 기준을 입력하십시오."
+
+#. in case of error, tell user what is being validated
+#: ../nameservice.py:459
+msgid "profile name"
+msgstr "프로필 이름"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:491 ../nameservice.py:726
+msgid "The LDAP profile name cannot be blank."
+msgstr "LDAP 프로필 이름은 비워 둘 수 없습니다."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:493
+msgid "The LDAP server IP address cannot be blank."
+msgstr "LDAP 서버 IP 주소는 비워 둘 수 없습니다."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:510
+msgid "LDAP Proxy"
+msgstr "LDAP 프록시"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:515
+msgid ""
+"Does the profile specify a proxy credential level and an authentication "
+"method other than None?"
+msgstr "프로필에 프록시 인증서 레벨과 인증 방법이 없음 이외의 값으로 지정되어 있습니까?"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:524
+msgid "No"
+msgstr "아니오"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:525
+msgid "Yes"
+msgstr "예"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:549
+msgid "Specify LDAP Profile Proxy Bind Information"
+msgstr "LDAP 프로필 프록시 바인드 정보 지정"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:555
+msgid ""
+"Specify the LDAP proxy bind distinguished name and the LDAP proxy bind "
+"password.  The network administrator can provide this information."
+msgstr "LDAP 프록시 바인드 식별 이름 및 LDAP 프록시 바인드 암호를 지정하십시오. 네트워크 관리자가 이 정보를 제공할 수 있습니다."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:558
+msgid "Proxy bind distinguished name:"
+msgstr "프록시 바인드 식별 이름:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:561
+msgid "Proxy bind password:"
+msgstr "프록시 바인드 암호:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:563
+msgid "Encrypted proxy bind password:"
+msgstr "암호화된 프록시 바인드 암호:"
+
+#. in case of error, tell user what is being validated
+#: ../nameservice.py:583
+msgid "distinguished name"
+msgstr "식별 이름"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:600
+msgid "The LDAP proxy server distinguished name cannot be blank."
+msgstr "LDAP 프록시 서버 식별 이름은 비워 둘 수 없습니다."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:610
+msgid "NIS Name Server"
+msgstr "NIS 이름 서버"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:616
+msgid "Specify how to find a name server for this system."
+msgstr "이 시스템에 대한 이름 서버를 찾을 방법을 지정하십시오."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:618
+msgid ""
+"Either let the software search for a name server, or specify a name server "
+"in the following screen.  "
+msgstr "소프트웨어가 이름 서버를 검색하도록 하거나 다음 화면에서 이름 서버를 지정하십시오.  "
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:621
+msgid ""
+"The software can find a name server only if that server is on the local "
+"subnet."
+msgstr "소프트웨어는 해당 서버가 로컬 서브넷에 있는 경우에만 이름 서버를 찾을 수 있습니다."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:631
+msgid "Find one"
+msgstr "하나 찾기"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:632
+msgid "Specify one"
+msgstr "하나 지정"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:661
+msgid "NIS Name Server Information"
+msgstr "NIS 이름 서버 정보"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:676
+msgid ""
+"Enter the host name or IP address of the name server.  A host name must have "
+"at least 2 characters and can be alphanumeric and can contain hyphens.  IP "
+"addresses must contain four sets of numbers separated by periods (for "
+"example, 129.200.9.1)."
+msgstr "이름 서버의 호스트 이름 또는 IP 주소를 입력하십시오. 호스트 이름은 두 자 이상이어야 하며 영숫자일 수 있고 하이픈을 포함할 수 있습니다. IP 주소에는 마침표로 구분된 네 개의 숫자 집합이 포함되어야 합니다(예: 129.200.9.1)."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:681
+msgid "Server's host name or IP address:"
+msgstr "서버의 호스트 이름 또는 IP 주소:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:684
+msgid ""
+"Enter the IP address of the name server.  IP addresses must contain four "
+"sets of numbers separated by periods (for example, 129.200.9.1)."
+msgstr "이름 서버의 IP 주소를 입력하십시오. IP 주소에는 숫자 네 세트가 마침표로 구분되어 포함되어야 합니다(예: 129.200.9.1)."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:687
+msgid "Server's IP address:"
+msgstr "서버 IP 주소:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:714
+msgid "The NIS server IP address cannot be blank."
+msgstr "NIS 서버 IP 주소는 비워 둘 수 없습니다."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:727
+msgid ""
+"Whitespace characters and quotation marks are not allowed in LDAP profile "
+"names."
+msgstr "LDAP 프로필 이름에는 공백 문자와 물음표를 사용할 수 없습니다."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:741
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind distinguished name may not be blank."
+msgstr "LDAP 프록시 바인드 식별 이름은 비워 둘 수 없습니다."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:744
+msgid ""
+"The LDAP proxy bind distinguished name may not contain whitespace characters."
+msgstr "LDAP 프록시 바인드 식별 이름에는 공백 문자가 포함될 수 없습니다."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:747
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind distinguished name may not contain quotation marks."
+msgstr "LDAP 프록시 바인드 식별 이름에는 물음표가 포함될 수 없습니다."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:757
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind password may not be blank."
+msgstr "LDAP 프록시 바인드 암호는 비워 둘 수 없습니다."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:760
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind password may not contain whitespace characters."
+msgstr "LDAP 프록시 바인드 암호에는 공백 문자가 포함될 수 없습니다."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:763
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind password may not contain quotation marks."
+msgstr "LDAP 프록시 바인드 암호에는 물음표가 포함될 수 없습니다."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:777 ../nameservice.py:848
+msgid ""
+"A host name can only contain letters, numbers,  periods, and minus signs (-)."
+msgstr "호스트 이름에는 문자, 숫자, 마침표 및 마이너스 기호(-)만 포함될 수 있습니다."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:808
+msgid "The domain cannot be blank."
+msgstr "도메인은 비워 둘 수 없습니다."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:812
+msgid "Domain labels must have less than 64 characters."
+msgstr "도메인 레이블은 64자 미만이어야 합니다."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:815
+msgid "Domain labels should not start or end with hyphens ('-')."
+msgstr "도메인 레이블은 하이픈('-')으로 시작하거나 끝나지 않아야 합니다."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:818
+msgid "Invalid domain"
+msgstr "잘못된 도메인"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:868
+#, python-format
+msgid "The %s cannot be blank."
+msgstr "%s은(는) 비워 둘 수 없습니다."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:871
+#, python-format
+msgid "Invalid character for %s."
+msgstr "%s에 대해 잘못된 문자입니다."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:883
+msgid "Domain labels must have less than 64 characters"
+msgstr "도메인 레이블은 64자 미만이어야 합니다."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:885
+msgid "A domain label may not begin with a hyphen."
+msgstr "도메인 레이블은 하이픈으로 시작할 수 없습니다."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:888
+msgid "Invalid character for domain name."
+msgstr "도메인 이름에 대해 잘못된 문자입니다."
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:50
+#, python-format
+msgid "Manually Configure: %s"
+msgstr "수동으로 구성: %s"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:52
+msgid ""
+"Enter the configuration for this network connection. All entries must "
+"contain four sets of numbers, 0 to 255, separated by periods."
+msgstr "이 네트워크 연결에 대한 구성을 입력하십시오. 모든 항목에는 0에서 255사이의 숫자 네 세트가 마침표로 구분되어 포함되어야 합니다."
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:55
+msgid "IP Address:"
+msgstr "IP 주소:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:56
+msgid "Must be unique for this network"
+msgstr "이 네트워크에 대해 고유해야 합니다."
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:57
+msgid "Netmask:"
+msgstr "넷마스크:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:58
+msgid "Your subnet use may require a different mask"
+msgstr "서브넷을 사용하려면 다른 마스크가 필요할 수 있습니다."
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:59
+msgid "Router:"
+msgstr "라우터:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:60
+msgid "The IP address of the router on this subnet"
+msgstr "이 서비스에 있는 라우터의 IP 주소"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:61
+msgid "A DNS server was found on the network"
+msgstr "네트워크에서 DNS 서버가 발견되었습니다."
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:62
+msgid "Address of the Domain Name Server"
+msgstr "도메인 이름 서버의 주소"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:63
+msgid "Domain:"
+msgstr "도메인:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:64
+msgid "The machine appears to be in this domain"
+msgstr "이 도메인에 시스템이 있는 것 같습니다."
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:65
+msgid "The network's domain name"
+msgstr "네트워크의 도메인 이름"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:66
+msgid "NIC:"
+msgstr "NIC:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:67
+msgid "Settings will be applied to this interface"
+msgstr "설정이 이 인터페이스에 적용됩니다."
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:70
+msgid "Manually Configure: NIC"
+msgstr "수동으로 구성: NIC"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:184
+msgid "IP Address must not be empty"
+msgstr "IP 주소는 비어 있지 않아야 합니다."
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:186
+msgid "Netmask must not be empty"
+msgstr "넷마스크는 비어 있지 않아야 합니다."
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:192
+#, python-format
+msgid "'%s' is not a valid netmask"
+msgstr "'%s'은(는) 유효한 넷마스크가 아닙니다."
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:228 ../network_nic_configure.py:243
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s must be of the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+msgstr "%s은(는) xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx 형식이어야 합니다."
+
+#: ../network_nic_select.py:49 ../network_nic_select.py:54
+msgid "Manual Network Configuration"
+msgstr "수동 네트워크 구성"
+
+#: ../network_nic_select.py:50
+msgid ""
+"Select the one wired network connection to be configured during installation"
+msgstr "설치 중 구성할 유선 네트워크 연결을 선택하십시오."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:54 ../network_type.py:75
+msgid "Network"
+msgstr "네트워크"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:55
+msgid ""
+"Enter a name for this computer that identifies it on the network. It must be "
+"at least two characters. It can contain letters, numbers, and minus signs "
+"(-)."
+msgstr "네트워크에서 이 컴퓨터를 식별할 컴퓨터 이름을 입력하십시오. 이 이름은 2자 이상이어야 하며 문자, 숫자 및 마이너스 기호(-)를 포함할 수 있습니다."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:58
+msgid "Computer Name: "
+msgstr "컴퓨터 이름: "
+
+#: ../network_type.py:59
+msgid "Select how the wired ethernet network connection is configured."
+msgstr "유선 이더넷 네트워크 연결 구성 방법을 선택하십시오."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:61
+msgid "Automatically"
+msgstr "자동"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:62
+msgid "Automatically configure the connection"
+msgstr "자동으로 연결 구성"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:63
+msgid "Manually"
+msgstr "수동"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:64
+msgid "Enter the information on the following screen"
+msgstr "다음 화면에 정보 입력"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:66
+msgid "Do not configure the network at this time"
+msgstr "지금은 네트워크를 구성하지 않음"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:67
+msgid ""
+"No wired network interfaces found. Additional device drivers may be needed."
+msgstr "유선 네트워크 인터페이스를 찾을 수 없습니다. 추가 장치 드라이버가 필요할 수 있습니다."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:201
+msgid "A Hostname is required."
+msgstr "호스트 이름이 필요합니다."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:203
+msgid "A Hostname must be at least two characters."
+msgstr "호스트 이름은 2자 이상이어야 합니다."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:207
+msgid ""
+"Select the wired network configuration: Automatically, Manually, or None."
+msgstr "자동, 수동 또는 없음 중에서 유선 네트워크 구성을 선택하십시오."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:218
+msgid "The Hostname can only contain letters, numbers, and minus signs (-)."
+msgstr "호스트 이름에는 문자, 숫자 및 마이너스 기호(-)만 포함될 수 있습니다."
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:253
+msgid "Username must not be blank"
+msgstr "사용자 이름은 비어 있지 않아야 합니다."
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:257
+msgid "Username must start with a letter"
+msgstr "사용자 이름은 문자로 시작해야 합니다."
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:261
+msgid "Invalid character"
+msgstr "잘못된 문자"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:284
+msgid "User password must be entered."
+msgstr "유저 암호가 입력되어야 합니다."
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:286
+msgid "Password must contain at least 6 characters."
+msgstr "암호는 최소 6자 이상이어야 합니다."
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:300
+msgid "Password must contain 1 alphabetical character."
+msgstr "암호에 영문자가 1자 이상 포함되어야 합니다."
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:303
+msgid "Password must contain 1 digit/special character."
+msgstr "암호에 숫자 또는 특수 문자가 1자 포함되어야 합니다."
+
+#: ../summary.py:59 ../summary.py:64
+msgid "System Configuration Summary"
+msgstr "시스템 구성 요약"
+
+#: ../summary.py:60
+msgid ""
+"Review the settings below before continuing. Go back (F3) to make changes."
+msgstr "계속하기 전에 아래 설정을 검토하십시오. 내용을 변경하려면 F3 키를 눌러 돌아가십시오."
+
+#: ../summary.py:76
+msgid "Apply"
+msgstr "적용"
+
+#: ../summary.py:110
+msgid "Error when generating SC profile\n"
+msgstr "SC 프로필을 생성하는 중 오류가 발생했습니다.\n"
+
+#: ../summary.py:112
+msgid "SC profile successfully generated\n"
+msgstr "SC 프로필이 성공적으로 생성되었습니다.\n"
+
+#: ../summary.py:128
+msgid "Language: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "언어: *로그인 중 다음을 변경할 수 있습니다."
+
+#: ../summary.py:132
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default language: %s"
+msgstr "  기본 언어:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:138
+msgid "Keyboard layout: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "키보드 레이아웃: *로그인 중 다음을 변경할 수 있습니다."
+
+#: ../summary.py:140
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default keyboard layout: %s"
+msgstr "  기본 키보드 레이아웃: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:145
+#, python-format
+msgid "Terminal type: %s"
+msgstr "터미널 유형: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:151
+msgid "Users:"
+msgstr "사용자:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:158
+msgid "Network:"
+msgstr "네트워크:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:174
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Computer name: %s"
+msgstr "  컴퓨터 이름: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:185
+msgid "  Network Configuration: Automatic"
+msgstr "  네트워크 구성: 자동"
+
+#: ../summary.py:187
+msgid "  Network Configuration: None"
+msgstr "  네트워크 구성: 없음"
+
+#: ../summary.py:189
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Manual Configuration: %s"
+msgstr "  수동 구성: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:191
+#, python-format
+msgid "IP Address: %s"
+msgstr "    IP 주소: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:192
+#, python-format
+msgid "Netmask: %s"
+msgstr "    넷마스크: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:194
+#, python-format
+msgid "Router: %s"
+msgstr "    라우터: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:209
+#, python-format
+msgid "Domain: %s"
+msgstr "    도메인: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:212 ../summary.py:220 ../summary.py:233
+#, python-format
+msgid "Name service: %s"
+msgstr "이름 서비스: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:215
+msgid "DNS servers: "
+msgstr "DNS 서버: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:217
+msgid "DNS Domain search list: "
+msgstr "DNS 도메인 검색 목록: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:222
+msgid "LDAP profile: "
+msgstr "LDAP 프로필: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:223
+msgid "LDAP server's IP: "
+msgstr "LDAP 서버 IP: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:224
+msgid "LDAP search base: "
+msgstr "LDAP 검색 기준: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:228
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind distinguished name: "
+msgstr "LDAP 프록시 바인드 식별 이름: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:230
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind password: [concealed]"
+msgstr "LDAP 프록시 바인드 암호: [숨김]"
+
+#: ../summary.py:236
+msgid "NIS server: broadcast"
+msgstr "NIS 서버: 브로드캐스트"
+
+#: ../summary.py:238
+msgid "NIS server's IP: "
+msgstr "NIS 서버 IP: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:249
+msgid "  Warning: No root password set"
+msgstr "  경고: 설정된 루트 암호가 없습니다."
+
+#: ../summary.py:251
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Username: %s"
+msgstr "  사용자 이름: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:253
+msgid "  No user account"
+msgstr "  사용자 계정이 없습니다."
+
+#: ../summary.py:259
+#, python-format
+msgid "Time Zone: %s"
+msgstr "표준 시간대: %s"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:53
+msgid "UTC/GMT"
+msgstr "UTC/GMT"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:60 ../timezone.py:84
+msgid "Time Zone"
+msgstr "표준 시간대"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:85
+msgid "Select your time zone."
+msgstr "표준 시간대를 선택하십시오."
+
+#: ../timezone.py:86
+msgid "Time Zones"
+msgstr "표준 시간대"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:88
+msgid "Time Zone: Locations"
+msgstr "표준 시간대: 위치"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:89
+msgid "Select the location that contains your time zone."
+msgstr "표준 시간대를 포함하는 위치를 선택하십시오."
+
+#: ../timezone.py:90
+msgid "Locations"
+msgstr "위치"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:93
+msgid "Time Zone: Regions"
+msgstr "표준 시간대: 지역"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:94
+msgid "Select the region that contains your time zone."
+msgstr "표준 시간대를 포함하는 지역을 선택하십시오."
+
+#: ../timezone.py:95
+msgid "Regions"
+msgstr "지역"
+
+#: ../users.py:57 ../users.py:79
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr "사용자"
+
+#: ../users.py:58
+msgid "Define a root password for the system and user account for yourself."
+msgstr "시스템에 대한 루트 암호 및 사용자 자신에 대한 사용자 계정을 정의하십시오."
+
+#: ../users.py:60
+msgid "System Root Password"
+msgstr "시스템 루트 암호"
+
+#: ../users.py:61
+msgid "Root password:"
+msgstr "루트 암호:"
+
+#: ../users.py:62
+msgid "Confirm password:"
+msgstr "암호 확인:"
+
+#: ../users.py:63
+msgid "Create a user account"
+msgstr "사용자 계정 만들기"
+
+#: ../users.py:64
+msgid "Your real name:"
+msgstr "실제 이름:"
+
+#: ../users.py:65
+msgid "Username:"
+msgstr "사용자 이름:"
+
+#: ../users.py:66
+msgid "User password:"
+msgstr "사용자 암호:"
+
+#: ../users.py:68
+msgid "No Root Password"
+msgstr "루트 암호 없음"
+
+#: ../users.py:69
+msgid ""
+"A root password has not been defined. The system is completely unsecured.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choose Cancel to set a root password."
+msgstr "루트 암호가 정의되지 않았습니다. 시스템이 비보안 상태입니다.\n\n루트 암호를 설정하려면 취소를 선택하십시오."
+
+#: ../users.py:72
+msgid "No User Password"
+msgstr "사용자 암호 없음"
+
+#: ../users.py:73
+msgid ""
+"A user password has not been defined. The user account has administrative "
+"privileges so the system is unsecured.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choose Cancel to set a user password."
+msgstr "사용자 암호가 정의되지 않았습니다. 사용자 계정에 관리 권한이 있어 시스템이 비보안 상태입니다.\n\n사용자 암호를 설정하려면 취소를 선택하십시오."
+
+#: ../users.py:297
+msgid "Root passwords don't match"
+msgstr "루트 암호가 일치하지 않습니다."
+
+#: ../users.py:300
+msgid "User passwords don't match"
+msgstr "사용자 암호가 일치하지 않습니다."
+
+#: ../users.py:322
+msgid "Enter username or clear all user account fields"
+msgstr "사용자 이름을 입력하거나 사용자 계정 필드를 모두 지우십시오."
+
+#: ../users.py:369
+msgid "Passwords don't match"
+msgstr "암호가 일치하지 않습니다."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:46
+msgid "System Configuration Tool"
+msgstr "시스템 구성 도구"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:47
+msgid ""
+"System Configuration Tool enables you to specify the following configuration "
+"parameters for your newly-installed Oracle Solaris 11 system:\n"
+msgstr "시스템 구성 도구를 통해 새로 설치된 Oracle Solaris 11 시스템에 대한 다음 구성 매개변수를 지정할 수 있습니다.\n"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:50
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"System Configuration Tool produces an SMF profile file in %(scprof)s.\n"
+"\n"
+"How to navigate through this tool:"
+msgstr "\n시스템 구성 도구는 %(scprof)s에 SMF 프로필 파일을 생성합니다.\n\n이 도구 탐색 방법:"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:53
+msgid ""
+"Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to move from "
+"screen to screen and to perform other operations."
+msgstr "각 화면 아래쪽에 나열되는 기능 키를 사용하여 화면 간에 이동하고 기타 작업을 수행할 수 있습니다."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:56
+msgid ""
+"Use the up/down arrow keys to change the selection or to move between input "
+"fields."
+msgstr "위쪽/아래쪽 화살표 키를 사용하여 선택한 내용을 변경하거나 입력 필드 간에 이동할 수 있습니다."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:58
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard does not have function keys, or they do not respond, press "
+"ESC; the legend at the bottom of the screen will change to show the ESC keys "
+"for navigation and other functions."
+msgstr "키보드에 기능 키가 없거나 기능 키가 응답하지 않을 경우 ESC 키를 누르십시오. 화면 아래쪽의 범례가 바뀌면서 탐색 및 기타 기능을 위한 ESC 키가 표시됩니다."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:65
+msgid "Welcome and Navigation Instructions"
+msgstr "시작 및 탐색 지침"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:82
+msgid "network"
+msgstr "네트워크"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:84
+msgid "system hostname"
+msgstr "시스템 호스트 이름"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:86
+msgid "time zone"
+msgstr "표준 시간대"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:88
+msgid "date and time"
+msgstr "날짜 및 시간"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:90
+msgid "user and root accounts"
+msgstr "사용자 및 루트 계정"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:92
+msgid "name services"
+msgstr "이름 서비스"
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/terminalui.pot	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\nReport-Msgid-Bugs-To: \nPOT-Creation-Date: 2011-07-29 16:17+0900\nPO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\nLast-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\nLanguage-Team: LANGUAGE <[email protected]>\nMIME-Version: 1.0\nContent-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\nContent-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../edit_field.py:341
+#, python-format
+msgid "Max supported field length: %s"
+msgstr "최대 지원되는 필드 길이: %s"
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/textinstall.pot	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,670 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2009, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\nReport-Msgid-Bugs-To: \nPOT-Creation-Date: 2011-07-29 11:16+0900\nPO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\nLast-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\nLanguage-Team: LANGUAGE <[email protected]>\nMIME-Version: 1.0\nContent-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\nContent-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:53
+msgid "Oracle Solaris"
+msgstr "Oracle Solaris"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:126
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Exiting Text Installer. Log is available at:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr "Text Installer를 종료하는 중입니다. 다음 위치에서 로그를 확인할 수 있습니다.\n%s"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:300
+msgid ""
+"DONT_TRANSLATE_BUT_REPLACE_msgstr_WITH_True_OR_False: Should wrap text on "
+"whitespace in this language"
+msgstr "True"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:303
+msgid "Confirm: Quit the Installer?"
+msgstr "확인: 설치 프로그램 종료 여부"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:304
+msgid "Do you want to quit the Installer?"
+msgstr "설치 프로그램을 종료하겠습니까?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:305 ../disk_selection.py:106
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr "취소"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:306 ../__init__.py:376
+msgid "Quit"
+msgstr "종료"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:313
+#, python-format
+msgid "The %(release)s Text Installer must be run with root privileges"
+msgstr "%(release)s Text Installer는 루트 권한으로 실행해야 합니다."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:318
+#, python-format
+msgid "Set log location to FILE (default: %default)"
+msgstr "로그 위치를 FILE로 설정합니다(기본값: %default)."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:322
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Set log verbosity to LEVEL. In order of increasing verbosity, valid values "
+"are 'error' 'warn' 'info' 'debug' or 'input'\n"
+"[default: %default]"
+msgstr "로그 상세 정보 표시를 LEVEL로 설정합니다. 상세 정보 표시 오름차순으로, 유효한 값은 'error', 'warn', 'info', 'debug' 또는 'input'입니다.\n[기본값: %default]"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:329
+msgid ""
+"Enable debug mode. Sets logging level to 'input' and enables CTRL-C for "
+"killing the program\n"
+msgstr "디버그 모드를 사용으로 설정합니다. 로깅 레벨을 'input'으로 설정하고 Ctrl-C를 사용하여 프로그램을 강제 종료할 수 있습니다.\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:333
+msgid ""
+"Force the installer to run in black and white. This may be useful on some "
+"SPARC machines with unsupported frame buffers\n"
+msgstr "강제로 설치 프로그램을 흑백으로 실행합니다. 프레임 버퍼가 지원되지 않는 일부 SPARC 시스템에서 유용할 수 있습니다.\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:338
+msgid ""
+"Runs in 'no installation' mode. When run in 'no installation' mode, no "
+"persistent changes are made to the disks and booted environment\n"
+msgstr "'설치 안함' 모드로 실행합니다. '설치 안함' 모드로 실행하면 영구적인 변경 내용이 디스크 및 부트된 환경에 적용되지 않습니다.\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:365
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"     Terminal too small. Min size is 80x24. Current size is %(x)ix%(y)i."
+msgstr "     터미널이 너무 작습니다. 최소 크기는 80x24이며 현재 크기는 %(x)ix%(y)i입니다."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:371 ../disk_selection.py:107
+msgid "Continue"
+msgstr "계속"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:373
+msgid "Back"
+msgstr "뒤로"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:375
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr "도움말"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:380
+msgid "Help Topics"
+msgstr "도움말 항목"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:381
+msgid "Help Index"
+msgstr "도움말 색인"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:382
+msgid "Select a topic and press Continue."
+msgstr "항목을 선택하고 계속을 누르십시오."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:417
+msgid "An unhandled exception occurred."
+msgstr "처리되지 않은 예외가 발생했습니다."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:422
+msgid "Full traceback data is in the installation log"
+msgstr "설치 로그에 전체 역추적 데이터가 있습니다."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:423
+msgid "Please file a bug at http://defect.opensolaris.org"
+msgstr "http://defect.opensolaris.org에서 버그를 보고하십시오."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:68 ../disk_selection.py:109
+msgid "Disks"
+msgstr "디스크"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:69
+#, python-format
+msgid "Where should %(release)s be installed?"
+msgstr "%(release)s 설치 위치를 지정하십시오."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:70
+#, python-format
+msgid "Recommended size:  %(recommend).1fGB      Minimum size: %(min).1fGB"
+msgstr "권장 크기:  %(recommend).1fGB      최소 크기: %(min).1fGB"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:72
+msgid "Seeking disks on system"
+msgstr "시스템에서 디스크를 찾는 중"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:73 ../fdisk_partitions.py:66
+msgid "The following partitions were found on the disk."
+msgstr "다음 분할 영역이 디스크에서 발견되었습니다."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:74 ../fdisk_partitions.py:69
+msgid "The following slices were found on the disk."
+msgstr "다음 조각이 디스크에서 발견되었습니다."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:75 ../fdisk_partitions.py:67
+msgid "A partition table was not found. The following is proposed."
+msgstr "분할 영역 테이블을 찾을 수 없습니다. 다음이 제안됩니다."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:77 ../fdisk_partitions.py:70
+msgid "A VTOC label was not found. The following is proposed."
+msgstr "VTOC 레이블을 찾을 수 없습니다. 다음이 제안됩니다."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:79
+msgid "A GPT labeled disk was found. The following is proposed."
+msgstr "GPT 레이블의 디스크가 발견되었습니다. 다음이 제안됩니다."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:81
+msgid "Too small"
+msgstr "너무 작음"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:82
+#, python-format
+msgid "Limited to %.1f TB"
+msgstr "%.1fTB로 제한됨"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:83
+msgid "GPT labeled disk"
+msgstr "GPT 레이블의 디스크"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:84
+msgid "No disks found. Additional device drivers may be needed."
+msgstr "디스크를 찾을 수 없습니다. 추가 장치 드라이버가 필요할 수 있습니다."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:86
+#, python-format
+msgid "%(release)s cannot be installed on any disk"
+msgstr "디스크에 %(release)s을(를) 설치할 수 없습니다."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:87
+msgid ""
+"An error occurred while searching for installation targets. Please check the "
+"install log and file a bug at defect.opensolaris.org."
+msgstr "설치 대상을 검색하는 중 오류가 발생했습니다. 설치 로그를 확인하고 defect.opensolaris.org에서 버그를 보고하십시오."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:91
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "유형"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:92 ../disk_window.py:64 ../disk_window.py:67
+#: ../disk_window.py:72 ../disk_window.py:76
+msgid "Size(GB)"
+msgstr "크기(GB)"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:93 ../fdisk_partitions.py:55
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:89
+msgid "Boot"
+msgstr "부트"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:94
+msgid "Device"
+msgstr "장치"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:95
+msgid "Manufacturer"
+msgstr "제조업체"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:96
+msgid "Notes"
+msgstr "참고"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:99
+msgid "Warning"
+msgstr "경고"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:100
+#, python-format
+msgid "Only the first %.1fTB can be used."
+msgstr "처음 %.1fTB만 사용할 수 있습니다."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:101
+msgid ""
+"You have chosen a GPT labeled disk. Installing onto a GPT labeled disk will "
+"cause the loss of all existing data and the disk will be relabeled as SMI."
+msgstr "GPT 레이블의 디스크를 선택했습니다. GPT 레이블의 디스크에 설치하면 기존 데이터가 모두 손실되고 디스크의 레이블이 SMI로 바뀝니다."
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:63 ../disk_window.py:66
+msgid "Primary"
+msgstr "주"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:63 ../disk_window.py:66
+msgid "Logical"
+msgstr "논리적"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:68 ../disk_window.py:77
+msgid " Avail"
+msgstr "사용 가능"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:70 ../disk_window.py:74
+msgid "Slice"
+msgstr "조각"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:341
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d more partitions"
+msgstr "%d개 이상의 분할 영역"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:343
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d more slices"
+msgstr "%d개 이상의 조각"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:775 ../disk_window.py:785
+msgid "Only the digits 0-9 and \".\" are valid."
+msgstr "0-9의 숫자와 \".\"만 유효합니다."
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:778
+msgid "A number can only have one \".\""
+msgstr "번호에는 \".\"가 하나만 포함될 수 있습니다."
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:787
+msgid "Size can be specified to only one decimal place."
+msgstr "크기는 1자리의 소수 자릿수로 지정할 수 있습니다."
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:803
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"The new size (%(size).1f) is greater than the available space (%(avail).1f)"
+msgstr "새 크기(%(size).1f)가 사용 가능한 공간(%(avail).1f)보다 큽니다."
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:56
+#, python-format
+msgid "Fdisk Partitions: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+msgstr "Fdisk 분할 영역: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:57 ../fdisk_partitions.py:84
+msgid "Solaris Partition Slices"
+msgstr "Solaris 분할 영역 조각"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:58
+#, python-format
+msgid "Solaris Slices: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+msgstr "Solaris 조각: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:59
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"%(release)s can be installed on the whole disk or a partition on the disk."
+msgstr "%(release)s은(는) 전체 디스크 또는 디스크의 분할 영역에 설치할 수 있습니다."
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:61
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"%(release)s can be installed in the whole fdisk partition or within a slice "
+"in the partition"
+msgstr "%(release)s은(는) 전체 Fdisk 분할 영역 또는 분할 영역의 조각에 설치할 수 있습니다."
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:64
+#, python-format
+msgid "%(release)s can be installed on the whole disk or a slice on the disk."
+msgstr "%(release)s은(는) 전체 디스크 또는 디스크의 조각에 설치할 수 있습니다."
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:72
+msgid "Use the whole disk"
+msgstr "전체 디스크 사용"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:73
+msgid "Use the whole partition"
+msgstr "전체 분할 영역 사용"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:74
+msgid "Use a slice in the partition"
+msgstr "분할 영역의 조각 사용"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:75
+msgid "Use a partition of the disk"
+msgstr "디스크의 분할 영역 사용"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:76
+msgid "Use a slice on the disk"
+msgstr "디스크의 조각 사용"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:79
+msgid "Solaris Slices"
+msgstr "Solaris 조각"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:82
+msgid "Fdisk Partitions"
+msgstr "Fdisk 분할 영역"
+
+#: ../install_progress.py:46
+#, python-format
+msgid "Installing %(release)s"
+msgstr "%(release)s을(를) 설치하는 중"
+
+#: ../install_progress.py:49
+msgid ""
+"Do you want to quit the Installer?\n"
+"\n"
+"Any changes made to the disk by the Installer will be left \"as is.\""
+msgstr "설치 프로그램을 종료하겠습니까?\n\n설치 프로그램이 디스크에 적용한 변경 내용은 \"그대로\" 유지됩니다."
+
+#: ../install_status.py:48
+msgid "Installation Complete"
+msgstr "설치 완료"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:49
+msgid "Installation Failed"
+msgstr "설치 실패"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:51
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"The installation of %(release)s has completed successfully.\n"
+"\n"
+"Reboot to start the newly installed software or Quit if you wish to perform "
+"additional tasks before rebooting.\n"
+"\n"
+"The installation log is available at %(log_tmp)s. After reboot it can be "
+"found at %(log_final)s."
+msgstr "%(release)s 설치가 성공적으로 완료되었습니다.\n\n새로 설치된 소프트웨어를 시작하려면 재부트하고, 재부트 전 추가 작업을 수행하려면 종료하십시오.\n\n%(log_tmp)s에서 설치 로그를 확인할 수 있습니다. 재부트 후에는 %(log_final)s에서 확인할 수 있습니다."
+
+#: ../install_status.py:60
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"The installation did not complete normally.\n"
+"\n"
+"For more information you can review the installation log.\n"
+"The installation log is available at %(log_tmp)s"
+msgstr "설치가 제대로 완료되지 않았습니다.\n\n설치 로그에서 자세한 내용을 검토할 수 있습니다.\n%(log_tmp)s에서 설치 로그를 확인할 수 있습니다."
+
+#: ../install_status.py:80
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "재부트"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:83
+msgid "View Log"
+msgstr "로그 보기"
+
+#: ../log_viewer.py:41
+msgid "Installation Log"
+msgstr "설치 로그"
+
+#: ../log_viewer.py:76
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Could not read log file:\n"
+"\t%s"
+msgstr "로그 파일을 읽을 수 없습니다.\n\t%s"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:59
+msgid ""
+"Oracle Solaris will be installed into the Solaris partition. A partition's "
+"type can be changed using the F5 key.\n"
+"\n"
+"A partition's size can be increased up to its Avail space. Avail space can "
+"be increased by deleting an adjacent partition. Delete a partition by "
+"changing it to \"Unused\" using the F5 key.\n"
+"\n"
+"The four primary partition slots are listed on the left. If one is an "
+"\"Extended\" partition its logical partitions are listed on the right."
+msgstr "Oracle Solaris가 Solaris 분할 영역에 설치됩니다. F5 키를 사용하여 분할 영역의 유형을 변경할 수 있습니다.\n\n분할 영역의 크기는 사용 가능한 공간까지 늘릴 수 있습니다. 사용 가능한 공간을 늘리려면 인접 분할 영역을 삭제하면 됩니다. F5 키를 통해 분할 영역을 \"사용되지 않음\"으로 변경하여 삭제하십시오.\n\n왼쪽에 네 개의 주 분할 영역 슬롯이 나열됩니다. 이 중 하나가 \"확장\" 분할 영역인 경우 논리적 분할 영역이 오른쪽에 나열됩니다."
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:71
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"%(release)s will be installed in the \"%(pool)s\" slice. Use the F5 key to "
+"change a slice to \"%(pool)s.\"\n"
+"\n"
+"A slice's size can be increased up to its Avail size. Avail can be increased "
+"by deleting an adjacent slice. Use the F5 key to delete a slice by changing "
+"it to \"Unused.\"\n"
+"\n"
+"Slices are listed in disk layout order."
+msgstr "%(release)s이(가) \"%(pool)s\" 조각에 설치됩니다. F5 키를 사용하여 조각을 \"%(pool)s\"(으)로 변경할 수 있습니다.\n\n조각의 크기는 사용 가능한 크기까지 늘릴 수 있습니다. 사용 가능한 크기를 늘리려면 인접 조각을 삭제하면 됩니다. F5 키를 통해 조각을 \"사용되지 않음\"으로 변경하여 조각을 삭제할 수 있습니다.\n\n조각이 디스크 레이아웃순으로 나열됩니다."
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:80
+#, python-format
+msgid "Select Partition: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+msgstr "분할 영역 선택: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:82
+msgid "Select Slice in Fdisk Partition"
+msgstr "Fdisk 분할 영역의 조각 선택"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:83
+#, python-format
+msgid "Select Slice: %(size).1fGB %(type)s%(bootable)s"
+msgstr "조각 선택: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:85
+msgid "indicates the slice's current content will be destroyed"
+msgstr "조각의 현재 컨텐츠가 완전히 삭제됨을 나타냅니다."
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:87
+msgid "indicates the partition's current content will be destroyed"
+msgstr "분할 영역의 현재 컨텐츠가 완전히 삭제됨을 나타냅니다."
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:93 ../partition_edit_screen.py:99
+msgid "Select Slice"
+msgstr "조각 선택"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:96
+msgid "Select Partition"
+msgstr "분할 영역 선택"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:141
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr "재설정"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:142
+msgid "Change Type"
+msgstr "유형 변경"
+
+#: ../summary.py:61 ../summary.py:66
+msgid "Installation Summary"
+msgstr "설치 요약"
+
+#: ../summary.py:62
+msgid ""
+"Review the settings below before installing. Go back (F3) to make changes."
+msgstr "설치하기 전에 아래 설정을 검토하십시오. 내용을 변경하려면 F3 키를 눌러 돌아가십시오."
+
+#: ../summary.py:72
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "설치"
+
+#: ../summary.py:111
+#, python-format
+msgid "Software: %s"
+msgstr "소프트웨어: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:117
+msgid "Language: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "언어: *로그인 중 다음을 변경할 수 있습니다."
+
+#: ../summary.py:121
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default language: %s"
+msgstr "  기본 언어:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:124
+msgid "Keyboard layout: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "키보드 레이아웃: *로그인 중 다음을 변경할 수 있습니다."
+
+#: ../summary.py:126
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default keyboard layout: %s"
+msgstr "  기본 키보드 레이아웃: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:129
+#, python-format
+msgid "Terminal type: %s"
+msgstr "터미널 유형: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:132
+msgid "Users:"
+msgstr "사용자:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:135
+msgid "Network:"
+msgstr "네트워크:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:147
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Computer name: %s"
+msgstr "  컴퓨터 이름: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:152
+msgid "  Network Configuration: Automatic"
+msgstr "  네트워크 구성: 자동"
+
+#: ../summary.py:154
+msgid "  Network Configuration: None"
+msgstr "  네트워크 구성: 없음"
+
+#: ../summary.py:156
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Manual Configuration: %s"
+msgstr "  수동 구성: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:158
+#, python-format
+msgid "    IP Address: %s"
+msgstr "    IP 주소: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:159
+#, python-format
+msgid "    Netmask: %s"
+msgstr "    넷마스크: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:161
+#, python-format
+msgid "    Router: %s"
+msgstr "    라우터: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:172
+#, python-format
+msgid "Domain: %s"
+msgstr "    도메인: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:175 ../summary.py:185 ../summary.py:198
+#, python-format
+msgid "Name service: %s"
+msgstr "이름 서비스: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:179
+msgid "DNS servers: "
+msgstr "DNS 서버: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:181
+msgid "DNS Domain search list: "
+msgstr "DNS 도메인 검색 목록: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:187
+msgid "LDAP profile: "
+msgstr "LDAP 프로필: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:188
+msgid "LDAP server's IP: "
+msgstr "LDAP 서버 IP: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:189
+msgid "LDAP search base: "
+msgstr "LDAP 검색 기준: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:193
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind distinguished name: "
+msgstr "LDAP 프록시 바인드 식별 이름: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:195
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind password: [concealed]"
+msgstr "LDAP 프록시 바인드 암호: [숨김]"
+
+#: ../summary.py:201
+msgid "NIS server: broadcast"
+msgstr "NIS 서버: 브로드캐스트"
+
+#: ../summary.py:203
+msgid "NIS server's IP: "
+msgstr "NIS 서버 IP: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:214
+msgid "  Warning: No root password set"
+msgstr "  경고: 설정된 루트 암호가 없습니다."
+
+#: ../summary.py:216
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Username: %s"
+msgstr "  사용자 이름: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:218
+msgid "  No user account"
+msgstr "  사용자 계정이 없습니다."
+
+#: ../summary.py:228
+#, python-format
+msgid "Disk: %(disk-size).1fGB %(disk-type)s"
+msgstr "디스크: %(disk-size).1fGB %(disk-type)s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:238
+#, python-format
+msgid "Partition: %(part-size).1fGB %(part-type)s"
+msgstr "분할 영역: %(part-size).1fGB %(part-type)s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:246
+#, python-format
+msgid "Slice %(slice-num)s: %(slice-size).1fGB %(pool)s"
+msgstr "조각 %(slice-num)s: %(slice-size).1fGB %(pool)s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:257
+#, python-format
+msgid "Time Zone: %s"
+msgstr "표준 시간대: %s"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:40
+#, python-format
+msgid "Welcome to %(release)s"
+msgstr "%(release)s 시작"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:41
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Thanks for choosing to install %(release)s! This installer enables you to "
+"install the %(release)s Operating System (OS) on SPARC or x86 systems.\n"
+"\n"
+"The installation log will be at %(log)s.\n"
+"\n"
+"How to navigate through this installer:"
+msgstr "%(release)s 설치를 선택해 주셔서 감사합니다! 이 설치 프로그램을 통해 SPARC 또는 x86 시스템에 %(release)s OS(운영 체제)를 설치할 수 있습니다.\n\n설치 로그는 %(log)s에 저장됩니다.\n\n이 설치 프로그램 탐색 방법:"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:46
+msgid ""
+"Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to move from "
+"screen to screen and to perform other operations."
+msgstr "각 화면 아래쪽에 나열되는 기능 키를 사용하여 화면 간에 이동하고 기타 작업을 수행할 수 있습니다."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:49
+msgid ""
+"Use the up/down arrow keys to change the selection or to move between input "
+"fields."
+msgstr "위쪽/아래쪽 화살표 키를 사용하여 선택한 내용을 변경하거나 입력 필드 간에 이동할 수 있습니다."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:51
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard does not have function keys, or they do not respond, press "
+"ESC; the legend at the bottom of the screen will change to show the ESC keys "
+"for navigation and other functions."
+msgstr "키보드에 기능 키가 없거나 기능 키가 응답하지 않을 경우 ESC 키를 누르십시오. 화면 아래쪽의 범례가 바뀌면서 탐색 및 기타 기능을 위한 ESC 키가 표시됩니다."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:57
+msgid "Welcome and Navigation Instructions"
+msgstr "시작 및 탐색 지침"
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/date_time.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+DATE AND TIME(날짜 및 시간)
+
+이 화면에서는 컴퓨터 내부 시계를 설정하거나 재설정할 수 있습니다. 
+
+가능한 경우 이 화면의 초기 설정이 컴퓨터의 내부 시계 설정이 됩니다.
+
+절차
+
+이 도움말 화면을 종료하려면 F3 키를 누르십시오. 그런 다음 설치 프로그램 화면에서 F2 키를 눌러 이 화면의 초기 설정을 수락할 수 있습니다. 또는 화살표 키를 사용하여 편집 가능한 각 필드로 이동한 다음 새 설정을 입력할 수 있습니다. 그런 다음 F2 키를 눌러 새 설정 작업을 계속하십시오. 
+
+주: 잘못된 내용을 입력하면 화면에 오류 메시지가 표시됩니다.
+
+현재 일 설정보다 일수가 적은 월로 변경할 경우 일 설정이 자동으로 새 달의 마지막 날로 변경됩니다. 
+
+탐색
+
+각 화면의 맨 아래에 나열된 기능 키를 사용하여 다른 화면으로 이동할 수 있습니다. 각 화면에서 다른 텍스트로 이동하려면 화살표 키를 사용하십시오.
+
+주: 키보드에 기능 키가 없거나 키가 응답하지 않는 경우 ESC 키를 누르면 탐색을 위한 대체 ESC 키가 표시됩니다.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_search.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+DNS 검색 목록
+
+추가 DNS 도메인을 지정합니다.  이러한 도메인은 DNS 서버에서 주소를 검색할 때 시스템에서 사용됩니다.
+
+지침
+
+검색 도메인은 선택 사항입니다.  지정된 도메인이 없는 경우 (이 시스템에 대한 도메인으로 구성된) 기본 검색 도메인이 사용됩니다.
+
+최대 6개 검색 도메인을 지정할 수 있습니다.
+
+절차
+
+상단 입력 필드부터 시작해서 도메인 이름을 입력합니다.
+
+DNS 검색 목록이 현재 시스템에서 사용 중인 경우 해당 도메인이 기본값으로 필드에 입력됩니다.  이러한 기본값은 변경할 수 있습니다.
+
+탐색
+
+각 화면의 맨 아래에 나열된 기능 키를 사용하여 다른 화면으로 이동할 수 있습니다. 화살표 키를 사용하여 필드 사이를 이동합니다.
+     
+주: 키보드에 기능 키가 없거나 키가 응답하지 않는 경우 ESC 키를 누르면 탐색을 위한 대체 ESC 키가 표시됩니다.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_server.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+DNS 서버 주소
+
+시스템에서 사용될 DNS 서버의 IP 주소를 지정합니다.
+
+지침
+
+1개에서 3개까지 이름 서버를 지정할 수 있습니다.  이러한 이름 서버는 DNS에서 다른 시스템의 이름을 분석하는 데 사용됩니다.
+
+DNS 서버의 주소를 확인하려면 시스템 관리자에게 문의하십시오.
+
+절차
+
+숫자 형식으로 IP 주소를 입력합니다(예: 198.0.0.1).
+
+DNS 서버가 현재 시스템에서 사용 중인 경우 해당 IP 주소가 기본값으로 필드에 입력됩니다.  이러한 기본값은 변경할 수 있습니다.
+
+탐색
+
+각 화면의 맨 아래에 나열된 기능 키를 사용하여 다른 화면으로 이동할 수 있습니다. 화살표 키를 사용하여 필드 사이를 이동합니다.
+     
+주: 키보드에 기능 키가 없거나 키가 응답하지 않는 경우 ESC 키를 누르면 탐색을 위한 대체 ESC 키가 표시됩니다.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/domain.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+도메인 이름
+
+이름 서비스 도메인의 일부로 시스템을 식별합니다.
+
+지침
+
+도메인 이름을 확인하려면 시스템 관리자에게 문의하십시오.  또는 이전에 설치된 시스템에 domainname(1M) 명령을 사용하십시오.
+
+일반적으로 도메인 이름은 2-4개의 단축명이 마침표로 구분된 형태입니다.
+
+절차
+
+편집 필드에 도메인 이름을 입력합니다.
+
+탐색
+
+각 화면의 맨 아래에 나열된 기능 키를 사용하여 다른 화면으로 이동할 수 있습니다. 화살표 키를 사용하여 필드 사이를 이동합니다.
+     
+주: 키보드에 기능 키가 없거나 키가 응답하지 않는 경우 ESC 키를 누르면 탐색을 위한 대체 ESC 키가 표시됩니다.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_profile.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+LDAP 프로필
+
+시스템에 LDAP 이름 서비스를 구성하는 데 사용될 프로필을 지정합니다.   또한 프로필이 검색되는 서버의 주소를 지정합니다.  LDAP 프로필 화면은 LDAP 검색 기준도 지정합니다.
+
+지침
+
+ldap_gen_profile 명령으로 만든 지정된 LDIF 프로필은 서버와 통신하기 위한 모든 적합한 설정이 포함된 기본 형식을 제공합니다.  또한 프로필에서 ldap_cachemgr(1M)은 구성 파일을 자동으로 업데이트할 수 있습니다.
+
+LDAP 검색 기준은 필수 사항입니다.  이전에 입력한 도메인 이름에 준하여 기본값이 자동으로 제공됩니다.
+
+프로필을 사용하지 않고 이 시스템에 LDAP을 구성하려면 이름 서비스 유형에 "없음"을 선택하십시오.  설치가 완료된 경우 수동으로 서비스 이름을 구성합니다.
+
+절차
+
+- 상단 입력 필드에 프로필 이름을 입력합니다.
+- 프로필 서버의 숫자 IP 주소를 입력합니다.
+- 검색 기준을 입력합니다.
+
+탐색
+
+각 화면의 맨 아래에 나열된 기능 키를 사용하여 다른 화면으로 이동할 수 있습니다. 화살표 키를 사용하여 필드 사이를 이동합니다.
+     
+주: 키보드에 기능 키가 없거나 키가 응답하지 않는 경우 ESC 키를 누르면 탐색을 위한 대체 ESC 키가 표시됩니다.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_proxy.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+LDAP 프록시
+
+LDAP 프록시 바인드 정보를 제공할지 여부를 지정하고, 그렇다면 프록시 바인드 고유 이름 및 프록시 바인드 암호를 지정합니다.
+
+지침
+
+사용 중인 프로필이 프록시 인증서 레벨을 지정하고 인증 방식이 '없음'이 아닌 경우 프록시 바인드 정보를 제공해야 합니다.
+
+프록시 바인드 정보를 제공하지 않도록 선택했는데 해당 정보가 필수 사항인 경우 오류가 발생하고 LDAP이 초기화되지 않습니다.  네트워크 관리자가 LDAP 프록시 바인드 정보를 제공할 수 있습니다.
+
+절차
+
+프록시 바인드 고유 이름을 입력합니다.  프록시 바인드 암호를 입력합니다.
+
+탐색
+
+각 화면의 맨 아래에 나열된 기능 키를 사용하여 다른 화면으로 이동할 수 있습니다. 화살표 키를 사용하여 필드 사이를 이동합니다.
+     
+주: 키보드에 기능 키가 없거나 키가 응답하지 않는 경우 ESC 키를 누르면 탐색을 위한 대체 ESC 키가 표시됩니다.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/name_service.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+이름 서비스 선택
+
+시스템의 이름 서비스 관계를 지정합니다.
+
+지침
+
+시스템 관리자가 이 시스템에서 사용할 이름 서비스를 알아야 합니다.
+
+절차
+
+이름 서비스로 DNS를 선택하려면 DNS 이름 서비스 화면으로 이동하여 화살표 키로 DNS 구성을 강조 표시합니다.
+
+LDAP 또는 NIS 이름 서비스를 선택하려면 대체 이름 서비스 화면으로 이동하여 화살표 키로 해당하는 선택을 강조 표시합니다.
+
+탐색
+
+각 화면의 맨 아래에 나열된 기능 키를 사용하여 다른 화면으로 이동할 수 있습니다. 화살표 키를 사용하여 필드 사이를 이동합니다.
+     
+주: 키보드에 기능 키가 없거나 키가 응답하지 않는 경우 ESC 키를 누르면 탐색을 위한 대체 ESC 키가 표시됩니다.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+NETWORK(네트워크)
+
+이 화면은 컴퓨터 호스트 이름을 입력하고 네트워크 연결 구성 방식을 지정하라는 메시지를 표시합니다.
+
+절차
+
+이 도움말 화면을 종료하려면 F3 키를 누르십시오. 그런 다음 설치 프로그램 화면에서 다음과 같이 네트워크 정보를 입력하십시오.
+
+* COMPUTER NAME(컴퓨터 이름) - 이 화면에는 컴퓨터 이름을 입력할 수 있는 편집 가능한 필드가 있습니다. 편집 가능한 필드는 강조 표시되어 있습니다. 컴퓨터 호스트 이름 필드를 선택한 상태로 네트워크에서 이 컴퓨터를 식별하는 이름을 입력하십시오. 다음 제한 사항에 유의하십시오.
+
+     * 호스트 이름은 두 자 이상이어야 합니다. 
+     * 호스트 이름에는 문자, 숫자 및 빼기 기호(-)를 사용할 수 있습니다.
+
+* NETWORK CONNECTION(네트워크 연결) - 화살표 키를 사용하여 다음 옵션 중에서 네트워크 연결 옵션을 선택합니다.                  
+
+     Automatically(자동) - DHCP를 사용하여 연결을 구성합니다.
+     Manually(수동)      - 이 옵션을 선택한 경우 다음 화면에서 유선 네트워크 인터페이스를 선택하고 구성하게 됩니다. 
+     None(안함)          - 설치 중 네트워크를 구성하지 않습니다.
+ 
+다음 화면으로 이동하려면 F2 키를 누르십시오. 
+
+탐색
+
+각 화면의 맨 아래에 나열된 기능 키를 사용하여 다른 화면으로 이동할 수 있습니다. 각 화면에서 다른 텍스트로 이동하려면 화살표 키를 사용하십시오.
+
+주: 키보드에 기능 키가 없거나 키가 응답하지 않는 경우 ESC 키를 누르면 탐색을 위한 대체 ESC 키가 표시됩니다.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network_manual.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+MANUAL NETWORK CONFIGURATION(수동 네트워크 구성)
+
+수동 네트워크 화면에서는 시스템의 네트워크 설정을 수동으로 설정할 수 있습니다. 먼저, 인터페이스가 여러 개 있는 경우 구성할 연결을 선택하십시오. 그런 다음 연결 설정을 입력하십시오. 
+
+주: 설치 중에는 한 개의 연결만 구성할 수 있습니다.
+
+지침
+
+이 화면에는 필드를 선택하면 강조 표시되는 편집 가능한 필드가 있습니다. 각 필드를 선택하려면 화살표 키를 사용하십시오. 필드를 선택하면 해당 필드에 설정을 입력할 수 있습니다.
+
+절차
+
+이 도움말 화면을 종료하려면 F3 키를 누르십시오. 그런 다음 다음과 같이 수동 구성 정보를 채우십시오.
+
+1. 인터페이스가 여러 개 있는 경우 첫 번째 화면에서 화살표 키를 사용하여 구성하려는 연결을 강조 표시합니다. 그런 다음 F2 키를 눌러 다음 화면으로 이동합니다.
+
+2. 화살표 키를 사용하여 구성하려는 연결의 개별 구성 필드로 이동합니다.
+
+주: 설치 프로그램이 자동으로 구성 정보를 찾아내는 필드의 경우 구성 정보가 표시됩니다. 
+
+3. 구성 필드 각각에 대해 연결 설정을 입력하거나 기본값을 사용할 수 있습니다. 화면에 지정된 각 필드에 대한 제한 사항을 따르십시오. 다음 필드에 대한 설정을 입력하거나 기본값을 사용합니다.
+	* IP Address(IP 주소) - 필수 필드
+	* Netmask(넷마스크) - 필수 필드
+	* Router(라우터) - 선택적 필드
+	* DNS - 선택적 필드
+	* Domain(도메인) - 선택적 필드
+
+그런 다음 F2 키를 눌러 지정한 네트워크 설정을 사용하는 다음 화면으로 이동합니다. 
+
+탐색
+
+각 화면의 맨 아래에 나열된 기능 키를 사용하여 다른 화면으로 이동할 수 있습니다. 각 화면에서 다른 텍스트로 이동하려면 화살표 키를 사용하십시오.
+
+주: 키보드에 기능 키가 없거나 키가 응답하지 않는 경우 ESC 키를 누르면 탐색을 위한 대체 ESC 키가 표시됩니다.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/nis.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+NIS 이름 서비스
+
+시스템의 NIS 이름 서버를 찾는 방법을 지정합니다.
+
+지침
+
+"이름 서버 찾기"를 선택하면 소프트웨어가 이름 서버를 찾으려고 시도합니다.  이름 서버는 로컬 서브넷에 상주해야 합니다.
+
+"이름 서버 지정"을 선택하면 하위 화면이 표시됩니다.  하위 화면에서 이름 서버의 IP 주소를 입력합니다.
+
+절차
+
+화살표 키를 사용하여 원하는 선택을 강조 표시합니다.
+
+탐색
+
+각 화면의 맨 아래에 나열된 기능 키를 사용하여 다른 화면으로 이동할 수 있습니다. 화살표 키를 사용하여 필드 사이를 이동합니다.
+     
+주: 키보드에 기능 키가 없거나 키가 응답하지 않는 경우 ESC 키를 누르면 탐색을 위한 대체 ESC 키가 표시됩니다.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+SYSTEM CONFIGURATION SUMMARY(시스템 구성 요약)
+
+이 화면에서는 구성 설정을 검토하고 확인할 수 있습니다.
+
+절차
+
+이 도움말 화면을 종료하려면 F3 키를 누르십시오. 그런 다음 Summary(요약) 화면에서 구성 설정을 검토하십시오.
+
+선택 사항: 선택 사항을 변경하려는 경우 F3 키를 필요한 만큼 눌러 변경하려는 화면으로 돌아가십시오. 이전 화면에서 원하는 사항을 변경한 다음 이 화면으로 다시 돌아오십시오.
+
+F2 키를 눌러 시스템에 구성을 적용하십시오. 
+
+탐색
+
+각 화면의 맨 아래에 나열된 기능 키를 사용하여 다른 화면으로 이동할 수 있습니다. 각 화면에서 다른 텍스트로 이동하려면 화살표 키를 사용하십시오.
+
+주: 키보드에 기능 키가 없거나 키가 응답하지 않는 경우 ESC 키를 누르면 탐색을 위한 대체 ESC 키가 표시됩니다.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/timezone.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+TIME ZONE(표준 시간대)
+
+이 일련의 화면에서는 설치할 시스템의 올바른 표준 시간대를 입력할 수 있습니다. 표준 시간대나 컴퓨터가 일반적으로 사용되는 위치를 선택합니다. 설치 프로그램은 가능한 경우 컴퓨터 내부 설정의 표준 시간대를 기본값으로 사용합니다. 
+
+Region(지역), Location(위치) 화면, Time Zone(표준 시간대)이라는 세 화면이 연속적으로 표시됩니다. 
+
+첫 번째 화면에서는 Europe(유럽)과 같은 일반 지역을 선택하십시오. 다음 화면에서는 France(프랑스) 또는 Spain(스페인)과 같이 선택한 지역 내의 위치가 표시됩니다. 세 번째 화면에는 선택한 위치 내의 표준 시간대가 표시됩니다. 
+
+주: Region(지역) 화면에서 "UTC/GMT"를 선택한 경우, Location(위치) 및 Time Zone(표준 시간대) 화면은 건너 뜁니다.
+
+절차
+
+이 도움말 화면을 종료하려면 F3 키를 누르십시오. 그런 다음 각 설치 프로그램 화면에서 F2 키를 눌러 기본 선택 사항을 사용하십시오. 또는 화살표 키를 사용하여 다른 선택 사항을 강조 표시한 다음 F2 키를 눌러 다음 화면으로 이동할 수 있습니다.
+
+탐색
+
+각 화면의 맨 아래에 나열된 기능 키를 사용하여 다른 화면으로 이동할 수 있습니다. 각 화면에서 다른 텍스트로 이동하려면 화살표 키를 사용하십시오.
+
+주: 키보드에 기능 키가 없거나 키가 응답하지 않는 경우 ESC 키를 누르면 탐색을 위한 대체 ESC 키가 표시됩니다.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/users.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+USERS(사용자)
+
+이 화면에서는 루트 암호를 입력하고 설치된 시스템의 사용자 계정을 정의할 수 있습니다.
+
+지침
+
+     * 루트 암호와 사용자 계정은 모두 선택 사항입니다. 그러나 이 화면의 모든 필드를 채우는 것이 좋습니다.
+
+     * 사용자 계정에 사용자 이름만 입력하면 계정이 유효해집니다.   
+    
+     * 사용자 이름 필드의 제한 사항은 다음과 같습니다.
+          
+          * 사용자 이름은 root일 수 없습니다.
+          * 사용자 이름은 문자로 시작해야 합니다.
+          * 사용자 이름에는 [a-zA-Z0-9_.-]에 해당하는 문자를 포함해야 합니다.
+
+     * 잘못된 내용을 입력하면 해당 필드에 대해 오류 메시지가 표시됩니다.
+
+절차
+
+이 도움말 화면을 종료하려면 F3 키를 누르십시오. 그런 다음 Users(사용자) 화면에서 화살표 키를 사용하여 편집 가능한 각 필드로 이동하십시오. 각 필드에 정보를 입력하십시오. 다음 화면으로 이동하려면 F2 키를 누르십시오. 
+
+탐색
+
+각 화면의 맨 아래에 나열된 기능 키를 사용하여 다른 화면으로 이동할 수 있습니다. 각 화면에서 다른 텍스트로 이동하려면 화살표 키를 사용하십시오.
+
+주: 키보드에 기능 키가 없거나 키가 응답하지 않는 경우 ESC 키를 누르면 탐색을 위한 대체 ESC 키가 표시됩니다.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+WELCOME(시작)
+
+이 시스템 도구를 사용하여 SPARC 또는 x86 시스템에서 Oracle Solaris OS(운영 체제)를 구성할 수 있습니다.
+
+절차
+
+이 도움말 화면을 종료하려면 F3 키를 누르십시오. 그런 다음 Welcome(시작) 화면에서 F2 키를 눌러 다음 화면으로 이동하십시오.
+
+탐색
+
+설치 화면을 이동하는 데 마우스를 사용할 수 없습니다. 대신 기능 키를 사용하여 탐색할 수 있습니다. 각 화면에 사용할 수 있는 기능 키는 화면 맨 아래에 나열됩니다. 예를 들면 다음과 같습니다.
+
+F2_Continue(계속) - F2 키를 누르면 다음 화면으로 이동합니다. F2 키를 누르면 해당 화면에서 선택했거나 입력한 사항이 처리됩니다.
+F3_Back(뒤로) - F3 키를 누르면 이전 화면으로 돌아갑니다.
+F6_Help(도움말) - F6 키를 누르면 해당 화면에 대한 도움말 컨텐츠가 표시됩니다.
+F9_Quit(종료) - F9 키를 누르면 시스템을 구성하지 않고 도구가 종료됩니다.
+
+각 화면에서 화살표 키를 사용하여 다음 작업 중 하나를 수행하십시오.
+* 화면 텍스트 이동
+* 강조 표시된 선택 사항 변경
+* 정보를 입력해야 하는 필드로 이동
+
+주: 키보드에 기능 키가 없거나, 키가 응답하지 않는 경우에는 ESC 키를 누르십시오. 화면 아래쪽에 있는 범례가 변경되어 탐색 및 다른 기능에 사용할 수 있는 ESC 키가 표시됩니다. 
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/disks.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+DISKS(디스크)
+
+이 화면에는 설치 대상으로 사용할 수 있는 내장 디스크 및 저장 장치가 표시됩니다. 설치 프로그램이 시작될 때 장치가 플러그인되어 있어야 설치 프로그램에서 인식할 수 있습니다. 
+
+주: 설치 중 미러링된 구성을 설정할 필요가 없습니다. 설치 후 ZFS 첨부 명령을 사용하여 이 작업을 수행할 수 있습니다. 미러링된 구성을 설정하려는 경우 두 번째 디스크가 설치 대상보다 크거나 같아야 합니다. 
+
+경고: x86 설치의 경우 다음과 같은 중요 고려 사항에 유념하십시오.
+
+	* 디스크가 이전에 분할되지 않은 경우 설치 시 기본적으로 전체 디스크 레이아웃을 겹쳐씁니다. 그러나 전체 디스크보다 작은 새 Solaris 분할 영역에 설치하도록 설치 프로그램 화면의 기본 선택 사항을 수정할 수 있습니다.
+
+	* 디스크에 Solaris 분할 영역이 하나 있으며 설치 중 분할 영역이 변경되지 않은 경우 설치 시 해당 Solaris 분할 영역만 덮어씁니다. 따라서 기존의 다른 분할 영역은 변경되지 않습니다. 
+
+주: 설치 프로그램 선택 화면을 완료하고 실제 설치 프로세스를 시작할 때까지는 시스템이 실제로 변경되지 않습니다.
+
+SIZE(크기)
+
+Oracle Solaris OS 설치의 권장 크기 및 최소 크기가 표시됩니다. 각 장치의 크기는 GB로 표시됩니다. 
+
+* 설치를 제대로 수행하기에 공간이 부족한 디스크에는 레이블이 표시됩니다.  
+
+* 일부 장치의 경우 Oracle Solaris 설치가 장치의 모든 공간을 사용할 수 없을 정도로 클 수 있습니다. 이러한 장치에는 최대 설치 크기가 지정되어 있습니다.
+
+PARTITIONS OR SLICES(분할 영역 또는 조각)
+
+이 화면의 첫 번째 섹션에는 사용 가능한 장치가 나열됩니다. 기본적으로 한 개의 장치가 강조 표시됩니다. 화면의 두 번째 섹션에는 현재 강조 표시된 장치의 분할 영역 또는 조각 정보가 표시됩니다. x86 형식 장치의 경우 분할 영역이 나열됩니다. SPARC 형식 장치의 경우 조각이 나열됩니다.
+
+다른 장치에 대한 분할 영역 또는 조각 정보를 보려는 경우 화살표 키를 사용하여 해당 장치를 선택할 수 있습니다. 선택한 장치에 대한 분할 영역 또는 조각 정보를 표시하도록 화면이 변경됩니다.
+
+장치가 네 개 이상 있을 경우 위쪽/아래쪽 화살표 키를 반복적으로 눌러 다른 장치로 스크롤하십시오. 
+
+주의: 장치에 대한 기존 분할 영역 또는 조각이 없을 경우 권장되는 분할 영역 또는 조각 설정이 화면에 표시됩니다. 이 경우 장치에 대한 모든 기존 데이터가 설치 중 완전히 삭제됩니다.
+
+절차
+
+이 도움말 화면을 종료하려면 F3 키를 누르십시오. 그런 다음 설치 프로그램 화면에서 다음 옵션 중 하나를 선택하십시오.
+
+     * 현재 강조 표시되어 있는 장치에 설치하려는 경우 F2 키를 선택하여 다음 화면으로 설치를 진행합니다.
+
+     * 설치할 다른 장치를 선택하려는 경우 화살표 키를 사용하여 원하는 장치를 강조 표시하십시오. 선택한 장치에 대한 분할 영역 또는 조각 정보가 표시됩니다. 그런 다음 F2 키를 눌러 계속하십시오. 
+
+탐색
+
+각 화면의 맨 아래에 나열된 기능 키를 사용하여 다른 화면으로 이동할 수 있습니다. 각 화면에서 다른 텍스트로 이동하려면 화살표 키를 사용하십시오.
+
+주: 키보드에 기능 키가 없거나 키가 응답하지 않는 경우 ESC 키를 누르면 탐색을 위한 대체 ESC 키가 표시됩니다.
+
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+SPARC: SOLARIS SLICES(SOLARIS 조각)
+
+이 화면에는 이전 화면에서 선택한 SPARC 저장 장치에 대한 VTOC 조각이 표시됩니다. 조각은 레이아웃 순서로 나열됩니다. 
+
+절차
+
+이 도움말 화면을 종료하려면 F3 키를 누르십시오. 그런 다음 설치 프로그램 화면에서 화살표 키를 사용하여 "Use the whole disk(전체 디스크 사용)" 또는 "Use a slice on the disk(디스크 조각 사용)"를 강조 표시하십시오. 
+
+     * "Use a slice on the disk(디스크 조각 사용)"를 선택할 경우, 다음 화면에서 설치에 사용할 조각을 선택하고 조각 레이아웃을 변경할 수 있습니다.
+
+     * "Use the whole disk(전체 디스크 사용)"를 선택할 경우, 설치 프로그램에서 해당 선택 사항을 기록하고 다음 작업으로 진행합니다.
+
+       주의: "Use the whole disk(전체 디스크 사용)"를 선택하면 설치 중 전체 디스크가 지워지고 디스크가 새 Oracle Solaris OS로 덮어 쓰여집니다. 
+
+다음 화면으로 이동하려면 F2 키를 누르십시오.
+
+탐색
+
+각 화면의 맨 아래에 나열된 기능 키를 사용하여 다른 화면으로 이동할 수 있습니다. 각 화면에서 다른 텍스트로 이동하려면 화살표 키를 사용하십시오.
+
+주: 키보드에 기능 키가 없거나 키가 응답하지 않는 경우 ESC 키를 누르면 탐색을 위한 대체 ESC 키가 표시됩니다.
+
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices_select.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+SPARC: SELECT SLICE(조각 선택)
+
+이 화면에서는 설치에 사용할 VTOC 조각을 선택할 수 있습니다. 설치에 사용할 조각을 지정하려면 조각을 선택한 다음 해당 조각의 유형을 rpool로 변경하십시오. rpool의 크기를 조정할 수도 있습니다.
+
+화면에 이전 화면에서 선택한 장치의 기존 조각이 표시됩니다. 조각은 장치에 배치될 때와 동일한 순서로 표시됩니다. 각 조각의 현재 크기 및 사용 가능한 최대 크기가 표시됩니다.
+
+지침
+
+* 장치에는 rpool이 한 개만 있을 수 있으며, Oracle Solaris는 rpool에 설치됩니다. 
+
+* rpool의 크기는 사용 가능한 최대 크기까지 늘릴 수 있습니다. 조각이 Unused(사용되지 않음)로 표시된 경우, 사용 가능한 공간은 Avail(사용 가능) 열에 표시됩니다. 조각을 Unused(사용되지 않음)로 변경하면 인접 조각에서 해당 공간을 사용할 수 있습니다.
+
+* 빨간색 별표는 조각의 컨텐츠가 설치 중 완전히 삭제될 것임을 나타냅니다. 사용자가 명시적으로 조각을 변경하지 않은 경우에는 설치 중 조각 컨텐츠가 보존됩니다.
+
+주: 설치 중 미러링된 구성을 설정할 필요가 없습니다. 설치 후 ZFS 첨부 명령을 사용하여 이 작업을 수행할 수 있습니다. 미러링된 구성을 설정하려는 경우 두 번째 디스크가 설치 대상보다 크거나 같아야 합니다. 
+
+화면 컨텐츠를 수정하는 방법
+
+다음 옵션 중 하나를 사용하여 화면 컨텐츠를 수정할 수 있습니다.
+
+     * F5_Change Type(유형 변경) - 분할 영역이 강조 표시된 상태에서 F5 키를 반복적으로 누르면 원하는 유형이 표시될 때까지 조각 유형을 순환합니다.
+
+     * Editable Fields(편집 가능한 필드) - 선택한 필드가 강조 표시된 경우 해당 필드에 변경 사항을 입력할 수 있습니다.
+
+     * F7_Reset(재설정) - F7 키를 누르면 이 화면의 모든 데이터가 원래 설정으로 복원됩니다.
+
+절차
+
+이 도움말 화면을 종료하려면 F3 키를 누르십시오. 그런 다음 설치 프로그램 화면에서 화살표 키를 사용하여 대상 조각을 선택하십시오(아직 선택하지 않은 경우). 선택한 조각 유형이 rpool이 아닌 경우 F5 키를 반복적으로 눌러 rpool 유형이 표시될 때까지 유형을 순환합니다. 
+
+중요: 장치에는 rpool이 한 개만 있을 수 있습니다.
+
+선택 사항: 아래에 설명된 대로 조각 레이아웃을 추가로 수정한 다음 F2 키를 눌러 다음 화면으로 이동할 수 있습니다. 변경한 사항은 설치 중에 구현됩니다. 레이아웃 변경 사항을 기록하려면 먼저 화살표 키를 사용하여 수정하려는 조각을 강조 표시하십시오. 그런 후 다음 작업 중 하나를 수행하십시오.
+
+	* 조각 삭제 - F5 키를 반복적으로 눌러 Unused(사용되지 않음) 유형이 표시될 때까지 유형을 순환합니다. 조각이 Unused(사용되지 않음)인 경우 인접 조각에서 해당 공간을 사용할 수 있습니다.
+
+	* 조각 유형 변경 - F5 키를 누르고 조각 유형을 변경합니다. 예를 들어 유형을 rpool로 변경합니다. 
+	
+	* 조각 크기 조정 - 선택한 조각의 크기가 강조 표시된 경우 해당 조각의 크기를 조정할 수 있습니다. 편집 가능한 필드에 새 크기를 입력합니다. 사용 가능한 최대 크기까지 입력할 수 있습니다. 
+
+	* 새 조각 만들기 - 사용하지 않은 조각을 선택합니다. F5 키를 누르고 조각 유형을 Unused(사용되지 않음)에서 다른 유형(예: rpool)으로 변경합니다. 
+
+주: F7 키를 누르면 변경 사항을 취소할 수 있습니다. 
+
+탐색
+
+각 화면의 맨 아래에 나열된 기능 키를 사용하여 다른 화면으로 이동할 수 있습니다. 각 화면에서 다른 텍스트로 이동하려면 화살표 키를 사용하십시오.
+
+주: 키보드에 기능 키가 없거나 키가 응답하지 않는 경우 ESC 키를 누르면 탐색을 위한 대체 ESC 키가 표시됩니다.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+INSTALLATION SUMMARY(설치 요약)
+
+이 화면에서는 설치 사양을 검토하고 확인할 수 있습니다.
+
+절차
+
+이 도움말 화면을 종료하려면 F3 키를 누르십시오. 그런 다음 Installation Summary(설치 요약) 화면에서 설치 선택 사항을 검토하십시오.
+
+선택 사항: 설치 선택 사항을 변경하려는 경우 F3 키를 필요한 만큼 눌러 변경하려는 화면으로 돌아가십시오. 이전 화면에서 원하는 사항을 변경한 다음 이 Installation Summary(설치 요약) 화면으로 다시 돌아오십시오.
+
+F2 키를 눌러 설치를 시작하십시오. 
+
+주의: F2 키를 누르면 설치가 시작됩니다. 설치가 진행 중인 경우 중단하지 않는 것이 좋습니다. 불완전하게 설치될 경우 디스크가 불완전한 상태가 될 수 있습니다.
+
+설치 후
+
+설치 중 진행 표시줄이 표시됩니다. 설치가 완료되면 마지막 화면에 설치 결과가 표시됩니다. F4 키를 눌러 설치 로그 /tmp/install_log를 확인할 수 있습니다. 
+
+성공적으로 설치되면 다음 작업 중 하나를 수행할 수 있습니다. 
+
+     * 설치 프로그램에서 F4 키를 눌러 설치 로그를 확인합니다. 
+
+     * 재부트하여 새로 설치된 소프트웨어를 시작합니다. 재부트한 후 /var/sadm/system/logs/install_log에서 설치 로그를 확인할 수 있습니다.	
+
+     * 재부트하기 전에 추가 작업을 수행하려는 경우 F9 키를 눌러 설치 프로그램을 종료합니다. 
+
+설치를 실패한 경우 F4 키를 눌러 설치 로그를 확인하십시오. 그런 다음 F9 키를 눌러 설치 프로그램을 종료하십시오. 필요한 사항을 수정한 다음 설치 프로그램을 재시작하십시오.
+
+탐색
+
+각 화면의 맨 아래에 나열된 기능 키를 사용하여 다른 화면으로 이동할 수 있습니다. 각 화면에서 다른 텍스트로 이동하려면 화살표 키를 사용하십시오.
+
+주: 키보드에 기능 키가 없거나 키가 응답하지 않는 경우 ESC 키를 누르면 탐색을 위한 대체 ESC 키가 표시됩니다.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+WELCOME(시작)
+
+이 텍스트 설치 프로그램을 사용하여 SPARC 또는 x86 시스템에 Oracle Solaris OS(운영 체제)를 설치할 수 있습니다. 이 설치 프로그램은 특히 그래픽 카드가 없거나 필요하지 않은 시스템에 사용할 수 있습니다.
+
+주: Oracle Solaris OS를 처음 설치하면 기존 Solaris 또는 Oracle Solaris OS가 새 버전의 Oracle Solaris OS로 덮어 쓰여집니다. 기존 Oracle Solaris OS를 업그레이드하려면 이 설치 프로그램 대신 pkg(1) 명령 또는 패키지 관리자 응용 프로그램을 사용하십시오.
+
+절차
+
+이 도움말 화면을 종료하려면 F3 키를 누르십시오. 그런 다음 Welcome(시작) 화면에서 F2 키를 눌러 다음 화면으로 이동하십시오.
+
+탐색
+
+설치 화면을 이동하는 데 마우스를 사용할 수 없습니다. 대신 기능 키를 사용하여 탐색할 수 있습니다. 각 화면에 사용할 수 있는 기능 키는 화면 맨 아래에 나열됩니다. 예를 들면 다음과 같습니다.
+
+F2_Continue(계속) - F2 키를 누르면 다음 설치 화면으로 이동합니다. F2 키를 누르면 해당 화면에서 선택했거나 입력한 사항이 처리됩니다.
+F3_Back(뒤로) - F3 키를 누르면 이전 화면으로 돌아갑니다.
+F6_Help(도움말) - F6 키를 누르면 해당 화면에 대한 도움말 컨텐츠가 표시됩니다.
+F9_Quit(종료) - F9 키를 누르면 설치가 종료됩니다.
+
+각 화면에서 화살표 키를 사용하여 다음 작업 중 하나를 수행하십시오.
+* 화면 텍스트 이동
+* 강조 표시된 선택 사항 변경
+* 정보를 입력해야 하는 필드로 이동
+
+주: 키보드에 기능 키가 없거나, 키가 응답하지 않는 경우에는 ESC 키를 누르십시오. 탐색 및 다른 기능에 사용할 수 있는 ESC 키를 표시하도록 화면 아래쪽에 있는 범례가 변경됩니다. 
+ 
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+x86: FDISK PARTITIONS(FDISK 분할 영역)
+
+이 화면에는 이전 화면에서 선택한 x86 저장 장치에 대한 fdisk 분할 영역이 표시됩니다. 
+
+주: 분할 영역은 디스크에 배치된 순서로 나열됩니다. 
+
+절차
+
+이 도움말 화면을 종료하려면 F3 키를 누르십시오. 그런 다음 설치 프로그램 화면에서 화살표 키를 사용하여 "Use the whole disk(전체 디스크 사용)" 또는 "Use a partition on the disk(디스크 분할 영역 사용)"를 강조 표시하십시오. 
+
+     * "Use a partition on the disk(디스크 분할 영역 사용)"를 선택할 경우, 다음 화면에서 설치에 사용할 분할 영역을 선택하고, 분할 영역에 조각이 정의된 경우 사용할 해당 분할 영역의 조각을 선택할 수 있습니다. fdisk 분할 영역 레이아웃을 조정할 수도 있습니다. 
+
+     * "Use the whole disk(전체 디스크 사용)"를 선택할 경우, 설치 프로그램에서 해당 선택 사항을 기록하고 다음 작업으로 진행합니다.
+
+       주의: "Use the whole disk(전체 디스크 사용)"를 선택하면 설치 중 전체 디스크가 지워지고 디스크가 새 Oracle Solaris OS로 덮어 쓰여집니다. 
+
+원하는 항목을 선택한 후 F2 키를 눌러 다음 화면으로 이동하십시오.
+
+탐색
+
+각 화면의 맨 아래에 나열된 기능 키를 사용하여 다른 화면으로 이동할 수 있습니다. 각 화면에서 다른 텍스트로 이동하려면 화살표 키를 사용하십시오.
+
+주: 키보드에 기능 키가 없거나 키가 응답하지 않는 경우 ESC 키를 누르면 탐색을 위한 대체 ESC 키가 표시됩니다.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions_select.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+x86: SELECT PARTITION(분할 영역 선택)
+
+이 화면에서는 설치에 사용할 Solaris 분할 영역을 선택하거나 만들거나 수정할 수 있습니다.
+
+이 화면에서는 사용자가 기존 분할 영역 삭제, 확장 분할 영역 만들기 및 크기 조정, Solaris 분할 영역 만들기 및 크기 조정 또는 기존 분할 영역 크기 조정 등과 같이 fdisk 분할 영역 레이아웃을 조정할 수 있습니다.
+
+화면에는 기존 fdisk 분할 영역이 표시됩니다. 기본 분할 영역은 디스크에 배치될 때와 동일한 순서로 표시됩니다. 각 분할 영역의 현재 크기 및 사용 가능한 최대 크기가 표시됩니다. 확장 분할 영역이 있을 경우 논리적 분할 영역이 표시됩니다. 논리적 분할 영역도 확장 분할 영역 내의 디스크 레이아웃 순서로 표시됩니다.
+
+디스크가 이전에 분할되지 않은 경우 권장 분할 영역이 표시됩니다. 이 권장 분할 영역은 전체 디스크의 크기에 맞춰 조정된 단일 분할 영역입니다.
+
+지침
+
+* 장치에는 Solaris 분할 영역이 한 개만 있을 수 있으며, 설치에 해당 Solaris 분할 영역을 사용해야 합니다. 기존 Solaris 분할 영역이 있는 경우 해당 분할 영역이 기본적으로 선택되어 있습니다. 
+
+주의: 분할 영역 크기를 줄이거나 유형을 변경하는 경우에는 기존 분할 영역 내용이 설치 중에 지워지고, 그렇지 않은 경우에는 기존 분할 영역 내용이 설치 중에 유지됩니다. 계획된 변경으로 인해 설치 중 분할 영역이 완전히 삭제된 경우 이 화면에서 해당 분할 영역에 빨간색 별표가 표시됩니다. 
+
+화면 컨텐츠를 수정하는 방법
+
+다음 옵션 중 하나를 사용하여 화면 컨텐츠를 수정할 수 있습니다.
+
+     * F5_Change Type(유형 변경) - 분할 영역이 강조 표시된 상태에서 F5 키를 반복적으로 눌러 원하는 분할 영역 유형 또는 Unused(사용되지 않음)가 표시될 때까지 분할 영역 유형을 순환하여 분할 영역 유형을 변경합니다. Unused(사용되지 않음)를 선택할 경우, 분할 영역이 완전히 삭제되므로 인접 분할 영역의 크기를 조정할 때 해당 공간을 사용할 수 있게 됩니다.
+
+       주: Solaris 분할 영역 또는 확장 분할 영역은 한 개만 있을 수 있습니다. 따라서 기존 Solaris 분할 영역 또는 기존 확장 분할 영역이 있는 경우 F5 변경 옵션에 분할 영역을 Solaris 분할 영역 또는 확장 분할 영역으로 변경하는 것은 포함되지 않습니다.
+
+     *Size Fields(크기 필드) - 크기 필드가 강조 표시된 경우 해당 필드에 변경 사항을 입력할 수 있습니다.
+
+     * F7_Reset(재설정) - F7 키를 누르면 이 화면의 모든 데이터가 원래 설정으로 복원됩니다.
+
+절차
+
+이 도움말 화면을 종료하려면 F3 키를 누르십시오. 그러면 설치 프로그램 화면에서 다음과 같은 옵션을 제공합니다. 
+
+     * 기존 Solaris 분할 영역이 있는 경우 해당 분할 영역은 기본적으로 선택되어 있습니다. 다음 중 하나를 수행할 수 있습니다.
+
+          * 현재 크기로 기존 분할 영역을 사용할 수 있습니다. 
+          * Solaris 분할 영역의 크기를 조정할 수 있습니다. 크기를 줄일 수 있습니다. 또는 사용 가능한 최대 크기까지 늘릴 수 있습니다. 
+          * 다른 분할 영역에 설치하려는 경우 먼저 기존 Solaris 분할 영역의 유형을 Unused(사용되지 않음)로 변경하여 해당 분할 영역을 삭제해야 합니다. 그런 다음 다른 분할 영역을 선택하고 해당 유형을 Solaris로 변경할 수 있습니다. 설치 중에 이렇게 수정하면 기존 분할 영역 내용이 지워집니다. 
+
+     * 기존 Solaris 분할 영역이 없는 경우 분할 영역을 선택하고 해당 유형을 Solaris로 변경하십시오. 
+
+     * LINUX-SWAP 지침: GParted와 같은 타사 분할 도구를 사용한 경우 이 화면에는 Oracle Solaris OS 소프트웨어를 설치할 수 있는 Linux-swap이라는 분할 영역이 표시됩니다. 이 분할 영역을 사용하려면 이 화면에서 유형을 Linux-swap에서 Solaris로 변경해야 합니다. 해당 분할 영역을 강조 표시한 다음 F5 키를 반복적으로 눌러 해당 분할 영역에 대해 Solaris 유형이 표시될 때까지 유형을 순환합니다.
+
+선택 사항: 분할 영역 레이아웃을 추가로 수정할 수 있습니다. 변경한 사항은 설치 중에 구현됩니다. 레이아웃 변경 사항을 기록하려면 먼저 화살표 키를 사용하여 수정하려는 분할 영역을 강조 표시하십시오. 그런 후 다음 작업 중 하나를 수행하십시오.
+
+	* 분할 영역 삭제 - F5 키를 반복적으로 눌러 Unused(사용되지 않음)가 표시될 때까지 분할 영역 유형을 순환합니다. 설치 중 초기 분할 영역이 완전히 삭제되므로 인접 분할 영역의 크기를 조정할 때 해당 공간을 사용할 수 있게 됩니다.
+
+	* 분할 영역 유형 변경 - F5 키를 반복적으로 눌러 원하는 분할 영역 유형이 표시될 때까지 분할 영역 유형을 순환합니다. 예를 들어 유형을 Solaris로 변경합니다. 
+	
+	* 분할 영역 크기 조정 - 선택한 분할 영역의 크기가 강조 표시된 경우 해당 분할 영역의 크기를 조정할 수 있습니다. 편집 가능한 필드에 새 크기를 입력합니다. 사용 가능한 최대 크기까지 입력할 수 있습니다. 기존 분할 영역의 크기를 조정하면 해당 컨텐츠가 완전히 삭제됩니다.
+
+	* 새 분할 영역 만들기 - 사용하지 않은 분할 영역을 선택합니다. F5 키를 누르고 분할 영역 유형을 Unused(사용되지 않음)에서 Solaris 또는 Extended(확장) 등의 다른 유형으로 변경합니다. 
+
+	* 확장 분할 영역 만들기 - 필요한 경우 F5 키를 눌러 Extended(확장) 분할 영역 유형을 선택합니다. 
+
+주: F7 키를 누르면 변경 사항을 취소할 수 있습니다. 
+
+탐색
+
+각 화면의 맨 아래에 나열된 기능 키를 사용하여 다른 화면으로 이동할 수 있습니다. 각 화면에서 다른 텍스트로 이동하려면 화살표 키를 사용하십시오.
+
+주: 키보드에 기능 키가 없거나 키가 응답하지 않는 경우 ESC 키를 누르면 탐색을 위한 대체 ESC 키가 표시됩니다.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+x86: SOLARIS PARTITION SLICES(SOLARIS 분할 영역 조각)
+
+Solaris VTOC 조각이 이전 화면에서 선택한 Solaris 분할 영역에 있는 경우 이 화면에 VTOC 조각이 나열됩니다. Oracle Solaris OS를 조각 중 하나에 설치하도록 선택할 수 있습니다. 또는 전체 분할 영역을 설치에 사용할 수 있습니다. 
+
+기존 VTOC 조각은 레이아웃 순서로 표시됩니다.
+
+주: 이전 화면에서 Solaris 분할 영역을 변경한 경우에는 이 화면이 표시되지 않습니다. 
+
+절차
+
+이 도움말 화면을 종료하려면 F3 키를 누르십시오. 그런 다음 Solaris Partition(Solaris 분할 영역) 화면에서 화살표 키를 사용하여 "Use the whole partition(전체 분할 영역 사용)" 또는 "Use a slice in the partition(분할 영역의 조각 사용)"을 강조 표시하십시오. 다음 화면으로 이동하려면 F2 키를 누르십시오. 분할 영역의 조각을 사용하려는 경우 다음 화면에서 해당 조각을 선택할 수 있습니다.
+
+탐색
+
+각 화면의 맨 아래에 나열된 기능 키를 사용하여 다른 화면으로 이동할 수 있습니다. 각 화면에서 다른 텍스트로 이동하려면 화살표 키를 사용하십시오.
+
+주: 키보드에 기능 키가 없거나 키가 응답하지 않는 경우 ESC 키를 누르면 탐색을 위한 대체 ESC 키가 표시됩니다.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/ko_KR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices_select.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+x86: SELECT SLICE IN SOLARIS PARTITION(SOLARIS 분할 영역의 조각 선택)
+
+이 화면에서는 설치에 사용할 Solaris 분할 영역의 VTOC 조각을 선택할 수 있습니다. 설치에 사용할 조각을 지정하려면 조각을 선택한 다음 조각 유형을 rpool로 변경하십시오. rpool의 크기를 조정할 수도 있습니다.
+
+화면에 이전 화면에서 선택한 fdisk 분할 영역의 기존 조각이 표시됩니다. 조각은 분할 영역에 배치될 때와 동일한 순서로 표시됩니다. 각 조각의 현재 크기 및 사용 가능한 최대 크기가 표시됩니다.
+
+지침
+
+* 분할 영역에는 rpool이 한 개만 있을 수 있으며, Oracle Solaris는 rpool에 설치됩니다.  
+
+* rpool의 크기는 사용 가능한 최대 크기까지 늘릴 수 있습니다. 조각이 Unused(사용되지 않음)로 표시된 경우, 사용 가능한 공간은 Avail(사용 가능) 열에 표시됩니다. 조각을 Unused(사용되지 않음)로 변경하면 인접 조각에서 해당 공간을 사용할 수 있습니다.
+
+주: 빨간색 별표는 조각의 컨텐츠가 설치 중 완전히 삭제될 것임을 나타냅니다. 사용자가 명시적으로 조각을 변경하지 않은 경우에는 설치 중 조각 컨텐츠가 보존됩니다.
+
+화면 컨텐츠를 수정하는 방법
+
+다음 옵션 중 하나를 사용하여 화면 컨텐츠를 수정할 수 있습니다.
+
+     * F5_Change Type(유형 변경) - 조각이 강조 표시된 상태에서 F5 키를 반복적으로 누르면 원하는 조각 유형이 표시될 때까지 유형을 순환합니다.
+
+     *Size Fields(크기 필드) - 크기 필드에 변경 사항을 입력할 수 있습니다.
+
+     * F7_Reset(재설정) - F7 키를 누르면 이 화면의 모든 데이터가 원래 설정으로 복원됩니다.
+
+절차
+
+이 도움말 화면을 종료하려면 F3 키를 누르십시오. 그런 다음 설치 프로그램 화면에서 화살표 키를 사용하여 대상 조각을 선택하십시오(아직 선택하지 않은 경우). 선택한 조각 유형이 rpool이 아닌 경우 F5 키를 반복적으로 눌러 rpool 유형이 표시될 때까지 조각 유형을 순환합니다. 
+
+주: 분할 영역에는 rpool이 한 개만 있을 수 있습니다. 다른 rpool이 있는 경우 대상 조각을 rpool로 변경하기 전에 유형을 Unused(사용되지 않음)로 변경하십시오.
+
+선택 사항: 아래에 설명된 대로 조각 레이아웃을 추가로 수정한 다음 F2 키를 눌러 다음 화면으로 이동할 수 있습니다. 변경한 사항은 설치 중에 구현됩니다. 레이아웃 변경 사항을 기록하려면 먼저 화살표 키를 사용하여 수정하려는 조각을 강조 표시하십시오. 그런 후 다음 작업 중 하나를 수행하십시오.
+
+	* 조각 삭제 - F5 키를 반복적으로 눌러 Unused(사용되지 않음) 유형이 표시될 때까지 조각 유형을 순환합니다. 사용되지 않은 조각의 공간은 인접 조각에서 사용할 수 있습니다.
+
+	* 조각 유형 변경 - F5 키를 반복적으로 눌러 원하는 유형이 표시될 때까지 조각 유형을 순환합니다. 예를 들어 유형을 rpool로 변경하려면 이 절차를 사용하십시오. 
+	
+	* 조각 크기 조정 - 선택한 조각의 크기가 강조 표시된 경우 해당 조각의 크기를 조정할 수 있습니다. 편집 가능한 필드에 새 크기를 입력합니다. 사용 가능한 최대 크기까지 입력할 수 있습니다. 
+
+	주: 분할 영역 크기는 가장 근접한 1GB로 반올림되며, 분할 영역 간에 사용되지 않은 공간이 있을 수 있으므로, 분할 영역 크기의 합계가 전체 디스크 합계와 같지 않을 수 있습니다. 
+
+	* 새 조각 만들기 - 사용하지 않은 조각을 선택합니다. 필요에 따라 F5 키를 누르고 조각 유형을 Unused(사용되지 않음)에서 다른 유형(예: rpool)으로 변경합니다. 그러나 조각 2는 수정할 수 없습니다. 
+
+주: F7 키를 누르면 변경 사항을 취소할 수 있습니다. 
+
+탐색
+
+각 화면의 맨 아래에 나열된 기능 키를 사용하여 다른 화면으로 이동할 수 있습니다. 각 화면에서 다른 텍스트로 이동하려면 화살표 키를 사용하십시오.
+
+주: 키보드에 기능 키가 없거나 키가 응답하지 않는 경우 ESC 키를 누르면 탐색을 위한 대체 ESC 키가 표시됩니다.
+
+
+
--- a/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/Makefile	Fri Aug 12 19:31:27 2011 +0900
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/Makefile	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 # include global definitions
 include $(SRC)/messages/Makefile.trans
 
-COMMON_SUBDIRS= gui-install locale
+COMMON_SUBDIRS= gui-install locale sysconfig text-install
 sparc_SUBDIRS=
 i386_SUBDIRS=
 SUBDIRS=	$(COMMON_SUBDIRS) $($(MACH)_SUBDIRS)
--- a/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/Makefile	Fri Aug 12 19:31:27 2011 +0900
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/locale/de_DE/LC_MESSAGES/Makefile	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@
 include $(SRC)/messages/Makefile.trans
 include ../../Makefile.messages
 
+POTFILES += sysconfig.pot terminalui.pot textinstall.pot 
 CLEAN_FILES += $(SRC_FILES)
 
 .KEEP_STATE:
--- a/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/locale/es_ES/LC_MESSAGES/Makefile	Fri Aug 12 19:31:27 2011 +0900
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/locale/es_ES/LC_MESSAGES/Makefile	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@
 include $(SRC)/messages/Makefile.trans
 include ../../Makefile.messages
 
+POTFILES += sysconfig.pot terminalui.pot textinstall.pot 
 CLEAN_FILES += $(SRC_FILES)
 
 .KEEP_STATE:
--- a/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/locale/fr_FR/LC_MESSAGES/Makefile	Fri Aug 12 19:31:27 2011 +0900
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/locale/fr_FR/LC_MESSAGES/Makefile	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@
 include $(SRC)/messages/Makefile.trans
 include ../../Makefile.messages
 
+POTFILES += sysconfig.pot terminalui.pot textinstall.pot 
 CLEAN_FILES += $(SRC_FILES)
 
 .KEEP_STATE:
--- a/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/locale/it_IT/LC_MESSAGES/Makefile	Fri Aug 12 19:31:27 2011 +0900
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/locale/it_IT/LC_MESSAGES/Makefile	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@
 include $(SRC)/messages/Makefile.trans
 include ../../Makefile.messages
 
+POTFILES += sysconfig.pot terminalui.pot textinstall.pot 
 CLEAN_FILES += $(SRC_FILES)
 
 .KEEP_STATE:
--- a/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/locale/ja_JP/LC_MESSAGES/Makefile	Fri Aug 12 19:31:27 2011 +0900
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/locale/ja_JP/LC_MESSAGES/Makefile	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@
 include $(SRC)/messages/Makefile.trans
 include ../../Makefile.messages
 
+POTFILES += sysconfig.pot terminalui.pot textinstall.pot 
 CLEAN_FILES += $(SRC_FILES)
 
 .KEEP_STATE:
--- a/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/locale/ko_KR/LC_MESSAGES/Makefile	Fri Aug 12 19:31:27 2011 +0900
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/locale/ko_KR/LC_MESSAGES/Makefile	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@
 include $(SRC)/messages/Makefile.trans
 include ../../Makefile.messages
 
+POTFILES += sysconfig.pot terminalui.pot textinstall.pot 
 CLEAN_FILES += $(SRC_FILES)
 
 .KEEP_STATE:
--- a/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/Makefile	Fri Aug 12 19:31:27 2011 +0900
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/Makefile	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -19,8 +19,7 @@
 # CDDL HEADER END
 #
 #
-# Copyright 2008 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
-# Use is subject to license terms.
+# Copyright (c) 2008, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
 #
 
 SRC_LOCALE:sh=	cd ..; basename `pwd`
@@ -30,6 +29,7 @@
 include $(SRC)/messages/Makefile.trans
 include ../../Makefile.messages
 
+POTFILES += sysconfig.pot terminalui.pot textinstall.pot 
 CLEAN_FILES += $(SRC_FILES)
 
 .KEEP_STATE:
--- a/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/Makefile	Fri Aug 12 19:31:27 2011 +0900
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/Makefile	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@
 include $(SRC)/messages/Makefile.trans
 include ../../Makefile.messages
 
+POTFILES += sysconfig.pot terminalui.pot textinstall.pot 
 CLEAN_FILES += $(SRC_FILES)
 
 .KEEP_STATE:
--- a/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/Makefile	Fri Aug 12 19:31:27 2011 +0900
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/Makefile	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@
 include $(SRC)/messages/Makefile.trans
 include ../../Makefile.messages
 
+POTFILES += sysconfig.pot terminalui.pot textinstall.pot 
 CLEAN_FILES += $(SRC_FILES)
 
 .KEEP_STATE:
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/sysconfig/Makefile	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+#ident  "@(#)Makefile"
+#
+
+# include global definitions
+include $(SRC)/messages/Makefile.trans
+
+COMMON_SUBDIRS= help
+sparc_SUBDIRS=
+i386_SUBDIRS=
+SUBDIRS=	$(COMMON_SUBDIRS) $($(MACH)_SUBDIRS)
+TEXTFILES=	langs_localized
+BASEFILEDIR=	$(SRC)/messages/install/common/usr/share/sysconfig
+CLEAN_FILES += $(SRC_FILES)
+
+all:=		TARGET= all
+install:=	TARGET= install
+clean:=		TARGET= clean
+clobber:=	TARGET= clobber
+lint:=		TARGET= lint
+
+.KEEP_STATE:
+
+all: $(FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+install: all $(ROOT_FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+clean: $(SUBDIRS)
+	$(RM) $(CLEAN_FILES)
+
+clobber lint:
+
+$(SRC_FILES): $(BASEFILEDIR)/$$@
+	$(CDDL_FILTER) $? > $@
+
+$(SUBDIRS): FRC
+	-@cd $@; pwd; $(MAKE) $(TARGET)
+
+FRC:
+
+include $(TRANS)/Makefile.trans.targ
+
+#ROOT_DIR_XX:sh=	../rootdir.sh
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/sysconfig/help/Makefile	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+
+# include global definitions
+include $(SRC)/messages/Makefile.trans
+
+COMMON_SUBDIRS= \
+	de_DE \
+	es_ES \
+	fr_FR \
+	it_IT \
+	ja_JP \
+	ko_KR \
+	pt_BR \
+	zh_CN \
+	zh_TW
+
+sparc_SUBDIRS=
+i386_SUBDIRS=
+SUBDIRS=	$(COMMON_SUBDIRS) $($(MACH)_SUBDIRS)
+
+all:=		TARGET= all
+install:=	TARGET= install
+clean:=		TARGET= clean
+clobber:=	TARGET= clobber
+lint:=		TARGET= lint
+
+.KEEP_STATE:
+
+all install clean clobber lint: $(SUBDIRS)
+
+$(SUBDIRS): FRC
+	-@cd $@; pwd; $(MAKE) $(TARGET)
+
+FRC:
+
+include $(TRANS)/Makefile.trans.targ
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/sysconfig/help/Makefile.help	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+# Use is subject to license terms.
+#
+
+include $(SRC)/messages/Makefile.trans
+
+TEXTFILES = \
+	date_time.txt \
+	dns_search.txt \
+	dns_server.txt \
+	domain.txt \
+	ldap_profile.txt \
+	ldap_proxy.txt \
+	name_service.txt \
+	network_manual.txt \
+	network.txt \
+	nis.txt \
+	summary.txt \
+	timezone.txt \
+	users.txt \
+	welcome.txt
+
+BASEFILEDIR=  $(SRC)/messages/install/$(SRC_LOCALE)/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__
+
+ROOT_DIR_XX:sh=	../rootdir.sh
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/sysconfig/help/de_DE/Makefile	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+
+# include global definitions
+SRC_LOCALE:sh = basename `pwd`
+include ../Makefile.help
+
+COMMON_SUBDIRS=
+sparc_SUBDIRS=
+i386_SUBDIRS=
+SUBDIRS=	$(COMMON_SUBDIRS) $($(MACH)_SUBDIRS)
+
+all:=		TARGET= all
+install:=	TARGET= install
+clean:=		TARGET= clean
+clobber:=	TARGET= clobber
+lint:=		TARGET= lint
+
+CLEAN_FILES += $(SRC_FILES)
+
+.KEEP_STATE:
+
+all: $(FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+install: all $(ROOT_FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+clean: $(SUBDIRS)
+	$(RM) $(CLEAN_FILES)
+
+clobber lint:
+
+$(SRC_FILES): $(BASEFILEDIR)/$$@
+	$(ICONV) $? > $@
+
+$(SUBDIRS): FRC
+	-@cd $@; pwd; $(MAKE) $(TARGET)
+
+FRC:
+
+include $(TRANS)/Makefile.trans.targ
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/sysconfig/help/es_ES/Makefile	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+
+# include global definitions
+SRC_LOCALE:sh = basename `pwd`
+include ../Makefile.help
+
+COMMON_SUBDIRS=
+sparc_SUBDIRS=
+i386_SUBDIRS=
+SUBDIRS=	$(COMMON_SUBDIRS) $($(MACH)_SUBDIRS)
+
+all:=		TARGET= all
+install:=	TARGET= install
+clean:=		TARGET= clean
+clobber:=	TARGET= clobber
+lint:=		TARGET= lint
+
+CLEAN_FILES += $(SRC_FILES)
+
+.KEEP_STATE:
+
+all: $(FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+install: all $(ROOT_FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+clean: $(SUBDIRS)
+	$(RM) $(CLEAN_FILES)
+
+clobber lint:
+
+$(SRC_FILES): $(BASEFILEDIR)/$$@
+	$(ICONV) $? > $@
+
+$(SUBDIRS): FRC
+	-@cd $@; pwd; $(MAKE) $(TARGET)
+
+FRC:
+
+include $(TRANS)/Makefile.trans.targ
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/sysconfig/help/fr_FR/Makefile	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+
+# include global definitions
+SRC_LOCALE:sh = basename `pwd`
+include ../Makefile.help
+
+COMMON_SUBDIRS=
+sparc_SUBDIRS=
+i386_SUBDIRS=
+SUBDIRS=	$(COMMON_SUBDIRS) $($(MACH)_SUBDIRS)
+
+all:=		TARGET= all
+install:=	TARGET= install
+clean:=		TARGET= clean
+clobber:=	TARGET= clobber
+lint:=		TARGET= lint
+
+CLEAN_FILES += $(SRC_FILES)
+
+.KEEP_STATE:
+
+all: $(FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+install: all $(ROOT_FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+clean: $(SUBDIRS)
+	$(RM) $(CLEAN_FILES)
+
+clobber lint:
+
+$(SRC_FILES): $(BASEFILEDIR)/$$@
+	$(ICONV) $? > $@
+
+$(SUBDIRS): FRC
+	-@cd $@; pwd; $(MAKE) $(TARGET)
+
+FRC:
+
+include $(TRANS)/Makefile.trans.targ
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/sysconfig/help/it_IT/Makefile	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+
+# include global definitions
+SRC_LOCALE:sh = basename `pwd`
+include ../Makefile.help
+
+COMMON_SUBDIRS=
+sparc_SUBDIRS=
+i386_SUBDIRS=
+SUBDIRS=	$(COMMON_SUBDIRS) $($(MACH)_SUBDIRS)
+
+all:=		TARGET= all
+install:=	TARGET= install
+clean:=		TARGET= clean
+clobber:=	TARGET= clobber
+lint:=		TARGET= lint
+
+CLEAN_FILES += $(SRC_FILES)
+
+.KEEP_STATE:
+
+all: $(FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+install: all $(ROOT_FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+clean: $(SUBDIRS)
+	$(RM) $(CLEAN_FILES)
+
+clobber lint:
+
+$(SRC_FILES): $(BASEFILEDIR)/$$@
+	$(ICONV) $? > $@
+
+$(SUBDIRS): FRC
+	-@cd $@; pwd; $(MAKE) $(TARGET)
+
+FRC:
+
+include $(TRANS)/Makefile.trans.targ
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/sysconfig/help/ja_JP/Makefile	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+
+# include global definitions
+SRC_LOCALE:sh = basename `pwd`
+include ../Makefile.help
+
+COMMON_SUBDIRS=
+sparc_SUBDIRS=
+i386_SUBDIRS=
+SUBDIRS=	$(COMMON_SUBDIRS) $($(MACH)_SUBDIRS)
+
+all:=		TARGET= all
+install:=	TARGET= install
+clean:=		TARGET= clean
+clobber:=	TARGET= clobber
+lint:=		TARGET= lint
+
+CLEAN_FILES += $(SRC_FILES)
+
+.KEEP_STATE:
+
+all: $(FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+install: all $(ROOT_FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+clean: $(SUBDIRS)
+	$(RM) $(CLEAN_FILES)
+
+clobber lint:
+
+$(SRC_FILES): $(BASEFILEDIR)/$$@
+	$(ICONV) $? > $@
+
+$(SUBDIRS): FRC
+	-@cd $@; pwd; $(MAKE) $(TARGET)
+
+FRC:
+
+include $(TRANS)/Makefile.trans.targ
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/sysconfig/help/ko_KR/Makefile	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+
+# include global definitions
+SRC_LOCALE:sh = basename `pwd`
+include ../Makefile.help
+
+COMMON_SUBDIRS=
+sparc_SUBDIRS=
+i386_SUBDIRS=
+SUBDIRS=	$(COMMON_SUBDIRS) $($(MACH)_SUBDIRS)
+
+all:=		TARGET= all
+install:=	TARGET= install
+clean:=		TARGET= clean
+clobber:=	TARGET= clobber
+lint:=		TARGET= lint
+
+CLEAN_FILES += $(SRC_FILES)
+
+.KEEP_STATE:
+
+all: $(FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+install: all $(ROOT_FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+clean: $(SUBDIRS)
+	$(RM) $(CLEAN_FILES)
+
+clobber lint:
+
+$(SRC_FILES): $(BASEFILEDIR)/$$@
+	$(ICONV) $? > $@
+
+$(SUBDIRS): FRC
+	-@cd $@; pwd; $(MAKE) $(TARGET)
+
+FRC:
+
+include $(TRANS)/Makefile.trans.targ
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/sysconfig/help/pt_BR/Makefile	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+
+# include global definitions
+SRC_LOCALE:sh = basename `pwd`
+include ../Makefile.help
+
+COMMON_SUBDIRS=
+sparc_SUBDIRS=
+i386_SUBDIRS=
+SUBDIRS=	$(COMMON_SUBDIRS) $($(MACH)_SUBDIRS)
+
+all:=		TARGET= all
+install:=	TARGET= install
+clean:=		TARGET= clean
+clobber:=	TARGET= clobber
+lint:=		TARGET= lint
+
+CLEAN_FILES += $(SRC_FILES)
+
+.KEEP_STATE:
+
+all: $(FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+install: all $(ROOT_FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+clean: $(SUBDIRS)
+	$(RM) $(CLEAN_FILES)
+
+clobber lint:
+
+$(SRC_FILES): $(BASEFILEDIR)/$$@
+	$(ICONV) $? > $@
+
+$(SUBDIRS): FRC
+	-@cd $@; pwd; $(MAKE) $(TARGET)
+
+FRC:
+
+include $(TRANS)/Makefile.trans.targ
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/sysconfig/help/rootdir.sh	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+#
+# Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+# Use is subject to license terms.
+#
+
+# This script is to change installation destination of files
+# to short name locale directories
+# Once default destination becomes long (full) name locale
+# directories, this script and reference to this can be removed.
+
+pwd | sed \
+	-e 's:.*/messages/[^/][^/]*/makefiles/::' \
+	-e 's:/de_DE:/de:' \
+	-e 's:/es_ES:/es:' \
+	-e 's:/fr_FR:/fr:' \
+	-e 's:/it_IT:/it:' \
+	-e 's:/ja_JP:/ja:' \
+	-e 's:/ko_KR:/ko:' \
+| cat
+
+exit 0
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/sysconfig/help/zh_CN/Makefile	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+
+# include global definitions
+SRC_LOCALE:sh = basename `pwd`
+include ../Makefile.help
+
+COMMON_SUBDIRS=
+sparc_SUBDIRS=
+i386_SUBDIRS=
+SUBDIRS=	$(COMMON_SUBDIRS) $($(MACH)_SUBDIRS)
+
+all:=		TARGET= all
+install:=	TARGET= install
+clean:=		TARGET= clean
+clobber:=	TARGET= clobber
+lint:=		TARGET= lint
+
+CLEAN_FILES += $(SRC_FILES)
+
+.KEEP_STATE:
+
+all: $(FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+install: all $(ROOT_FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+clean: $(SUBDIRS)
+	$(RM) $(CLEAN_FILES)
+
+clobber lint:
+
+$(SRC_FILES): $(BASEFILEDIR)/$$@
+	$(ICONV) $? > $@
+
+$(SUBDIRS): FRC
+	-@cd $@; pwd; $(MAKE) $(TARGET)
+
+FRC:
+
+include $(TRANS)/Makefile.trans.targ
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/sysconfig/help/zh_TW/Makefile	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+
+# include global definitions
+SRC_LOCALE:sh = basename `pwd`
+include ../Makefile.help
+
+COMMON_SUBDIRS=
+sparc_SUBDIRS=
+i386_SUBDIRS=
+SUBDIRS=	$(COMMON_SUBDIRS) $($(MACH)_SUBDIRS)
+
+all:=		TARGET= all
+install:=	TARGET= install
+clean:=		TARGET= clean
+clobber:=	TARGET= clobber
+lint:=		TARGET= lint
+
+CLEAN_FILES += $(SRC_FILES)
+
+.KEEP_STATE:
+
+all: $(FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+install: all $(ROOT_FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+clean: $(SUBDIRS)
+	$(RM) $(CLEAN_FILES)
+
+clobber lint:
+
+$(SRC_FILES): $(BASEFILEDIR)/$$@
+	$(ICONV) $? > $@
+
+$(SUBDIRS): FRC
+	-@cd $@; pwd; $(MAKE) $(TARGET)
+
+FRC:
+
+include $(TRANS)/Makefile.trans.targ
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/sysconfig/langs_localized	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+#
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+#
+# list of languages in which sysconfig has been translated
+#
+zh_CN.UTF-8:Chinese - Simplified
+zh_TW.UTF-8:Chinese - Traditional
+en_US.UTF-8:English
+fr_FR.UTF-8:French
+de_DE.UTF-8:German
+it_IT.UTF-8:Italian
+ja_JP.UTF-8:Japanese
+ko_KR.UTF-8:Korean
+pt_BR.UTF-8:Portuguese - Brazil
+es_ES.UTF-8:Spanish
+# end
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/text-install/Makefile	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+#ident  "@(#)Makefile"
+#
+
+# include global definitions
+include $(SRC)/messages/Makefile.trans
+
+COMMON_SUBDIRS= help
+sparc_SUBDIRS=
+i386_SUBDIRS=
+SUBDIRS=	$(COMMON_SUBDIRS) $($(MACH)_SUBDIRS)
+TEXTFILES=	langs_localized
+BASEFILEDIR=	$(SRC)/messages/install/common/usr/share/text-install
+CLEAN_FILES += $(SRC_FILES)
+
+all:=		TARGET= all
+install:=	TARGET= install
+clean:=		TARGET= clean
+clobber:=	TARGET= clobber
+lint:=		TARGET= lint
+
+.KEEP_STATE:
+
+all: $(FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+install: all $(ROOT_FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+clean: $(SUBDIRS)
+	$(RM) $(CLEAN_FILES)
+
+clobber lint:
+
+$(SRC_FILES): $(BASEFILEDIR)/$$@
+	$(CDDL_FILTER) $? > $@
+
+$(SUBDIRS): FRC
+	-@cd $@; pwd; $(MAKE) $(TARGET)
+
+FRC:
+
+include $(TRANS)/Makefile.trans.targ
+
+#ROOT_DIR_XX:sh=	../rootdir.sh
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/text-install/help/Makefile	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+
+# include global definitions
+include $(SRC)/messages/Makefile.trans
+
+COMMON_SUBDIRS= \
+	de_DE \
+	es_ES \
+	fr_FR \
+	it_IT \
+	ja_JP \
+	ko_KR \
+	pt_BR \
+	zh_CN \
+	zh_TW
+
+sparc_SUBDIRS=
+i386_SUBDIRS=
+SUBDIRS=	$(COMMON_SUBDIRS) $($(MACH)_SUBDIRS)
+
+all:=		TARGET= all
+install:=	TARGET= install
+clean:=		TARGET= clean
+clobber:=	TARGET= clobber
+lint:=		TARGET= lint
+
+.KEEP_STATE:
+
+all install clean clobber lint: $(SUBDIRS)
+
+$(SUBDIRS): FRC
+	-@cd $@; pwd; $(MAKE) $(TARGET)
+
+FRC:
+
+include $(TRANS)/Makefile.trans.targ
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/text-install/help/Makefile.help	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+# Use is subject to license terms.
+#
+
+include $(SRC)/messages/Makefile.trans
+
+TEXTFILES = \
+	disks.txt \
+	sparc_solaris_slices_select.txt \
+	sparc_solaris_slices.txt \
+	summary.txt \
+	welcome.txt \
+	x86_fdisk_partitions_select.txt \
+	x86_fdisk_partitions.txt \
+	x86_fdisk_slices_select.txt \
+	x86_fdisk_slices.txt
+
+
+BASEFILEDIR=  $(SRC)/messages/install/$(SRC_LOCALE)/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__
+
+ROOT_DIR_XX:sh=	../rootdir.sh
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/text-install/help/de_DE/Makefile	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+
+# include global definitions
+SRC_LOCALE:sh = basename `pwd`
+include ../Makefile.help
+
+COMMON_SUBDIRS=
+sparc_SUBDIRS=
+i386_SUBDIRS=
+SUBDIRS=	$(COMMON_SUBDIRS) $($(MACH)_SUBDIRS)
+
+all:=		TARGET= all
+install:=	TARGET= install
+clean:=		TARGET= clean
+clobber:=	TARGET= clobber
+lint:=		TARGET= lint
+
+CLEAN_FILES += $(SRC_FILES)
+
+.KEEP_STATE:
+
+all: $(FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+install: all $(ROOT_FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+clean: $(SUBDIRS)
+	$(RM) $(CLEAN_FILES)
+
+clobber lint:
+
+$(SRC_FILES): $(BASEFILEDIR)/$$@
+	$(ICONV) $? > $@
+
+$(SUBDIRS): FRC
+	-@cd $@; pwd; $(MAKE) $(TARGET)
+
+FRC:
+
+include $(TRANS)/Makefile.trans.targ
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/text-install/help/es_ES/Makefile	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+
+# include global definitions
+SRC_LOCALE:sh = basename `pwd`
+include ../Makefile.help
+
+COMMON_SUBDIRS=
+sparc_SUBDIRS=
+i386_SUBDIRS=
+SUBDIRS=	$(COMMON_SUBDIRS) $($(MACH)_SUBDIRS)
+
+all:=		TARGET= all
+install:=	TARGET= install
+clean:=		TARGET= clean
+clobber:=	TARGET= clobber
+lint:=		TARGET= lint
+
+CLEAN_FILES += $(SRC_FILES)
+
+.KEEP_STATE:
+
+all: $(FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+install: all $(ROOT_FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+clean: $(SUBDIRS)
+	$(RM) $(CLEAN_FILES)
+
+clobber lint:
+
+$(SRC_FILES): $(BASEFILEDIR)/$$@
+	$(ICONV) $? > $@
+
+$(SUBDIRS): FRC
+	-@cd $@; pwd; $(MAKE) $(TARGET)
+
+FRC:
+
+include $(TRANS)/Makefile.trans.targ
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/text-install/help/fr_FR/Makefile	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+
+# include global definitions
+SRC_LOCALE:sh = basename `pwd`
+include ../Makefile.help
+
+COMMON_SUBDIRS=
+sparc_SUBDIRS=
+i386_SUBDIRS=
+SUBDIRS=	$(COMMON_SUBDIRS) $($(MACH)_SUBDIRS)
+
+all:=		TARGET= all
+install:=	TARGET= install
+clean:=		TARGET= clean
+clobber:=	TARGET= clobber
+lint:=		TARGET= lint
+
+CLEAN_FILES += $(SRC_FILES)
+
+.KEEP_STATE:
+
+all: $(FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+install: all $(ROOT_FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+clean: $(SUBDIRS)
+	$(RM) $(CLEAN_FILES)
+
+clobber lint:
+
+$(SRC_FILES): $(BASEFILEDIR)/$$@
+	$(ICONV) $? > $@
+
+$(SUBDIRS): FRC
+	-@cd $@; pwd; $(MAKE) $(TARGET)
+
+FRC:
+
+include $(TRANS)/Makefile.trans.targ
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/text-install/help/it_IT/Makefile	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+
+# include global definitions
+SRC_LOCALE:sh = basename `pwd`
+include ../Makefile.help
+
+COMMON_SUBDIRS=
+sparc_SUBDIRS=
+i386_SUBDIRS=
+SUBDIRS=	$(COMMON_SUBDIRS) $($(MACH)_SUBDIRS)
+
+all:=		TARGET= all
+install:=	TARGET= install
+clean:=		TARGET= clean
+clobber:=	TARGET= clobber
+lint:=		TARGET= lint
+
+CLEAN_FILES += $(SRC_FILES)
+
+.KEEP_STATE:
+
+all: $(FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+install: all $(ROOT_FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+clean: $(SUBDIRS)
+	$(RM) $(CLEAN_FILES)
+
+clobber lint:
+
+$(SRC_FILES): $(BASEFILEDIR)/$$@
+	$(ICONV) $? > $@
+
+$(SUBDIRS): FRC
+	-@cd $@; pwd; $(MAKE) $(TARGET)
+
+FRC:
+
+include $(TRANS)/Makefile.trans.targ
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/text-install/help/ja_JP/Makefile	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+
+# include global definitions
+SRC_LOCALE:sh = basename `pwd`
+include ../Makefile.help
+
+COMMON_SUBDIRS=
+sparc_SUBDIRS=
+i386_SUBDIRS=
+SUBDIRS=	$(COMMON_SUBDIRS) $($(MACH)_SUBDIRS)
+
+all:=		TARGET= all
+install:=	TARGET= install
+clean:=		TARGET= clean
+clobber:=	TARGET= clobber
+lint:=		TARGET= lint
+
+CLEAN_FILES += $(SRC_FILES)
+
+.KEEP_STATE:
+
+all: $(FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+install: all $(ROOT_FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+clean: $(SUBDIRS)
+	$(RM) $(CLEAN_FILES)
+
+clobber lint:
+
+$(SRC_FILES): $(BASEFILEDIR)/$$@
+	$(ICONV) $? > $@
+
+$(SUBDIRS): FRC
+	-@cd $@; pwd; $(MAKE) $(TARGET)
+
+FRC:
+
+include $(TRANS)/Makefile.trans.targ
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/text-install/help/ko_KR/Makefile	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+
+# include global definitions
+SRC_LOCALE:sh = basename `pwd`
+include ../Makefile.help
+
+COMMON_SUBDIRS=
+sparc_SUBDIRS=
+i386_SUBDIRS=
+SUBDIRS=	$(COMMON_SUBDIRS) $($(MACH)_SUBDIRS)
+
+all:=		TARGET= all
+install:=	TARGET= install
+clean:=		TARGET= clean
+clobber:=	TARGET= clobber
+lint:=		TARGET= lint
+
+CLEAN_FILES += $(SRC_FILES)
+
+.KEEP_STATE:
+
+all: $(FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+install: all $(ROOT_FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+clean: $(SUBDIRS)
+	$(RM) $(CLEAN_FILES)
+
+clobber lint:
+
+$(SRC_FILES): $(BASEFILEDIR)/$$@
+	$(ICONV) $? > $@
+
+$(SUBDIRS): FRC
+	-@cd $@; pwd; $(MAKE) $(TARGET)
+
+FRC:
+
+include $(TRANS)/Makefile.trans.targ
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/text-install/help/pt_BR/Makefile	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+
+# include global definitions
+SRC_LOCALE:sh = basename `pwd`
+include ../Makefile.help
+
+COMMON_SUBDIRS=
+sparc_SUBDIRS=
+i386_SUBDIRS=
+SUBDIRS=	$(COMMON_SUBDIRS) $($(MACH)_SUBDIRS)
+
+all:=		TARGET= all
+install:=	TARGET= install
+clean:=		TARGET= clean
+clobber:=	TARGET= clobber
+lint:=		TARGET= lint
+
+CLEAN_FILES += $(SRC_FILES)
+
+.KEEP_STATE:
+
+all: $(FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+install: all $(ROOT_FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+clean: $(SUBDIRS)
+	$(RM) $(CLEAN_FILES)
+
+clobber lint:
+
+$(SRC_FILES): $(BASEFILEDIR)/$$@
+	$(ICONV) $? > $@
+
+$(SUBDIRS): FRC
+	-@cd $@; pwd; $(MAKE) $(TARGET)
+
+FRC:
+
+include $(TRANS)/Makefile.trans.targ
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/text-install/help/rootdir.sh	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+#
+# Copyright 2009 Sun Microsystems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
+# Use is subject to license terms.
+#
+
+# This script is to change installation destination of files
+# to short name locale directories
+# Once default destination becomes long (full) name locale
+# directories, this script and reference to this can be removed.
+
+pwd | sed \
+	-e 's:.*/messages/[^/][^/]*/makefiles/::' \
+	-e 's:/de_DE:/de:' \
+	-e 's:/es_ES:/es:' \
+	-e 's:/fr_FR:/fr:' \
+	-e 's:/it_IT:/it:' \
+	-e 's:/ja_JP:/ja:' \
+	-e 's:/ko_KR:/ko:' \
+| cat
+
+exit 0
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/text-install/help/zh_CN/Makefile	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+
+# include global definitions
+SRC_LOCALE:sh = basename `pwd`
+include ../Makefile.help
+
+COMMON_SUBDIRS=
+sparc_SUBDIRS=
+i386_SUBDIRS=
+SUBDIRS=	$(COMMON_SUBDIRS) $($(MACH)_SUBDIRS)
+
+all:=		TARGET= all
+install:=	TARGET= install
+clean:=		TARGET= clean
+clobber:=	TARGET= clobber
+lint:=		TARGET= lint
+
+CLEAN_FILES += $(SRC_FILES)
+
+.KEEP_STATE:
+
+all: $(FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+install: all $(ROOT_FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+clean: $(SUBDIRS)
+	$(RM) $(CLEAN_FILES)
+
+clobber lint:
+
+$(SRC_FILES): $(BASEFILEDIR)/$$@
+	$(ICONV) $? > $@
+
+$(SUBDIRS): FRC
+	-@cd $@; pwd; $(MAKE) $(TARGET)
+
+FRC:
+
+include $(TRANS)/Makefile.trans.targ
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/text-install/help/zh_TW/Makefile	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at $(SRC)/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+
+# include global definitions
+SRC_LOCALE:sh = basename `pwd`
+include ../Makefile.help
+
+COMMON_SUBDIRS=
+sparc_SUBDIRS=
+i386_SUBDIRS=
+SUBDIRS=	$(COMMON_SUBDIRS) $($(MACH)_SUBDIRS)
+
+all:=		TARGET= all
+install:=	TARGET= install
+clean:=		TARGET= clean
+clobber:=	TARGET= clobber
+lint:=		TARGET= lint
+
+CLEAN_FILES += $(SRC_FILES)
+
+.KEEP_STATE:
+
+all: $(FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+install: all $(ROOT_FILES) $(SUBDIRS)
+
+clean: $(SUBDIRS)
+	$(RM) $(CLEAN_FILES)
+
+clobber lint:
+
+$(SRC_FILES): $(BASEFILEDIR)/$$@
+	$(ICONV) $? > $@
+
+$(SUBDIRS): FRC
+	-@cd $@; pwd; $(MAKE) $(TARGET)
+
+FRC:
+
+include $(TRANS)/Makefile.trans.targ
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/makefiles/usr/share/text-install/langs_localized	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+#
+#
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+#
+# list of languages in which text installer has been translated
+#
+zh_CN.UTF-8:Chinese - Simplified
+zh_TW.UTF-8:Chinese - Traditional
+en_US.UTF-8:English
+fr_FR.UTF-8:French
+de_DE.UTF-8:German
+it_IT.UTF-8:Italian
+ja_JP.UTF-8:Japanese
+ko_KR.UTF-8:Korean
+pt_BR.UTF-8:Portuguese - Brazil
+es_ES.UTF-8:Spanish
+# end
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/sysconfig.pot	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,1153 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2009, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\nReport-Msgid-Bugs-To: \nPOT-Creation-Date: 2011-07-29 11:23+0900\nPO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\nLast-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\nLanguage-Team: LANGUAGE <[email protected]>\nMIME-Version: 1.0\nContent-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\nContent-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:499
+#, python-format
+msgid "Custom site profile %s is invalid, missing .xml suffix."
+msgstr "O perfil do site personalizado %s é inválido, sufixo .xml ausente."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:507
+#, python-format
+msgid "Custom site profile %s is invalid or hasinvalid permissions."
+msgstr "O perfil do site personalizado %s é inválido ou possui permissões válidas."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:524
+#, python-format
+msgid "Unable to apply SMF profile %s."
+msgstr "Não é possível aplicar o perfil SMF %s."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:540
+msgid "System is not properly configured. You are likely"
+msgstr "O sistema não está configurado corretamente. Provavelmente você esteja"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:541
+msgid "trying to unconfigure or re-configure freshly"
+msgstr "tentando desconfigurar ou reconfigurar o sistema"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:542
+msgid "installed system which is not supported."
+msgstr "instalado recente, que não é suportado."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:611 ../__init__.py:622
+msgid "An unhandled exception occurred."
+msgstr "Ocorreu uma exceção não tratada."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:627
+msgid "Full traceback data is in the log"
+msgstr "Dados de rastreamento completos estão no log"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:636
+msgid "IO error creating profile"
+msgstr "Erro de E/S ao criar o perfil"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:643
+msgid "Unable to apply the unconfigure parameters to the image"
+msgstr "Não é possível aplicar os parâmetros de desconfiguração à imagem"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:654
+msgid "Unable to initiate unconfiguration process."
+msgstr "Não é possível iniciar o processo de desconfiguração."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:671
+msgid "Root filesystem provided for the non-global zone does not exist"
+msgstr "O sistema de arquivos raiz fornecido para a zona não global não existe"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:678
+#, python-format
+msgid "Root filesystem mounted read-only, '%s' operation not permitted."
+msgstr "Sistema de arquivos raiz montado como somente leitura, operação '%s' não permitida."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:680
+msgid ""
+"The likely cause is that sysconfig(1m) was invoked in ROZR non-global zone."
+msgstr "A causa provável é que sysconfig(1m) tenha sido chamado na zona não global ROZR."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:682
+msgid ""
+"In that case, see mwac(5) and zonecfg(1m) man pages for additional "
+"information."
+msgstr "Nesse caso, consulte as páginas man mwac(5) e zonecfg(1m) para obter informações adicionais."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:697
+msgid "This program will re-configure your system."
+msgstr "Este programa reconfigurará seu sistema."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:699
+msgid "This program will unconfigure your system."
+msgstr "Este programa desconfigurará seu sistema."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:700
+msgid "The system will be reverted to a \"pristine\" state."
+msgstr "O sistema será revertido para um estado \"pristine\"."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:701
+msgid "It will not have a name or know about other systems or networks."
+msgstr "Não terá um nome nem saberá sobre outros sistemas ou redes."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:704
+msgid "Do you want to continue (y/[n])? "
+msgstr "Deseja continuar (s/[n])? "
+
+#: ../__init__.py:753
+#, python-format
+msgid "There are no services on the system with grouping of %s"
+msgstr "Não há serviços no sistema com o agrupamento de %s"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:811
+#, python-format
+msgid "Directory %s does not contain any profile."
+msgstr "O diretório %s não contém nenhum perfil."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:833
+msgid "Interactive configuration requested."
+msgstr "Configuração interativa solicitada."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:834
+msgid "System Configuration Interactive (SCI) tool will be"
+msgstr "A ferramenta SCI (System Configuration Interactive) será"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:849
+msgid ""
+"Since you are currently not logged on console,\n"
+"you may not be able to navigate SCI tool."
+msgstr "Como atualmente você não está conectado ao console,\nnão pode navegar pela ferramenta SCI."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:851
+msgid "Would you like to proceed with re-configuration (y/[n])? "
+msgstr "Deseja prosseguir com a reconfiguração (s/[n])? "
+
+#: ../__init__.py:919
+msgid "Grouping to configure"
+msgstr "Agrupamento para configuração"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:922
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Saves created system configuration profile into FILE.\t\t[default: %default]"
+msgstr "Salva o perfil de configuração do sistema criado em FILE.\t\t[padrão: %default]"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:926
+#, python-format
+msgid "Set log location to FILE (default: %default)"
+msgstr "Definir o local do log como FILE (padrão: %default)"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:931
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Set log verbosity to LEVEL. In order of increasing verbosity, valid values "
+"are 'error' 'warn' 'info' 'debug' or 'input'\n"
+"[default: %default]"
+msgstr "Defina a verbosidade do log como LEVEL. Para aumentar a verbosidade, os valores válidos são 'error' 'warn' 'info' 'debug' ou 'input'\n[padrão: %default]"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:939
+msgid ""
+"Force the tool to run in black and white. This may be useful on some SPARC "
+"machines with unsupported frame buffers\n"
+msgstr "Force a ferramenta a ser executada em preto e branco. Isso pode ser útil em algumas máquinas SPARC com buffers de frame que não têm suporte\n"
+
+#. LOGGER.close() # LOGGER.close() is broken - CR 7012566
+#: ../__init__.py:955
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Exiting System Configuration Tool. Log is available at:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr "Saindo da Ferramenta de configuração do sistema. O log está disponível em:\n%s"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:976
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"     Terminal too small. Min size is 80x24. Current size is %(x)ix%(y)i."
+msgstr "     O terminal é excessivamente pequeno. O tamanho mín. é 80x24. O tamanho atual é %(x)ix%(y)i."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:982 ../users.py:76
+msgid "Continue"
+msgstr "Continuar"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:983
+msgid "Back"
+msgstr "Voltar"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:985
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr "Ajuda"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:986 ../__init__.py:1041
+msgid "Quit"
+msgstr "Sair"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:990
+msgid "Help Topics"
+msgstr "Tópicos da ajuda"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:991
+msgid "Help Index"
+msgstr "Índice da ajuda"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:992
+msgid "Select a topic and press Continue."
+msgstr "Selecione um tópico e pressione Continuar."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1035
+msgid ""
+"DONT_TRANSLATE_BUT_REPLACE_msgstr_WITH_True_OR_False: Should wrap text on "
+"whitespace in this language"
+msgstr "True"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1038
+msgid "Confirm: Quit?"
+msgstr "Confirmar: sair?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1039
+msgid "Do you really want to quit?"
+msgstr "Deseja realmente sair?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1040 ../users.py:77
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr "Cancelar"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1050
+msgid "Error: Root privileges are required for this command."
+msgstr "Erro: os privilégios root são obrigatórios para este comando."
+
+#: ../date_time.py:54 ../date_time.py:67
+msgid "Date and Time"
+msgstr "Data e hora"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:56
+msgid "Year:"
+msgstr "Ano:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:57
+msgid "Month:"
+msgstr "Mês:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:58
+msgid "Day:"
+msgstr "Dia:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:59
+msgid "Hour:"
+msgstr "Hora:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:60
+msgid "Minute:"
+msgstr "Minuto:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:61
+msgid "(YYYY)"
+msgstr "(AAAA)"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:63
+msgid ""
+"Edit the date and time as necessary.\n"
+"The time is in 24 hour format."
+msgstr "Edite a data e a hora conforme for necessário.\nA hora está no formato 24 horas."
+
+#: ../date_time.py:306
+msgid "Invalid date/time. See errors above."
+msgstr "Data/hora inválida. Visualize os erros abaixo."
+
+#: ../date_time.py:404
+msgid "Year must be numeric"
+msgstr "O ano deve ser numérico"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:407 ../date_time.py:410 ../date_time.py:425
+msgid "Year out of range"
+msgstr "Ano fora do intervalo"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:438
+msgid "Month must be numeric"
+msgstr "O mês deve ser numérico"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:443 ../date_time.py:458
+msgid "Month out of range"
+msgstr "Mês fora do intervalo"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:469
+msgid "Day must be numeric"
+msgstr "O dia deve ser numérico"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:480 ../date_time.py:491
+msgid "Day out of range"
+msgstr "Dia fora do intervalo"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:500
+msgid "Hour must be numeric"
+msgstr "A hora deve ser numérica"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:503 ../date_time.py:512
+msgid "Hour out of range"
+msgstr "Hora fora do intervalo"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:522
+msgid "Minute must be numeric"
+msgstr "O minuto deve ser numérico"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:524 ../date_time.py:533
+msgid "Minute out of range"
+msgstr "Minuto fora do intervalo"
+
+#. name service choices for display to user
+#: ../nameservice.py:70 ../network_type.py:65
+msgid "None"
+msgstr "Nenhum"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:70
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr "LDAP"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:70
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr "NIS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:71
+msgid "DNS"
+msgstr "DNS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:75
+msgid "Enter either a host name or an IP address."
+msgstr "Insira um nome de host ou um endereço IP."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:76
+msgid "An IP address must be of the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+msgstr "O endereço IP deve ter o formato xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:132
+msgid "DNS Name Service"
+msgstr "Serviço de nome DNS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:140
+msgid "Indicates whether or not the system should use the DNS name service."
+msgstr "Indica se ou não o sistema deve usar o serviço de nome DNS."
+
+#. allow the user to choose DNS or not
+#: ../nameservice.py:149
+msgid "Configure DNS"
+msgstr "Configurar DNS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:150
+msgid "Do not configure DNS"
+msgstr "Não configurar DNS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:177
+msgid "Alternate Name Service"
+msgstr "Serviço de nome alternativo"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:183
+msgid ""
+"From the list below, select one name service to be used by this system. If "
+"the desired name service is not listed, select None. The selected name "
+"service may be used in conjunction with DNS."
+msgstr "Na lista a seguir, selecione um serviço de nome a ser usado por este sistema. Se o serviço de nome desejado não estiver listado, selecione Nenhum. O serviço de nome selecionado pode ser usado em conjunto com o DNS."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:224
+msgid "Domain Name"
+msgstr "Nome do domínio"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:230
+msgid ""
+"Specify the domain where this system resides. Use the domain name's exact "
+"capitalization and punctuation."
+msgstr "Especifique o domínio no qual o sistema reside. Use as maiúsculas e a pontuação exatas do nome do domínio."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:233
+msgid "Domain Name:"
+msgstr "Nome do domínio:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:287
+msgid "DNS Server Addresses"
+msgstr "Endereços do servidor DNS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:293
+msgid ""
+"Enter the IP address of the DNS server(s). At least one IP address is "
+"required."
+msgstr "Insira o endereço IP dos(s) servidor(es) DNS. É obrigatório pelo menos um endereço IP."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:295
+msgid "DNS Server IP address:"
+msgstr "Endereço IP do servidor DNS:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:341
+msgid "At least one name server must be specified."
+msgstr "É necessário especificar pelo menos um nome de servidor."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:352
+msgid "DNS Search List"
+msgstr "Lista de pesquisa no DNS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:358
+msgid ""
+"Enter a list of domains to be searched when a DNS query is made. If no "
+"domain is entered, only the DNS domain chosen for this system will be "
+"searched."
+msgstr "Insira uma lista de domínios para pesquisa quando for feita uma consulta ao DNS. Se não for inserido um domínio, somente o domínio DNS escolhido para este sistema será pesquisado."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:361
+msgid "Search domain:"
+msgstr "Pesquisar domínio:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:422
+msgid "LDAP Profile"
+msgstr "Perfil LDAP"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:427
+msgid "Profile name:"
+msgstr "Nome de perfil:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:428
+msgid "Search base:"
+msgstr "Pesquisar base:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:436
+msgid ""
+"Specify the name of the LDAP profile to be used to configure this system and "
+"the host name or IP address of the server that contains the profile."
+msgstr "Especifique o nome do perfil LDAP a ser usado para configurar este sistema e o nome do host ou endereço IP do servidor que contém o perfil."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:439
+msgid "Profile server host name or IP address:"
+msgstr "Nome do host ou endereço IP do servidor de perfil:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:442
+msgid ""
+"Specify the name of the LDAP profile to be used to configure this system and "
+"the IP address of the server that contains the profile."
+msgstr "Especifique o nome do perfil LDAP a ser usado para configurar este sistema e o endereço IP do servidor que contém o perfil."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:445
+msgid "Profile server IP address:"
+msgstr "Endereço IP do servidor de perfil:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:446
+msgid "  Enter the LDAP search base."
+msgstr "  Insira a base de pesquisa LDAP."
+
+#. in case of error, tell user what is being validated
+#: ../nameservice.py:459
+msgid "profile name"
+msgstr "nome do perfil"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:491 ../nameservice.py:726
+msgid "The LDAP profile name cannot be blank."
+msgstr "O nome do perfil LDAP não pode ficar em branco."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:493
+msgid "The LDAP server IP address cannot be blank."
+msgstr "O endereço IP do servidor LDAP não pode ficar em branco."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:510
+msgid "LDAP Proxy"
+msgstr "Proxy LDAP"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:515
+msgid ""
+"Does the profile specify a proxy credential level and an authentication "
+"method other than None?"
+msgstr "O perfil especifica um nível de credencial de proxy e um método de autenticação diferente de Nenhum?"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:524
+msgid "No"
+msgstr "Não"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:525
+msgid "Yes"
+msgstr "Sim"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:549
+msgid "Specify LDAP Profile Proxy Bind Information"
+msgstr "Especificar informações de conexão de proxy de perfil LDAP"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:555
+msgid ""
+"Specify the LDAP proxy bind distinguished name and the LDAP proxy bind "
+"password.  The network administrator can provide this information."
+msgstr "Especifique o nome distinto da conexão de proxy LDAP e a senha de conexão de proxy LDAP. O administrador da rede pode fornecer essas informações."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:558
+msgid "Proxy bind distinguished name:"
+msgstr "Nome distinto da vinculação do proxy:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:561
+msgid "Proxy bind password:"
+msgstr "Senha de conexão de proxy:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:563
+msgid "Encrypted proxy bind password:"
+msgstr "Senha de conexão de proxy criptografada:"
+
+#. in case of error, tell user what is being validated
+#: ../nameservice.py:583
+msgid "distinguished name"
+msgstr "nome distinto"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:600
+msgid "The LDAP proxy server distinguished name cannot be blank."
+msgstr "O nome distinto do servidor de proxy LDAP não pode ficar em branco."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:610
+msgid "NIS Name Server"
+msgstr "Servidor de nome NIS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:616
+msgid "Specify how to find a name server for this system."
+msgstr "Especifique como localizar o servidor de nome do sistema."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:618
+msgid ""
+"Either let the software search for a name server, or specify a name server "
+"in the following screen.  "
+msgstr "Deixe o software procurar um servidor de nome ou especifique um servidor de nome na tela a seguir.  "
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:621
+msgid ""
+"The software can find a name server only if that server is on the local "
+"subnet."
+msgstr "O software pode encontrar um servidor de nome somente se esse servidor estiver na sub-rede local."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:631
+msgid "Find one"
+msgstr "Encontrar um"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:632
+msgid "Specify one"
+msgstr "Especificar um"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:661
+msgid "NIS Name Server Information"
+msgstr "Informações do servidor de nome NIS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:676
+msgid ""
+"Enter the host name or IP address of the name server.  A host name must have "
+"at least 2 characters and can be alphanumeric and can contain hyphens.  IP "
+"addresses must contain four sets of numbers separated by periods (for "
+"example, 129.200.9.1)."
+msgstr "Insira o nome do host ou endereço IP do servidor de nome. Um nome de host deve ter pelo menos 2 caracteres e pode ser alfanumérico e pode conter hífens. Os endereços IP devem conter quatro conjuntos de números separados por pontos (por exemplo, 129.200.9.1)."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:681
+msgid "Server's host name or IP address:"
+msgstr "O nome do host ou endereço IP do servidor:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:684
+msgid ""
+"Enter the IP address of the name server.  IP addresses must contain four "
+"sets of numbers separated by periods (for example, 129.200.9.1)."
+msgstr "Insira o endereço IP do servidor de nome. Os endereços IP devem conter quatro conjuntos de números separados em períodos (por exemplo, 129.200.9.1)."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:687
+msgid "Server's IP address:"
+msgstr "Endereço IP do servidor:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:714
+msgid "The NIS server IP address cannot be blank."
+msgstr "O endereço IP do servidor NIS não pode ficar em branco."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:727
+msgid ""
+"Whitespace characters and quotation marks are not allowed in LDAP profile "
+"names."
+msgstr "Espaços em branco e aspas não são permitidos em nomes de perfil LDAP."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:741
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind distinguished name may not be blank."
+msgstr "O nome distinto da vinculação do proxy LDAP não pode ficar em branco."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:744
+msgid ""
+"The LDAP proxy bind distinguished name may not contain whitespace characters."
+msgstr "O nome distinto da vinculação do proxy LDAP não pode conter espaços em branco."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:747
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind distinguished name may not contain quotation marks."
+msgstr "O nome distinto da vinculação do proxy LDAP não pode conter aspas."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:757
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind password may not be blank."
+msgstr "A senha de conexão do proxy LDAP não pode ficar em branco."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:760
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind password may not contain whitespace characters."
+msgstr "A senha de conexão do proxy não pode conter espaços em branco."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:763
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind password may not contain quotation marks."
+msgstr "A senha de conexão do proxy não pode conter aspas."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:777 ../nameservice.py:848
+msgid ""
+"A host name can only contain letters, numbers,  periods, and minus signs (-)."
+msgstr "Um nome de host só pode conter letras, números, pontos e sinais de menos (-)."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:808
+msgid "The domain cannot be blank."
+msgstr "O domínio não pode ficar em branco."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:812
+msgid "Domain labels must have less than 64 characters."
+msgstr "Os rótulos de domínio devem ter pelo menos 64 caracteres."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:815
+msgid "Domain labels should not start or end with hyphens ('-')."
+msgstr "Os rótulos de domínio não devem começar ou terminar com hífens ('-')."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:818
+msgid "Invalid domain"
+msgstr "Domínio inválido"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:868
+#, python-format
+msgid "The %s cannot be blank."
+msgstr "O %s não pode ficar em branco."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:871
+#, python-format
+msgid "Invalid character for %s."
+msgstr "Caractere inválido para %s."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:883
+msgid "Domain labels must have less than 64 characters"
+msgstr "Os rótulos de domínio devem ter pelo menos 64 caracteres."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:885
+msgid "A domain label may not begin with a hyphen."
+msgstr "O rótulo do domínio não pode começar com hífen."
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:888
+msgid "Invalid character for domain name."
+msgstr "Caractere inválido para nome de domínio."
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:50
+#, python-format
+msgid "Manually Configure: %s"
+msgstr "Configurar manualmente: %s"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:52
+msgid ""
+"Enter the configuration for this network connection. All entries must "
+"contain four sets of numbers, 0 to 255, separated by periods."
+msgstr "Insira a configuração desta conexão de rede. Todas as entradas contêm quatro conjuntos de números, de 0 a 255, separados por pontos."
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:55
+msgid "IP Address:"
+msgstr "Endereço IP:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:56
+msgid "Must be unique for this network"
+msgstr "Deve ser exclusivo para esta rede"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:57
+msgid "Netmask:"
+msgstr "Máscara de rede:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:58
+msgid "Your subnet use may require a different mask"
+msgstr "O seu uso de sub-rede pode exigir outra máscara"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:59
+msgid "Router:"
+msgstr "Roteador:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:60
+msgid "The IP address of the router on this subnet"
+msgstr "O endereço IP do roteador nesta sub-rede"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:61
+msgid "A DNS server was found on the network"
+msgstr "Um servidor DNS foi localizado na rede"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:62
+msgid "Address of the Domain Name Server"
+msgstr "Endereço do Servidor do nome de domínio"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:63
+msgid "Domain:"
+msgstr "Domínio:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:64
+msgid "The machine appears to be in this domain"
+msgstr "Aparentemente a máquina encontra-se neste domínio"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:65
+msgid "The network's domain name"
+msgstr "O nome do domínio da rede"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:66
+msgid "NIC:"
+msgstr "NIC:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:67
+msgid "Settings will be applied to this interface"
+msgstr "As definições serão aplicadas nesta interface"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:70
+msgid "Manually Configure: NIC"
+msgstr "Configurar manualmente: NIC"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:184
+msgid "IP Address must not be empty"
+msgstr "O endereço IP não deve estar vazio"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:186
+msgid "Netmask must not be empty"
+msgstr "A máscara de rede não deve estar vazia"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:192
+#, python-format
+msgid "'%s' is not a valid netmask"
+msgstr "'%s' não é uma máscara de rede válida"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:228 ../network_nic_configure.py:243
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s must be of the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+msgstr "%s deve estar no formato xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+
+#: ../network_nic_select.py:49 ../network_nic_select.py:54
+msgid "Manual Network Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuração de rede manual"
+
+#: ../network_nic_select.py:50
+msgid ""
+"Select the one wired network connection to be configured during installation"
+msgstr "Selecione a conexão de rede com fio a ser configurada durante a instalação"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:54 ../network_type.py:75
+msgid "Network"
+msgstr "Rede"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:55
+msgid ""
+"Enter a name for this computer that identifies it on the network. It must be "
+"at least two characters. It can contain letters, numbers, and minus signs "
+"(-)."
+msgstr "Insira um nome para este computador que o identifique na rede. Ele deve ter pelo menos dois caracteres. Ele pode conter letras, números e sinais de menos (-)."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:58
+msgid "Computer Name: "
+msgstr "Nome do computador: "
+
+#: ../network_type.py:59
+msgid "Select how the wired ethernet network connection is configured."
+msgstr "Selecione como a conexão de rede ethernet sem fio é configurada."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:61
+msgid "Automatically"
+msgstr "Automaticamente"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:62
+msgid "Automatically configure the connection"
+msgstr "Configurar a conexão automaticamente"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:63
+msgid "Manually"
+msgstr "Manualmente"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:64
+msgid "Enter the information on the following screen"
+msgstr "Insira as informações na tela a seguir"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:66
+msgid "Do not configure the network at this time"
+msgstr "Não configure a rede neste momento"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:67
+msgid ""
+"No wired network interfaces found. Additional device drivers may be needed."
+msgstr "Nenhuma interface de rede com fio localizada. Os drivers do dispositivo adicional podem ser necessários."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:201
+msgid "A Hostname is required."
+msgstr "Um nome de host é obrigatório."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:203
+msgid "A Hostname must be at least two characters."
+msgstr "O nome de host deve ter pelo menos dois caracteres."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:207
+msgid ""
+"Select the wired network configuration: Automatically, Manually, or None."
+msgstr "Selecione a configuração de rede com fio. Automaticamente, Manualmente ou Nenhuma."
+
+#: ../network_type.py:218
+msgid "The Hostname can only contain letters, numbers, and minus signs (-)."
+msgstr "O nome de host pode conter apenas letras, números e sinais de menos (-)."
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:253
+msgid "Username must not be blank"
+msgstr "O nome do usuário não pode ficar em branco."
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:257
+msgid "Username must start with a letter"
+msgstr "O nome de usuário deve começar com uma letra"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:261
+msgid "Invalid character"
+msgstr "Caractere inválido"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:284
+msgid "User password must be entered."
+msgstr "A senha do usuário deve ser inserida."
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:286
+msgid "Password must contain at least 6 characters."
+msgstr "A senha deve conter pelo menos seis caracteres."
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:300
+msgid "Password must contain 1 alphabetical character."
+msgstr "A senha deve conter um caractere alfabético."
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:303
+msgid "Password must contain 1 digit/special character."
+msgstr "A senha deve conter um caractere especial/dígito."
+
+#: ../summary.py:59 ../summary.py:64
+msgid "System Configuration Summary"
+msgstr "Resumo da configuração do sistema"
+
+#: ../summary.py:60
+msgid ""
+"Review the settings below before continuing. Go back (F3) to make changes."
+msgstr "Verifique as definições abaixo antes de continuar. Volte (F3) para fazer alterações."
+
+#: ../summary.py:76
+msgid "Apply"
+msgstr "Aplicar"
+
+#: ../summary.py:110
+msgid "Error when generating SC profile\n"
+msgstr "Erro ao gerar o perfil de SC\n"
+
+#: ../summary.py:112
+msgid "SC profile successfully generated\n"
+msgstr "Perfil de SC gerado com sucesso\n"
+
+#: ../summary.py:128
+msgid "Language: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "Idioma: *o exibido a seguir pode ser alterado quando o log-in for efetuado."
+
+#: ../summary.py:132
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default language: %s"
+msgstr "  Idioma padrão: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:138
+msgid "Keyboard layout: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "Layout do teclado: *o exibido a seguir pode ser alterado quando o log-in for efetuado."
+
+#: ../summary.py:140
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default keyboard layout: %s"
+msgstr "  Layout de teclado padrão: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:145
+#, python-format
+msgid "Terminal type: %s"
+msgstr "Tipo de terminal: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:151
+msgid "Users:"
+msgstr "Usuários:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:158
+msgid "Network:"
+msgstr "Rede:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:174
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Computer name: %s"
+msgstr "  Nome do computador: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:185
+msgid "  Network Configuration: Automatic"
+msgstr "  Configuração de rede: automática"
+
+#: ../summary.py:187
+msgid "  Network Configuration: None"
+msgstr "  Configuração de rede: nenhuma"
+
+#: ../summary.py:189
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Manual Configuration: %s"
+msgstr "  Configuração manual: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:191
+#, python-format
+msgid "IP Address: %s"
+msgstr "    Endereço IP: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:192
+#, python-format
+msgid "Netmask: %s"
+msgstr "    Máscara de rede: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:194
+#, python-format
+msgid "Router: %s"
+msgstr "    Roteador: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:209
+#, python-format
+msgid "Domain: %s"
+msgstr "    Domínio: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:212 ../summary.py:220 ../summary.py:233
+#, python-format
+msgid "Name service: %s"
+msgstr "Serviço de nome: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:215
+msgid "DNS servers: "
+msgstr "Servidores DNS: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:217
+msgid "DNS Domain search list: "
+msgstr "Lista de pesquisa de Domínio DNS: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:222
+msgid "LDAP profile: "
+msgstr "Perfil LDAP: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:223
+msgid "LDAP server's IP: "
+msgstr "IP do servidor LDAP: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:224
+msgid "LDAP search base: "
+msgstr "Base de pesquisa LDAP: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:228
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind distinguished name: "
+msgstr "Nome distinto de vinculação de proxy LDAP:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:230
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind password: [concealed]"
+msgstr "Senha de conexão de proxy LDAP: [oculto]"
+
+#: ../summary.py:236
+msgid "NIS server: broadcast"
+msgstr "Servidor NIS: transmissão"
+
+#: ../summary.py:238
+msgid "NIS server's IP: "
+msgstr "IP de servidores NIS: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:249
+msgid "  Warning: No root password set"
+msgstr "  Aviso: nenhuma senha root foi definida"
+
+#: ../summary.py:251
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Username: %s"
+msgstr "  Nome de usuário: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:253
+msgid "  No user account"
+msgstr "  Nenhuma conta de usuário"
+
+#: ../summary.py:259
+#, python-format
+msgid "Time Zone: %s"
+msgstr "Fuso horário: %s"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:53
+msgid "UTC/GMT"
+msgstr "UTC/GMT"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:60 ../timezone.py:84
+msgid "Time Zone"
+msgstr "Fuso horário"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:85
+msgid "Select your time zone."
+msgstr "Selecione seu fuso horário."
+
+#: ../timezone.py:86
+msgid "Time Zones"
+msgstr "Fusos horários"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:88
+msgid "Time Zone: Locations"
+msgstr "Fuso horário: locais"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:89
+msgid "Select the location that contains your time zone."
+msgstr "Selecione o local que contém o seu fuso horário."
+
+#: ../timezone.py:90
+msgid "Locations"
+msgstr "Locais"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:93
+msgid "Time Zone: Regions"
+msgstr "Fuso horário: regiões"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:94
+msgid "Select the region that contains your time zone."
+msgstr "Selecione a região que contém o seu fuso horário."
+
+#: ../timezone.py:95
+msgid "Regions"
+msgstr "Regiões"
+
+#: ../users.py:57 ../users.py:79
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr "Usuários"
+
+#: ../users.py:58
+msgid "Define a root password for the system and user account for yourself."
+msgstr "Defina uma senha root para o sistema e conta do usuário."
+
+#: ../users.py:60
+msgid "System Root Password"
+msgstr "Senha root do sistema"
+
+#: ../users.py:61
+msgid "Root password:"
+msgstr "Senha root:"
+
+#: ../users.py:62
+msgid "Confirm password:"
+msgstr "Confirmar senha:"
+
+#: ../users.py:63
+msgid "Create a user account"
+msgstr "Criar uma conta do usuário"
+
+#: ../users.py:64
+msgid "Your real name:"
+msgstr "Seu nome real:"
+
+#: ../users.py:65
+msgid "Username:"
+msgstr "Nome de usuário:"
+
+#: ../users.py:66
+msgid "User password:"
+msgstr "Senha de usuário:"
+
+#: ../users.py:68
+msgid "No Root Password"
+msgstr "Não há uma senha root"
+
+#: ../users.py:69
+msgid ""
+"A root password has not been defined. The system is completely unsecured.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choose Cancel to set a root password."
+msgstr "Uma senha root não foi definida. O sistema está completamente desprotegida.\n\nSelecione Cancelar para definir uma senha root."
+
+#: ../users.py:72
+msgid "No User Password"
+msgstr "Não há uma senha de usuário"
+
+#: ../users.py:73
+msgid ""
+"A user password has not been defined. The user account has administrative "
+"privileges so the system is unsecured.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choose Cancel to set a user password."
+msgstr "Uma senha de usuário não foi definida. A conta de usuário tem privilégios administrativos, portanto o sistema está desprotegido.\n\nSelecione Cancelar para definir uma senha de usuário."
+
+#: ../users.py:297
+msgid "Root passwords don't match"
+msgstr "As senhas root não correspondem"
+
+#: ../users.py:300
+msgid "User passwords don't match"
+msgstr "As senhas de usuário não correspondem"
+
+#: ../users.py:322
+msgid "Enter username or clear all user account fields"
+msgstr "Informe o nome de usuário ou desmarque todos os campos da conta de usuário"
+
+#: ../users.py:369
+msgid "Passwords don't match"
+msgstr "As senhas não correspondem"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:46
+msgid "System Configuration Tool"
+msgstr "Ferramenta de configuração do sistema"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:47
+msgid ""
+"System Configuration Tool enables you to specify the following configuration "
+"parameters for your newly-installed Oracle Solaris 11 system:\n"
+msgstr "A ferramenta de configuração do sistema permite especificar os seguintes parâmetros de configuração para o sistema do Oracle Solaris 11 recém-instalado:\n"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:50
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"System Configuration Tool produces an SMF profile file in %(scprof)s.\n"
+"\n"
+"How to navigate through this tool:"
+msgstr "\nA ferramenta de configuração do sistema gera um arquivo de perfil SMF em %(scprof)s.\n\nComo navegar nesta ferramenta:"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:53
+msgid ""
+"Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to move from "
+"screen to screen and to perform other operations."
+msgstr "Use as teclas de função listadas na parte inferior de cada tela para mudar de tela para tela e para executar outras operações."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:56
+msgid ""
+"Use the up/down arrow keys to change the selection or to move between input "
+"fields."
+msgstr "Use as teclas de seta para cima/para baixo para alterar a seleção ou para movimentar-se entre os campos de entrada."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:58
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard does not have function keys, or they do not respond, press "
+"ESC; the legend at the bottom of the screen will change to show the ESC keys "
+"for navigation and other functions."
+msgstr "Se o seu teclado não tiver teclas de função, ou elas não responderem, pressione ESC; a legenda na parte inferior da tela será alterada para mostrar as teclas ESC para navegação e outras funções."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:65
+msgid "Welcome and Navigation Instructions"
+msgstr "Instruções de Boas-vindas e Navegação"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:82
+msgid "network"
+msgstr "rede"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:84
+msgid "system hostname"
+msgstr "nome de host do sistema"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:86
+msgid "time zone"
+msgstr "fuso horário"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:88
+msgid "date and time"
+msgstr "data e hora"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:90
+msgid "user and root accounts"
+msgstr "contas raiz e de usuário"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:92
+msgid "name services"
+msgstr "serviços de nome"
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/terminalui.pot	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\nReport-Msgid-Bugs-To: \nPOT-Creation-Date: 2011-07-29 16:17+0900\nPO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\nLast-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\nLanguage-Team: LANGUAGE <[email protected]>\nMIME-Version: 1.0\nContent-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\nContent-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../edit_field.py:341
+#, python-format
+msgid "Max supported field length: %s"
+msgstr "Tamanho máximo do campo suportado: %s"
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/textinstall.pot	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,670 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2009, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\nReport-Msgid-Bugs-To: \nPOT-Creation-Date: 2011-07-29 11:16+0900\nPO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\nLast-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\nLanguage-Team: LANGUAGE <[email protected]>\nMIME-Version: 1.0\nContent-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\nContent-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:53
+msgid "Oracle Solaris"
+msgstr "Oracle Solaris"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:126
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Exiting Text Installer. Log is available at:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr "Saindo do Instalador de texto. O log está disponível em:\n%s"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:300
+msgid ""
+"DONT_TRANSLATE_BUT_REPLACE_msgstr_WITH_True_OR_False: Should wrap text on "
+"whitespace in this language"
+msgstr "True"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:303
+msgid "Confirm: Quit the Installer?"
+msgstr "Confirmar: sair do instalador?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:304
+msgid "Do you want to quit the Installer?"
+msgstr "Deseja sair do instalador?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:305 ../disk_selection.py:106
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr "Cancelar"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:306 ../__init__.py:376
+msgid "Quit"
+msgstr "Sair"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:313
+#, python-format
+msgid "The %(release)s Text Installer must be run with root privileges"
+msgstr "O Instalador de texto %(release)s deve ser executado com privilégios root"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:318
+#, python-format
+msgid "Set log location to FILE (default: %default)"
+msgstr "Definir o local do log como FILE (padrão: %default)"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:322
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Set log verbosity to LEVEL. In order of increasing verbosity, valid values "
+"are 'error' 'warn' 'info' 'debug' or 'input'\n"
+"[default: %default]"
+msgstr "Defina a verbosidade do log como LEVEL. Para aumentar a verbosidade, os valores válidos são 'error' 'warn' 'info' 'debug' ou 'input'\n[padrão: %default]"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:329
+msgid ""
+"Enable debug mode. Sets logging level to 'input' and enables CTRL-C for "
+"killing the program\n"
+msgstr "Ative o modo de depuração. Ele define o nível de registro como 'entrada' e ativa o CTRL-C para eliminar o programa\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:333
+msgid ""
+"Force the installer to run in black and white. This may be useful on some "
+"SPARC machines with unsupported frame buffers\n"
+msgstr "Force o instalador a ser executado em preto e branco. Isso pode ser útil em algumas máquinas SPARC com buffers de frame que recebem suporte\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:338
+msgid ""
+"Runs in 'no installation' mode. When run in 'no installation' mode, no "
+"persistent changes are made to the disks and booted environment\n"
+msgstr "É executado no modo 'sem instalação'. Ao executar no modo 'sem instalação', não serão feitas alterações persistentes nos discos e no ambiente inicializado\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:365
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"     Terminal too small. Min size is 80x24. Current size is %(x)ix%(y)i."
+msgstr "     O terminal é excessivamente pequeno. O tamanho mín. é 80x24. O tamanho atual é %(x)ix%(y)i."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:371 ../disk_selection.py:107
+msgid "Continue"
+msgstr "Contin."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:373
+msgid "Back"
+msgstr "Vol."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:375
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr "Aju."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:380
+msgid "Help Topics"
+msgstr "Tópicos da ajuda"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:381
+msgid "Help Index"
+msgstr "Índice da ajuda"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:382
+msgid "Select a topic and press Continue."
+msgstr "Selecione um tópico e pressione Continuar."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:417
+msgid "An unhandled exception occurred."
+msgstr "Ocorreu uma exceção não tratada."
+
+#: ../__init__.py:422
+msgid "Full traceback data is in the installation log"
+msgstr "Dados de rastreamento completos estão no log de instalação"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:423
+msgid "Please file a bug at http://defect.opensolaris.org"
+msgstr "Registre um erro em http://defect.opensolaris.org"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:68 ../disk_selection.py:109
+msgid "Disks"
+msgstr "Discos"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:69
+#, python-format
+msgid "Where should %(release)s be installed?"
+msgstr "Onde a %(release)s deve ser instalada?"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:70
+#, python-format
+msgid "Recommended size:  %(recommend).1fGB      Minimum size: %(min).1fGB"
+msgstr "Tamanho recomendado:  %(recommend).1fGB      Tamanho mínimo: %(min).1fGB"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:72
+msgid "Seeking disks on system"
+msgstr "Procurando discos no sistema"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:73 ../fdisk_partitions.py:66
+msgid "The following partitions were found on the disk."
+msgstr "As seguintes partições foram encontradas no disco."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:74 ../fdisk_partitions.py:69
+msgid "The following slices were found on the disk."
+msgstr "As seguintes fatias foram encontradas no disco."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:75 ../fdisk_partitions.py:67
+msgid "A partition table was not found. The following is proposed."
+msgstr "Uma tabela da partição não foi localizada. É proposto o seguinte."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:77 ../fdisk_partitions.py:70
+msgid "A VTOC label was not found. The following is proposed."
+msgstr "Um rótulo de VTOC não foi localizado. É proposto o seguinte."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:79
+msgid "A GPT labeled disk was found. The following is proposed."
+msgstr "Um disco rotulado de GPT foi localizado. É proposto o seguinte."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:81
+msgid "Too small"
+msgstr "Excessivamente pequeno"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:82
+#, python-format
+msgid "Limited to %.1f TB"
+msgstr "Limitado a %.1f TB"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:83
+msgid "GPT labeled disk"
+msgstr "Disco rotulado de GPT"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:84
+msgid "No disks found. Additional device drivers may be needed."
+msgstr "Nenhum disco localizado. Os drivers do dispositivo adicional podem ser necessários."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:86
+#, python-format
+msgid "%(release)s cannot be installed on any disk"
+msgstr "Não é possível instalar a %(release)s em nenhum disco"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:87
+msgid ""
+"An error occurred while searching for installation targets. Please check the "
+"install log and file a bug at defect.opensolaris.org."
+msgstr "Ocorreu um erro durante a procura por destinos de instalação. Verifique o log de instalação e registre um erro em defect.opensolaris.org."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:91
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "Tipo"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:92 ../disk_window.py:64 ../disk_window.py:67
+#: ../disk_window.py:72 ../disk_window.py:76
+msgid "Size(GB)"
+msgstr "Tamanho(GB)"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:93 ../fdisk_partitions.py:55
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:89
+msgid "Boot"
+msgstr "Inicialização"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:94
+msgid "Device"
+msgstr "Dispositivo"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:95
+msgid "Manufacturer"
+msgstr "Fabricante"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:96
+msgid "Notes"
+msgstr "Observações"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:99
+msgid "Warning"
+msgstr "Aviso"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:100
+#, python-format
+msgid "Only the first %.1fTB can be used."
+msgstr "Apenas o primeiro %.1fTB pode ser usado."
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:101
+msgid ""
+"You have chosen a GPT labeled disk. Installing onto a GPT labeled disk will "
+"cause the loss of all existing data and the disk will be relabeled as SMI."
+msgstr "Você selecionou um disco rotulado de GPT. A instalação em um disco rotulado de GPT causará a perda de todos os dados existentes e o disco será rotulado novamente como SMI."
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:63 ../disk_window.py:66
+msgid "Primary"
+msgstr "Primário"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:63 ../disk_window.py:66
+msgid "Logical"
+msgstr "Lógico"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:68 ../disk_window.py:77
+msgid " Avail"
+msgstr " Disp."
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:70 ../disk_window.py:74
+msgid "Slice"
+msgstr "Fatia"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:341
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d more partitions"
+msgstr "%d mais partições"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:343
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d more slices"
+msgstr "%d mais fatias"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:775 ../disk_window.py:785
+msgid "Only the digits 0-9 and \".\" are valid."
+msgstr "Apenas os dígitos de 0-9 e \".\" são válidos."
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:778
+msgid "A number can only have one \".\""
+msgstr "Um número só pode ter um \".\""
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:787
+msgid "Size can be specified to only one decimal place."
+msgstr "O tamanho pode ser especificado como somente uma casa decimal."
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:803
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"The new size (%(size).1f) is greater than the available space (%(avail).1f)"
+msgstr "O novo tamanho (%(size).1f) é maior que o espaço disponível (%(avail).1f)"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:56
+#, python-format
+msgid "Fdisk Partitions: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+msgstr "Partições fdisk: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:57 ../fdisk_partitions.py:84
+msgid "Solaris Partition Slices"
+msgstr "Fatias de partição do Solaris"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:58
+#, python-format
+msgid "Solaris Slices: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+msgstr "Fatias do Solaris: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:59
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"%(release)s can be installed on the whole disk or a partition on the disk."
+msgstr "A %(release)s pode ser instalada no disco inteiro ou em uma partição do disco."
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:61
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"%(release)s can be installed in the whole fdisk partition or within a slice "
+"in the partition"
+msgstr "A %(release)s pode ser instalada na partição fdisk inteira ou dentro de uma fatiana partição"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:64
+#, python-format
+msgid "%(release)s can be installed on the whole disk or a slice on the disk."
+msgstr "A %(release)s pode ser instalada no disco inteiro ou em uma fatia no disco."
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:72
+msgid "Use the whole disk"
+msgstr "Usar o disco inteiro"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:73
+msgid "Use the whole partition"
+msgstr "Usar a partição inteira"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:74
+msgid "Use a slice in the partition"
+msgstr "Usar uma fatia na partição"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:75
+msgid "Use a partition of the disk"
+msgstr "Usar uma partição do disco"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:76
+msgid "Use a slice on the disk"
+msgstr "Usar uma fatia no disco"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:79
+msgid "Solaris Slices"
+msgstr "Fatias do Solaris"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:82
+msgid "Fdisk Partitions"
+msgstr "Partições fdisk"
+
+#: ../install_progress.py:46
+#, python-format
+msgid "Installing %(release)s"
+msgstr "Instalando a %(release)s"
+
+#: ../install_progress.py:49
+msgid ""
+"Do you want to quit the Installer?\n"
+"\n"
+"Any changes made to the disk by the Installer will be left \"as is.\""
+msgstr "Deseja sair do Instalador?\n\nQualquer alteração feita neste disco pelo Instalador será deixada \"as is.\""
+
+#: ../install_status.py:48
+msgid "Installation Complete"
+msgstr "Instalação concluída"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:49
+msgid "Installation Failed"
+msgstr "Falha na instalação"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:51
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"The installation of %(release)s has completed successfully.\n"
+"\n"
+"Reboot to start the newly installed software or Quit if you wish to perform "
+"additional tasks before rebooting.\n"
+"\n"
+"The installation log is available at %(log_tmp)s. After reboot it can be "
+"found at %(log_final)s."
+msgstr "A instalação da %(release)s foi concluída com sucesso.\n\nReinicialize para inicializar o software recém-instalado ou saia, caso deseje executar tarefas adicionais antes da reinicialização.\n\nO log de instalação está disponível em %(log_tmp)s. Após a reinicialização ele pode ser localizado em %(log_final)s."
+
+#: ../install_status.py:60
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"The installation did not complete normally.\n"
+"\n"
+"For more information you can review the installation log.\n"
+"The installation log is available at %(log_tmp)s"
+msgstr "A instalação não foi concluída normalmente.\n\nPara obter mais informações, você poderá verificar o log de instalação.\nO log de instalação está disponível em %(log_tmp)s"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:80
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "Reinicializar"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:83
+msgid "View Log"
+msgstr "Exibir log"
+
+#: ../log_viewer.py:41
+msgid "Installation Log"
+msgstr "Log da instalação"
+
+#: ../log_viewer.py:76
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Could not read log file:\n"
+"\t%s"
+msgstr "Não foi possível ler o arquivo de log:\n\t%s"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:59
+msgid ""
+"Oracle Solaris will be installed into the Solaris partition. A partition's "
+"type can be changed using the F5 key.\n"
+"\n"
+"A partition's size can be increased up to its Avail space. Avail space can "
+"be increased by deleting an adjacent partition. Delete a partition by "
+"changing it to \"Unused\" using the F5 key.\n"
+"\n"
+"The four primary partition slots are listed on the left. If one is an "
+"\"Extended\" partition its logical partitions are listed on the right."
+msgstr "O Oracle Solaris será instalado na partição do Solaris. Um tipo de partição pode ser alterado usando a tecla F5.\n\nUm tamanho de partição pode ser aumentado até o seu espaço disponível. O espaço disponível pode ser aumentado por meio da exclusão de uma partição adjacente. Exclua uma partição alterando-a para \"Unused\" usando a tecla F5.\nOs quatro principais slots da partição estão listados à esquerda. Se um for uma partição \"Extended\", suas partições lógicas serão listadas à esquerda."
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:71
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"%(release)s will be installed in the \"%(pool)s\" slice. Use the F5 key to "
+"change a slice to \"%(pool)s.\"\n"
+"\n"
+"A slice's size can be increased up to its Avail size. Avail can be increased "
+"by deleting an adjacent slice. Use the F5 key to delete a slice by changing "
+"it to \"Unused.\"\n"
+"\n"
+"Slices are listed in disk layout order."
+msgstr "A %(release)s será instalada na fatia \"%(pool)s\". Use a tecla F5 para alterar uma fatia para \"%(pool)s.\"\n\nUm tamanho de fatia pode ser aumentado até o seu tamanho disponível. O tamanho disponível pode ser aumentado por meio da exclusão de uma fatia adjacente. Use a tecla F5 para excluir uma fatia alterando-a para \"Unused.\"\n\nAs fatias são listadas na ordem do layout de disco."
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:80
+#, python-format
+msgid "Select Partition: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+msgstr "Selecionar partição: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:82
+msgid "Select Slice in Fdisk Partition"
+msgstr "Selecionar fatia na partição fdisk"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:83
+#, python-format
+msgid "Select Slice: %(size).1fGB %(type)s%(bootable)s"
+msgstr "Selecionar fatia: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:85
+msgid "indicates the slice's current content will be destroyed"
+msgstr "indica que o conteúdo atual da fatia será destruído"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:87
+msgid "indicates the partition's current content will be destroyed"
+msgstr "indica que o conteúdo atual da partição será destruído"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:93 ../partition_edit_screen.py:99
+msgid "Select Slice"
+msgstr "Selecionar fatia"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:96
+msgid "Select Partition"
+msgstr "Selecionar partição"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:141
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr "Red."
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:142
+msgid "Change Type"
+msgstr "Alt. tipo"
+
+#: ../summary.py:61 ../summary.py:66
+msgid "Installation Summary"
+msgstr "Resumo da instalação"
+
+#: ../summary.py:62
+msgid ""
+"Review the settings below before installing. Go back (F3) to make changes."
+msgstr "Verifique as definições abaixo antes de instalar. Volte (F3) para fazer alterações."
+
+#: ../summary.py:72
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "Instalar"
+
+#: ../summary.py:111
+#, python-format
+msgid "Software: %s"
+msgstr "Software: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:117
+msgid "Language: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "Idioma: *o exibido a seguir pode ser alterado quando o log-in for efetuado."
+
+#: ../summary.py:121
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default language: %s"
+msgstr "  Idioma padrão: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:124
+msgid "Keyboard layout: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "Layout do teclado: *o exibido a seguir pode ser alterado quando o log-in for efetuado."
+
+#: ../summary.py:126
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default keyboard layout: %s"
+msgstr "  Layout de teclado padrão: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:129
+#, python-format
+msgid "Terminal type: %s"
+msgstr "Tipo de terminal: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:132
+msgid "Users:"
+msgstr "Usuários:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:135
+msgid "Network:"
+msgstr "Rede:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:147
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Computer name: %s"
+msgstr "  Nome do computador: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:152
+msgid "  Network Configuration: Automatic"
+msgstr "  Configuração de rede: automática"
+
+#: ../summary.py:154
+msgid "  Network Configuration: None"
+msgstr "  Configuração de rede: nenhuma"
+
+#: ../summary.py:156
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Manual Configuration: %s"
+msgstr "  Configuração manual: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:158
+#, python-format
+msgid "    IP Address: %s"
+msgstr "    Endereço IP: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:159
+#, python-format
+msgid "    Netmask: %s"
+msgstr "    Máscara de rede: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:161
+#, python-format
+msgid "    Router: %s"
+msgstr "    Roteador: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:172
+#, python-format
+msgid "Domain: %s"
+msgstr "    Domínio: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:175 ../summary.py:185 ../summary.py:198
+#, python-format
+msgid "Name service: %s"
+msgstr "Serviço de nome: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:179
+msgid "DNS servers: "
+msgstr "Servidores DNS: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:181
+msgid "DNS Domain search list: "
+msgstr "Lista de pesquisa de Domínio DNS: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:187
+msgid "LDAP profile: "
+msgstr "Perfil LDAP: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:188
+msgid "LDAP server's IP: "
+msgstr "IP do servidor LDAP: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:189
+msgid "LDAP search base: "
+msgstr "Base de pesquisa LDAP: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:193
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind distinguished name: "
+msgstr "Nome distinto de vinculação de proxy LDAP:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:195
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind password: [concealed]"
+msgstr "Senha de conexão de proxy LDAP: [oculto]"
+
+#: ../summary.py:201
+msgid "NIS server: broadcast"
+msgstr "Servidor NIS: transmissão"
+
+#: ../summary.py:203
+msgid "NIS server's IP: "
+msgstr "IP do servidor NIS: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:214
+msgid "  Warning: No root password set"
+msgstr "  Aviso: nenhuma senha root foi definida"
+
+#: ../summary.py:216
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Username: %s"
+msgstr "  Nome de usuário: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:218
+msgid "  No user account"
+msgstr "  Nenhuma conta de usuário"
+
+#: ../summary.py:228
+#, python-format
+msgid "Disk: %(disk-size).1fGB %(disk-type)s"
+msgstr "Disco: %(disk-size).1fGB %(disk-type)s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:238
+#, python-format
+msgid "Partition: %(part-size).1fGB %(part-type)s"
+msgstr "Partição: %(part-size).1fGB %(part-type)s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:246
+#, python-format
+msgid "Slice %(slice-num)s: %(slice-size).1fGB %(pool)s"
+msgstr "Fatia %(slice-num)s: %(slice-size).1fGB %(pool)s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:257
+#, python-format
+msgid "Time Zone: %s"
+msgstr "Fuso horário: %s"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:40
+#, python-format
+msgid "Welcome to %(release)s"
+msgstr "Bem-vindo à %(release)s"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:41
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Thanks for choosing to install %(release)s! This installer enables you to "
+"install the %(release)s Operating System (OS) on SPARC or x86 systems.\n"
+"\n"
+"The installation log will be at %(log)s.\n"
+"\n"
+"How to navigate through this installer:"
+msgstr "Obrigado por optar pela instalação da %(release)s! Este instalador permite que você instale o SO (Sistema Operacional) da %(release)s nos sistemas SPARC ou x86.\n\nO log de instalação estará no %(log)s.\n\nComo navegar por esse instalador:"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:46
+msgid ""
+"Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to move from "
+"screen to screen and to perform other operations."
+msgstr "Use as teclas de função listadas na parte inferior de cada tela para mudar de tela para tela e para executar outras operações."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:49
+msgid ""
+"Use the up/down arrow keys to change the selection or to move between input "
+"fields."
+msgstr "Use as teclas de seta para cima/para baixo para alterar a seleção ou para movimentar-se entre os campos de entrada."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:51
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard does not have function keys, or they do not respond, press "
+"ESC; the legend at the bottom of the screen will change to show the ESC keys "
+"for navigation and other functions."
+msgstr "Se o seu teclado não tiver teclas de função, ou elas não responderem, pressione ESC; a legenda na parte inferior da tela será alterada para mostrar as teclas ESC para navegação e outras funções."
+
+#: ../welcome.py:57
+msgid "Welcome and Navigation Instructions"
+msgstr "Instruções de Boas-vindas e Navegação"
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/date_time.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+DATA E HORA
+
+Esta tela permite que você defina ou redefina o relógio interno do computador. 
+
+Se possível, as configurações iniciais nesta tela serão as configurações atuais do relógio interno do computador.
+
+PROCEDIMENTO
+
+Para sair desta tela de ajuda, pressione F3. Em seguida, na tela do instalador, você pode aceitar as configurações iniciais nesta tela pressionando F2. Ou você pode usar as teclas de seta para percorrer os campos editáveis e digitar novas configurações. Em seguida, pressione F2 para continuar com as novas configurações. 
+
+Observação: Se você digitar uma entrada inválida, uma mensagem de erro será exibida na tela.
+
+Se você alterar para um mês que tenha menos dias que a configuração de Dia atual, a configuração de Dia será alterada automaticamente para o último dia do novo mês. 
+
+NAVEGAÇÃO
+
+Use as teclas de função listadas na parte inferior de cada tela para navegar entre as telas. Use as teclas de seta para mover-se pelo texto em cada tela.
+
+Observação: Se seu teclado não tiver teclas de função, ou se as teclas não responderem, pressione ESC para exibir as teclas ESC alternativas para navegação.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_search.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+LISTA DE PESQUISA DNS
+
+Especifica os domínios DNS adicionais.  Esses domínios serão usados pelo sistema durante a procura por endereços em servidores DNS.
+
+DIRETRIZES
+
+Os domínios de pesquisa são opcionais.  Se nenhum domínio for especificado, o domínio de pesquisa padrão, composto do domínio deste sistema, será usado.
+
+É possível especificar, no máximo, seis domínios de pesquisa.
+
+PROCEDIMENTO
+
+Digite os nomes dos domínios começando pelo campo de entrada superior.
+
+Se o sistema estiver usando uma lista de pesquisa DNS no momento, os domínios serão inseridos nos campos como padrões.  É possível alterar esses padrões.
+
+NAVEGAÇÃO
+
+Use as teclas de função listadas na parte inferior de cada tela para navegar entre as telas. Use as teclas de seta para navegar entre os campos.
+     
+Observação: se o teclado não tiver teclas de função, ou se as teclas não responderem, pressione ESC para exibir as teclas ESC alternativas para navegação.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_server.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+ENDEREÇOS DO SERVIDOR DNS
+
+Especifica os endereços IP dos servidores DNS que serão usados pelo sistema.
+
+DIRETRIZES
+
+É possível especificar de um a três servidores de nome. Estes servidores de nome serão usados pelo DNS para determinar os nomes de outros servidores.
+
+Para determinar os endereços dos servidores DNS, verifique com o administrador do sistema.
+
+PROCEDIMENTO
+
+Digite os endereços IP em formato numérico (por exemplo, 198.0.0.1).
+
+Se os servidores DNS estiverem em uso no momento, os respectivos endereços IP serão inseridos nos campos como padrões.  Esses padrões podem ser alterados.
+
+NAVEGAÇÃO
+
+Use as teclas de função listadas na parte inferior de cada tela para navegar entre as telas. Use as teclas de seta para navegar entre os campos.
+     
+Observação: se o seu teclado não tiver teclas de função, ou se as teclas não responderem, pressione ESC para exibir as teclas ESC alternativas para navegação.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/domain.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+NOME DE DOMÍNIO
+
+Identifica o sistema como parte de um domínio de serviço de nome.
+
+DIRETRIZES
+
+Para determinar o nome do domínio, pergunte ao administrador do sistema.  Ou use o comando domainname(1M) em um sistema instalado anteriormente.
+
+Normalmente, o nome de domínio é uma série de dois a quatro nomes curtos separados por pontos.
+
+PROCEDIMENTO
+
+Digite o nome do domínio no campo Editar.
+
+NAVEGAÇÃO
+
+Use as teclas de função listadas na parte inferior de cada tela para navegar entre as telas. Use as teclas de seta para navegar entre os campos.
+     
+Observação: se seu teclado não tiver teclas de função, ou se as teclas não responderem, pressione ESC para exibir as teclas ESC alternativas para navegação.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_profile.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+PERFIL LDAP
+
+Especifica o perfil que será usado para configurar o serviço de nome LDAP no sistema.   Além disso, especifica o endereço do servidor do qual o perfil será recuperado.  A tela PERFIL LDAP também especifica a base de pesquisa LDAP.
+
+DIRETRIZES
+                                                                                                                                                    O perfil LDIF especificado, criado com o comando ldap_gen_profile, fornecerá o formato padrão com todas as configurações corretas para se comunicar com o conjunto de servidores.  O perfil também garantirá que o comando ldap_cachemgr(1M) possa atualizar automaticamente o arquivo de configuração.
+
+A base de pesquisa LDAP é necessária.  Um padrão, com base no nome de domínio inserido anteriormente, será fornecido de forma automática.
+
+Se for necessário configurar LDAP neste sistema sem o uso de um perfil, selecione "Nenhum" como tipo de serviço de nome.  Quando a instalação tiver sido concluída, configure o serviço de nome manualmente.
+
+PROCEDIMENTO
+
+- Digite o nome do perfil no campo de entrada superior.
+- Digite o endereço IP numérico do servidor de perfis.
+- Digite a base de pesquisa.
+
+NAVEGAÇÃO
+
+Use as teclas de função listadas na parte inferior de cada tela para navegar entre as telas. Use as teclas de seta para navegar entre os campos.
+     
+Observação: se seu teclado não tiver teclas de função, ou se as teclas não responderem, pressione ESC para exibir as teclas ESC alternativas para navegação.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_proxy.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+PROXY LDAP
+
+Especifique se as informações de vinculação do proxy LDAP serão fornecidas. Se sim, especifique o nome distinto e a senha de vinculação do proxy e a senha de proxy.
+
+DIRETRIZES
+
+Se o perfil que estiver sendo usado especifica um nível de credencial de proxy e o método de autenticação NÃO for nenhum, será necessário fornecer as informações de vinculação do proxy.
+
+Se optar por não fornecer as informações de vinculação do proxy e estas forem necessárias, será gerado um erro, e o LDAP não será inicializado.  O administrador de rede pode fornecer as informações de vinculação do proxy LDAP.
+
+PROCEDIMENTO 
+
+Informe o nome distinto de vinculação do proxy.  Digite a senha de vinculação do proxy.
+
+NAVEGAÇÃO
+
+Use as teclas de função listadas na parte inferior de cada tela para navegar entre as telas. Use as teclas de seta para navegar entre os campos.
+     
+Observação: Se seu teclado não tiver teclas de função, ou se as teclas não responderem, pressione ESC para exibir as teclas ESC alternativas para navegação.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/name_service.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+SELEÇÃO DO SERVIÇO DE NOME
+
+Especifica o relacionamento entre o sistema e o serviço de nome.
+
+DIRETRIZES
+
+O administrador do sistema deverá saber os serviços de nome usados por este sistema.
+
+PROCEDIMENTO
+
+Para selecionar DNS como nome de serviço, navegue para a tela Serviço de nome DNS e use as teclas de seta para realçar Configurar DNS.
+
+Para selecionar serviços de nome LDAP ou NIS, navegue para a tela Serviço de nome alternativo e use as teclas de seta para realçar a seleção correspondente.
+
+NAVEGAÇÃO
+
+Use as teclas de função listadas na parte inferior de cada tela para navegar entre as telas. Use as teclas de seta para navegar entre os campos.
+     
+Observação: se seu teclado não tiver teclas de função, ou se as teclas não responderem, pressione ESC para exibir as teclas ESC alternativas para navegação.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+REDE 
+
+Esta tela solicita que você digite o nome de host de um computador e especifique como a conexão de rede deve ser configurada.
+
+PROCEDIMENTO
+
+Para sair desta tela de ajuda, pressione F3. Em seguida, na tela do instalador, insira informações da rede conforme a seguir:
+
+* NOME DO COMPUTADOR - Esta tela inclui um campo editável para o nome do computador. O campo editável é realçado. Com o campo do nome do host do computador selecionado, digite um nome para este computador que o identifique na rede. Observe as seguintes restrições:
+
+     * O nome do host deve ter pelo menos dois caracteres. * O nome do host pode conter letras, números e sinais de menos (-).
+
+* CONEXÃO DE REDE - Use as teclas de seta para selecionar uma opção de conexão de rede entre as seguintes opções:                  
+
+     Automaticamente - Use DHCP para configurar a conexão.
+     Manualmente - Se escolher esta opção, você irá selecionar e configurar uma interface de rede com fio nas telas a seguir. Nenhum - Não configure a rede durante a instalação.
+ 
+Pressione F2 para continuar para a próxima tela. 
+
+NAVEGAÇÃO
+
+Use as teclas de função listadas na parte inferior de cada tela para navegar entre as telas. Use as teclas de seta para mover-se pelo texto em cada tela.
+
+Observação: Se seu teclado não tiver teclas de função, ou se as teclas não responderem, pressione ESC para exibir as teclas ESC alternativas para navegação.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network_manual.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+CONFIGURAÇÃO DE REDE MANUAL
+
+A tela ou telas de rede manual permitem que você defina manualmente as configurações de rede da máquina. Primeiro, se houver mais de uma interface, selecione uma conexão a ser configurada. Em seguida, você digita as configurações para a conexão. 
+
+Observação: Apenas uma conexão pode ser configurada durante a instalação.
+
+DIRETRIZES
+
+Estas telas incluem campos editáveis que são realçados quando o campo é selecionado. Use as teclas de seta para selecionar cada campo. Quando um campo é selecionado, você pode digitar suas configurações nesse campo.
+
+PROCEDIMENTO
+
+Para sair desta tela de ajuda, pressione F3. Em seguida, preencha as informações de configuração manual conforme a seguir:
+
+1. Se houver mais de uma interface, na primeira tela, use as teclas de seta para realçar a conexão que você deseja configurar. Em seguida, pressione F2 para continuar para a próxima tela.
+
+2. Use as teclas de seta para mover-se para o campo de configuração da conexão que você deseja configurar.
+
+Observação: Para campos em que as informações de configuração foram detectadas automaticamente pelo instalador, as informações de configuração são exibidas. 
+
+3. Para cada campo de configuração, você pode digitar configurações de conexão ou aceitar os valores padrão. Siga as restrições para cada campo conforme especificado na tela. Digite as configurações ou aceite os valores padrão para os seguintes campos:
+	* Endereço IP - campo obrigatório
+	* Máscara de rede - campo obrigatório
+	* Roteador - campo opcional
+	* DNS - campo opcional
+	* Domínio - campo opcional
+
+Em seguida, pressione F2 para continuar para a próxima tela com as configurações de rede que você especificou. 
+
+NAVEGAÇÃO
+
+Use as teclas de função listadas na parte inferior de cada tela para navegar entre as telas. Use as teclas de seta para mover-se pelo texto em cada tela.
+
+Observação: Se seu teclado não tiver teclas de função, ou se as teclas não responderem, pressione ESC para exibir as teclas ESC alternativas para navegação.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/nis.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+SERVIÇO DE NOME NIS
+
+Especifique como localizar o servidor de nome NIS do sistema.
+
+DIRETRIZES
+
+Se selecionar "Localizar um", o software tentará localizar um servidor de nome.  O servidor de nome deverá residir na sub-rede local.
+
+Se você escolher "Especificar um", uma subtela será exibida.  Digite o endereço IP do servidor de nome na subtela.
+
+PROCEDIMENTO
+
+Realce a seleção desejada usando as teclas de seta.
+
+NAVEGAÇÃO
+
+Use as teclas de função listadas na parte inferior de cada tela para navegar entre as telas. Use as teclas de seta para navegar entre os campos.
+     
+Observação: se seu teclado não tiver teclas de função, ou se as teclas não responderem, pressione ESC para exibir as teclas ESC alternativas para navegação.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+RESUMO DA CONFIGURAÇÃO DO SISTEMA
+
+Esta tela permite que você reveja e confirme as definições de configuração.
+
+PROCEDIMENTO
+
+Para sair desta tela de ajuda, pressione F3. Em seguida, na tela Resumo, reveja suas definições de configuração.
+
+OPCIONAL: Se você quiser alterar suas seleções, pressione a tecla F3 conforme necessário para voltar para as telas que você deseja alterar. Faça suas alterações nessas telas anteriores e depois avance pelas telas para voltar para este Resumo.
+
+Pressione F2 para aplicar a configuração ao sistema. 
+
+NAVEGAÇÃO
+
+Use as teclas de função listadas na parte inferior de cada tela para navegar entre as telas. Use as teclas de seta para mover-se pelo texto em cada tela.
+
+Observação: Se seu teclado não tiver teclas de função, ou se as teclas não responderem, pressione ESC para exibir as teclas ESC alternativas para navegação.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/timezone.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+FUSO HORÁRIO
+
+Esta série de telas permite que você digite o fuso horário correto para o sistema a ser instalado. Selecione um fuso horário ou local em que o computador geralmente é usado. O instalador usará o fuso horário das configurações internas do computador como padrão, se possível. 
+
+O instalador exibe três telas nesta série: uma tela Região, uma tela Local e uma tela Fuso horário. 
+
+Na primeira tela, você escolhe uma Região geral, como Europa. Na próxima tela, o instalador exibe locais, como França ou Espanha, na região selecionada. A terceira tela exibe os fusos horários no local selecionado. 
+
+Observação: Se você selecionar "UTC/GMT" na tela Região, as telas Local e Fuso horário serão ignoradas.
+
+PROCEDIMENTO
+
+Para sair desta tela de ajuda, pressione F3. Em seguida, em cada tela do instalador, você pode pressionar F2 para aceitar a seleção padrão. Ou você pode usar as teclas de seta para realçar uma seleção diferente e depois pressionar F2 para continuar para a próxima tela.
+
+NAVEGAÇÃO
+
+Use as teclas de função listadas na parte inferior de cada tela para navegar entre as telas. Use as teclas de seta para mover-se pelo texto em cada tela.
+
+Observação: Se seu teclado não tiver teclas de função, ou se as teclas não responderem, pressione ESC para exibir as teclas ESC alternativas para navegação.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/users.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+USUÁRIOS
+
+Nesta tela, você pode digitar uma senha root e definir uma conta de usuário para seu sistema instalado.
+
+DIRETRIZ
+
+     * Tanto a senha root quanto a conta de usuário são opcionais. Mas é recomendável preencher todos os campos na tela.
+
+     * Uma conta de usuário requer apenas um nome de usuário para que a conta seja válida.   
+    
+     * O campo do nome de usuário tem as seguintes restrições:
+          
+          * O nome de usuário não pode ser root.
+          * O nome de usuário deve começar com uma letra.
+          * O nome de usuário deve conter caracteres do conjunto [a-zA-Z0-9_.-].
+
+     * Se você digitar uma entrada inválida, uma mensagem de erro será exibida para esse campo.
+
+PROCEDIMENTO
+
+Para sair desta tela de ajuda, pressione F3. Em seguida, na tela Usuários, use as teclas de seta para mover-se pelos campos editáveis. Digite suas informações em cada campo. Pressione F2 para continuar para a próxima tela. 
+
+NAVEGAÇÃO
+
+Use as teclas de função listadas na parte inferior de cada tela para navegar entre as telas. Use as teclas de seta para mover-se pelo texto em cada tela.
+
+Observação: Se seu teclado não tiver teclas de função, ou se as teclas não responderem, pressione ESC para exibir as teclas ESC alternativas para navegação.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+BEM-VINDO
+
+Esta ferramenta do sistema permite que você configure o Sistema Operacional (SO) Oracle Solaris em sistemas SPARC ou x86.
+
+PROCEDIMENTO
+
+Para sair desta tela de ajuda, pressione F3. Depois, na tela de boas-vindas, pressione a tecla F2 para continuar para a próxima tela.
+
+NAVEGAÇÃO
+
+Não é possível usar o mouse para navegar pelas telas de instalação. Em vez disso, use as teclas de função para navegação. As teclas de função disponíveis para cada tela estão listadas na parte inferior da tela. Por exemplo:
+
+F2_Continuar - Pressione a tecla F2 para ir para a próxima tela. Quando você pressiona F2, a ferramenta processa qualquer seleção ou entrada digitada que você tenha feito nessa tela.
+F3_Voltar - Pressione a tecla F3 para voltar para a tela anterior.
+F6_Ajuda - Pressione a tecla F6 para exibir o conteúdo da Ajuda para essa tela.
+F9_Sair - Pressione a tecla F9 para sair da ferramenta sem configurar o sistema.
+
+Em cada tela, use as teclas de seta para executar qualquer uma destas ações:
+* Mover pelo texto da tela.
+* Alterar as seleções realçadas.
+* Mover para campos onde você precisa digitar informações.
+
+Observação: Se seu teclado não tiver teclas de função, ou se as teclas não responderem, pressione ESC. A legenda na parte inferior da tela será alterada para mostrar as teclas ESC para navegação e outras funções. 
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/disks.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+DISCOS
+
+Esta tela exibe os discos internos e os dispositivos de armazenamento externo que podem ser usados como destinos da instalação. Para serem reconhecidos pelo instalador, os dispositivos devem ser conectados quando o instalador é iniciado. 
+
+Observação: Não é necessário definir uma configuração espelhada durante a instalação. É possível usar o comando attach do ZFS após a instalação para executar esta tarefa. Se você planeja definir uma configuração espelhada, lembre-se de que o segundo disco deve ser igual ou maior que o destino da instalação. 
+
+AVISO: Observe as seguintes considerações importantes para instalações x86:
+
+	* Se o disco não foi particionado anteriormente, por padrão a instalação substituirá o layout do disco inteiro. No entanto, é possível modificar as seleções padrão nas telas do instalador para instalar uma nova partição do Solaris que seja menor que o disco inteiro.
+
+	* Se houver uma partição do Solaris no disco, e a instalação não fizer modificações nas partições, a instalação substituirá somente a partição do Solaris. As outras partições existentes não são alteradas. 
+
+Observação: Nenhuma alteração real será feita no sistema até que você conclua as telas de seleção do instalador e comece o processo de instalação real.
+
+TAMANHO
+
+O tamanho recomendado e o tamanho mínimo para a instalação do SO Oracle Solaris são exibidos. O tamanho de cada dispositivo é exibido em gigabytes. 
+
+* Os dispositivos muito pequenos para uma instalação bem-sucedida são indicados como tal.  
+
+* Alguns dispositivos podem ser tão grandes que uma instalação do Oracle Solaris não pode usar todo o espaço contido no dispositivo. Esses dispositivos possuem um tamanho máximo de instalação especificado.
+
+PARTIÇÕES OU FATIAS
+
+A primeira seção da tela lista os dispositivos disponíveis. Por padrão, um único dispositivo é realçado. A próxima seção da tela exibe as informações de partição ou de fatia para o dispositivo realçado no momento. As partições são listadas para dispositivos com formato x86. As fatias são listadas para dispositivos com formato SPARC.
+
+Se deseja exibir as informações da partição ou da fatia para outro dispositivo, você pode usar as teclas de seta para selecionar esse dispositivo. A tela é alterada para exibir as informações de partição ou fatia referentes ao dispositivo selecionado.
+
+Se houver mais de quatro dispositivos, pressione as teclas de seta para cima/para baixo várias vezes a fim de rolar para os outros dispositivos. 
+
+CUIDADO: Se não houver partições ou fatias existentes para um dispositivo, a tela exibirá a configuração proposta da partição ou fatia. Nesse caso, todos os dados existentes no dispositivo seriam destruídos durante a instalação.
+
+PROCEDIMENTO
+
+Para sair desta tela de ajuda, pressione F3. Em seguida, na tela do instalador, escolha uma das seguintes opções:
+
+     * Se você deseja instalar no dispositivo que está realçado no momento, selecione F2 e a instalação continuará para a próxima tela.
+
+     * Se você deseja selecionar outro dispositivo para a instalação, use as teclas de seta para realçar seu dispositivo preferido. Informações da partição ou da fatia serão exibidas para o dispositivo selecionado. Em seguida, pressione F2 para continuar. 
+
+NAVEGAÇÃO
+
+Use as teclas de função listadas na parte inferior de cada tela para navegar entre as telas. Use as teclas de seta para mover-se pelo texto em cada tela.
+
+Observação: Se seu teclado não tiver teclas de função, ou se as teclas não responderem, pressione ESC para exibir as teclas ESC alternativas para navegação.
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+SPARC: FATIAS SOLARIS
+
+Esta tela exibe as fatias VTOC para o dispositivo de armazenamento SPARC selecionado na tela anterior. As fatias são listadas na ordem do layout. 
+
+PROCEDIMENTO
+
+Para sair desta tela de ajuda, pressione F3. Em seguida, na tela do instalador, use as teclas de seta para realçar "Usar o disco inteiro" ou "Usar uma fatia no disco". 
+
+     * Se você selecionar "Usar uma fatia no disco", a próxima tela permitirá que você escolha qual fatia usar para a instalação e que você faça alterações no layout da fatia.
+
+     * Se você selecionar "Usar o disco inteiro", o instalador gravará essa opção e prosseguirá para a próxima tarefa.
+
+       CUIDADO: A seleção "Usar o disco inteiro" apaga o disco inteiro durante a instalação. O disco é substituído pelo novo SO Oracle Solaris. 
+
+Pressione F2 para continuar para a próxima tela.
+
+NAVEGAÇÃO
+
+Use as teclas de função listadas na parte inferior de cada tela para navegar entre as telas. Use as teclas de seta para mover-se pelo texto em cada tela.
+
+Observação: Se seu teclado não tiver teclas de função, ou se as teclas não responderem, pressione ESC para exibir as teclas ESC alternativas para navegação.
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices_select.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+SPARC: SELECIONAR FATIA
+
+Esta tela permite que você selecione uma fatia VTOC a ser usada para a instalação. Para indicar qual fatia usar para a instalação, selecione a fatia e altere seu tipo para rpool. Também existe a opção de redimensionar o rpool.
+
+A tela exibe as fatias existentes no dispositivo que você selecionou nas telas anteriores. As fatias são exibidas na mesma ordem em que são apresentadas no dispositivo. O tamanho atual e o tamanho máximo disponível para cada fatia são exibidos.
+
+DIRETRIZES
+
+* Você pode ter apenas um rpool no dispositivo. E o Oracle Solaris será instalado no rpool. 
+
+* O tamanho do rpool pode ser aumentado até o tamanho máximo disponível. Quando as fatias forem mostradas como Não utilizadas, seu espaço disponível será exibido na coluna disponível (Disp.). É possível alterar uma fatia para Não utilizada, tornando seu espaço disponível para fatias adjacentes.
+
+* Um asterisco vermelho indica que o conteúdo da fatia será destruído durante a instalação. O conteúdo da fatia será preservado durante a instalação se a fatia não for alterada explicitamente pelo usuário.
+
+Observação: Não é necessário definir uma configuração espelhada durante a instalação. É possível usar o comando attach do ZFS após a instalação para executar esta tarefa. Se você planeja definir uma configuração espelhada, lembre-se de que o segundo disco deve ser igual ou maior que o destino da instalação. 
+
+COMO MODIFICAR O CONTEÚDO DA TELA
+
+Você pode usar qualquer uma das seguintes opções para modificar o conteúdo da tela:
+
+     * F5_Alterar tipo - Com uma partição realçada, pressione F5 várias vezes para passar pelos tipos de fatia até que o tipo desejado seja exibido.
+
+     * Campos editáveis - Se um campo selecionado for realçado, você poderá digitar alterações nesse campo.
+
+     * F7_Redefinir - Pressione F7 para restaurar todos os dados nesta tela para as configurações originais.
+
+PROCEDIMENTO
+
+Para sair desta tela de ajuda, pressione F3. Depois, na tela do instalador, use as teclas de seta para selecionar a fatia de destino caso ainda não tenha sido selecionada. Se o tipo de fatia selecionado não for um rpool, pressione F5 várias vezes para passar pelos tipos até que o tipo, rpool, seja exibido. 
+
+IMPORTANTE: Você pode ter apenas um rpool no dispositivo.
+
+OPCIONAL: Você pode fazer modificações opcionais adicionais no layout da fatia conforme descrito a seguir e, depois, pressione F2 para avançar para a próxima tela. As alterações efetuadas serão implementadas durante a instalação. Para gravar alterações de layout, primeiro use as teclas de seta para realçar a fatia que você deseja modificar. Em seguida, execute qualquer destas ações:
+
+	* Excluir uma fatia - Pressione F5 várias vezes para passar pelos tipos até que o tipo Não utilizada seja exibido. Quando uma fatia é Não utilizada, seu espaço é disponibilizado para as fatias adjacentes.
+
+	* Alterar o tipo de uma fatia - Pressione F5 e altere o tipo de fatia. Por exemplo, altere o tipo para rpool. 
+	
+	* Redimensionar uma fatia - Se o tamanho de uma fatia selecionada for realçado, você poderá redimensionar essa fatia. Digite o novo tamanho no campo editável, até o tamanho máximo disponível.  
+
+	* Criar uma nova fatia - Selecione uma fatia não utilizada. Pressione F5 para alterar o tipo da fatia de Não utilizada para outro tipo, como rpool. 
+
+Observação: É possível usar a tecla F7 para cancelar suas alterações. 
+
+NAVEGAÇÃO
+
+Use as teclas de função listadas na parte inferior de cada tela para navegar entre as telas. Use as teclas de seta para mover-se pelo texto em cada tela.
+
+Observação: Se seu teclado não tiver teclas de função, ou se as teclas não responderem, pressione ESC para exibir as teclas ESC alternativas para navegação.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+RESUMO DA INSTALAÇÃO
+
+Esta tela permite que você reveja e confirme as especificações de instalação.
+
+PROCEDIMENTO
+
+Para sair desta tela de ajuda, pressione F3. Em seguida, na tela Resumo da instalação, reveja suas seleções de instalação.
+
+OPCIONAL: Se você quiser alterar suas seleções de instalação, pressione a tecla F3 conforme necessário para voltar para as telas que você deseja alterar. Faça suas alterações nessas telas anteriores e depois avance pelas telas até voltar para este Resumo da instalação.
+
+Pressione F2 para iniciar a instalação. 
+
+CUIDADO: A instalação começa quando você pressiona F2. É recomendável que você não interrompa uma instalação em andamento. Uma instalação incompleta pode deixar o disco em um estado indeterminado.
+
+APÓS A INSTALAÇÃO
+
+Uma barra de progresso é exibida durante a instalação. Quando uma instalação é concluída, uma tela final exibe os resultados da instalação. É possível, então, exibir o log da instalação, /tmp/install_log, pressionando F4. 
+
+Após uma instalação bem-sucedida, você pode executar uma das seguintes ações: 
+
+     * No instalador, pressione F4 para exibir o log da instalação. 
+
+     * Reinicializar para iniciar o software recém-instalado. Depois de reinicializar, você pode exibir o log da instalação em /var/sadm/system/logs/install_log.	
+
+     * Se você deseja executar tarefas adicionais antes de reinicializar, pressione F9 para sair do instalador. 
+
+Após uma falha na instalação, pressione F4 para exibir o log da instalação. Em seguida, pressione F9 para sair do instalador. Faça as correções necessárias e depois reinicie o instalador.
+
+NAVEGAÇÃO
+
+Use as teclas de função listadas na parte inferior de cada tela para navegar entre as telas. Use as teclas de seta para mover-se pelo texto em cada tela.
+
+Observação: Se seu teclado não tiver teclas de função, ou se as teclas não responderem, pressione ESC para exibir as teclas ESC alternativas para navegação.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+BEM-VINDO
+
+Este instalador de texto permite que você instale o Sistema Operacional (SO) Oracle Solaris em sistemas SPARC ou x86. Em particular, esse instalador pode ser usado em máquinas que não tenham ou que não precisem de placas gráficas.
+
+Observação: Esta instalação inicial do SO Oracle Solaris substitui o SO Solaris ou Oracle Solaris existente pela nova versão do SO Oracle Solaris. Caso você deseje atualizar um SO Oracle Solaris existente, use o comando pkg(1) ou o aplicativo Gerenciador de pacotes em vez desse instalador.
+
+PROCEDIMENTO
+
+Para sair desta tela de ajuda, pressione F3. Depois, na tela de boas-vindas, pressione a tecla F2 para continuar para a próxima tela.
+
+NAVEGAÇÃO
+
+Não é possível usar o mouse para navegar pelas telas de instalação. Em vez disso, use as teclas de função para navegação. As teclas de função disponíveis para cada tela estão listadas na parte inferior da tela. Por exemplo:
+
+F2_Continuar - Pressione a tecla F2 para ir para a próxima tela de instalação. Quando você pressiona F2, o instalador processa qualquer seleção ou entrada digitada que você tenha feito nessa tela.
+F3_Voltar - Pressione a tecla F3 para voltar para a tela anterior.
+F6_Ajuda - Pressione a tecla F6 para exibir o conteúdo da Ajuda para essa tela.
+F9_Sair - Pressione a tecla F9 para encerrar a instalação.
+
+Em cada tela, use as teclas de seta para executar qualquer uma destas ações:
+* Mover pelo texto da tela.
+* Alterar as seleções realçadas.
+* Mover para campos onde você precisa digitar informações.
+
+Observação: Se seu teclado não tiver teclas de função, ou se as teclas não responderem, pressione ESC. A legenda na parte inferior da tela será alterada para mostrar as teclas ESC para navegação e outras funções. 
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+x86: PARTIÇÕES FDISK
+
+Esta tela exibe as partições fdisk para o dispositivo de armazenamento x86 que você selecionou na etapa anterior. 
+
+Observação: As partições são listadas na ordem em que existem no disco. 
+
+PROCEDIMENTO
+
+Para sair desta tela de ajuda, pressione F3. Em seguida, na tela do instalador, use as teclas de seta para realçar "Usar o disco inteiro" ou "Usar uma partição no disco". 
+
+     * Se você selecionar "Usar uma partição no disco", as próximas telas permitirão que você selecione qual partição usar para a instalação e, se a partição tiver fatias definidas, qual fatia nessa partição usar. Você também pode ajustar o layout da partição fdisk. 
+
+     * Se você selecionar "Usar o disco inteiro", o instalador gravará essa opção e prosseguirá para a próxima tarefa.
+
+       CUIDADO: "Usar o disco inteiro" apaga o disco inteiro durante a instalação. O disco é substituído pelo novo SO Oracle Solaris. 
+
+Depois de fazer sua seleção, pressione F2 para continuar para a próxima tela.
+
+NAVEGAÇÃO
+
+Use as teclas de função listadas na parte inferior de cada tela para navegar entre as telas. Use as teclas de seta para mover-se pelo texto em cada tela.
+
+Observação: Se seu teclado não tiver teclas de função, ou se as teclas não responderem, pressione ESC para exibir as teclas ESC alternativas para navegação.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions_select.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,62 @@
+x86: SELECIONAR PARTIÇÃO
+
+Use esta tela para selecionar, criar ou modificar uma partição do Solaris a ser usada para a instalação.
+
+Esta tela permite que o usuário faça ajustes no layout da partição fdisk, como excluir partições existentes, criar e dimensionar uma partição estendida, criar e dimensionar uma partição do Solaris ou redimensionar partições existentes.
+
+A tela exibe as partições fdisk existentes. As partições primárias são exibidas na ordem em que são estabelecidas no disco. O tamanho atual e o tamanho máximo disponível para cada partição são exibidos. Caso exista uma partição estendida, suas partições lógicas serão exibidas. As partições lógicas também serão exibidas na ordem de layout do disco na partição estendida.
+
+Se o disco não tiver sido particionado anteriormente, um particionamento sugerido será exibido. Esse particionamento sugerido é uma partição única dimensionada para o disco inteiro.
+
+DIRETRIZES
+
+Você pode ter apenas uma partição do Solaris no dispositivo. E você deve usar essa partição do Solaris para a instalação. Caso haja uma partição do Solaris existente, ela será selecionada por padrão. 
+
+CUIDADO: Caso você reduza o tamanho de uma partição ou altere seu tipo, o conteúdo da partição existente será apagado durante a instalação. Caso contrário, o conteúdo da partição existente será preservado durante a instalação. Se suas alterações planejadas destruirão uma partição durante a instalação, essa partição será marcada com um asterisco vermelho nesta tela. 
+
+COMO MODIFICAR O CONTEÚDO DA TELA
+
+Você pode usar qualquer uma das seguintes opções para modificar o conteúdo da tela:
+
+     * F5_Alterar tipo - Com uma partição realçada, altere o tipo de partição pressionando F5 várias vezes para passar pelos tipos de partição até que o tipo de partição desejado ou Não utilizada seja exibido. Se o tipo Não utilizada for selecionado, a partição será destruída e seu espaço será disponibilizado ao redimensionar as partições adjacentes.
+
+       Observação: Você não pode ter mais de uma partição do Solaris ou mais de uma partição estendida. Portanto, se você tiver uma partição do Solaris existente ou uma partição estendida existente, as opções de alteração de F5 não incluirão a alteração da partição para uma partição do Solaris ou uma partição estendida.
+
+     * Campos de tamanho - Se o campo de tamanho for realçado, você poderá digitar alterações nesse campo.
+
+     * F7_Redefinir - Pressione F7 para restaurar todos os dados nesta tela para as configurações originais.
+
+PROCEDIMENTO
+
+Para sair desta tela de ajuda, pressione F3. Em seguida, na tela do instalador, você tem as seguintes opções: 
+
+     * Caso haja uma partição do Solaris existente, ela será selecionada por padrão. Você pode fazer da seguinte forma:
+
+	* É possível usar a partição existente com seu tamanho atual. 
+	          
+          * Você pode redimensionar a partição do Solaris. O tamanho pode ser diminuído. Ou o tamanho pode ser aumentado até o espaço disponível. 
+          * Se você deseja instalar em outra partição, primeiro deve excluir a partição do Solaris existente, alterando o seu tipo para Não utilizada. Em seguida, você pode selecionar outra partição e alterar seu tipo para Solaris. Esta modifição apaga o conteúdo da partição existente durante a instalação. 
+
+     * Se não houver uma partição do Solaris existente, selecione uma partição e altere seu tipo para Solaris. 
+
+     * INSTRUÇÕES LINUX-SWAP: Se você utilizou uma ferramenta de particionamento de terceiros, como GParted, esta tela exibirá um particionamento chamado Linux-swap, no qual é possível instalar o software SO Oracle Solaris. Para usar esta partição, você precisa alterar o tipo de Linux-swap para Solaris nesta tela. Realce essa partição e pressione F5 várias vezes para passar pelos tipos até que o tipo Solaris seja exibido para essa partição.
+
+OPCIONAL: Você pode fazer modificações opcionais adicionais no layout da partição. As alterações efetuadas serão implementadas durante a instalação. Para gravar alterações de layout, primeiro use as teclas de seta para realçar a partição que você deseja modificar. Em seguida, execute qualquer destas ações:
+
+	* Excluir uma partição - Pressione F5 várias vezes para passar pelas opções do tipo de partição até que Não utilizada seja exibido. Durante a instalação, a partição inicial é destruída e seu espaço é disponibilizado ao redimensionar as partições adjacentes.
+
+	* Alterar o tipo de uma partição - Pressione F5 várias vezes para passar pelos tipos de partição até que o tipo de partição desejado seja exibido. Por exemplo, altere o tipo para Solaris. 
+	
+	* Redimensionar uma partição - Se o tamanho de uma partição selecionada for realçado, você poderá redimensionar essa partição. Digite o novo tamanho no campo editável, até o tamanho máximo disponível. O redimensionamento de uma partição existente destrói seu conteúdo.
+
+	* Criar uma nova partição - Selecione uma partição não utilizada. Pressione F5 para alterar o tipo da partição de Não utilizada para outro tipo, como Solaris ou Estendida. 
+
+	* Criar uma partição estendida - Pressione F5, conforme necessário, para selecionar o tipo de partição Estendida. 
+
+Observação: É possível pressionar a tecla F7 para cancelar suas alterações. 
+
+NAVEGAÇÃO
+
+Use as teclas de função listadas na parte inferior de cada tela para navegar entre as telas. Use as teclas de seta para mover-se pelo texto em cada tela.
+
+Observação: Se seu teclado não tiver teclas de função, ou se as teclas não responderem, pressione ESC para exibir as teclas ESC alternativas para navegação.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+x86: FATIAS DE PARTIÇÃO DO SOLARIS
+
+Se as fatias VTOC do Solaris estiverem em uma partição do Solaris que você selecionou na tela anterior, esta tela listará as fatias VTOC. Você pode optar por instalar o SO Oracle Solaris em uma das fatias. Ou você pode usar a partição inteira para a instalação. 
+
+As fatias VTOC existentes são exibidas na ordem do layout.
+
+Observação: Se você alterou a partição do Solaris na tela anterior, esta tela não será exibida. 
+
+PROCEDIMENTO
+
+Para sair desta tela de ajuda, pressione F3. Em seguida, na tela Partição do Solaris, use as teclas de seta para realçar "Usar a partição inteira" ou "Usar uma fatia na partição". Pressione F2 para continuar para a próxima tela. Se você planeja usar uma fatia na partição, a próxima tela permitirá que você selecione essa fatia.
+
+NAVEGAÇÃO
+
+Use as teclas de função listadas na parte inferior de cada tela para navegar entre as telas. Use as teclas de seta para mover-se pelo texto em cada tela.
+
+Observação: Se seu teclado não tiver teclas de função, ou se as teclas não responderem, pressione ESC para exibir as teclas ESC alternativas para navegação.
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/pt_BR/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices_select.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+x86: SELECIONAR FATIA EM PARTIÇÃO DO SOLARIS
+
+Esta tela permite que você selecione uma fatia VTOC em uma partição do Solaris a ser usada para a instalação. Para indicar qual fatia usar para a instalação, selecione a fatia e altere o tipo da fatia para rpool. Existe a opção de redimensionar o rpool.
+
+A tela exibe as fatias existentes na partição fdisk que você selecionou nas telas anteriores. As fatias são exibidas na ordem em que são apresentadas na partição. O tamanho atual e o tamanho máximo disponível para cada fatia são exibidos.
+
+DIRETRIZES
+
+* Você pode ter apenas um rpool na partição, e o Oracle Solaris será instalado no rpool.  
+
+* O tamanho do rpool pode ser aumentado até o tamanho máximo disponível. Quando as fatias forem mostradas como Não utilizadas, seu espaço disponível será exibido na coluna disponível (Disp.). É possível alterar uma fatia para Não utilizada, tornando seu espaço disponível para fatias adjacentes.
+
+Observação: Um asterisco vermelho indica que o conteúdo da fatia será destruído durante a instalação. O conteúdo da fatia será preservado durante a instalação se a fatia não for alterada explicitamente pelo usuário.
+
+COMO MODIFICAR O CONTEÚDO DA TELA
+
+Você pode usar qualquer uma das seguintes opções para modificar o conteúdo da tela:
+
+     * F5_Alterar tipo - Com uma fatia realçada, pressione F5 várias vezes para passar pelos tipos até que o tipo de fatia desejado seja exibido.
+
+     * Campos de tamanho - Você pode digitar alterações nos campos de tamanho.
+
+     * F7_Redefinir - Pressione F7 para restaurar todos os dados nesta tela para as configurações originais.
+
+PROCEDIMENTO
+
+Para sair desta tela de ajuda, pressione F3. Depois, na tela do instalador, use as teclas de seta para selecionar a fatia de destino caso ainda não tenha sido selecionada. Se o tipo de fatia selecionado não for um rpool, pressione F5 várias vezes para passar pelos tipos de fatia até que o tipo, rpool, seja exibido. 
+
+Observação: Lembre-se de que você pode ter apenas um rpool na partição. Se existir outro rpool, altere seu tipo para Não utilizado antes de alterar a fatia de destino para um rpool.
+
+OPCIONAL: Você pode fazer modificações opcionais adicionais no layout da fatia conforme descrito a seguir e, depois, pressione F2 para avançar para a próxima tela. As alterações efetuadas serão implementadas durante a instalação. Para gravar alterações de layout, primeiro use as teclas de seta para realçar a fatia que você deseja modificar. Em seguida, execute qualquer destas ações:
+
+	* Excluir uma fatia - Pressione F5 várias vezes para passar pelos tipos de fatia até que o tipo Não utilizada seja exibido. O espaço de uma fatia Não utilizada é disponibilizado para as fatias adjacentes.
+
+	* Alterar o tipo de uma fatia - Pressione F5 várias vezes para passar pelos tipos de fatia até que o tipo desejado seja exibido. Use este procedimento, por exemplo, para alterar o tipo para rpool. 
+	
+	* Redimensionar uma fatia - Se o tamanho de uma fatia selecionada for realçado, você poderá redimensionar essa fatia. Digite o novo tamanho no campo editável, até o tamanho máximo disponível.  
+
+	Observação: A soma dos tamanhos da partição pode não ser igual ao tamanho do disco inteiro, porque os tamanhos da partição são arredondados para o 0,1 GB mais próximo, e pode haver espaço não utilizado entre as partições. 
+
+	* Criar uma nova fatia - Selecione uma fatia não utilizada. Pressione F5 conforme necessário para alterar o tipo da fatia de Não utilizada para outro tipo, como rpool. No entanto, a fatia 2 não pode ser modificada. 
+
+Observação: É possível usar a tecla F7 para cancelar suas alterações. 
+
+NAVEGAÇÃO
+
+Use as teclas de função listadas na parte inferior de cada tela para navegar entre as telas. Use as teclas de seta para mover-se pelo texto em cada tela.
+
+Observação: Se seu teclado não tiver teclas de função, ou se as teclas não responderem, pressione ESC para exibir as teclas ESC alternativas para navegação.
+
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/sysconfig.pot	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,1153 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2009, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\nReport-Msgid-Bugs-To: \nPOT-Creation-Date: 2011-07-29 11:23+0900\nPO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\nLast-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\nLanguage-Team: LANGUAGE <[email protected]>\nMIME-Version: 1.0\nContent-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\nContent-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:499
+#, python-format
+msgid "Custom site profile %s is invalid, missing .xml suffix."
+msgstr "定制站点配置文件 %s 无效,缺少 .xml 后缀。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:507
+#, python-format
+msgid "Custom site profile %s is invalid or hasinvalid permissions."
+msgstr "定制站点配置文件 %s 无效或者具有无效的权限。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:524
+#, python-format
+msgid "Unable to apply SMF profile %s."
+msgstr "无法应用 SMF 配置文件 %s。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:540
+msgid "System is not properly configured. You are likely"
+msgstr "系统没有正确配置。您可能"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:541
+msgid "trying to unconfigure or re-configure freshly"
+msgstr "正试图取消配置或重新配置不受支持的"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:542
+msgid "installed system which is not supported."
+msgstr "全新安装的系统。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:611 ../__init__.py:622
+msgid "An unhandled exception occurred."
+msgstr "发生了未经处理的异常。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:627
+msgid "Full traceback data is in the log"
+msgstr "完整的跟踪数据在日志中"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:636
+msgid "IO error creating profile"
+msgstr "创建配置文件时发生 IO 错误"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:643
+msgid "Unable to apply the unconfigure parameters to the image"
+msgstr "无法将取消配置参数应用于映像"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:654
+msgid "Unable to initiate unconfiguration process."
+msgstr "无法启动取消配置过程。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:671
+msgid "Root filesystem provided for the non-global zone does not exist"
+msgstr "为非全局区域提供的根文件系统不存在"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:678
+#, python-format
+msgid "Root filesystem mounted read-only, '%s' operation not permitted."
+msgstr "根文件系统挂载为只读文件系统,不允许执行 '%s' 操作。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:680
+msgid ""
+"The likely cause is that sysconfig(1m) was invoked in ROZR non-global zone."
+msgstr "可能的原因是 sysconfig(1m) 是在 ROZR 非全局区域中调用的。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:682
+msgid ""
+"In that case, see mwac(5) and zonecfg(1m) man pages for additional "
+"information."
+msgstr "在这种情况下,请参见 mwac(5) 和 zonecfg(1m) 手册页以了解更多信息。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:697
+msgid "This program will re-configure your system."
+msgstr "此程序将重新配置您的系统。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:699
+msgid "This program will unconfigure your system."
+msgstr "此程序将取消配置您的系统。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:700
+msgid "The system will be reverted to a \"pristine\" state."
+msgstr "系统将被恢复到“原来的”状态。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:701
+msgid "It will not have a name or know about other systems or networks."
+msgstr "它将没有名称,或者不知道其他系统或网络。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:704
+msgid "Do you want to continue (y/[n])? "
+msgstr "是否要继续 (y/[n])?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:753
+#, python-format
+msgid "There are no services on the system with grouping of %s"
+msgstr "系统上不存在分组为 %s 的服务"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:811
+#, python-format
+msgid "Directory %s does not contain any profile."
+msgstr "目录 %s 不包含任何配置文件。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:833
+msgid "Interactive configuration requested."
+msgstr "请求了交互式配置。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:834
+msgid "System Configuration Interactive (SCI) tool will be"
+msgstr "交互式系统配置 (System Configuration Interactive, SCI) 工具将"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:849
+msgid ""
+"Since you are currently not logged on console,\n"
+"you may not be able to navigate SCI tool."
+msgstr "因为您当前未登录到控制台,\n因此您可能无法在 SCI 工具中导航。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:851
+msgid "Would you like to proceed with re-configuration (y/[n])? "
+msgstr "是否要继续进行重新配置 (y/[n])?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:919
+msgid "Grouping to configure"
+msgstr "要配置的分组"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:922
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Saves created system configuration profile into FILE.\t\t[default: %default]"
+msgstr "将创建的系统配置的配置文件保存到 FILE 中。\t\t[缺省值: %default]"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:926
+#, python-format
+msgid "Set log location to FILE (default: %default)"
+msgstr "将日志位置设置为 FILE(缺省值:%default)"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:931
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Set log verbosity to LEVEL. In order of increasing verbosity, valid values "
+"are 'error' 'warn' 'info' 'debug' or 'input'\n"
+"[default: %default]"
+msgstr "将日志详细级别设置为 LEVEL。按照详细级别递增的顺序,有效值依次为 'error'、'warn'、'info'、'debug' 或 'input'\n[缺省值:%default]"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:939
+msgid ""
+"Force the tool to run in black and white. This may be useful on some SPARC "
+"machines with unsupported frame buffers\n"
+msgstr "强制工具以黑白模式运行。这在某些具有不受支持的帧缓冲区的 SPARC 计算机上可能很有用\n"
+
+#. LOGGER.close() # LOGGER.close() is broken - CR 7012566
+#: ../__init__.py:955
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Exiting System Configuration Tool. Log is available at:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr "正在退出系统配置工具。日志位于:\n%s"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:976
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"     Terminal too small. Min size is 80x24. Current size is %(x)ix%(y)i."
+msgstr "     终端太小。最小尺寸为 80x24。当前尺寸为 %(x)ix%(y)i。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:982 ../users.py:76
+msgid "Continue"
+msgstr "继续"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:983
+msgid "Back"
+msgstr "后退"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:985
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr "帮助"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:986 ../__init__.py:1041
+msgid "Quit"
+msgstr "退出"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:990
+msgid "Help Topics"
+msgstr "帮助主题"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:991
+msgid "Help Index"
+msgstr "帮助索引"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:992
+msgid "Select a topic and press Continue."
+msgstr "选择一个主题并按“继续”。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1035
+msgid ""
+"DONT_TRANSLATE_BUT_REPLACE_msgstr_WITH_True_OR_False: Should wrap text on "
+"whitespace in this language"
+msgstr "False:在此语言中,应在空格处对文本进行换行"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1038
+msgid "Confirm: Quit?"
+msgstr "确认:退出?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1039
+msgid "Do you really want to quit?"
+msgstr "是否确实要退出?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1040 ../users.py:77
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr "取消"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1050
+msgid "Error: Root privileges are required for this command."
+msgstr "错误:此命令需要超级用户特权。"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:54 ../date_time.py:67
+msgid "Date and Time"
+msgstr "日期和时间"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:56
+msgid "Year:"
+msgstr "年:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:57
+msgid "Month:"
+msgstr "月:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:58
+msgid "Day:"
+msgstr "日:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:59
+msgid "Hour:"
+msgstr "小时:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:60
+msgid "Minute:"
+msgstr "分钟:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:61
+msgid "(YYYY)"
+msgstr "(YYYY)"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:63
+msgid ""
+"Edit the date and time as necessary.\n"
+"The time is in 24 hour format."
+msgstr "根据需要编辑日期和时间。\n时间采用 24 小时制格式。"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:306
+msgid "Invalid date/time. See errors above."
+msgstr "日期/时间无效。请参见上面的错误。"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:404
+msgid "Year must be numeric"
+msgstr "“年”必须是数字"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:407 ../date_time.py:410 ../date_time.py:425
+msgid "Year out of range"
+msgstr "“年”超出范围"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:438
+msgid "Month must be numeric"
+msgstr "“月”必须是数字"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:443 ../date_time.py:458
+msgid "Month out of range"
+msgstr "“月”超出范围"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:469
+msgid "Day must be numeric"
+msgstr "“日”必须是数字"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:480 ../date_time.py:491
+msgid "Day out of range"
+msgstr "“日”超出范围"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:500
+msgid "Hour must be numeric"
+msgstr "“小时”必须是数字"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:503 ../date_time.py:512
+msgid "Hour out of range"
+msgstr "“小时”超出范围"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:522
+msgid "Minute must be numeric"
+msgstr "“分钟”必须是数字"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:524 ../date_time.py:533
+msgid "Minute out of range"
+msgstr "“分钟”超出范围"
+
+#. name service choices for display to user
+#: ../nameservice.py:70 ../network_type.py:65
+msgid "None"
+msgstr "无"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:70
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr "LDAP"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:70
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr "NIS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:71
+msgid "DNS"
+msgstr "DNS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:75
+msgid "Enter either a host name or an IP address."
+msgstr "输入主机名或 IP 地址。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:76
+msgid "An IP address must be of the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+msgstr "IP 地址的格式必须为 xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:132
+msgid "DNS Name Service"
+msgstr "DNS 名称服务"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:140
+msgid "Indicates whether or not the system should use the DNS name service."
+msgstr "指示系统是否应使用 DNS 名称服务。"
+
+#. allow the user to choose DNS or not
+#: ../nameservice.py:149
+msgid "Configure DNS"
+msgstr "配置 DNS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:150
+msgid "Do not configure DNS"
+msgstr "不配置 DNS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:177
+msgid "Alternate Name Service"
+msgstr "备用名称服务"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:183
+msgid ""
+"From the list below, select one name service to be used by this system. If "
+"the desired name service is not listed, select None. The selected name "
+"service may be used in conjunction with DNS."
+msgstr "从下面的列表中,选择此系统将使用的一种名称服务。如果没有列出所需的名称服务,请选择“无”。所选的名称服务可以与 DNS 结合使用。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:224
+msgid "Domain Name"
+msgstr "域名"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:230
+msgid ""
+"Specify the domain where this system resides. Use the domain name's exact "
+"capitalization and punctuation."
+msgstr "指定此系统所在的域。遵循域名的精确大写和标点。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:233
+msgid "Domain Name:"
+msgstr "域名:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:287
+msgid "DNS Server Addresses"
+msgstr "DNS 服务器地址"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:293
+msgid ""
+"Enter the IP address of the DNS server(s). At least one IP address is "
+"required."
+msgstr "输入 DNS 服务器的 IP 地址。至少需要一个 IP 地址。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:295
+msgid "DNS Server IP address:"
+msgstr "DNS 服务器 IP 地址:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:341
+msgid "At least one name server must be specified."
+msgstr "必须至少指定一个名称服务器。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:352
+msgid "DNS Search List"
+msgstr "DNS 搜索列表"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:358
+msgid ""
+"Enter a list of domains to be searched when a DNS query is made. If no "
+"domain is entered, only the DNS domain chosen for this system will be "
+"searched."
+msgstr "输入做出 DNS 查询时要搜索的域列表。如果没有输入域,将仅搜索为此系统选择的 DNS 域。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:361
+msgid "Search domain:"
+msgstr "搜索域:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:422
+msgid "LDAP Profile"
+msgstr "LDAP 配置文件"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:427
+msgid "Profile name:"
+msgstr "配置文件名称:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:428
+msgid "Search base:"
+msgstr "搜索基:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:436
+msgid ""
+"Specify the name of the LDAP profile to be used to configure this system and "
+"the host name or IP address of the server that contains the profile."
+msgstr "指定要用来配置此系统的 LDAP 配置文件的名称以及包含该配置文件的服务器的主机名或 IP 地址。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:439
+msgid "Profile server host name or IP address:"
+msgstr "配置文件服务器主机名或 IP 地址:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:442
+msgid ""
+"Specify the name of the LDAP profile to be used to configure this system and "
+"the IP address of the server that contains the profile."
+msgstr "指定要用来配置此系统的 LDAP 配置文件的名称以及包含该配置文件的服务器的 IP 地址。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:445
+msgid "Profile server IP address:"
+msgstr "配置文件服务器 IP 地址:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:446
+msgid "  Enter the LDAP search base."
+msgstr "  输入 LDAP 搜索基。"
+
+#. in case of error, tell user what is being validated
+#: ../nameservice.py:459
+msgid "profile name"
+msgstr "配置文件名称"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:491 ../nameservice.py:726
+msgid "The LDAP profile name cannot be blank."
+msgstr "LDAP 配置文件名称不能为空。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:493
+msgid "The LDAP server IP address cannot be blank."
+msgstr "LDAP 服务器 IP 地址不能为空。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:510
+msgid "LDAP Proxy"
+msgstr "LDAP 代理"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:515
+msgid ""
+"Does the profile specify a proxy credential level and an authentication "
+"method other than None?"
+msgstr "配置文件是否指定了“无”以外的代理凭证级别和验证方法?"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:524
+msgid "No"
+msgstr "否"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:525
+msgid "Yes"
+msgstr "是"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:549
+msgid "Specify LDAP Profile Proxy Bind Information"
+msgstr "指定 LDAP 配置文件代理绑定信息"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:555
+msgid ""
+"Specify the LDAP proxy bind distinguished name and the LDAP proxy bind "
+"password.  The network administrator can provide this information."
+msgstr "指定 LDAP 代理绑定的标识名和 LDAP 代理绑定口令。网络管理员可以提供此信息。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:558
+msgid "Proxy bind distinguished name:"
+msgstr "代理绑定的标识名:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:561
+msgid "Proxy bind password:"
+msgstr "代理绑定口令:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:563
+msgid "Encrypted proxy bind password:"
+msgstr "加密的代理绑定口令:"
+
+#. in case of error, tell user what is being validated
+#: ../nameservice.py:583
+msgid "distinguished name"
+msgstr "标识名"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:600
+msgid "The LDAP proxy server distinguished name cannot be blank."
+msgstr "LDAP 代理服务器的标识名不能为空。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:610
+msgid "NIS Name Server"
+msgstr "NIS 名称服务器"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:616
+msgid "Specify how to find a name server for this system."
+msgstr "指定如何查找此系统的名称服务器。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:618
+msgid ""
+"Either let the software search for a name server, or specify a name server "
+"in the following screen.  "
+msgstr "允许软件搜索名称服务器或者在以下屏幕中指定名称服务器。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:621
+msgid ""
+"The software can find a name server only if that server is on the local "
+"subnet."
+msgstr "仅当名称服务器位于本地子网上时,软件才能找到该服务器。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:631
+msgid "Find one"
+msgstr "查找一个"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:632
+msgid "Specify one"
+msgstr "指定一个"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:661
+msgid "NIS Name Server Information"
+msgstr "NIS 名称服务器信息"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:676
+msgid ""
+"Enter the host name or IP address of the name server.  A host name must have "
+"at least 2 characters and can be alphanumeric and can contain hyphens.  IP "
+"addresses must contain four sets of numbers separated by periods (for "
+"example, 129.200.9.1)."
+msgstr "输入名称服务器的主机名或 IP 地址。主机名必须至少具有 2 个字符,可以包含字母数字字符以及连字符。IP 地址必须包含由句点分隔的四组数字(例如 129.200.9.1)。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:681
+msgid "Server's host name or IP address:"
+msgstr "服务器的主机名或 IP 地址:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:684
+msgid ""
+"Enter the IP address of the name server.  IP addresses must contain four "
+"sets of numbers separated by periods (for example, 129.200.9.1)."
+msgstr "输入名称服务器的 IP 地址。  IP 地址必须包含由句点分隔的四组数字(例如 129.200.9.1)。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:687
+msgid "Server's IP address:"
+msgstr "服务器的 IP 地址:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:714
+msgid "The NIS server IP address cannot be blank."
+msgstr "NIS 服务器 IP 地址不能为空。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:727
+msgid ""
+"Whitespace characters and quotation marks are not allowed in LDAP profile "
+"names."
+msgstr "LDAP 配置文件名称中不允许有空格字符和引号。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:741
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind distinguished name may not be blank."
+msgstr "LDAP 代理绑定的标识名不能为空。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:744
+msgid ""
+"The LDAP proxy bind distinguished name may not contain whitespace characters."
+msgstr "LDAP 代理绑定的标识名不能包含空格字符。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:747
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind distinguished name may not contain quotation marks."
+msgstr "LDAP 代理绑定的标识名不能包含引号。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:757
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind password may not be blank."
+msgstr "LDAP 代理绑定口令不能为空。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:760
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind password may not contain whitespace characters."
+msgstr "LDAP 代理绑定口令不能包含空格字符。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:763
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind password may not contain quotation marks."
+msgstr "LDAP 代理绑定口令不能包含引号。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:777 ../nameservice.py:848
+msgid ""
+"A host name can only contain letters, numbers,  periods, and minus signs (-)."
+msgstr "主机名只能包含字母、数字、句点和减号 (-)。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:808
+msgid "The domain cannot be blank."
+msgstr "域不能为空。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:812
+msgid "Domain labels must have less than 64 characters."
+msgstr "域标签必须少于 64 个字符。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:815
+msgid "Domain labels should not start or end with hyphens ('-')."
+msgstr "域标签不得以连字符 ('-') 开头或结尾。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:818
+msgid "Invalid domain"
+msgstr "无效域"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:868
+#, python-format
+msgid "The %s cannot be blank."
+msgstr "%s 不能为空。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:871
+#, python-format
+msgid "Invalid character for %s."
+msgstr "对 %s 无效的字符。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:883
+msgid "Domain labels must have less than 64 characters"
+msgstr "域标签必须少于 64 个字符"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:885
+msgid "A domain label may not begin with a hyphen."
+msgstr "域标签不能以连字符开头。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:888
+msgid "Invalid character for domain name."
+msgstr "对域名称无效的字符。"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:50
+#, python-format
+msgid "Manually Configure: %s"
+msgstr "手动配置:%s"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:52
+msgid ""
+"Enter the configuration for this network connection. All entries must "
+"contain four sets of numbers, 0 to 255, separated by periods."
+msgstr "输入此网络连接的配置。所有条目都必须包含以句点分隔的四组数字(0 到 255)。"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:55
+msgid "IP Address:"
+msgstr "IP 地址:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:56
+msgid "Must be unique for this network"
+msgstr "在此网络中必须是唯一的"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:57
+msgid "Netmask:"
+msgstr "子网掩码:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:58
+msgid "Your subnet use may require a different mask"
+msgstr "您的子网可能需要使用一个不同的掩码"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:59
+msgid "Router:"
+msgstr "路由器:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:60
+msgid "The IP address of the router on this subnet"
+msgstr "此子网上的路由器的 IP 地址"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:61
+msgid "A DNS server was found on the network"
+msgstr "在网络上找到 DNS 服务器"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:62
+msgid "Address of the Domain Name Server"
+msgstr "域名服务器的地址"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:63
+msgid "Domain:"
+msgstr "域:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:64
+msgid "The machine appears to be in this domain"
+msgstr "计算机将出现在此域中"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:65
+msgid "The network's domain name"
+msgstr "网络的域名"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:66
+msgid "NIC:"
+msgstr "NIC:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:67
+msgid "Settings will be applied to this interface"
+msgstr "设置将应用于此接口"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:70
+msgid "Manually Configure: NIC"
+msgstr "手动配置:NIC"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:184
+msgid "IP Address must not be empty"
+msgstr "IP 地址不能为空"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:186
+msgid "Netmask must not be empty"
+msgstr "子网掩码不能为空"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:192
+#, python-format
+msgid "'%s' is not a valid netmask"
+msgstr "'%s' 不是有效的子网掩码"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:228 ../network_nic_configure.py:243
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s must be of the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+msgstr "%s 的格式必须为 xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+
+#: ../network_nic_select.py:49 ../network_nic_select.py:54
+msgid "Manual Network Configuration"
+msgstr "手动网络配置"
+
+#: ../network_nic_select.py:50
+msgid ""
+"Select the one wired network connection to be configured during installation"
+msgstr "选择要在安装期间进行配置的一个有线网络连接"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:54 ../network_type.py:75
+msgid "Network"
+msgstr "网络"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:55
+msgid ""
+"Enter a name for this computer that identifies it on the network. It must be "
+"at least two characters. It can contain letters, numbers, and minus signs "
+"(-)."
+msgstr "输入用于在网络上标识此计算机的名称。它必须至少包含两个字符。它可以包含字母、数字和减号 (-)。"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:58
+msgid "Computer Name: "
+msgstr "计算机名称:"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:59
+msgid "Select how the wired ethernet network connection is configured."
+msgstr "选择有线以太网连接的配置方式。"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:61
+msgid "Automatically"
+msgstr "自动"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:62
+msgid "Automatically configure the connection"
+msgstr "自动配置连接"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:63
+msgid "Manually"
+msgstr "手动"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:64
+msgid "Enter the information on the following screen"
+msgstr "在下面的屏幕上输入信息"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:66
+msgid "Do not configure the network at this time"
+msgstr "此时不配置网络"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:67
+msgid ""
+"No wired network interfaces found. Additional device drivers may be needed."
+msgstr "未发现有线网络接口。可能需要其他设备驱动程序。"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:201
+msgid "A Hostname is required."
+msgstr "主机名是必需的。"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:203
+msgid "A Hostname must be at least two characters."
+msgstr "主机名必须至少包含两个字符。"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:207
+msgid ""
+"Select the wired network configuration: Automatically, Manually, or None."
+msgstr "选择有线网络配置:自动、手动或无。"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:218
+msgid "The Hostname can only contain letters, numbers, and minus signs (-)."
+msgstr "主机名只能包含字母、数字和减号 (-)。"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:253
+msgid "Username must not be blank"
+msgstr "用户名不能为空"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:257
+msgid "Username must start with a letter"
+msgstr "用户名必须以字母开头"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:261
+msgid "Invalid character"
+msgstr "字符无效"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:284
+msgid "User password must be entered."
+msgstr "必须输入用户口令。"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:286
+msgid "Password must contain at least 6 characters."
+msgstr "口令必须至少包含 6 个字符。"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:300
+msgid "Password must contain 1 alphabetical character."
+msgstr "口令必须包含 1 个字母字符。"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:303
+msgid "Password must contain 1 digit/special character."
+msgstr "口令必须包含 1 个数字/特殊字符。"
+
+#: ../summary.py:59 ../summary.py:64
+msgid "System Configuration Summary"
+msgstr "系统配置摘要"
+
+#: ../summary.py:60
+msgid ""
+"Review the settings below before continuing. Go back (F3) to make changes."
+msgstr "在继续操作前查看以下设置。可以后退 (F3) 以进行更改。"
+
+#: ../summary.py:76
+msgid "Apply"
+msgstr "应用"
+
+#: ../summary.py:110
+msgid "Error when generating SC profile\n"
+msgstr "生成 SC 配置文件时出错\n"
+
+#: ../summary.py:112
+msgid "SC profile successfully generated\n"
+msgstr "SC 配置文件已成功生成\n"
+
+#: ../summary.py:128
+msgid "Language: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "语言:*在登录时可以更改以下项。"
+
+#: ../summary.py:132
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default language: %s"
+msgstr "  缺省语言:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:138
+msgid "Keyboard layout: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "键盘布局:*在登录时可以更改以下项。"
+
+#: ../summary.py:140
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default keyboard layout: %s"
+msgstr "  缺省键盘布局:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:145
+#, python-format
+msgid "Terminal type: %s"
+msgstr "终端类型:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:151
+msgid "Users:"
+msgstr "用户:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:158
+msgid "Network:"
+msgstr "网络:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:174
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Computer name: %s"
+msgstr "  计算机名称:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:185
+msgid "  Network Configuration: Automatic"
+msgstr "  网络配置:自动"
+
+#: ../summary.py:187
+msgid "  Network Configuration: None"
+msgstr "  网络配置:无"
+
+#: ../summary.py:189
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Manual Configuration: %s"
+msgstr "  手动配置:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:191
+#, python-format
+msgid "IP Address: %s"
+msgstr "    IP 地址:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:192
+#, python-format
+msgid "Netmask: %s"
+msgstr "    子网掩码:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:194
+#, python-format
+msgid "Router: %s"
+msgstr "    路由器:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:209
+#, python-format
+msgid "Domain: %s"
+msgstr "    域:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:212 ../summary.py:220 ../summary.py:233
+#, python-format
+msgid "Name service: %s"
+msgstr "名称服务: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:215
+msgid "DNS servers: "
+msgstr "DNS 服务器:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:217
+msgid "DNS Domain search list: "
+msgstr "DNS 域搜索列表:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:222
+msgid "LDAP profile: "
+msgstr "LDAP 配置文件:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:223
+msgid "LDAP server's IP: "
+msgstr "LDAP 服务器的 IP:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:224
+msgid "LDAP search base: "
+msgstr "LDAP 搜索基:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:228
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind distinguished name: "
+msgstr "LDAP 代理绑定的标识名:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:230
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind password: [concealed]"
+msgstr "LDAP 代理绑定口令:[隐藏]"
+
+#: ../summary.py:236
+msgid "NIS server: broadcast"
+msgstr "NIS 服务器:广播"
+
+#: ../summary.py:238
+msgid "NIS server's IP: "
+msgstr "NIS 服务器的 IP:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:249
+msgid "  Warning: No root password set"
+msgstr "  警告:没有设置超级用户口令"
+
+#: ../summary.py:251
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Username: %s"
+msgstr "  用户名:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:253
+msgid "  No user account"
+msgstr "  没有用户帐户"
+
+#: ../summary.py:259
+#, python-format
+msgid "Time Zone: %s"
+msgstr "时区:%s"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:53
+msgid "UTC/GMT"
+msgstr "UTC/GMT"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:60 ../timezone.py:84
+msgid "Time Zone"
+msgstr "时区"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:85
+msgid "Select your time zone."
+msgstr "选择您的时区。"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:86
+msgid "Time Zones"
+msgstr "时区"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:88
+msgid "Time Zone: Locations"
+msgstr "时区:位置"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:89
+msgid "Select the location that contains your time zone."
+msgstr "选择包含您的时区的位置。"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:90
+msgid "Locations"
+msgstr "位置"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:93
+msgid "Time Zone: Regions"
+msgstr "时区:区域"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:94
+msgid "Select the region that contains your time zone."
+msgstr "选择包含您的时区的区域。"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:95
+msgid "Regions"
+msgstr "区域"
+
+#: ../users.py:57 ../users.py:79
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr "用户"
+
+#: ../users.py:58
+msgid "Define a root password for the system and user account for yourself."
+msgstr "为系统和您自己的用户帐户定义超级用户口令。"
+
+#: ../users.py:60
+msgid "System Root Password"
+msgstr "系统超级用户口令"
+
+#: ../users.py:61
+msgid "Root password:"
+msgstr "超级用户口令:"
+
+#: ../users.py:62
+msgid "Confirm password:"
+msgstr "确认口令:"
+
+#: ../users.py:63
+msgid "Create a user account"
+msgstr "创建用户帐户"
+
+#: ../users.py:64
+msgid "Your real name:"
+msgstr "您的真实姓名:"
+
+#: ../users.py:65
+msgid "Username:"
+msgstr "用户名:"
+
+#: ../users.py:66
+msgid "User password:"
+msgstr "用户口令:"
+
+#: ../users.py:68
+msgid "No Root Password"
+msgstr "没有超级用户口令"
+
+#: ../users.py:69
+msgid ""
+"A root password has not been defined. The system is completely unsecured.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choose Cancel to set a root password."
+msgstr "尚未定义超级用户口令。系统非常不安全。\n\n请选择“取消”以设置超级用户口令。"
+
+#: ../users.py:72
+msgid "No User Password"
+msgstr "没有用户口令"
+
+#: ../users.py:73
+msgid ""
+"A user password has not been defined. The user account has administrative "
+"privileges so the system is unsecured.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choose Cancel to set a user password."
+msgstr "尚未定义用户口令。该用户帐户具有管理特权,因此系统不安全。\n\n请选择“取消”以设置用户口令。"
+
+#: ../users.py:297
+msgid "Root passwords don't match"
+msgstr "超级用户口令不匹配"
+
+#: ../users.py:300
+msgid "User passwords don't match"
+msgstr "用户口令不匹配"
+
+#: ../users.py:322
+msgid "Enter username or clear all user account fields"
+msgstr "输入用户名或清除所有用户帐户字段"
+
+#: ../users.py:369
+msgid "Passwords don't match"
+msgstr "口令不匹配"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:46
+msgid "System Configuration Tool"
+msgstr "系统配置工具"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:47
+msgid ""
+"System Configuration Tool enables you to specify the following configuration "
+"parameters for your newly-installed Oracle Solaris 11 system:\n"
+msgstr "使用系统配置工具,您可以为新安装的 Oracle Solaris 11 系统指定下列配置参数:\n"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:50
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"System Configuration Tool produces an SMF profile file in %(scprof)s.\n"
+"\n"
+"How to navigate through this tool:"
+msgstr "\n系统配置工具在 %(scprof)s 中生成一个 SMF 配置文件。\n\n如何在此工具中导航:"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:53
+msgid ""
+"Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to move from "
+"screen to screen and to perform other operations."
+msgstr "使用在每个屏幕的底部列出的功能键在屏幕间移动以及执行其他操作。"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:56
+msgid ""
+"Use the up/down arrow keys to change the selection or to move between input "
+"fields."
+msgstr "使用向上/向下方向键更改选择或者在输入字段间移动。"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:58
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard does not have function keys, or they do not respond, press "
+"ESC; the legend at the bottom of the screen will change to show the ESC keys "
+"for navigation and other functions."
+msgstr "如果您的键盘没有功能键,或者它们不响应,请按 ESC 键;屏幕底部的图例将会更改,以显示用于导航和其他功能的 ESC 按键。"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:65
+msgid "Welcome and Navigation Instructions"
+msgstr "欢迎辞和导航说明"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:82
+msgid "network"
+msgstr "网络"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:84
+msgid "system hostname"
+msgstr "系统主机名"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:86
+msgid "time zone"
+msgstr "时区"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:88
+msgid "date and time"
+msgstr "日期和时间"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:90
+msgid "user and root accounts"
+msgstr "用户和超级用户帐户"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:92
+msgid "name services"
+msgstr "名称服务"
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/terminalui.pot	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\nReport-Msgid-Bugs-To: \nPOT-Creation-Date: 2011-07-29 16:17+0900\nPO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\nLast-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\nLanguage-Team: LANGUAGE <[email protected]>\nMIME-Version: 1.0\nContent-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\nContent-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../edit_field.py:341
+#, python-format
+msgid "Max supported field length: %s"
+msgstr "支持的最大字段长度: %s"
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/textinstall.pot	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,670 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2009, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\nReport-Msgid-Bugs-To: \nPOT-Creation-Date: 2011-07-29 11:16+0900\nPO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\nLast-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\nLanguage-Team: LANGUAGE <[email protected]>\nMIME-Version: 1.0\nContent-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\nContent-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:53
+msgid "Oracle Solaris"
+msgstr "Oracle Solaris"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:126
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Exiting Text Installer. Log is available at:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr "正在退出文本安装程序。日志位于:\n%s"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:300
+msgid ""
+"DONT_TRANSLATE_BUT_REPLACE_msgstr_WITH_True_OR_False: Should wrap text on "
+"whitespace in this language"
+msgstr "False:在此语言中,应在空格处对文本进行换行"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:303
+msgid "Confirm: Quit the Installer?"
+msgstr "确认:退出安装程序?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:304
+msgid "Do you want to quit the Installer?"
+msgstr "是否要退出安装程序?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:305 ../disk_selection.py:106
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr "取消"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:306 ../__init__.py:376
+msgid "Quit"
+msgstr "退出"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:313
+#, python-format
+msgid "The %(release)s Text Installer must be run with root privileges"
+msgstr "%(release)s 文本安装程序必须以超级用户特权运行"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:318
+#, python-format
+msgid "Set log location to FILE (default: %default)"
+msgstr "将日志位置设置为 FILE(缺省值:%default)"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:322
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Set log verbosity to LEVEL. In order of increasing verbosity, valid values "
+"are 'error' 'warn' 'info' 'debug' or 'input'\n"
+"[default: %default]"
+msgstr "将日志详细级别设置为 LEVEL。按照详细级别递增的顺序,有效值依次为 'error'、'warn'、'info'、'debug' 或 'input'\n[缺省值:%default]"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:329
+msgid ""
+"Enable debug mode. Sets logging level to 'input' and enables CTRL-C for "
+"killing the program\n"
+msgstr "启用调试模式。将日志记录级别设置为 'input' 并使 CTRL-C 组合键可用来中止程序\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:333
+msgid ""
+"Force the installer to run in black and white. This may be useful on some "
+"SPARC machines with unsupported frame buffers\n"
+msgstr "强制安装程序以黑白模式运行。这在某些具有不受支持的帧缓冲区的 SPARC 计算机上可能很有用\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:338
+msgid ""
+"Runs in 'no installation' mode. When run in 'no installation' mode, no "
+"persistent changes are made to the disks and booted environment\n"
+msgstr "以“不安装”模式运行。以“不安装”模式运行时,不会对磁盘和已引导的环境进行持久性更改\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:365
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"     Terminal too small. Min size is 80x24. Current size is %(x)ix%(y)i."
+msgstr "     终端太小。最小尺寸为 80x24。当前尺寸为 %(x)ix%(y)i。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:371 ../disk_selection.py:107
+msgid "Continue"
+msgstr "继续"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:373
+msgid "Back"
+msgstr "后退"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:375
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr "帮助"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:380
+msgid "Help Topics"
+msgstr "帮助主题"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:381
+msgid "Help Index"
+msgstr "帮助索引"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:382
+msgid "Select a topic and press Continue."
+msgstr "选择一个主题并按“继续”。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:417
+msgid "An unhandled exception occurred."
+msgstr "发生了未经处理的异常。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:422
+msgid "Full traceback data is in the installation log"
+msgstr "完整的跟踪数据在安装日志中"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:423
+msgid "Please file a bug at http://defect.opensolaris.org"
+msgstr "请在 http://defect.opensolaris.org 中报告错误"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:68 ../disk_selection.py:109
+msgid "Disks"
+msgstr "磁盘"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:69
+#, python-format
+msgid "Where should %(release)s be installed?"
+msgstr "应将 %(release)s 安装在何处?"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:70
+#, python-format
+msgid "Recommended size:  %(recommend).1fGB      Minimum size: %(min).1fGB"
+msgstr "建议大小:%(recommend).1fGB      最小大小:%(min).1fGB"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:72
+msgid "Seeking disks on system"
+msgstr "在系统上查找磁盘"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:73 ../fdisk_partitions.py:66
+msgid "The following partitions were found on the disk."
+msgstr "在磁盘上找到了以下分区。"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:74 ../fdisk_partitions.py:69
+msgid "The following slices were found on the disk."
+msgstr "在磁盘上找到了以下分片。"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:75 ../fdisk_partitions.py:67
+msgid "A partition table was not found. The following is proposed."
+msgstr "找不到分区表。建议使用以下项。"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:77 ../fdisk_partitions.py:70
+msgid "A VTOC label was not found. The following is proposed."
+msgstr "找不到 VTOC 标签。建议使用以下项。"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:79
+msgid "A GPT labeled disk was found. The following is proposed."
+msgstr "找到带 GPT 标签的磁盘。建议使用以下项。"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:81
+msgid "Too small"
+msgstr "太小"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:82
+#, python-format
+msgid "Limited to %.1f TB"
+msgstr "限制为 %.1f TB"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:83
+msgid "GPT labeled disk"
+msgstr "带 GPT 标签的磁盘"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:84
+msgid "No disks found. Additional device drivers may be needed."
+msgstr "找不到磁盘。可能需要其他设备驱动程序。"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:86
+#, python-format
+msgid "%(release)s cannot be installed on any disk"
+msgstr "无法在任何磁盘上安装 %(release)s"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:87
+msgid ""
+"An error occurred while searching for installation targets. Please check the "
+"install log and file a bug at defect.opensolaris.org."
+msgstr "搜索安装目标时发生错误。请检查安装日志并在 defect.opensolaris.org 中报告错误。"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:91
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "类型"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:92 ../disk_window.py:64 ../disk_window.py:67
+#: ../disk_window.py:72 ../disk_window.py:76
+msgid "Size(GB)"
+msgstr "大小(GB)"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:93 ../fdisk_partitions.py:55
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:89
+msgid "Boot"
+msgstr "引导"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:94
+msgid "Device"
+msgstr "设备"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:95
+msgid "Manufacturer"
+msgstr "生产商"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:96
+msgid "Notes"
+msgstr "附注"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:99
+msgid "Warning"
+msgstr "警告"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:100
+#, python-format
+msgid "Only the first %.1fTB can be used."
+msgstr "仅可使用前 %.1fTB。"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:101
+msgid ""
+"You have chosen a GPT labeled disk. Installing onto a GPT labeled disk will "
+"cause the loss of all existing data and the disk will be relabeled as SMI."
+msgstr "您选择了一个带 GPT 标签的磁盘。安装到带 GPT 标签的磁盘上将导致所有现有数据丢失并且磁盘将被重新标记为 SMI。"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:63 ../disk_window.py:66
+msgid "Primary"
+msgstr "主"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:63 ../disk_window.py:66
+msgid "Logical"
+msgstr "逻辑"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:68 ../disk_window.py:77
+msgid " Avail"
+msgstr " 可用"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:70 ../disk_window.py:74
+msgid "Slice"
+msgstr "分片"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:341
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d more partitions"
+msgstr "%d 个以上分区"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:343
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d more slices"
+msgstr "%d 个以上分片"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:775 ../disk_window.py:785
+msgid "Only the digits 0-9 and \".\" are valid."
+msgstr "只有数字 0-9 和 \".\" 有效。"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:778
+msgid "A number can only have one \".\""
+msgstr "一个数字只能有一个 \".\"。"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:787
+msgid "Size can be specified to only one decimal place."
+msgstr "大小只能指定为包含一个小数位。"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:803
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"The new size (%(size).1f) is greater than the available space (%(avail).1f)"
+msgstr "新大小 (%(size).1f) 大于可用空间 (%(avail).1f)"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:56
+#, python-format
+msgid "Fdisk Partitions: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+msgstr "Fdisk 分区:%(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:57 ../fdisk_partitions.py:84
+msgid "Solaris Partition Slices"
+msgstr "Solaris 分区分片"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:58
+#, python-format
+msgid "Solaris Slices: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+msgstr "Solaris 分片:%(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:59
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"%(release)s can be installed on the whole disk or a partition on the disk."
+msgstr "%(release)s 可以安装在整个磁盘上,也可以安装在磁盘上的分区中。"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:61
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"%(release)s can be installed in the whole fdisk partition or within a slice "
+"in the partition"
+msgstr "%(release)s 可以安装在整个 fdisk 分区中,也可以安装在分区中的分片内"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:64
+#, python-format
+msgid "%(release)s can be installed on the whole disk or a slice on the disk."
+msgstr "%(release)s 可以安装在整个磁盘上,也可以安装在磁盘中的分片上。"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:72
+msgid "Use the whole disk"
+msgstr "使用整个磁盘"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:73
+msgid "Use the whole partition"
+msgstr "使用整个分区"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:74
+msgid "Use a slice in the partition"
+msgstr "使用分区中的分片"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:75
+msgid "Use a partition of the disk"
+msgstr "使用磁盘的分区"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:76
+msgid "Use a slice on the disk"
+msgstr "使用磁盘上的分片"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:79
+msgid "Solaris Slices"
+msgstr "Solaris 分片"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:82
+msgid "Fdisk Partitions"
+msgstr "Fdisk 分区"
+
+#: ../install_progress.py:46
+#, python-format
+msgid "Installing %(release)s"
+msgstr "正在安装 %(release)s"
+
+#: ../install_progress.py:49
+msgid ""
+"Do you want to quit the Installer?\n"
+"\n"
+"Any changes made to the disk by the Installer will be left \"as is.\""
+msgstr "是否要退出安装程序?\n\n安装程序对磁盘所做的任何更改都将保留原样。"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:48
+msgid "Installation Complete"
+msgstr "安装完成"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:49
+msgid "Installation Failed"
+msgstr "安装失败"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:51
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"The installation of %(release)s has completed successfully.\n"
+"\n"
+"Reboot to start the newly installed software or Quit if you wish to perform "
+"additional tasks before rebooting.\n"
+"\n"
+"The installation log is available at %(log_tmp)s. After reboot it can be "
+"found at %(log_final)s."
+msgstr "%(release)s 的安装已成功完成。\n\n请重新引导以启动新安装的软件,或者退出(如果您想在重新引导前执行其他任务)\n\n安装日志位于 %(log_tmp)s。重新引导后,可以在 %(log_final)s 处找到该日志。"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:60
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"The installation did not complete normally.\n"
+"\n"
+"For more information you can review the installation log.\n"
+"The installation log is available at %(log_tmp)s"
+msgstr "安装没有正常完成。\n\n有关更多信息,可以查看安装日志。\n安装日志位于 %(log_tmp)s"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:80
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "重新引导"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:83
+msgid "View Log"
+msgstr "查看日志"
+
+#: ../log_viewer.py:41
+msgid "Installation Log"
+msgstr "安装日志"
+
+#: ../log_viewer.py:76
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Could not read log file:\n"
+"\t%s"
+msgstr "无法读取日志文件:\n\t%s"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:59
+msgid ""
+"Oracle Solaris will be installed into the Solaris partition. A partition's "
+"type can be changed using the F5 key.\n"
+"\n"
+"A partition's size can be increased up to its Avail space. Avail space can "
+"be increased by deleting an adjacent partition. Delete a partition by "
+"changing it to \"Unused\" using the F5 key.\n"
+"\n"
+"The four primary partition slots are listed on the left. If one is an "
+"\"Extended\" partition its logical partitions are listed on the right."
+msgstr "Oracle Solaris 将安装到 Solaris 分区中。可以使用 F5 键更改分区的类型。\n\n分区的大小最大可增大到其可用空间。可以通过删除某个相邻的分区来增大可用空间。可以通过使用 F5 键将某个分区更改为“未使用”来删除该分区。\n\n左侧列出了四个主分区插槽。如果某个分区是“扩展”分区,则会在右侧列出其逻辑分区。"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:71
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"%(release)s will be installed in the \"%(pool)s\" slice. Use the F5 key to "
+"change a slice to \"%(pool)s.\"\n"
+"\n"
+"A slice's size can be increased up to its Avail size. Avail can be increased "
+"by deleting an adjacent slice. Use the F5 key to delete a slice by changing "
+"it to \"Unused.\"\n"
+"\n"
+"Slices are listed in disk layout order."
+msgstr "%(release)s 将安装到 \"%(pool)s\" 分片中。使用 F5 键可以将一个分片更改为 \"%(pool)s\"。\n\n分片的大小最大可增大到其可用大小。可以通过删除某个相邻的分片来增大可用大小。可以通过使用 F5 键将某个分片更改为“未使用”来删除该分片。\n\n分片按磁盘布局顺序列出。"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:80
+#, python-format
+msgid "Select Partition: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+msgstr "选择分区:%(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:82
+msgid "Select Slice in Fdisk Partition"
+msgstr "选择 Fdisk 分区中的分片"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:83
+#, python-format
+msgid "Select Slice: %(size).1fGB %(type)s%(bootable)s"
+msgstr "选择分片:%(size).1fGB %(type)s%(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:85
+msgid "indicates the slice's current content will be destroyed"
+msgstr "指示分片的当前内容将被销毁"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:87
+msgid "indicates the partition's current content will be destroyed"
+msgstr "指示分区的当前内容将被销毁"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:93 ../partition_edit_screen.py:99
+msgid "Select Slice"
+msgstr "选择分片"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:96
+msgid "Select Partition"
+msgstr "选择分区"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:141
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr "重置"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:142
+msgid "Change Type"
+msgstr "更改类型"
+
+#: ../summary.py:61 ../summary.py:66
+msgid "Installation Summary"
+msgstr "安装摘要"
+
+#: ../summary.py:62
+msgid ""
+"Review the settings below before installing. Go back (F3) to make changes."
+msgstr "在安装前查看以下设置。可以后退 (F3) 以进行更改。"
+
+#: ../summary.py:72
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "安装"
+
+#: ../summary.py:111
+#, python-format
+msgid "Software: %s"
+msgstr "软件:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:117
+msgid "Language: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "语言:*在登录时可以更改以下项。"
+
+#: ../summary.py:121
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default language: %s"
+msgstr "  缺省语言:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:124
+msgid "Keyboard layout: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "键盘布局:*在登录时可以更改以下项。"
+
+#: ../summary.py:126
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default keyboard layout: %s"
+msgstr "  缺省键盘布局:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:129
+#, python-format
+msgid "Terminal type: %s"
+msgstr "终端类型:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:132
+msgid "Users:"
+msgstr "用户:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:135
+msgid "Network:"
+msgstr "网络:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:147
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Computer name: %s"
+msgstr "  计算机名称:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:152
+msgid "  Network Configuration: Automatic"
+msgstr "  网络配置:自动"
+
+#: ../summary.py:154
+msgid "  Network Configuration: None"
+msgstr "  网络配置:无"
+
+#: ../summary.py:156
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Manual Configuration: %s"
+msgstr "  手动配置:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:158
+#, python-format
+msgid "    IP Address: %s"
+msgstr "    IP 地址:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:159
+#, python-format
+msgid "    Netmask: %s"
+msgstr "    子网掩码:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:161
+#, python-format
+msgid "    Router: %s"
+msgstr "    路由器:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:172
+#, python-format
+msgid "Domain: %s"
+msgstr "    域:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:175 ../summary.py:185 ../summary.py:198
+#, python-format
+msgid "Name service: %s"
+msgstr "名称服务: %s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:179
+msgid "DNS servers: "
+msgstr "DNS 服务器:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:181
+msgid "DNS Domain search list: "
+msgstr "DNS 域搜索列表:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:187
+msgid "LDAP profile: "
+msgstr "LDAP 配置文件:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:188
+msgid "LDAP server's IP: "
+msgstr "LDAP 服务器的 IP:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:189
+msgid "LDAP search base: "
+msgstr "LDAP 搜索基:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:193
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind distinguished name: "
+msgstr "LDAP 代理绑定的标识名:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:195
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind password: [concealed]"
+msgstr "LDAP 代理绑定口令:[隐藏]"
+
+#: ../summary.py:201
+msgid "NIS server: broadcast"
+msgstr "NIS 服务器:广播"
+
+#: ../summary.py:203
+msgid "NIS server's IP: "
+msgstr "NIS 服务器的 IP:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:214
+msgid "  Warning: No root password set"
+msgstr "  警告:没有设置超级用户口令"
+
+#: ../summary.py:216
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Username: %s"
+msgstr "  用户名:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:218
+msgid "  No user account"
+msgstr "  没有用户帐户"
+
+#: ../summary.py:228
+#, python-format
+msgid "Disk: %(disk-size).1fGB %(disk-type)s"
+msgstr "磁盘:%(disk-size).1fGB %(disk-type)s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:238
+#, python-format
+msgid "Partition: %(part-size).1fGB %(part-type)s"
+msgstr "分区:%(part-size).1fGB %(part-type)s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:246
+#, python-format
+msgid "Slice %(slice-num)s: %(slice-size).1fGB %(pool)s"
+msgstr "分片 %(slice-num)s:%(slice-size).1fGB %(pool)s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:257
+#, python-format
+msgid "Time Zone: %s"
+msgstr "时区:%s"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:40
+#, python-format
+msgid "Welcome to %(release)s"
+msgstr "欢迎使用 %(release)s"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:41
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Thanks for choosing to install %(release)s! This installer enables you to "
+"install the %(release)s Operating System (OS) on SPARC or x86 systems.\n"
+"\n"
+"The installation log will be at %(log)s.\n"
+"\n"
+"How to navigate through this installer:"
+msgstr "感谢您选择安装 %(release)s!使用此安装程序,您可以在 SPARC 或 x86 系统上安装 %(release)s 操作系统 (Operating System, OS)。\n\n安装日志将位于 %(log)s 中。\n\n如何在此安装程序中导航:"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:46
+msgid ""
+"Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to move from "
+"screen to screen and to perform other operations."
+msgstr "使用在每个屏幕的底部列出的功能键在屏幕间移动以及执行其他操作。"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:49
+msgid ""
+"Use the up/down arrow keys to change the selection or to move between input "
+"fields."
+msgstr "使用向上/向下方向键更改选择或者在输入字段间移动。"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:51
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard does not have function keys, or they do not respond, press "
+"ESC; the legend at the bottom of the screen will change to show the ESC keys "
+"for navigation and other functions."
+msgstr "如果您的键盘没有功能键,或者它们不响应,请按 ESC 键;屏幕底部的图例将会更改,以显示用于导航和其他功能的 ESC 按键。"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:57
+msgid "Welcome and Navigation Instructions"
+msgstr "欢迎辞和导航说明"
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/date_time.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+日期和时间
+
+通过该屏幕,可以设置或重置计算机的内部时钟。 
+
+如果可能,该屏幕的初始设置将是计算机的当前内部时钟设置。
+
+过程
+
+要退出该帮助屏幕,请按 F3 键。然后,在安装程序屏幕中,通过按 F2 键可以接受该屏幕中的初始设置。也可以使用方向键来移动至各个可编辑字段并键入新设置。然后按 F2 键继续进行新设置。 
+
+注:如果键入的项无效,屏幕上会显示错误消息。
+
+如果更改后月份的天数比当前“日”设置的天数少,“日”设置会自动更改成新月份的最后一天。 
+
+导航
+
+使用各个屏幕底部列出的功能键在屏幕之间导航。使用方向键在各个屏幕的文本间移动。
+
+注:如果您的键盘没有功能键,或者按键不响应,请按 ESC 键以查看用于导航的替代 ESC 按键。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_search.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+DNS 搜索列表
+
+指定附加的 DNS 域。从 DNS 服务器搜索地址时,系统将使用这些域。
+
+指导
+
+搜索域是可选项。如果未指定域,将使用缺省搜索域(由此系统的域组成)。
+
+最多可以指定六个搜索域。
+
+过程
+
+从最上面的输入字段开始,输入域名。
+
+如果系统当前正在使用某个 DNS 搜索列表,则会将这些域作为缺省值输入到字段中。这些缺省值是可以更改的。
+
+导航
+
+使用各个屏幕底部列出的功能键可在屏幕之间导航。使用方向键可在字段间导航。
+     
+注:如果键盘没有功能键,或者按键不响应,按 Esc 键可以查看用于导航的替代 Esc 按键。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_server.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+DNS 服务器地址
+
+指定将由系统使用的 DNS 服务器的 IP 地址。
+
+指导
+
+可以指定一至三台名称服务器。DNS 将使用这些名称服务器来解析其他系统的名称。
+
+要确定 DNS 服务器的地址,请与系统管理员联系。
+
+过程
+
+以数字格式输入 IP 地址(例如,198.0.0.1)。
+
+如果系统当前正在使用 DNS 服务器,则会将这些服务器的 IP 地址作为缺省值输入到字段中。这些缺省值是可以更改的。
+
+导航
+
+使用各个屏幕底部列出的功能键可在屏幕之间导航。使用方向键可在字段间导航。
+     
+注:如果键盘没有功能键,或者按键不响应,按 Esc 键可以查看用于导航的替代 Esc 按键。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/domain.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+域名
+
+将系统标识为某个名称服务域的一部分。
+
+指导
+
+要确定域名,请与系统管理员联系。或者,在以前安装的系统上使用 domainname(1M) 命令。
+
+通常,域名由以句点分隔的二至四个短名称组成。
+
+过程
+
+在编辑字段中输入域名。
+
+导航
+
+使用各个屏幕底部列出的功能键可在屏幕之间导航。使用方向键可在字段间导航。
+     
+注:如果键盘没有功能键,或者按键不响应,按 Esc 键可以查看用于导航的替代 Esc 按键。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_profile.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+LDAP 配置文件
+
+指定将用于在系统上配置 LDAP 名称服务的配置文件。还可指定从中检索该配置文件的服务器的地址。“LDAP 配置文件”屏幕还可指定 LDAP 搜索基。
+
+指导
+
+指定的 LDIF 配置文件(使用 ldap_gen_profile 命令创建)将提供缺省格式,其中包含与服务器集通信所需的所有正确设置。该配置文件还可确保 ldap_cachemgr(1M) 能够自动更新配置文件。
+
+LDAP 搜索基是必需的。将自动提供一个基于之前输入的域名的缺省值。
+
+如果要在不使用配置文件的情况下在此系统上配置 LDAP,请将名称服务类型选择为“无”。安装完成后,手动配置名称服务。
+
+过程
+
+-在最上面的输入字段中输入配置文件名称。
+-输入配置文件服务器的数字 IP 地址。
+-输入搜索基。
+
+导航
+
+使用各个屏幕底部列出的功能键可在屏幕之间导航。使用方向键可在字段间导航。
+     
+注:如果键盘没有功能键,或者按键不响应,按 Esc 键可以查看用于导航的替代 Esc 按键。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_proxy.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+LDAP 代理
+
+指定是否要提供 LDAP 代理绑定信息;如果要提供,则指定代理绑定标识名和代理绑定口令。
+
+指导
+
+如果所使用的配置文件指定了代理凭证级别,并且验证方法不是“无”,则将需要提供代理绑定信息。
+
+如果选择不提供代理绑定信息,但该信息又是必需的,则将生成错误,并且不会对 LDAP 进行初始化。网络管理员可以提供 LDAP 代理绑定信息。
+
+过程
+
+输入代理绑定标识名。输入代理绑定口令。
+
+导航
+
+使用各个屏幕底部列出的功能键可在屏幕之间导航。使用方向键可在字段间导航。
+     
+注:如果键盘没有功能键,或者按键不响应,按 Esc 键可以查看用于导航的替代 Esc 按键。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/name_service.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+名称服务选择
+
+指定系统与名称服务的关系。
+
+指导
+
+系统管理员应知道此系统要使用的名称服务。
+
+过程
+
+要选择 DNS 作为名称服务,请导航至“DNS 名称服务”屏幕,然后使用方向键突出显示“配置 DNS”。
+
+要选择 LDAP 或 NIS 名称服务,请导航到“替代名称服务”屏幕,然后使用方向键突出显示对应的选项。
+
+导航
+
+使用各个屏幕底部列出的功能键可在屏幕之间导航。使用方向键可在字段间导航。
+     
+注:如果键盘没有功能键,或者按键不响应,按 Esc 键可以查看用于导航的替代 Esc 按键。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+网络
+
+该屏幕提示您键入计算机主机名,并指定应如何配置网络连接。
+
+过程
+
+要退出该帮助屏幕,请按 F3 键。然后,在安装程序屏幕中按如下所述输入网络信息:
+
+* 计算机名称-该屏幕包括计算机名称的可编辑字段。该可编辑字段将会突出显示。选择了计算机主机名字段后,键入用于在网络上标识该计算机的名称。请注意以下限制:
+
+     * 主机名至少必须包含两个字符。 
+     * 主机名可以包含字母、数字和减号 (-)。
+
+* 网络连接-使用方向键从以下选项中选择网络连接选项:                 
+
+     自动-使用 DHCP 配置连接。
+     手动-如果选择该选项,则要在后续屏幕中选择并配置有线网络接口。 
+     无-安装期间不配置网络。
+ 
+按 F2 键继续进入下一个屏幕。 
+
+导航
+
+使用各个屏幕底部列出的功能键在屏幕之间导航。使用方向键在各个屏幕的文本间移动。
+
+注:如果您的键盘没有功能键,或者按键不响应,请按 ESC 键以查看用于导航的替代 ESC 按键。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network_manual.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+手动网络配置
+
+通过一个或多个手动网络屏幕,您可以手动设置计算机的网络设置。首先,如果有多个接口,则要选择要配置的连接。然后,键入该连接的设置。 
+
+注:安装期间只能配置一个连接。
+
+指导
+
+这些屏幕包括可编辑字段,选择这些字段时它们会突出显示。使用方向键来选择各个字段。选择字段后,可以在该字段中键入您的设置。
+
+过程
+
+要退出该帮助屏幕,请按 F3 键。然后,按如下所述完成相应手动配置信息:
+
+1. 如果有多个接口,请在第一个屏幕中,使用方向键突出显示要配置的连接。然后,按 F2 键继续进入下一个屏幕。
+
+2. 使用方向键移动到要配置的连接对应的各个配置字段。
+
+注:对于安装程序自动检测到配置信息的字段,将会显示相应配置信息。 
+
+3. 对于各个配置字段,您可以键入连接设置,也可以接受缺省值。请遵循屏幕中所指定的对于各字段的限制。对于以下字段,请键入设置或接受缺省值:
+	* IP 地址-必填字段
+	* 网络掩码-必填字段
+	* 路由器-可选字段
+	* DNS-可选字段
+	* 域-可选字段
+
+然后,按 F2 键进入下一个屏幕继续配置所指定的网络设置。 
+
+导航
+
+使用各个屏幕底部列出的功能键在屏幕之间导航。使用方向键在各个屏幕的文本间移动。
+
+注:如果您的键盘没有功能键,或者按键不响应,请按 ESC 键以查看用于导航的替代 ESC 按键。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/nis.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+NIS 名称服务
+
+指定如何查找系统的 NIS 名称服务器。
+
+指导
+
+如果选择“查找一个”,软件将尝试找到一个名称服务器。名称服务器必须驻留在本地子网上。
+
+如果选择“指定一个”,将显示一个子屏幕。请在该子屏幕中输入名称服务器的 IP 地址。
+
+过程
+
+使用方向键突出显示所需的选项。
+
+导航
+
+使用各个屏幕底部列出的功能键可在屏幕之间导航。使用方向键可在字段间导航。
+     
+注:如果键盘没有功能键,或者按键不响应,按 Esc 键可以查看用于导航的替代 Esc 按键。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+系统配置汇总
+
+通过该屏幕,可以查看和确认配置设置。
+
+过程
+
+要退出该帮助屏幕,请按 F3 键。然后,在“汇总”屏幕中,查看您的配置设置。
+
+可选:如果要更改您的选择,请根据需要重复按 F3 键,直至返回到要更改的屏幕。在前面的这些屏幕中进行更改,然后前进回到该“汇总”屏幕。
+
+按 F2 键将配置应用到系统。 
+
+导航
+
+使用各个屏幕底部列出的功能键在屏幕之间导航。使用方向键在各个屏幕的文本间移动。
+
+注:如果您的键盘没有功能键,或者按键不响应,请按 ESC 键以查看用于导航的替代 ESC 按键。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/timezone.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+时区
+
+通过顺序显示的多个屏幕,可以为要安装的系统键入正确的时区。选择通常使用计算机时所在的时区或位置。如果可能,安装程序将使用计算机内部设置的时区作为缺省时区。 
+
+安装程序顺序显示三个屏幕:“区域”屏幕、“位置”屏幕和“时区”屏幕。 
+
+在第一个屏幕中,可以选择大致区域,如“欧洲”。在下一个屏幕中,安装程序会显示选定区域内的位置,如“法国”或“西班牙”。第三个屏幕则显示选定位置内的时区。 
+
+注:如果在“区域”屏幕中选择了 "UTC/GMT",则会跳过“位置”屏幕和“时区”屏幕。
+
+过程
+
+要退出该帮助屏幕,请按 F3 键。然后,在各个安装程序屏幕中,可以按 F2 键接受缺省选择。也可以使用方向键来突出显示其他选择,然后按 F2 键继续进入下一个屏幕。
+
+导航
+
+使用各个屏幕底部列出的功能键在屏幕之间导航。使用方向键在各个屏幕的文本间移动。
+
+注:如果您的键盘没有功能键,或者按键不响应,请按 ESC 键以查看用于导航的替代 ESC 按键。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/users.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+用户
+
+在该屏幕中,可以为安装的系统键入超级用户口令并定义用户帐户。
+
+指导
+
+     * 超级用户口令和用户帐户都是可选的。但是,建议您填写屏幕中的所有字段。
+
+     * 用户帐户仅需一个用户名即可使帐户生效。   
+    
+     * 用户名字段具有以下限制:
+          
+          * 用户名不能是 root。
+          * 用户名必须以字母开头。
+          * 用户名必须包含来自集合 [a-zA-Z0-9_.-] 的字符。
+
+     * 如果键入的项无效,会针对该字段显示错误消息。
+
+过程
+
+要退出该帮助屏幕,请按 F3 键。然后,在“用户”屏幕中,使用方向键移动至各个可编辑字段。在每个字段中键入您的信息。按 F2 键继续进入下一个屏幕。 
+
+导航
+
+使用各个屏幕底部列出的功能键在屏幕之间导航。使用方向键在各个屏幕的文本间移动。
+
+注:如果您的键盘没有功能键,或者按键不响应,请按 ESC 键以查看用于导航的替代 ESC 按键。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+欢迎
+
+使用该系统工具,可以在 SPARC 或 x86 系统上配置 Oracle Solaris 操作系统 (Operating System, OS)。
+
+过程
+
+要退出该帮助屏幕,请按 F3 键。然后,在“欢迎”屏幕中,按 F2 键继续进入下一个屏幕。
+
+导航
+
+不能使用鼠标在安装屏幕之间导航,而是要使用功能键进行导航。每个屏幕的可用功能键都会列在屏幕底部。例如:
+
+F2_继续-按 F2 键移动到下一个屏幕。按 F2 键后,该工具会处理您在该屏幕中做出任何选择或键入的项。F3_返回-按 F3 键返回到上一个屏幕。F6_帮助-按 F6 键查看该屏幕的“帮助”内容。F9_退出-按 F9 键退出该工具而不配置系统。
+
+在每个屏幕中,可以使用方向键执行以下任何操作:
+* 在屏幕文本间移动。* 更改突出显示选项。* 移至需要键入信息的字段。
+
+注:如果您的键盘没有功能键,或者按键不响应,请按 ESC 键。屏幕底部的图例将会更改,以显示用于导航和其他功能的 ESC 按键。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/disks.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+磁盘
+
+该屏幕显示可用作安装目标的内部磁盘和外部存储设备。安装程序启动时必须已插入设备,这些设备才能被安装程序识别。 
+
+注:安装期间不需要设置镜像配置。安装后可以使用 ZFS attach 命令执行该任务。如果打算设置镜像配置,请记住,第二个磁盘的容量必须大于或等于安装目标。 
+
+警告:请注意以下有关 x86 安装的重要注意事项:
+
+	* 如果先前没有对磁盘进行分区,缺省情况下安装将覆盖整个磁盘布局。但是,您可以在安装程序屏幕中修改缺省选择,以安装到某个小于整个磁盘的新的 Solaris 分区。
+
+	* 如果磁盘上存在一个 Solaris 分区,并且安装对分区不进行任何修改,则安装仅覆盖该 Solaris 分区。其他现有分区不会被更改。 
+
+注:在完成安装程序选择屏幕并开始实际的安装过程之前,不会对系统进行任何实际更改。
+
+大小
+
+将会显示 Oracle Solaris OS 安装的建议大小和最小大小。以千兆字节为单位显示每个设备的大小。 
+
+* 将会对因过小而无法成功进行安装的磁盘进行标记。 
+
+* 有些设备可能很大,Oracle Solaris 安装可能不需要使用设备上的全部空间。对于这些设备,将会指定最大安装大小。
+
+分区或分片
+
+屏幕的第一部分会列出可用设备。缺省情况下会突出显示一个设备。屏幕的下一部分显示当前突出显示设备的分区或分片信息。对于 x86 格式的设备,将列出分区。对于 SPARC 格式的设备,将列出分片。
+
+如果要查看其他设备的分区或分片信息,可以使用方向键来选择该设备。屏幕会发生变化,以显示所选设备的分区或分片信息。
+
+如果设备多于四个,重复按向上/向下方向键可滚动至其他设备。 
+
+注意:如果设备没有现有分区或分片,屏幕会显示建议的分区或分片设置。在这种情况下,安装期间会销毁设备上的所有现有数据。
+
+过程
+
+要退出该帮助屏幕,请按 F3 键。然后,在安装程序屏幕中,选择以下选项之一:
+
+     * 如果要安装到当前突出显示的设备,请选择 F2 键,安装会继续进入下一个屏幕。
+
+     * 如果要选择其他设备进行安装,请使用方向键突出显示您的首选设备。屏幕上将会显示所选设备的分区或分片信息。然后按 F2 键继续。 
+
+导航
+
+使用各个屏幕底部列出的功能键在屏幕之间导航。使用方向键在各个屏幕的文本间移动。
+
+注:如果您的键盘没有功能键,或者按键不响应,请按 ESC 键以查看用于导航的替代 ESC 按键。
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+SPARC:SOLARIS 分片
+
+该屏幕显示您在上一个屏幕中选择的 SPARC 存储设备的 VTOC 分片。将会按照布局顺序列出这些分片。 
+
+过程
+
+要退出该帮助屏幕,请按 F3 键。然后,在安装程序屏幕中,使用方向键突出显示“使用整个磁盘”或“使用磁盘上的分片”。 
+
+     * 如果选择“使用磁盘上的分片”,您可以在下一个屏幕中选择要用于安装的分片,并对分片布局进行更改。
+
+     * 如果选择“使用整个磁盘”,安装程序会记录您的选择,并继续进行下一项任务。
+
+       注意:选择“使用整个磁盘”会在安装期间清除磁盘上的所有内容。磁盘会被新的 Oracle Solaris OS 覆盖。 
+
+按 F2 键继续进入下一个屏幕。
+
+导航
+
+使用各个屏幕底部列出的功能键在屏幕之间导航。使用方向键在各个屏幕的文本间移动。
+
+注:如果您的键盘没有功能键,或者按键不响应,请按 ESC 键以查看用于导航的替代 ESC 按键。
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices_select.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+SPARC:选择分片
+
+通过该屏幕,可以选择要用于安装的 VTOC 分片。要指出将用于安装的分片,请选择分片并将其类型更改为 rpool。也可以选择调整 rpool 的大小。
+
+该屏幕会显示您在先前屏幕中选择的设备的现有分片。分片的显示顺序与分片在设备中的布局顺序相同。将会显示每个分片的当前大小和最大可用大小。
+
+指导
+
+* 设备中只能有一个 rpool。而且,Oracle Solaris 将安装在 rpool 中。 
+
+* rpool 的大小可以增加至最大可用大小。如果分片显示为“未使用”,将会在“可用”列显示其可用空间。可以将分片改为“未使用”,使其空间可供相邻分片使用。
+
+* 红色星号指示安装期间将销毁分片的内容。如果用户没有对分片进行显式更改,分片内容会在安装期间得以保留。
+
+注:安装期间不需要设置镜像配置。安装后可以使用 ZFS attach 命令执行该任务。如果打算设置镜像配置,请记住,第二个磁盘的容量必须大于或等于安装目标。 
+
+如何修改屏幕内容
+
+可以使用以下任何选项来修改屏幕内容:
+
+     * F5_更改类型-突出显示分片后,重复按 F5 键以遍历各个分片类型,直至显示所需的类型。
+
+     * 可编辑字段-如果已突出显示选定字段,可以在该字段中键入更改内容。
+
+     * F7_重置-按 F7 键将该屏幕中的所有数据恢复至原始设置。
+
+过程
+
+要退出该帮助屏幕,请按 F3 键。然后,在安装程序屏幕中,使用方向键选择目标分片(如果尚未选择目标分片)。如果选择的分片类型不是 rpool,请重复按 F5 键以遍历各个类型,直至显示类型 rpool。 
+
+重要信息:设备中只能有一个 rpool。
+
+可选:您可以按下文所述对分片布局进行进一步的选择性修改,然后按 F2 键继续进入下一个屏幕。您所做的更改将在安装期间实现。要记录布局更改,请先使用方向键突出显示要修改的分片。然后执行以下任何操作:
+
+	* 删除分片-重复按 F5 键以遍历各个类型,直至显示类型“未使用”。分片为“未使用”时,其空间可供相邻分片使用。
+
+	* 更改分片类型-按 F5 键并更改分片类型。例如,将类型更改为 rpool。 
+	
+	* 调整分片大小-如果已突出显示选定分片的大小,您可以调整该分片的大小。在该可编辑字段中键入新的大小,上限是可用的最大大小。 
+
+	* 创建新的分片-选择未使用的分片。按 F5 键,将分片类型从“未使用”更改为其他类型(如 rpool)。 
+
+注:可以使用 F7 键取消您所做的更改。 
+
+导航
+
+使用各个屏幕底部列出的功能键在屏幕之间导航。使用方向键在各个屏幕的文本间移动。
+
+注:如果您的键盘没有功能键,或者按键不响应,请按 ESC 键以查看用于导航的替代 ESC 按键。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+安装汇总
+
+通过该屏幕,可以查看和确认安装详细说明。
+
+过程
+
+要退出该帮助屏幕,请按 F3 键。然后,在“安装汇总”屏幕中,查看您的安装选择。
+
+可选:如果要更改安装选择,请根据需要重复按 F3 键,直至返回到要更改的屏幕。在前面的这些屏幕中进行更改,然后前进回到该“安装汇总”屏幕。
+
+按 F2 键开始安装。 
+
+注意:按 F2 键时安装便会开始。安装进行过程中,建议您不要中断安装。未完成的安装可能会使磁盘处于不确定的状态。
+
+安装之后
+
+安装期间,将会显示一个进度指示条。安装完成时,最后一个屏幕会显示安装结果。然后可以按 F4 键查看安装日志 /tmp/install_log。 
+
+安装成功后,可以执行以下任一操作: 
+
+     * 在安装程序中,按 F4 键查看安装日志。 
+
+     * 重新引导以启动新安装的软件。重新引导后,您可以在 /var/sadm/system/logs/install_log 中查看安装日志。	
+
+     * 如果要在重新引导前执行其他任务,请按 F9 键退出安装程序。 
+
+如果安装失败,可按 F4 键查看安装日志。然后,按 F9 键退出安装程序。根据需要进行任何更正,然后重新启动安装程序。
+
+导航
+
+使用各个屏幕底部列出的功能键在屏幕之间导航。使用方向键在各个屏幕的文本间移动。
+
+注:如果您的键盘没有功能键,或者按键不响应,请按 ESC 键以查看用于导航的替代 ESC 按键。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+欢迎
+
+通过该文本安装程序,可以在 SPARC 或 x86 系统上安装 Oracle Solaris 操作系统 (Operating System, OS)。特别是,该安装程序可以在没有或不需要图形卡的计算机上使用。
+
+注:Oracle Solaris OS 的这个初始安装会用新版本的 Oracle Solaris OS 覆盖现有的 Solaris 或 Oracle Solaris OS。如果要升级现有的 Oracle Solaris OS,请使用 pkg(1) 命令或软件包管理器应用程序,而不使用此安装程序。
+
+过程
+
+要退出该帮助屏幕,请按 F3 键。然后,在“欢迎”屏幕中,按 F2 键继续进入下一个屏幕。
+
+导航
+
+不能使用鼠标在安装屏幕之间导航,而是要使用功能键进行导航。每个屏幕的可用功能键都会列在屏幕底部。例如:
+
+F2_继续-按 F2 键移动到下一个安装屏幕。按 F2 键后,安装程序会处理您在该屏幕中做出任何选择或键入的项。F3_返回-按 F3 键返回到上一个屏幕。F6_帮助-按 F6 键查看该屏幕的“帮助”内容。F9_退出-按 F9 键结束安装。
+
+在每个屏幕中,可以使用方向键执行以下任何操作:
+* 在屏幕文本间移动。* 更改突出显示选项。* 移至需要键入信息的字段。
+
+注:如果您的键盘没有功能键,或者按键不响应,请按 ESC 键。屏幕底部的图例将会更改,以显示用于导航和其他功能的 ESC 按键。 
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+x86:FDISK 分区
+
+该屏幕显示您在上一个屏幕中选择的 x86 存储设备的 fdisk 分区。 
+
+注:将会按照分区在磁盘中的布局顺序列出这些分区。 
+
+过程
+
+要退出该帮助屏幕,请按 F3 键。然后,在安装程序屏幕中,使用方向键突出显示“使用整个磁盘”或“使用磁盘的分区”。 
+
+     * 如果选择“使用磁盘的分区”,您可以在下一个屏幕中选择要用于安装的分区;如果该分区已定义了分片,还可以选择要使用该分区中的哪个分片。您还可以调整 fdisk 分区布局。 
+
+     * 如果选择“使用整个磁盘”,安装程序会记录您的选择,并继续进行下一项任务。
+
+       注意:“使用整个磁盘”会在安装期间清除磁盘上的所有内容。磁盘会被新的 Oracle Solaris OS 覆盖。 
+
+进行选择后,按 F2 键继续进入下一个屏幕。
+
+导航
+
+使用各个屏幕底部列出的功能键在屏幕之间导航。使用方向键在各个屏幕的文本间移动。
+
+注:如果您的键盘没有功能键,或者按键不响应,请按 ESC 键以查看用于导航的替代 ESC 按键。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions_select.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+x86:选择分区
+
+使用该屏幕可以选择、创建或修改要用于安装的 Solaris 分区。
+
+通过该屏幕,用户可以对 fdisk 分区布局进行调整,如删除现有分区、创建扩展分区并调整其大小、创建 Solaris 分区并调整其大小,以及调整现有分区大小。
+
+该屏幕会显示现有的 fdisk 分区。主分区的显示顺序与主分区在磁盘上的布局顺序相同。将会显示每个分区的当前大小和最大可用大小。如果存在扩展分区,将会显示其逻辑分区。同样,也会按照扩展分区内的磁盘布局顺序来显示逻辑分区。
+
+如果先前没有对磁盘进行分区,则会显示建议的分区。此建议的分区是,将整个磁盘划分成一个分区。
+
+指导
+
+设备中只能有一个 Solaris 分区。而且,必须使用该 Solaris 分区进行安装。如果存在现有 Solaris 分区,缺省情况下会选择该分区。 
+
+注意:如果减小分区大小或更改其类型,安装期间将会清除现有分区的内容。否则,现有分区的内容将在安装期间得以保留。如果计划进行的更改将会在安装期间销毁分区,则在该屏幕上,该分区将会标有红色星号。 
+
+如何修改屏幕内容
+
+可以使用以下任何选项来修改屏幕内容:
+
+     * F5_更改类型-突出显示分区后,通过以下方式更改分区类型:重复按 F5 键以遍历各个分区类型,直至显示所需的分区类型或“未使用”。如果选择“未使用”,该分区将被销毁,并且调整相邻分区大小时可以使用其空间。
+
+       注:不能有多个 Solaris 分区,也不能有多个扩展分区。因此,如果有现有 Solaris 分区或现有扩展分区,则 F5 更改选项将不包括将分区更改为 Solaris 分区或扩展分区。
+
+     * 大小字段-如果已突出显示大小字段,可以在该字段中键入更改内容。
+
+     * F7_重置-按 F7 键将该屏幕中的所有数据恢复至原始设置。
+
+过程
+
+要退出该帮助屏幕,请按 F3 键。然后,在安装程序屏幕中,可以选择进行以下操作: 
+
+     * 如果有现有 Solaris 分区,缺省情况下会选择该分区。您可以执行以下操作之一:
+
+          * 可以使用具有当前大小的现有分区。
+          * 可以调整 Solaris 分区的大小。可以减小大小。也可以将大小增加至可用空间。* 如果要安装到其他分区,必须先删除现有 Solaris 分区,方法是将其类型更改为“未使用”。然后,可以选择其他分区,并将其类型更改为 Solaris。安装期间,这种修改会清除现有分区的内容。 
+
+     * 如果没有现有 Solaris 分区,可选择一个分区并将其类型更改为 Solaris。 
+
+     * LINUX-SWAP 说明:如果您使用了第三方分区工具(如 GParted),则该屏幕将显示一个名为 Linux-swap 的分区,您可以在该分区中安装 Oracle Solaris OS 软件。要使用该分区,您需要在此屏幕中将其类型从 Linux-swap 更改为 Solaris。突出显示该分区,然后重复按 F5 键以遍历各个类型,直至为该分区显示 Solaris 类型。
+
+可选:可以对分区布局进行进一步的选择性修改。您所做的更改将在安装期间实现。要记录布局更改,请先使用方向键突出显示要修改的分区。然后执行以下任何操作:
+
+	* 删除分区-重复按 F5 键以遍历各个分区类型选项,直至显示“未使用”。安装期间,将会销毁初始分区,并且调整相邻分区大小时可以使用其空间。
+
+	* 更改分区类型-重复按 F5 键以遍历各个分区类型,直至显示所需的分区类型。例如,将类型更改为 Solaris。 
+	
+	* 调整分区大小-如果已突出显示选定分区的大小,您可以调整该分区的大小。在该可编辑字段中键入新的大小,上限是可用的最大大小。调整现有分区大小会销毁该分区的内容。
+
+	* 创建新的分区-选择未使用的分区。按 F5 键,将分区类型从“未使用”更改为其他类型,如 "Solaris" 或“扩展”。 
+
+	* 创建扩展分区-根据需要按 F5 键,选择“扩展”分区类型。 
+
+注:可以按 F7 键取消您所做的更改。 
+
+导航
+
+使用各个屏幕底部列出的功能键在屏幕之间导航。使用方向键在各个屏幕的文本间移动。
+
+注:如果您的键盘没有功能键,或者按键不响应,请按 ESC 键以查看用于导航的替代 ESC 按键。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+x86:SOLARIS 分区分片
+
+如果 Solaris VTOC 分片位于您在先前屏幕中选择的 Solaris 分区中,此屏幕会列出 VTOC 分片。您可以选择在其中一个分片中安装 Oracle Solaris OS。或者,可以使用整个分区进行安装。 
+
+现有 VTOC 分片按布局顺序显示。
+
+注:如果在先前屏幕中更改了 Solaris 分区,将不会显示此屏幕。 
+
+过程
+
+要退出该帮助屏幕,请按 F3 键。然后,在“Solaris 分区”屏幕中,使用方向键突出显示“使用整个分区”或“使用分区中的分片”。按 F2 键继续进入下一个屏幕。如果打算使用分区中的分片,则可以通过下一个屏幕选择该分片。
+
+导航
+
+使用各个屏幕底部列出的功能键在屏幕之间导航。使用方向键在各个屏幕的文本间移动。
+
+注:如果您的键盘没有功能键,或者按键不响应,请按 ESC 键以查看用于导航的替代 ESC 按键。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_CN/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices_select.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+x86:在 SOLARIS 分区中选择分片
+
+通过该屏幕,可以在 Solaris 分区中选择要用于安装的 VTOC 分片。要指出将用于安装的分片,请选择分片并将分片类型更改为 rpool。您可以选择调整 rpool 的大小。
+
+该屏幕会显示您在先前屏幕中选择的 fdisk 分区中的现有分片。分片的显示顺序与分片在分区中的布局顺序相同。将会显示每个分片的当前大小和最大可用大小。
+
+指导
+
+* 分区中只能有一个 rpool,Oracle Solaris 将会安装在 rpool 中。  
+
+* rpool 的大小可以增加至最大可用大小。如果分片显示为“未使用”,将会在“可用”列显示其可用空间。可以将分片改为“未使用”,使其空间可供相邻分片使用。
+
+注:红色星号指示安装期间将销毁分片的内容。如果用户没有对分片进行显式更改,分片内容会在安装期间得以保留。
+
+如何修改屏幕内容
+
+可以使用以下任何选项来修改屏幕内容:
+
+     * F5_更改类型-突出显示分片后,重复按 F5 键以遍历各个类型,直至显示所需的分片类型。
+
+     * 大小字段-可以在大小字段键入更改内容。
+
+     * F7_重置-按 F7 键将该屏幕中的所有数据恢复至原始设置。
+
+过程
+
+要退出该帮助屏幕,请按 F3 键。然后,在安装程序屏幕中,使用方向键选择目标分片(如果尚未选择目标分片)。如果选择的分片类型不是 rpool,请重复按 F5 键以遍历各个分片类型,直至显示类型 rpool。 
+
+注:请记住,分区中只能有一个 rpool。如果存在其他 rpool,请先将其类型更改为“未使用”,然后再将目标分片更改为 rpool。
+
+可选:您可以按下文所述对分片布局进行进一步的选择性修改,然后按 F2 键继续进入下一个屏幕。您所做的更改将在安装期间实现。要记录布局更改,请先使用方向键突出显示要修改的分片。然后执行以下任何操作:
+
+	* 删除分片-重复按 F5 键以遍历各个分片类型,直至显示类型“未使用”。“未使用”分片的空间可供相邻分片使用。
+
+	* 更改分片类型-重复按 F5 键以遍历各个分片类型,直至显示所需的类型。例如,可通过该过程将类型更改为 rpool。 
+	
+	* 调整分片大小-如果已突出显示选定分片的大小,您可以调整该分片的大小。在该可编辑字段中键入新的大小,上限是可用的最大大小。 
+
+	注:分区大小的总和可能不等于整个磁盘的大小,因为分区大小将四舍五入到最接近的 .1GB,且分区之间可能有未使用的空间。 
+
+	* 创建新的分片-选择未使用的分片。根据需要按 F5 键,将分片类型从“未使用”更改为其他类型(如 rpool)。但是,无法修改分片 2。 
+
+注:可以使用 F7 键取消您所做的更改。 
+
+导航
+
+使用各个屏幕底部列出的功能键在屏幕之间导航。使用方向键在各个屏幕的文本间移动。
+
+注:如果您的键盘没有功能键,或者按键不响应,请按 ESC 键以查看用于导航的替代 ESC 按键。
+
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/sysconfig.pot	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,1153 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2009, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\nReport-Msgid-Bugs-To: \nPOT-Creation-Date: 2011-07-29 11:23+0900\nPO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\nLast-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\nLanguage-Team: LANGUAGE <[email protected]>\nMIME-Version: 1.0\nContent-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\nContent-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:499
+#, python-format
+msgid "Custom site profile %s is invalid, missing .xml suffix."
+msgstr "自訂網站設定檔 %s 無效,遺漏 .xml 字尾。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:507
+#, python-format
+msgid "Custom site profile %s is invalid or hasinvalid permissions."
+msgstr "自訂網站設定檔 %s 無效或者具備無效的權限。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:524
+#, python-format
+msgid "Unable to apply SMF profile %s."
+msgstr "無法套用 SMF 設定檔 %s。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:540
+msgid "System is not properly configured. You are likely"
+msgstr "未正確配置系統。您可能"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:541
+msgid "trying to unconfigure or re-configure freshly"
+msgstr "嘗試取消配置或重新配置"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:542
+msgid "installed system which is not supported."
+msgstr "新安裝的系統,該系統不受支援。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:611 ../__init__.py:622
+msgid "An unhandled exception occurred."
+msgstr "發生無法處理的例外。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:627
+msgid "Full traceback data is in the log"
+msgstr "記錄中有完整的追蹤訊息資料"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:636
+msgid "IO error creating profile"
+msgstr "建立設定檔時發生 IO 錯誤"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:643
+msgid "Unable to apply the unconfigure parameters to the image"
+msgstr "無法在影像套用取消配置參數"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:654
+msgid "Unable to initiate unconfiguration process."
+msgstr "無法啟動取消配置程序。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:671
+msgid "Root filesystem provided for the non-global zone does not exist"
+msgstr "非全域區域的根檔案系統不存在"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:678
+#, python-format
+msgid "Root filesystem mounted read-only, '%s' operation not permitted."
+msgstr "掛載的根檔案系統為唯讀,不允許 '%s' 作業。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:680
+msgid ""
+"The likely cause is that sysconfig(1m) was invoked in ROZR non-global zone."
+msgstr "可能的原因為 sysconfig(1m) 是在 ROZR 非全域區域中呼叫的。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:682
+msgid ""
+"In that case, see mwac(5) and zonecfg(1m) man pages for additional "
+"information."
+msgstr "如果是該情況,請參閱 mwac(5) 和 zonecfg(1m) 線上手冊,以瞭解進一步的資訊。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:697
+msgid "This program will re-configure your system."
+msgstr "這個程式會重新配置您的系統。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:699
+msgid "This program will unconfigure your system."
+msgstr "這個程式會取消配置您的系統。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:700
+msgid "The system will be reverted to a \"pristine\" state."
+msgstr "系統會復原為「初始」狀態。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:701
+msgid "It will not have a name or know about other systems or networks."
+msgstr "此系統既不會具有名稱,也不會得知其他系統或網路的名稱。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:704
+msgid "Do you want to continue (y/[n])? "
+msgstr "要繼續嗎 (y/[n])? "
+
+#: ../__init__.py:753
+#, python-format
+msgid "There are no services on the system with grouping of %s"
+msgstr "系統上沒有以 %s 分組的服務"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:811
+#, python-format
+msgid "Directory %s does not contain any profile."
+msgstr "目錄 %s 不含任何設定檔。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:833
+msgid "Interactive configuration requested."
+msgstr "已要求互動式配置。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:834
+msgid "System Configuration Interactive (SCI) tool will be"
+msgstr "系統配置互動式 (SCI) 工具將會"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:849
+msgid ""
+"Since you are currently not logged on console,\n"
+"you may not be able to navigate SCI tool."
+msgstr "由於您目前並未登入主控台,\n因此無法瀏覽 SCI 工具。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:851
+msgid "Would you like to proceed with re-configuration (y/[n])? "
+msgstr "您要繼續重新配置嗎 (y/[n])? "
+
+#: ../__init__.py:919
+msgid "Grouping to configure"
+msgstr "要配置的分組"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:922
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Saves created system configuration profile into FILE.\t\t[default: %default]"
+msgstr "將建立的系統配置設定檔儲存到 FILE。\t\t[預設:%default]"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:926
+#, python-format
+msgid "Set log location to FILE (default: %default)"
+msgstr "將記錄位置設定到 FILE (預設:%default)"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:931
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Set log verbosity to LEVEL. In order of increasing verbosity, valid values "
+"are 'error' 'warn' 'info' 'debug' or 'input'\n"
+"[default: %default]"
+msgstr "將記錄詳細度設定到 LEVEL。依照詳細度的遞增順序,有效值為 'error'、'warn'、'info'、'debug' 或 'input'\n[預設:%default]"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:939
+msgid ""
+"Force the tool to run in black and white. This may be useful on some SPARC "
+"machines with unsupported frame buffers\n"
+msgstr "強迫工具在黑白模式中執行。這在不支援架構緩衝區的某些 SPARC 電腦上可能非常有用\n"
+
+#. LOGGER.close() # LOGGER.close() is broken - CR 7012566
+#: ../__init__.py:955
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Exiting System Configuration Tool. Log is available at:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr "結束系統配置工具。記錄位於下列位置:\n%s"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:976
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"     Terminal too small. Min size is 80x24. Current size is %(x)ix%(y)i."
+msgstr "     終端機太小。最小大小為 80x24。目前大小是 %(x)ix%(y)i。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:982 ../users.py:76
+msgid "Continue"
+msgstr "繼續"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:983
+msgid "Back"
+msgstr "上一步"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:985
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr "說明"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:986 ../__init__.py:1041
+msgid "Quit"
+msgstr "退出"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:990
+msgid "Help Topics"
+msgstr "說明主題"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:991
+msgid "Help Index"
+msgstr "說明索引"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:992
+msgid "Select a topic and press Continue."
+msgstr "選取主題然後按「繼續」。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1035
+msgid ""
+"DONT_TRANSLATE_BUT_REPLACE_msgstr_WITH_True_OR_False: Should wrap text on "
+"whitespace in this language"
+msgstr "False"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1038
+msgid "Confirm: Quit?"
+msgstr "確認:退出?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1039
+msgid "Do you really want to quit?"
+msgstr "是否確定要退出?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1040 ../users.py:77
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr "取消"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:1050
+msgid "Error: Root privileges are required for this command."
+msgstr "錯誤:此指令需要 Root 權限。"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:54 ../date_time.py:67
+msgid "Date and Time"
+msgstr "日期與時間"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:56
+msgid "Year:"
+msgstr "年:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:57
+msgid "Month:"
+msgstr "月:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:58
+msgid "Day:"
+msgstr "日:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:59
+msgid "Hour:"
+msgstr "小時:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:60
+msgid "Minute:"
+msgstr "分鐘:"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:61
+msgid "(YYYY)"
+msgstr "(YYYY)"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:63
+msgid ""
+"Edit the date and time as necessary.\n"
+"The time is in 24 hour format."
+msgstr "視需要編輯日期和時間。\n時間為 24 小時格式。"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:306
+msgid "Invalid date/time. See errors above."
+msgstr "無效的日期/時間。請參閱上方的錯誤。"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:404
+msgid "Year must be numeric"
+msgstr "年必須為數字"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:407 ../date_time.py:410 ../date_time.py:425
+msgid "Year out of range"
+msgstr "年超出範圍"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:438
+msgid "Month must be numeric"
+msgstr "月必須為數字"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:443 ../date_time.py:458
+msgid "Month out of range"
+msgstr "月超出範圍"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:469
+msgid "Day must be numeric"
+msgstr "日必須為數字"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:480 ../date_time.py:491
+msgid "Day out of range"
+msgstr "日超出範圍"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:500
+msgid "Hour must be numeric"
+msgstr "小時必須為數字"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:503 ../date_time.py:512
+msgid "Hour out of range"
+msgstr "小時超出範圍"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:522
+msgid "Minute must be numeric"
+msgstr "分鐘必須為數字"
+
+#: ../date_time.py:524 ../date_time.py:533
+msgid "Minute out of range"
+msgstr "分鐘超出範圍"
+
+#. name service choices for display to user
+#: ../nameservice.py:70 ../network_type.py:65
+msgid "None"
+msgstr "無"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:70
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr "LDAP"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:70
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr "NIS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:71
+msgid "DNS"
+msgstr "DNS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:75
+msgid "Enter either a host name or an IP address."
+msgstr "輸入主機名稱或 IP 位址。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:76
+msgid "An IP address must be of the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+msgstr "IP 位址的格式必須是 xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:132
+msgid "DNS Name Service"
+msgstr "DNS 名稱服務"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:140
+msgid "Indicates whether or not the system should use the DNS name service."
+msgstr "指出系統是否應使用 DNS 名稱服務。"
+
+#. allow the user to choose DNS or not
+#: ../nameservice.py:149
+msgid "Configure DNS"
+msgstr "配置 DNS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:150
+msgid "Do not configure DNS"
+msgstr "不要配置 DNS"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:177
+msgid "Alternate Name Service"
+msgstr "替代名稱服務"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:183
+msgid ""
+"From the list below, select one name service to be used by this system. If "
+"the desired name service is not listed, select None. The selected name "
+"service may be used in conjunction with DNS."
+msgstr "從下列清單,選取一個此系統要使用的名稱服務。如果找不到所需的名稱服務,請選取「無」。選取的名稱服務可以與 DNS 一起搭配使用。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:224
+msgid "Domain Name"
+msgstr "網域名稱"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:230
+msgid ""
+"Specify the domain where this system resides. Use the domain name's exact "
+"capitalization and punctuation."
+msgstr "指定此系統所在的網域。請使用大小寫和標點符號完全相同的網域名稱。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:233
+msgid "Domain Name:"
+msgstr "網域名稱:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:287
+msgid "DNS Server Addresses"
+msgstr "DNS 伺服器位址"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:293
+msgid ""
+"Enter the IP address of the DNS server(s). At least one IP address is "
+"required."
+msgstr "輸入 DNS 伺服器的 IP 位址。必須至少有一個 IP 位址。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:295
+msgid "DNS Server IP address:"
+msgstr "DNS 伺服器 IP 位址:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:341
+msgid "At least one name server must be specified."
+msgstr "必須至少指定一個名稱伺服器。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:352
+msgid "DNS Search List"
+msgstr "DNS 搜尋清單"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:358
+msgid ""
+"Enter a list of domains to be searched when a DNS query is made. If no "
+"domain is entered, only the DNS domain chosen for this system will be "
+"searched."
+msgstr "進行 DNS 查詢時,請輸入要搜尋的網域清單。如果未輸入任何網域,則只會搜尋為此系統選擇的 DNS 網域。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:361
+msgid "Search domain:"
+msgstr "搜尋網域:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:422
+msgid "LDAP Profile"
+msgstr "LDAP 設定檔"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:427
+msgid "Profile name:"
+msgstr "設定檔名稱:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:428
+msgid "Search base:"
+msgstr "搜尋依據:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:436
+msgid ""
+"Specify the name of the LDAP profile to be used to configure this system and "
+"the host name or IP address of the server that contains the profile."
+msgstr "指定用來配置此系統的 LDAP 設定檔名稱,以及包含該設定檔的伺服器主機名稱或 IP 位址。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:439
+msgid "Profile server host name or IP address:"
+msgstr "設定檔伺服器主機名稱或 IP 位址:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:442
+msgid ""
+"Specify the name of the LDAP profile to be used to configure this system and "
+"the IP address of the server that contains the profile."
+msgstr "指定用來配置此系統的 LDAP 設定檔名稱,以及包含該設定檔的伺服器 IP 位址。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:445
+msgid "Profile server IP address:"
+msgstr "設定檔伺服器 IP 位址:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:446
+msgid "  Enter the LDAP search base."
+msgstr "  輸入 LDAP 搜尋依據。"
+
+#. in case of error, tell user what is being validated
+#: ../nameservice.py:459
+msgid "profile name"
+msgstr "設定檔名稱"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:491 ../nameservice.py:726
+msgid "The LDAP profile name cannot be blank."
+msgstr "LDAP 設定檔名稱不可空白。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:493
+msgid "The LDAP server IP address cannot be blank."
+msgstr "LDAP 伺服器 IP 位址不可空白。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:510
+msgid "LDAP Proxy"
+msgstr "LDAP 代理"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:515
+msgid ""
+"Does the profile specify a proxy credential level and an authentication "
+"method other than None?"
+msgstr "設定檔是否指定了代理憑證階層且認證方式不是「無」?"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:524
+msgid "No"
+msgstr "否"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:525
+msgid "Yes"
+msgstr "是"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:549
+msgid "Specify LDAP Profile Proxy Bind Information"
+msgstr "指定 LDAP 設定檔代理連結資訊"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:555
+msgid ""
+"Specify the LDAP proxy bind distinguished name and the LDAP proxy bind "
+"password.  The network administrator can provide this information."
+msgstr "指定 LDAP 代理連結辨別名稱及 LDAP 代理連結密碼。網路管理員可提供此資訊。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:558
+msgid "Proxy bind distinguished name:"
+msgstr "代理連結辨別名稱:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:561
+msgid "Proxy bind password:"
+msgstr "代理連結密碼:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:563
+msgid "Encrypted proxy bind password:"
+msgstr "加密的代理連結密碼:"
+
+#. in case of error, tell user what is being validated
+#: ../nameservice.py:583
+msgid "distinguished name"
+msgstr "辨別名稱"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:600
+msgid "The LDAP proxy server distinguished name cannot be blank."
+msgstr "LDAP 代理伺服器辨別名稱不可空白。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:610
+msgid "NIS Name Server"
+msgstr "NIS 名稱伺服器"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:616
+msgid "Specify how to find a name server for this system."
+msgstr "指定如何尋找此系統的名稱伺服器。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:618
+msgid ""
+"Either let the software search for a name server, or specify a name server "
+"in the following screen.  "
+msgstr "讓軟體搜尋名稱伺服器,或在下列畫面指定名稱伺服器。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:621
+msgid ""
+"The software can find a name server only if that server is on the local "
+"subnet."
+msgstr "只有當名稱伺服器位於區域子網路上時,軟體才找得到該名稱伺服器。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:631
+msgid "Find one"
+msgstr "尋找一個"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:632
+msgid "Specify one"
+msgstr "指定一個"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:661
+msgid "NIS Name Server Information"
+msgstr "NIS 名稱伺服器資訊"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:676
+msgid ""
+"Enter the host name or IP address of the name server.  A host name must have "
+"at least 2 characters and can be alphanumeric and can contain hyphens.  IP "
+"addresses must contain four sets of numbers separated by periods (for "
+"example, 129.200.9.1)."
+msgstr "輸入名稱伺服器的主機名稱或 IP 位址。主機名稱必須至少有 2 個字元,可為字母數字,也可包含連字符。IP 位址必須包含 4 組號碼,並以句號隔開 (例如,129.200.9.1)。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:681
+msgid "Server's host name or IP address:"
+msgstr "伺服器主機名稱或 IP 位址:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:684
+msgid ""
+"Enter the IP address of the name server.  IP addresses must contain four "
+"sets of numbers separated by periods (for example, 129.200.9.1)."
+msgstr "輸入名稱伺服器的 IP 位址。IP 位址必須包含四組以句號分隔的數字 (例如,129.200.9.1)。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:687
+msgid "Server's IP address:"
+msgstr "伺服器的 IP 位址:"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:714
+msgid "The NIS server IP address cannot be blank."
+msgstr "NIS 伺服器 IP 位址不可空白。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:727
+msgid ""
+"Whitespace characters and quotation marks are not allowed in LDAP profile "
+"names."
+msgstr "LDAP 設定檔名稱中不能使用空格字元和引號。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:741
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind distinguished name may not be blank."
+msgstr "LDAP 代理連結辨別名稱不可空白。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:744
+msgid ""
+"The LDAP proxy bind distinguished name may not contain whitespace characters."
+msgstr "LDAP 代理連結辨別名稱不可包含空格字元。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:747
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind distinguished name may not contain quotation marks."
+msgstr "LDAP 代理連結辨別名稱不可包含引號。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:757
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind password may not be blank."
+msgstr "LDAP 代理連結密碼不可空白。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:760
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind password may not contain whitespace characters."
+msgstr "LDAP 代理連結密碼不可包含空格字元。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:763
+msgid "The LDAP proxy bind password may not contain quotation marks."
+msgstr "LDAP 代理連結密碼不可包含引號。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:777 ../nameservice.py:848
+msgid ""
+"A host name can only contain letters, numbers,  periods, and minus signs (-)."
+msgstr "主機名稱只能包含字母、數字、句號和減號 (-)。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:808
+msgid "The domain cannot be blank."
+msgstr "網域不可空白。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:812
+msgid "Domain labels must have less than 64 characters."
+msgstr "網域標籤必須小於 64 個字元。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:815
+msgid "Domain labels should not start or end with hyphens ('-')."
+msgstr "網域標籤的開頭或結尾不可為連字號 ('-')。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:818
+msgid "Invalid domain"
+msgstr "網域無效"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:868
+#, python-format
+msgid "The %s cannot be blank."
+msgstr "%s 不可空白。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:871
+#, python-format
+msgid "Invalid character for %s."
+msgstr "%s 的無效字元。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:883
+msgid "Domain labels must have less than 64 characters"
+msgstr "網域標籤必須小於 64 個字元"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:885
+msgid "A domain label may not begin with a hyphen."
+msgstr "網域標籤的開頭不可為連字號。"
+
+#: ../nameservice.py:888
+msgid "Invalid character for domain name."
+msgstr "網域名稱的無效字元。"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:50
+#, python-format
+msgid "Manually Configure: %s"
+msgstr "手動配置:%s"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:52
+msgid ""
+"Enter the configuration for this network connection. All entries must "
+"contain four sets of numbers, 0 to 255, separated by periods."
+msgstr "輸入這個網路連線的配置。所有項目必須包含四組介於 0 到 255 的數字,並使用句號分隔。"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:55
+msgid "IP Address:"
+msgstr "IP 位址:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:56
+msgid "Must be unique for this network"
+msgstr "必須是這個網路唯一的"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:57
+msgid "Netmask:"
+msgstr "網路遮罩:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:58
+msgid "Your subnet use may require a different mask"
+msgstr "您的子網路可能需要不同遮罩"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:59
+msgid "Router:"
+msgstr "路由器:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:60
+msgid "The IP address of the router on this subnet"
+msgstr "這個子網路的路由器 IP 位址"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:61
+msgid "A DNS server was found on the network"
+msgstr "在網路上找到 DNS 伺服器"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:62
+msgid "Address of the Domain Name Server"
+msgstr "網域名稱伺服器位址"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:63
+msgid "Domain:"
+msgstr "網域:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:64
+msgid "The machine appears to be in this domain"
+msgstr "電腦似乎在這個網域中"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:65
+msgid "The network's domain name"
+msgstr "網路的網域名稱"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:66
+msgid "NIC:"
+msgstr "NIC:"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:67
+msgid "Settings will be applied to this interface"
+msgstr "設定將會套用到這個介面"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:70
+msgid "Manually Configure: NIC"
+msgstr "手動配置:NIC"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:184
+msgid "IP Address must not be empty"
+msgstr "IP 位址不能為空白"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:186
+msgid "Netmask must not be empty"
+msgstr "網路遮罩不能為空白"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:192
+#, python-format
+msgid "'%s' is not a valid netmask"
+msgstr "'%s' 不是有效的網路遮罩"
+
+#: ../network_nic_configure.py:228 ../network_nic_configure.py:243
+#, python-format
+msgid "%s must be of the form xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+msgstr "%s 的格式必須是 xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx"
+
+#: ../network_nic_select.py:49 ../network_nic_select.py:54
+msgid "Manual Network Configuration"
+msgstr "手動網路配置"
+
+#: ../network_nic_select.py:50
+msgid ""
+"Select the one wired network connection to be configured during installation"
+msgstr "選取一個安裝期間要配置的有線網路連線"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:54 ../network_type.py:75
+msgid "Network"
+msgstr "網路"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:55
+msgid ""
+"Enter a name for this computer that identifies it on the network. It must be "
+"at least two characters. It can contain letters, numbers, and minus signs "
+"(-)."
+msgstr "輸入在網路上識別此電腦的名稱。必須至少兩個字元。可包含字母、數字和減號 (-)。"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:58
+msgid "Computer Name: "
+msgstr "電腦名稱:"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:59
+msgid "Select how the wired ethernet network connection is configured."
+msgstr "選取有線乙太網路連線的配置方式。"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:61
+msgid "Automatically"
+msgstr "自動"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:62
+msgid "Automatically configure the connection"
+msgstr "自動配置連線"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:63
+msgid "Manually"
+msgstr "手動"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:64
+msgid "Enter the information on the following screen"
+msgstr "在下列畫面中輸入資訊"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:66
+msgid "Do not configure the network at this time"
+msgstr "目前不要配置網路"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:67
+msgid ""
+"No wired network interfaces found. Additional device drivers may be needed."
+msgstr "找不到有線網路介面。可能需要其他裝置驅動程式。"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:201
+msgid "A Hostname is required."
+msgstr "需要主機名稱。"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:203
+msgid "A Hostname must be at least two characters."
+msgstr "主機名稱必須至少兩個字元。"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:207
+msgid ""
+"Select the wired network configuration: Automatically, Manually, or None."
+msgstr "選取有線網路配置:自動、手動或無。"
+
+#: ../network_type.py:218
+msgid "The Hostname can only contain letters, numbers, and minus signs (-)."
+msgstr "主機名稱只能包含字母、數字和減號 (-)。"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:253
+msgid "Username must not be blank"
+msgstr "使用者名稱不可空白"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:257
+msgid "Username must start with a letter"
+msgstr "使用者名稱必須以字母開頭"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:261
+msgid "Invalid character"
+msgstr "無效的字元"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:284
+msgid "User password must be entered."
+msgstr "使用者密碼一定要輸入。"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:286
+msgid "Password must contain at least 6 characters."
+msgstr "密碼必須包含至少 6 個字元。"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:300
+msgid "Password must contain 1 alphabetical character."
+msgstr "密碼必須包含 1 個字母字元。"
+
+#: ../profile/user_info.py:303
+msgid "Password must contain 1 digit/special character."
+msgstr "密碼必須包含 1 個數字/特殊字元。"
+
+#: ../summary.py:59 ../summary.py:64
+msgid "System Configuration Summary"
+msgstr "系統配置摘要"
+
+#: ../summary.py:60
+msgid ""
+"Review the settings below before continuing. Go back (F3) to make changes."
+msgstr "先查閱下列設定再繼續。返回 (F3) 進行變更。"
+
+#: ../summary.py:76
+msgid "Apply"
+msgstr "套用"
+
+#: ../summary.py:110
+msgid "Error when generating SC profile\n"
+msgstr "產生 SC 設定檔時發生錯誤\n"
+
+#: ../summary.py:112
+msgid "SC profile successfully generated\n"
+msgstr "已成功產生 SC 設定檔\n"
+
+#: ../summary.py:128
+msgid "Language: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "語言:*登入時可變更下列項目。"
+
+#: ../summary.py:132
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default language: %s"
+msgstr "  預設語言:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:138
+msgid "Keyboard layout: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "鍵盤配置:*登入時可變更下列項目。"
+
+#: ../summary.py:140
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default keyboard layout: %s"
+msgstr "  預設鍵盤配置:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:145
+#, python-format
+msgid "Terminal type: %s"
+msgstr "終端機類型:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:151
+msgid "Users:"
+msgstr "使用者:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:158
+msgid "Network:"
+msgstr "網路:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:174
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Computer name: %s"
+msgstr "  電腦名稱:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:185
+msgid "  Network Configuration: Automatic"
+msgstr "  網路配置:自動"
+
+#: ../summary.py:187
+msgid "  Network Configuration: None"
+msgstr "  網路配置:無"
+
+#: ../summary.py:189
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Manual Configuration: %s"
+msgstr "  手動配置:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:191
+#, python-format
+msgid "IP Address: %s"
+msgstr "    IP 位址:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:192
+#, python-format
+msgid "Netmask: %s"
+msgstr "    網路遮罩:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:194
+#, python-format
+msgid "Router: %s"
+msgstr "    路由器:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:209
+#, python-format
+msgid "Domain: %s"
+msgstr "    網域:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:212 ../summary.py:220 ../summary.py:233
+#, python-format
+msgid "Name service: %s"
+msgstr "名稱服務:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:215
+msgid "DNS servers: "
+msgstr "DNS 伺服器:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:217
+msgid "DNS Domain search list: "
+msgstr "DNS 網域搜尋清單: "
+
+#: ../summary.py:222
+msgid "LDAP profile: "
+msgstr "LDAP 設定檔:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:223
+msgid "LDAP server's IP: "
+msgstr "LDAP 伺服器的 IP:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:224
+msgid "LDAP search base: "
+msgstr "LDAP 搜尋依據:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:228
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind distinguished name: "
+msgstr "LDAP 代理連結辨別名稱:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:230
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind password: [concealed]"
+msgstr "LDAP 代理連結密碼:[隱藏]"
+
+#: ../summary.py:236
+msgid "NIS server: broadcast"
+msgstr "NIS 伺服器:廣播"
+
+#: ../summary.py:238
+msgid "NIS server's IP: "
+msgstr "NIS 伺服器的 IP:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:249
+msgid "  Warning: No root password set"
+msgstr "  警告:未設定 root 密碼"
+
+#: ../summary.py:251
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Username: %s"
+msgstr "  使用者名稱:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:253
+msgid "  No user account"
+msgstr "  無使用者帳號"
+
+#: ../summary.py:259
+#, python-format
+msgid "Time Zone: %s"
+msgstr "時區:%s"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:53
+msgid "UTC/GMT"
+msgstr "UTC/GMT"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:60 ../timezone.py:84
+msgid "Time Zone"
+msgstr "時區"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:85
+msgid "Select your time zone."
+msgstr "選取您的時區。"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:86
+msgid "Time Zones"
+msgstr "時區"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:88
+msgid "Time Zone: Locations"
+msgstr "時區:位置"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:89
+msgid "Select the location that contains your time zone."
+msgstr "選取包含您時區的位置。"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:90
+msgid "Locations"
+msgstr "位置"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:93
+msgid "Time Zone: Regions"
+msgstr "時區:區域"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:94
+msgid "Select the region that contains your time zone."
+msgstr "選取包含您時區的區域。"
+
+#: ../timezone.py:95
+msgid "Regions"
+msgstr "區域"
+
+#: ../users.py:57 ../users.py:79
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr "使用者"
+
+#: ../users.py:58
+msgid "Define a root password for the system and user account for yourself."
+msgstr "定義系統的 root 密碼以及您自己的使用者帳號。"
+
+#: ../users.py:60
+msgid "System Root Password"
+msgstr "系統 Root 密碼"
+
+#: ../users.py:61
+msgid "Root password:"
+msgstr "Root 密碼:"
+
+#: ../users.py:62
+msgid "Confirm password:"
+msgstr "確認密碼:"
+
+#: ../users.py:63
+msgid "Create a user account"
+msgstr "建立使用者帳號"
+
+#: ../users.py:64
+msgid "Your real name:"
+msgstr "您的真實姓名:"
+
+#: ../users.py:65
+msgid "Username:"
+msgstr "使用者名稱:"
+
+#: ../users.py:66
+msgid "User password:"
+msgstr "使用者密碼:"
+
+#: ../users.py:68
+msgid "No Root Password"
+msgstr "無 Root 密碼"
+
+#: ../users.py:69
+msgid ""
+"A root password has not been defined. The system is completely unsecured.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choose Cancel to set a root password."
+msgstr "尚未定義 root 密碼。系統非常不安全。\n\n請選擇「取消」以設定 root 密碼。"
+
+#: ../users.py:72
+msgid "No User Password"
+msgstr "無使用者密碼"
+
+#: ../users.py:73
+msgid ""
+"A user password has not been defined. The user account has administrative "
+"privileges so the system is unsecured.\n"
+"\n"
+"Choose Cancel to set a user password."
+msgstr "尚未定義使用者密碼。使用者帳號具有管理權限,因此系統不安全。\n\n請選擇「取消」以設定使用者密碼。"
+
+#: ../users.py:297
+msgid "Root passwords don't match"
+msgstr "Root 密碼不符"
+
+#: ../users.py:300
+msgid "User passwords don't match"
+msgstr "使用者密碼不符"
+
+#: ../users.py:322
+msgid "Enter username or clear all user account fields"
+msgstr "輸入使用者名稱或清除所有使用者帳號欄位"
+
+#: ../users.py:369
+msgid "Passwords don't match"
+msgstr "密碼不符"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:46
+msgid "System Configuration Tool"
+msgstr "系統配置工具"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:47
+msgid ""
+"System Configuration Tool enables you to specify the following configuration "
+"parameters for your newly-installed Oracle Solaris 11 system:\n"
+msgstr "系統配置工具可讓您為新安裝的 Oracle Solaris 11 系統指定下列配置參數:\n"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:50
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"System Configuration Tool produces an SMF profile file in %(scprof)s.\n"
+"\n"
+"How to navigate through this tool:"
+msgstr "\n系統配置工具會在 %(scprof)s 產生 SMF 設定檔。\n\n如何瀏覽此工具:"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:53
+msgid ""
+"Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to move from "
+"screen to screen and to perform other operations."
+msgstr "使用列於每個畫面下方的功能鍵,在畫面間移動以及執行其他作業。"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:56
+msgid ""
+"Use the up/down arrow keys to change the selection or to move between input "
+"fields."
+msgstr "使用向上/向下鍵變更選取項目或在輸入欄位間移動。"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:58
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard does not have function keys, or they do not respond, press "
+"ESC; the legend at the bottom of the screen will change to show the ESC keys "
+"for navigation and other functions."
+msgstr "如果鍵盤沒有功能鍵,或沒有回應,請按 ESC;畫面下方的圖例會變更以顯示 ESC 鍵來進行瀏覽和其他功能。"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:65
+msgid "Welcome and Navigation Instructions"
+msgstr "歡迎使用和瀏覽指令"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:82
+msgid "network"
+msgstr "網路"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:84
+msgid "system hostname"
+msgstr "系統主機名稱"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:86
+msgid "time zone"
+msgstr "時區"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:88
+msgid "date and time"
+msgstr "日期與時間"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:90
+msgid "user and root accounts"
+msgstr "使用者和 root 帳號"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:92
+msgid "name services"
+msgstr "名稱服務"
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/terminalui.pot	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\nReport-Msgid-Bugs-To: \nPOT-Creation-Date: 2011-07-29 16:17+0900\nPO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\nLast-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\nLanguage-Team: LANGUAGE <[email protected]>\nMIME-Version: 1.0\nContent-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\nContent-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../edit_field.py:341
+#, python-format
+msgid "Max supported field length: %s"
+msgstr "支援的欄位長度上限:%s"
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/locale/__LOCALE__/LC_MESSAGES/textinstall.pot	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,670 @@
+#
+# CDDL HEADER START
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
+# Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
+# You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+#
+# You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
+# or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
+# See the License for the specific language governing permissions
+# and limitations under the License.
+#
+# When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
+# file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
+# If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
+# fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
+# information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
+#
+# CDDL HEADER END
+#
+# Copyright (c) 2009, 2011, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
+#
+msgid ""
+msgstr "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\nReport-Msgid-Bugs-To: \nPOT-Creation-Date: 2011-07-29 11:16+0900\nPO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\nLast-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\nLanguage-Team: LANGUAGE <[email protected]>\nMIME-Version: 1.0\nContent-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\nContent-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:53
+msgid "Oracle Solaris"
+msgstr "Oracle Solaris"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:126
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Exiting Text Installer. Log is available at:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr "結束文字安裝程式。記錄位於下列位置:\n%s"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:300
+msgid ""
+"DONT_TRANSLATE_BUT_REPLACE_msgstr_WITH_True_OR_False: Should wrap text on "
+"whitespace in this language"
+msgstr "False"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:303
+msgid "Confirm: Quit the Installer?"
+msgstr "確認:退出安裝程式?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:304
+msgid "Do you want to quit the Installer?"
+msgstr "是否要退出安裝程式?"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:305 ../disk_selection.py:106
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr "取消"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:306 ../__init__.py:376
+msgid "Quit"
+msgstr "退出"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:313
+#, python-format
+msgid "The %(release)s Text Installer must be run with root privileges"
+msgstr "執行 %(release)s 文字安裝程式必須具備 root 權限"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:318
+#, python-format
+msgid "Set log location to FILE (default: %default)"
+msgstr "將記錄位置設定到 FILE (預設:%default)"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:322
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Set log verbosity to LEVEL. In order of increasing verbosity, valid values "
+"are 'error' 'warn' 'info' 'debug' or 'input'\n"
+"[default: %default]"
+msgstr "將記錄詳細度設定到 LEVEL。依照詳細度的遞增順序,有效值為 'error'、'warn'、'info'、'debug' 或 'input'\n[預設:%default]"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:329
+msgid ""
+"Enable debug mode. Sets logging level to 'input' and enables CTRL-C for "
+"killing the program\n"
+msgstr "啟用除錯模式。將記錄層級設定成 'input' 並啟用 CTRL-C 終止程式\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:333
+msgid ""
+"Force the installer to run in black and white. This may be useful on some "
+"SPARC machines with unsupported frame buffers\n"
+msgstr "強迫安裝程式在黑白模式中執行。這在不支援架構緩衝區的某些 SPARC 電腦上可能非常有用\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:338
+msgid ""
+"Runs in 'no installation' mode. When run in 'no installation' mode, no "
+"persistent changes are made to the disks and booted environment\n"
+msgstr "在「不安裝」模式中執行。在「不安裝」模式中執行時,不會對磁碟和啟動的環境進行永久的變更\n"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:365
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"     Terminal too small. Min size is 80x24. Current size is %(x)ix%(y)i."
+msgstr "     終端機太小。最小大小為 80x24。目前大小是 %(x)ix%(y)i。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:371 ../disk_selection.py:107
+msgid "Continue"
+msgstr "繼續"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:373
+msgid "Back"
+msgstr "上一步"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:375
+msgid "Help"
+msgstr "說明"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:380
+msgid "Help Topics"
+msgstr "說明主題"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:381
+msgid "Help Index"
+msgstr "說明索引"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:382
+msgid "Select a topic and press Continue."
+msgstr "選取主題然後按「繼續」。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:417
+msgid "An unhandled exception occurred."
+msgstr "發生無法處理的例外。"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:422
+msgid "Full traceback data is in the installation log"
+msgstr "完整的追蹤訊息資料在安裝記錄中"
+
+#: ../__init__.py:423
+msgid "Please file a bug at http://defect.opensolaris.org"
+msgstr "請到 http://defect.opensolaris.org 提交錯誤"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:68 ../disk_selection.py:109
+msgid "Disks"
+msgstr "磁碟"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:69
+#, python-format
+msgid "Where should %(release)s be installed?"
+msgstr "%(release)s 應該安裝在何處?"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:70
+#, python-format
+msgid "Recommended size:  %(recommend).1fGB      Minimum size: %(min).1fGB"
+msgstr "建議大小:%(recommend).1fGB      最小值:%(min).1fGB"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:72
+msgid "Seeking disks on system"
+msgstr "尋找系統的磁碟"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:73 ../fdisk_partitions.py:66
+msgid "The following partitions were found on the disk."
+msgstr "在磁碟上找到下列分割區。"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:74 ../fdisk_partitions.py:69
+msgid "The following slices were found on the disk."
+msgstr "在磁碟上找到下列片段。"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:75 ../fdisk_partitions.py:67
+msgid "A partition table was not found. The following is proposed."
+msgstr "找不到分割區表。建議使用下列項目。"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:77 ../fdisk_partitions.py:70
+msgid "A VTOC label was not found. The following is proposed."
+msgstr "找不到 VTOC 標籤。建議使用下列項目。"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:79
+msgid "A GPT labeled disk was found. The following is proposed."
+msgstr "找到有 GPT 標籤的磁碟。建議使用下列項目。"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:81
+msgid "Too small"
+msgstr "太小"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:82
+#, python-format
+msgid "Limited to %.1f TB"
+msgstr "限制為 %.1f TB"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:83
+msgid "GPT labeled disk"
+msgstr "有 GPT 標籤的磁碟"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:84
+msgid "No disks found. Additional device drivers may be needed."
+msgstr "找不到磁碟。可能需要其他裝置驅動程式。"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:86
+#, python-format
+msgid "%(release)s cannot be installed on any disk"
+msgstr "無法在任何磁碟安裝 %(release)s"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:87
+msgid ""
+"An error occurred while searching for installation targets. Please check the "
+"install log and file a bug at defect.opensolaris.org."
+msgstr "搜尋安裝目標時發生錯誤。請檢查安裝記錄並在 defect.opensolaris.org 提交錯誤。"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:91
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "類型"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:92 ../disk_window.py:64 ../disk_window.py:67
+#: ../disk_window.py:72 ../disk_window.py:76
+msgid "Size(GB)"
+msgstr "大小(GB)"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:93 ../fdisk_partitions.py:55
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:89
+msgid "Boot"
+msgstr "啟動"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:94
+msgid "Device"
+msgstr "裝置"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:95
+msgid "Manufacturer"
+msgstr "製造商"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:96
+msgid "Notes"
+msgstr "說明"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:99
+msgid "Warning"
+msgstr "警告"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:100
+#, python-format
+msgid "Only the first %.1fTB can be used."
+msgstr "只能使用前 %.1fTB。"
+
+#: ../disk_selection.py:101
+msgid ""
+"You have chosen a GPT labeled disk. Installing onto a GPT labeled disk will "
+"cause the loss of all existing data and the disk will be relabeled as SMI."
+msgstr "您已選擇有 GPT 標籤的磁碟。在有 GPT 標籤的磁碟上進行安裝將造成所有現有資料遺失而且磁碟會被重新標示為 SMI。"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:63 ../disk_window.py:66
+msgid "Primary"
+msgstr "主要"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:63 ../disk_window.py:66
+msgid "Logical"
+msgstr "邏輯"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:68 ../disk_window.py:77
+msgid " Avail"
+msgstr " 可用"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:70 ../disk_window.py:74
+msgid "Slice"
+msgstr "片段"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:341
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d more partitions"
+msgstr "額外 %d 個分割區"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:343
+#, python-format
+msgid "%d more slices"
+msgstr "額外 %d 個片段"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:775 ../disk_window.py:785
+msgid "Only the digits 0-9 and \".\" are valid."
+msgstr "只有數字 0-9 和 \".\" 有效。"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:778
+msgid "A number can only have one \".\""
+msgstr "數字只能有一個 \".\""
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:787
+msgid "Size can be specified to only one decimal place."
+msgstr "大小只能指定至一個小數位數。"
+
+#: ../disk_window.py:803
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"The new size (%(size).1f) is greater than the available space (%(avail).1f)"
+msgstr "新的大小 (%(size).1f) 大於可用空間 (%(avail).1f)"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:56
+#, python-format
+msgid "Fdisk Partitions: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+msgstr "Fdisk 分割區:%(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:57 ../fdisk_partitions.py:84
+msgid "Solaris Partition Slices"
+msgstr "Solaris 分割區片段"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:58
+#, python-format
+msgid "Solaris Slices: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+msgstr "Solaris 片段:%(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:59
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"%(release)s can be installed on the whole disk or a partition on the disk."
+msgstr "%(release)s 可以安裝在整個磁碟或磁碟的分割區上。"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:61
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"%(release)s can be installed in the whole fdisk partition or within a slice "
+"in the partition"
+msgstr "%(release)s 可安裝在整個 fdisk 分割區或分割區的片段中"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:64
+#, python-format
+msgid "%(release)s can be installed on the whole disk or a slice on the disk."
+msgstr "%(release)s 可以安裝在整個磁碟或磁碟的片段上。"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:72
+msgid "Use the whole disk"
+msgstr "使用整個磁碟"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:73
+msgid "Use the whole partition"
+msgstr "使用整個分割區"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:74
+msgid "Use a slice in the partition"
+msgstr "使用分割區中的片段"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:75
+msgid "Use a partition of the disk"
+msgstr "使用磁碟的分割區"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:76
+msgid "Use a slice on the disk"
+msgstr "使用磁碟的片段"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:79
+msgid "Solaris Slices"
+msgstr "Solaris 片段"
+
+#: ../fdisk_partitions.py:82
+msgid "Fdisk Partitions"
+msgstr "Fdisk 分割區"
+
+#: ../install_progress.py:46
+#, python-format
+msgid "Installing %(release)s"
+msgstr "正在安裝 %(release)s"
+
+#: ../install_progress.py:49
+msgid ""
+"Do you want to quit the Installer?\n"
+"\n"
+"Any changes made to the disk by the Installer will be left \"as is.\""
+msgstr "是否要退出安裝程式?\n\n安裝程式對磁碟進行的任何變更會「維持不變」。"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:48
+msgid "Installation Complete"
+msgstr "安裝完成"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:49
+msgid "Installation Failed"
+msgstr "安裝失敗"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:51
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"The installation of %(release)s has completed successfully.\n"
+"\n"
+"Reboot to start the newly installed software or Quit if you wish to perform "
+"additional tasks before rebooting.\n"
+"\n"
+"The installation log is available at %(log_tmp)s. After reboot it can be "
+"found at %(log_final)s."
+msgstr "已成功完成 %(release)s 的安裝。\n\n請重新開機以啟動新安裝的軟體,或者如果想在重新開機前執行其他工作,按一下「退出」。\n\n安裝記錄位於 %(log_tmp)s。重新開機後可在 %(log_final)s 找到安裝記錄。"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:60
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"The installation did not complete normally.\n"
+"\n"
+"For more information you can review the installation log.\n"
+"The installation log is available at %(log_tmp)s"
+msgstr "安裝未正常完成。\n\n如需更多資訊,可檢視安裝記錄。\n安裝記錄位於 %(log_tmp)s"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:80
+msgid "Reboot"
+msgstr "重新開機"
+
+#: ../install_status.py:83
+msgid "View Log"
+msgstr "檢視記錄"
+
+#: ../log_viewer.py:41
+msgid "Installation Log"
+msgstr "安裝記錄"
+
+#: ../log_viewer.py:76
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Could not read log file:\n"
+"\t%s"
+msgstr "無法讀取記錄檔:\n\t%s"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:59
+msgid ""
+"Oracle Solaris will be installed into the Solaris partition. A partition's "
+"type can be changed using the F5 key.\n"
+"\n"
+"A partition's size can be increased up to its Avail space. Avail space can "
+"be increased by deleting an adjacent partition. Delete a partition by "
+"changing it to \"Unused\" using the F5 key.\n"
+"\n"
+"The four primary partition slots are listed on the left. If one is an "
+"\"Extended\" partition its logical partitions are listed on the right."
+msgstr "Oracle Solaris 將安裝到 Solaris 分割區。可使用 F5 鍵變更分割區類型。\n\n分割區大小最多可增加至其可用空間大小。刪除相鄰的分割區可增加可用空間。使用 F5 鍵將分割區變更成「未使用」,可刪除分割區。\n\n四個主要分割區槽列於左方。如果有分割區是「延伸」分割區,其邏輯分割區會列於右方。"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:71
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"%(release)s will be installed in the \"%(pool)s\" slice. Use the F5 key to "
+"change a slice to \"%(pool)s.\"\n"
+"\n"
+"A slice's size can be increased up to its Avail size. Avail can be increased "
+"by deleting an adjacent slice. Use the F5 key to delete a slice by changing "
+"it to \"Unused.\"\n"
+"\n"
+"Slices are listed in disk layout order."
+msgstr "%(release)s 會安裝於 \"%(pool)s\" 片段中。請使用 F5 鍵將片段變更為 \"%(pool)s\"。\n\n片段大小最多可增加至其可用空間大小。刪除相鄰的片段可增加可用大小。使用 F5 鍵將片段變更成「未使用」,可刪除片段。\n\n片段會以磁碟配置的順序列出。"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:80
+#, python-format
+msgid "Select Partition: %(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+msgstr "選取分割區:%(size).1fGB %(type)s %(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:82
+msgid "Select Slice in Fdisk Partition"
+msgstr "選取 Fdisk 分割區中的片段"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:83
+#, python-format
+msgid "Select Slice: %(size).1fGB %(type)s%(bootable)s"
+msgstr "選取片段:%(size).1fGB %(type)s%(bootable)s"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:85
+msgid "indicates the slice's current content will be destroyed"
+msgstr "表示片段目前的內容將會損毀"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:87
+msgid "indicates the partition's current content will be destroyed"
+msgstr "表示分割區目前的內容將會損毀"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:93 ../partition_edit_screen.py:99
+msgid "Select Slice"
+msgstr "選取片段"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:96
+msgid "Select Partition"
+msgstr "選取分割區"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:141
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr "重設"
+
+#: ../partition_edit_screen.py:142
+msgid "Change Type"
+msgstr "變更類型"
+
+#: ../summary.py:61 ../summary.py:66
+msgid "Installation Summary"
+msgstr "安裝摘要"
+
+#: ../summary.py:62
+msgid ""
+"Review the settings below before installing. Go back (F3) to make changes."
+msgstr "安裝前先查閱下列設定。返回 (F3) 進行變更。"
+
+#: ../summary.py:72
+msgid "Install"
+msgstr "安裝"
+
+#: ../summary.py:111
+#, python-format
+msgid "Software: %s"
+msgstr "軟體:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:117
+msgid "Language: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "語言:*登入時可變更下列項目。"
+
+#: ../summary.py:121
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default language: %s"
+msgstr "  預設語言:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:124
+msgid "Keyboard layout: *The following can be changed when logging in."
+msgstr "鍵盤配置:*登入時可變更下列項目。"
+
+#: ../summary.py:126
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Default keyboard layout: %s"
+msgstr "  預設鍵盤配置:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:129
+#, python-format
+msgid "Terminal type: %s"
+msgstr "終端機類型:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:132
+msgid "Users:"
+msgstr "使用者:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:135
+msgid "Network:"
+msgstr "網路:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:147
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Computer name: %s"
+msgstr "  電腦名稱:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:152
+msgid "  Network Configuration: Automatic"
+msgstr "  網路配置:自動"
+
+#: ../summary.py:154
+msgid "  Network Configuration: None"
+msgstr "  網路配置:無"
+
+#: ../summary.py:156
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Manual Configuration: %s"
+msgstr "  手動配置:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:158
+#, python-format
+msgid "    IP Address: %s"
+msgstr "    IP 位址:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:159
+#, python-format
+msgid "    Netmask: %s"
+msgstr "    網路遮罩:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:161
+#, python-format
+msgid "    Router: %s"
+msgstr "    路由器:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:172
+#, python-format
+msgid "Domain: %s"
+msgstr "    網域:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:175 ../summary.py:185 ../summary.py:198
+#, python-format
+msgid "Name service: %s"
+msgstr "名稱服務:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:179
+msgid "DNS servers: "
+msgstr "DNS 伺服器:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:181
+msgid "DNS Domain search list: "
+msgstr "DNS 網域搜尋清單:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:187
+msgid "LDAP profile: "
+msgstr "LDAP 設定檔:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:188
+msgid "LDAP server's IP: "
+msgstr "LDAP 伺服器的 IP:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:189
+msgid "LDAP search base: "
+msgstr "LDAP 搜尋依據:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:193
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind distinguished name: "
+msgstr "LDAP 代理連結辨別名稱:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:195
+msgid "LDAP proxy bind password: [concealed]"
+msgstr "LDAP 代理連結密碼:[隱藏]"
+
+#: ../summary.py:201
+msgid "NIS server: broadcast"
+msgstr "NIS 伺服器:廣播"
+
+#: ../summary.py:203
+msgid "NIS server's IP: "
+msgstr "NIS 伺服器的 IP:"
+
+#: ../summary.py:214
+msgid "  Warning: No root password set"
+msgstr "  警告:未設定 root 密碼"
+
+#: ../summary.py:216
+#, python-format
+msgid "  Username: %s"
+msgstr "  使用者名稱:%s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:218
+msgid "  No user account"
+msgstr "  無使用者帳號"
+
+#: ../summary.py:228
+#, python-format
+msgid "Disk: %(disk-size).1fGB %(disk-type)s"
+msgstr "磁碟:%(disk-size).1fGB %(disk-type)s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:238
+#, python-format
+msgid "Partition: %(part-size).1fGB %(part-type)s"
+msgstr "分割區:%(part-size).1fGB %(part-type)s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:246
+#, python-format
+msgid "Slice %(slice-num)s: %(slice-size).1fGB %(pool)s"
+msgstr "片段 %(slice-num)s:%(slice-size).1fGB %(pool)s"
+
+#: ../summary.py:257
+#, python-format
+msgid "Time Zone: %s"
+msgstr "時區:%s"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:40
+#, python-format
+msgid "Welcome to %(release)s"
+msgstr "歡迎使用 %(release)s"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:41
+#, python-format
+msgid ""
+"Thanks for choosing to install %(release)s! This installer enables you to "
+"install the %(release)s Operating System (OS) on SPARC or x86 systems.\n"
+"\n"
+"The installation log will be at %(log)s.\n"
+"\n"
+"How to navigate through this installer:"
+msgstr "感謝您選擇安裝 %(release)s!這個安裝程式能讓您在 SPARC 或 x86 系統上安裝 %(release)s 作業系統 (OS)。\n\n安裝記錄會在 %(log)s。\n\n如何瀏覽此安裝程式:"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:46
+msgid ""
+"Use the function keys listed at the bottom of each screen to move from "
+"screen to screen and to perform other operations."
+msgstr "使用列於每個畫面下方的功能鍵,在畫面間移動以及執行其他作業。"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:49
+msgid ""
+"Use the up/down arrow keys to change the selection or to move between input "
+"fields."
+msgstr "使用向上/向下鍵變更選取項目或在輸入欄位間移動。"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:51
+msgid ""
+"If your keyboard does not have function keys, or they do not respond, press "
+"ESC; the legend at the bottom of the screen will change to show the ESC keys "
+"for navigation and other functions."
+msgstr "如果鍵盤沒有功能鍵,或沒有回應,請按 ESC;畫面下方的圖例會變更以顯示 ESC 鍵來進行瀏覽和其他功能。"
+
+#: ../welcome.py:57
+msgid "Welcome and Navigation Instructions"
+msgstr "歡迎使用和瀏覽指令"
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/date_time.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+日期與時間
+
+您可使用此畫面來設定或重設電腦的內部時鐘。 
+
+可能的話,此畫面中的初始設定將會是電腦目前的內部時鐘設定。
+
+程序
+
+若要結束此說明畫面,請按 F3。接著,在安裝程式畫面中,您可以按一下 F2 接受此畫面中的初始設定。或者,您可使用方向鍵移至每個可編輯的欄位,並輸入新的設定。然後按 F2 以使用新的設定繼續。 
+
+注意:若您輸入無效的項目,畫面上會顯示錯誤訊息。
+
+若您變更為天數少於目前的「日」設定的月份,「日」設定會自動變更為新月份的最後一天。 
+
+瀏覽
+
+使用每個畫面下方所列的功能鍵可瀏覽每個畫面。使用方向鍵可在每個畫面的文字間移動。
+
+注意:如果鍵盤沒有功能鍵,或功能鍵沒有回應,按 ESC 可檢視替代的 ESC 鍵進行瀏覽。
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_search.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+DNS 搜尋清單
+
+指定其他 DNS 網域。  系統從 DNS 伺服器搜尋位址的時候,就會使用這些網域。
+
+指導方針
+
+搜尋網域為選擇性。如果未指定網域,就會使用預設搜尋網域 (由這個系統的網域組成)。
+
+最多可以指定 6 個搜尋網域。
+
+程序
+
+從最前面的輸入欄位開始輸入網域名稱。
+
+如果系統目前使用 DNS 搜尋清單,則會在欄位中輸入網域做為預設值。這些預設值是可以變更的。
+
+瀏覽
+
+使用每個畫面下方所列的功能鍵可瀏覽每個畫面。使用箭頭鍵,在欄位間進行瀏覽。
+     
+注意:如果鍵盤沒有功能鍵,或功能鍵沒有回應,按 ESC 可檢視替代的 ESC 鍵進行瀏覽。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/dns_server.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+DNS 伺服器位址
+
+指定系統將使用的 DNS 伺服器 IP 位址。
+
+指導方針
+
+您可以指定一到三個名稱伺服器。 DNS 會使用這些名稱伺服器,解析其他系統的名稱。
+
+如果想判斷 DNS 伺服器的位址,請與系統管理員聯絡。
+
+程序
+
+以數字格式輸入 IP 位址 (例如,198.0.0.1)。
+
+如果系統目前使用 DNS 伺服器,則會在欄位中輸入它們的 IP 位址做為預設值。這些預設值是可以變更的。
+
+瀏覽
+
+使用每個畫面下方所列的功能鍵可瀏覽每個畫面。使用箭頭鍵,在欄位間進行瀏覽。
+     
+注意:如果鍵盤沒有功能鍵,或功能鍵沒有回應,按 ESC 可檢視替代的 ESC 鍵進行瀏覽。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/domain.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+網域名稱
+
+識別系統做為名稱服務網域的一部分。
+
+指導方針
+
+如果想判斷網域名稱,請與系統管理員聯絡。 或者,在先前安裝的系統上使用 domainname(1M) 指令。
+
+通常,網域名稱是由兩到四個由句點隔開的簡短名稱組成。
+
+程序
+
+在編輯欄位中輸入網域名稱。
+
+瀏覽
+
+使用每個畫面下方所列的功能鍵可瀏覽每個畫面。使用箭頭鍵,在欄位間進行瀏覽。
+     
+注意:如果鍵盤沒有功能鍵,或功能鍵沒有回應,按 ESC 可檢視替代的 ESC 鍵進行瀏覽。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_profile.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+LDAP 設定檔
+
+指定設定檔,以配置系統上的 LDAP 名稱服務。  同時還要指定擷取設定檔的伺服器位址。[LDAP 設定檔] 畫面也會指定 LDAP 搜尋庫。
+
+指導方針
+
+指定的 LDIF 設定檔 (使用 ldap_gen_profile 指令建立) 會提供與各個伺服器通訊時,應該採用的預設格式以及所有的正確設定。 設定檔也可以確保 ldap_cachemgr(1M) 可以自動更新配置檔案。
+
+LDAP 搜尋庫是必要的。系統會根據以前輸入的網域名稱,自動提供一個預設值。
+
+如果要在這個系統上不使用設定檔配置 LDAP,請在名稱服務類型選取 [無]。安裝完畢之後,請手動配置名稱服務。
+
+程序
+
+- 在最前面的項目欄位輸入設定檔名稱。
+- 輸入設定檔伺服器的數字 IP 位址。
+- 輸入搜尋庫。
+
+瀏覽
+
+使用每個畫面下方所列的功能鍵可瀏覽每個畫面。使用箭頭鍵,在欄位間進行瀏覽。
+     
+注意:如果鍵盤沒有功能鍵,或功能鍵沒有回應,按 ESC 可檢視替代的 ESC 鍵進行瀏覽。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/ldap_proxy.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+LDAP 代理
+
+指定是否提供 LDAP 代理連結資訊,如果須提供,請指定代理連結辨別名稱以及代理連結密碼。
+
+指導方針
+
+如果您使用的設定檔有指定代理憑證階層,而且驗證方法並不是「無」,則需要提供代理連結資訊。
+
+如果您選擇不提供代理連結資訊,但是這種資訊又是必要的,則會產生錯誤且不會初始化 LDAP。網路管理員可以提供 LDAP 代理連結資訊。
+
+程序
+
+輸入代理連結辨別名稱。輸入代理連結密碼。
+
+瀏覽
+
+使用每個畫面下方所列的功能鍵可瀏覽每個畫面。使用箭頭鍵,在欄位間進行瀏覽。
+     
+注意:如果鍵盤沒有功能鍵,或功能鍵沒有回應,按 ESC 可檢視替代的 ESC 鍵進行瀏覽。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/name_service.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+選擇名稱服務
+
+指定系統與名稱服務的關係。
+
+指導方針
+
+系統管理員應該知道這個系統要使用的名稱服務。
+
+程序
+
+若要選取 DNS 做為名稱服務,請瀏覽至 [DNS 名稱服務] 畫面,然後使用箭頭鍵反白 [配置 DNS]。
+
+若要選取 LDAP 或 NIS 名稱服務,請瀏覽至 [替代名稱服務] 畫面,然後使用箭頭鍵反白對應的選項。
+
+瀏覽
+
+使用每個畫面下方所列的功能鍵可瀏覽每個畫面。使用箭頭鍵,在欄位間進行瀏覽。
+     
+注意:如果鍵盤沒有功能鍵,或功能鍵沒有回應,按 ESC 可檢視替代的 ESC 鍵進行瀏覽。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+網路 
+
+此畫面會提示您輸入電腦主機名稱與指定應如何設定網路連線。
+
+程序
+
+若要結束此說明畫面,請按 F3。接著,在安裝程式畫面中輸入下列網路資訊:
+
+* 電腦名稱 - 此畫面包含可編輯電腦名稱的欄位。會反白顯示可編輯欄位。選取電腦主機名稱欄位,輸入在網路上識別此電腦的名稱。注意下列限制:
+
+     * 主機名稱至少需有兩個字元。 
+     * 主機名稱可包含字母、數字及減號 (-)。
+
+* 網路連線 - 使用方向鍵從下列選項中選取一個網路連線選項:                  
+
+     自動 - 使用 DHCP 設定連線。
+     手動 - 若選取此選項,您將在接下來的畫面中選取和設定有線網路介面。 
+     無 - 不要在安裝期間設定網路。
+ 
+按 F2 繼續下一個畫面。 
+
+瀏覽
+
+使用每個畫面下方所列的功能鍵可瀏覽每個畫面。使用方向鍵可在每個畫面的文字間移動。
+
+注意:如果鍵盤沒有功能鍵,或功能鍵沒有回應,按 ESC 可檢視替代的 ESC 鍵進行瀏覽。
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/network_manual.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+手動網路配置
+
+您可使用手動網路畫面手動設定電腦的網路設定。首先,若有一個以上的介面,請選取要設定的連線。接著輸入連線的設定。 
+
+注意:安裝期間只能設定一個連線。
+
+使用準則
+
+這些畫面包含了選取時會反白顯示的可編輯欄位。 請使用方向鍵選取個別的欄位。 選取某個欄位時,可在該欄位中輸入您的設定。
+
+程序
+
+若要結束此說明畫面,請按 F3。接著,依下列方式完成手動配置資訊:
+
+1. 若有一個以上的介面,在第一個畫面中,使用方向鍵反白顯示您要設定的連線。 接著,按 F2 繼續下一個畫面。
+
+2. 使用方向鍵移至您要設定連線的每個配置欄位。
+
+注意:對於由安裝程式自動偵測配置資訊的欄位,會顯示配置資訊。 
+
+3. 對於每個配置欄位,您可以輸入連線設定或接受預設值。 請遵循畫面上每個欄位的限制。在下列欄位中輸入設定或接受預設值:
+	* IP 位址 - 必填欄位
+	* 網路遮罩 - 必填欄位
+	* 路由器 - 選擇性欄位
+	* DNS - 選擇性欄位
+	* 網域 - 選擇性欄位
+
+接著按 F2,使用您指定的網路設定繼續下一個畫面。 
+
+瀏覽
+
+使用每個畫面下方所列的功能鍵可瀏覽每個畫面。使用方向鍵可在每個畫面的文字間移動。
+
+注意:如果鍵盤沒有功能鍵,或功能鍵沒有回應,按 ESC 可檢視替代的 ESC 鍵進行瀏覽。
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/nis.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+NIS 名稱服務
+
+指定如何尋找系統的 NIS 名稱伺服器。
+
+指導方針
+
+如果您選擇 [尋找一個],軟體會試著尋找名稱伺服器。 名稱伺服器必須常駐於本機子網路中。
+
+如果選擇 [指定一個],就會顯示子畫面。在子畫面中輸入名稱伺服器的 IP 位址。
+
+程序
+
+使用箭頭鍵反白想要的選項。
+
+瀏覽
+
+使用每個畫面下方所列的功能鍵可瀏覽每個畫面。使用箭頭鍵,在欄位間進行瀏覽。
+     
+注意:如果鍵盤沒有功能鍵,或功能鍵沒有回應,按 ESC 可檢視替代的 ESC 鍵進行瀏覽。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+系統配置摘要
+
+您可使用此畫面來複查與確認配置設定。
+
+程序
+
+若要結束此說明畫面,請按 F3。接著,在「摘要」畫面中複查您的配置設定。
+
+選擇性:若要變更您的選項,請重複按 F3 鍵直到返回您要變更的畫面為止。在這些之前的畫面中進行變更,然後繼續畫面以返回此「摘要」。
+
+按 F2 將配置套用到系統。 
+
+瀏覽
+
+使用每個畫面下方所列的功能鍵可瀏覽每個畫面。使用方向鍵可在每個畫面的文字間移動。
+
+注意:如果鍵盤沒有功能鍵,或功能鍵沒有回應,按 ESC 可檢視替代的 ESC 鍵進行瀏覽。
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/timezone.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+時區
+
+您可使用此系列的畫面,為要安裝的系統輸入正確的時區。選取通常使用電腦時所在的時區或位置。如果可行,安裝程式會使用電腦內部設定的時區做為預設值。 
+
+安裝程式會顯示此系列中的三個畫面:「區域」、「位置」及「時區」畫面。 
+
+在第一個畫面中,選擇一般「區域」,例如歐洲。在下一個畫面中,安裝程式會顯示您所選區域內的位置,例如法國或西班牙。第三個畫面會顯示所選位置內的時區。 
+
+注意:若您在「區域」畫面上選取「UTC/GMT」,則會略過「位置」與「時區」畫面。
+
+程序
+
+若要結束此說明畫面,請按 F3。接著,在每個安裝程式畫面中,可以按 F2 接受預設選項。或者,您可使用方向鍵反白顯示其他選項,然後按 F2 繼續下一個畫面。
+
+瀏覽
+
+使用每個畫面下方所列的功能鍵可瀏覽每個畫面。使用方向鍵可在每個畫面的文字間移動。
+
+注意:如果鍵盤沒有功能鍵,或功能鍵沒有回應,按 ESC 可檢視替代的 ESC 鍵進行瀏覽。
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/users.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+使用者
+
+在此畫面中,您可為安裝的系統輸入 root 密碼及定義使用者帳戶。
+
+使用準則
+
+     * root 密碼和使用者帳戶都是可選的。但建議您完成畫面上的所有欄位。
+
+     * 使用者帳戶僅需要一個使用者名稱,以使帳戶生效。   
+    
+     * 使用者名稱欄位有下列限制:
+          
+          * 使用者名稱不可以是 root。
+          * 使用者名稱的開頭需為字母。
+          * 使用者名稱必須包含 [a-zA-Z0-9_.-] 組合中的字元。
+
+     * 若您輸入無效的項目,該欄位會顯示錯誤訊息。
+
+程序
+
+若要結束此說明畫面,請按 F3。接著,在「使用者」畫面中,使用方向鍵移至每個可編輯欄位。在每個欄位中輸入資訊。按 F2 繼續下一個畫面。 
+
+瀏覽
+
+使用每個畫面下方所列的功能鍵可瀏覽每個畫面。使用方向鍵可在每個畫面的文字間移動。
+
+注意:如果鍵盤沒有功能鍵,或功能鍵沒有回應,按 ESC 可檢視替代的 ESC 鍵進行瀏覽。
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/sysconfig/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+歡迎使用
+
+您可使用此系統工具,在 SPARC 或 x86 系統上設定 Oracle Solaris 作業系統 (OS)。
+
+程序
+
+若要結束此說明畫面,請按 F3。接著,在「歡迎使用」畫面中,按 F2 鍵繼續下一個畫面。
+
+瀏覽
+
+您無法使用滑鼠瀏覽安裝畫面。而是必須使用功能鍵進行瀏覽。每個畫面可用的功能鍵列示於該畫面的下方。例如:
+
+F2_繼續 - 按 F2 鍵可移至下一個畫面。 當您按下 F2 時,此工具會處理您在該畫面所做的任何選擇或輸入的項目。
+F3_返回 - 按 F3 鍵可返回上一個畫面。
+F6_說明 - 按 F6 鍵可檢視該畫面的「說明」內容。
+F9_退出 - 按 F9 鍵可結束工具而不設定系統。
+
+在每個畫面中,使用方向鍵執行下列任一動作:
+* 在畫面文字間移動。
+* 變更反白顯示的選項。
+* 移至需要輸入資訊的欄位。
+
+注意:如果鍵盤沒有功能鍵,或功能鍵沒有回應,請按 ESC。畫面下方的圖例會變更以顯示 ESC 鍵來進行瀏覽和其他功能。
\ No newline at end of file
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/disks.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+磁碟
+
+此畫面會顯示可做為安裝目標的內部磁碟與外部儲存裝置。在安裝程式開始時,必須已連接好裝置以供安裝程式辨識。 
+
+注意:您無需在安裝期間設定鏡像配置。您可在安裝後使用 ZFS 附加指令來執行此作業。若您計劃設定鏡像配置,請記住第二個磁碟必須等於或大於安裝目標。 
+
+警告:x86 安裝請注意下列重要考量:
+
+	* 若之前未分割磁碟,安裝預設會覆寫整個磁碟配置。但是,您可在安裝程式畫面中修改預設選擇,以安裝到比整個磁碟小的新 Solaris 分割區。
+
+	* 如果磁碟上有 Solaris 分割區,且安裝時未選擇修改分割區的選項,則安裝僅會覆寫 Solaris 分割區。不會變更其他現有分割區。 
+
+注意:在您完成安裝程式選擇畫面並開始實際安裝程序之前,系統不會有任何實際變更。
+
+大小
+
+會顯示建議的 Oracle Solaris 作業系統安裝大小與大小下限。會以 GB 顯示每個裝置的大小。 
+
+* 會以此方式標示出太小而無法成功安裝的裝置。 
+
+* 部分裝置可能過大,以致於 Oracle Solaris 安裝無法使用裝置上的所有空間。這些裝置已指定安裝大小上限。
+
+分割區或片段
+
+畫面上的第一個區段會列示可用的裝置。預設會反白顯示一個裝置。畫面的下一個區段會顯示目前反白顯示之裝置的分割區或片段資訊。會列示 x86 格式化裝置的分割區。會列示 SPARC 格式化裝置的片段。
+
+若您想檢視另一個裝置的分割區或片段資訊,可使用方向鍵選取該裝置。畫面就會變更為顯示您所選裝置的分割區或片段資訊。
+
+若有四個以上的裝置,請重複按向上/向下方向鍵以向下捲動至其他裝置。 
+
+小心:若某個裝置目前沒有分割區或片段,畫面會顯示建議的分割區或片段設定。在這種情況下,安裝期間會銷毀裝置上所有現有的資料。
+
+程序
+
+若要結束此說明畫面,請按 F3。然後,在安裝程式畫面中選擇下列其中一個選項:
+
+     * 若您想安裝到目前反白顯示的裝置,請選取 F2,安裝就會繼續下一個畫面。
+
+     * 若您想選取安裝到其他裝置,請使用方向鍵反白顯示您首選的裝置。將顯示您所選裝置的分割區或片段資訊。然後按 F2 繼續。 
+
+瀏覽
+
+使用每個畫面下方所列的功能鍵可瀏覽每個畫面。使用方向鍵可在每個畫面的文字間移動。
+
+注意:如果鍵盤沒有功能鍵,或功能鍵沒有回應,按 ESC 可檢視替代的 ESC 鍵進行瀏覽。
+
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+SPARC:SOLARIS 片段
+
+此畫面會顯示您在之前的畫面中選取之 SPARC 儲存裝置的 VTOC 片段。 片段會依照配置順序列示。 
+
+程序
+
+若要結束此說明畫面,請按 F3。接著,在安裝程式畫面中,使用方向鍵反白顯示「使用整個磁碟」或「使用磁碟的片段」。 
+
+     * 若您選取「使用磁碟的片段」,下一個畫面可讓您選取要使用哪個片段進行安裝以及變更片段配置。
+
+     * 若您選取「使用整個磁碟」,安裝程式會記錄該選擇,並繼續下一個作業。
+
+       小心:「使用整個磁碟」選項會在安裝期間清除整個磁碟。 磁碟將覆寫為新的 Oracle Solaris 作業系統。 
+
+按 F2 繼續下一個畫面。
+
+瀏覽
+
+使用每個畫面下方所列的功能鍵可瀏覽每個畫面。使用方向鍵可在每個畫面的文字間移動。
+
+注意:如果鍵盤沒有功能鍵,或功能鍵沒有回應,按 ESC 可檢視替代的 ESC 鍵進行瀏覽。
+
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/sparc_solaris_slices_select.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+SPARC:選取片段
+
+您可使用此畫面來選取要用於安裝的 VTOC 片段。 若要指示要使用哪一片段進行安裝,請選取該片段,然後將其類型變更為 rpool。 您也可以選擇調整 rpool 大小。
+
+此畫面會顯示您在之前的畫面中選取之裝置上現有的片段。 片段會按照其在裝置上配置的相同順序顯示。會顯示每個片段目前的大小與可用大小上限。
+
+使用準則
+
+* 裝置中只能有一個 rpool。而且,Oracle Solaris 將安裝到該 rpool。 
+
+* rpool 的大小可增加到可用大小上限。當片段顯示為「未使用」時,會在「可用」欄中顯示其可用空間。您可以將某片段變更為「未使用」,讓相鄰的片段使用其空間。
+
+* 紅色星號代表安裝期間將銷毀片段的內容。若使用者未明確變更片段,則安裝期間會保留片段內容。
+
+注意:您無需在安裝期間設定鏡像配置。您可在安裝後使用 ZFS 附加指令來執行此作業。若您計劃設定鏡像配置,請記住第二個磁碟必須等於或大於安裝目標。 
+
+如何修改畫面內容
+
+您可使用下列任一選項來修改畫面內容:
+
+     * F5_變更類型 - 反白顯示分割區,重複按 F5 以循環片段類型,直到顯示所需類型為止。
+
+     * 可編輯欄位 - 若反白顯示某個選取的欄位,即可在該欄位中輸入變更。
+
+     * F7_重設 - 按 F7 可將此畫面中的所有資料回復為原始設定。
+
+程序
+
+若要結束此說明畫面,請按 F3。接著,在安裝程式畫面中,使用方向鍵選取目標片段 (如果尚未選取)。若選取的片段類型不是 rpool,請重複按 F5 以循環類型,直到顯示 rpool 類型為止。 
+
+重要:裝置中只能有一個 rpool。
+
+選擇性:如下所述,您可對片段配置做進一步的選擇性修改,然後按 F2 繼續下一個畫面。您所做的變更都會在安裝期間實作。若要記錄配置變更,請先使用方向鍵反白顯示要修改的片段。然後執行下列任一動作:
+
+	* 刪除片段 - 重複按 F5 以循環類型,直到顯示「未使用」類型為止。當某片段是「未使用」狀態時,相鄰的片段可以使用其空間。
+
+	* 變更片段的類型 - 按 F5 並變更片段類型。例如,將類型變更為 rpool。 
+	
+	* 調整片段大小 - 若反白顯示某個選取的片段大小,即可調整該片段的大小。在可編輯欄位中輸入不超過可用大小上限的新大小。 
+
+	* 建立新片段 - 選取未使用的片段。按 F5 並將片段的類型從「未使用」變更為其他類型,例如 rpool。 
+
+注意:您可使用 F7 鍵取消變更。 
+
+瀏覽
+
+使用每個畫面下方所列的功能鍵可瀏覽每個畫面。使用方向鍵可在每個畫面的文字間移動。
+
+注意:如果鍵盤沒有功能鍵,或功能鍵沒有回應,按 ESC 可檢視替代的 ESC 鍵進行瀏覽。
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/summary.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+安裝摘要
+
+您可使用此畫面來複查與確認安裝規格。
+
+程序
+
+若要結束此說明畫面,請按 F3。接著,在「安裝摘要」畫面中複查您的安裝選項。
+
+選擇性:若要變更您的安裝選項,請重複按 F3 鍵直到返回您要變更的畫面為止。在這些之前的畫面中進行變更,然後繼續畫面以返回此「安裝摘要」。
+
+按 F2 開始安裝。 
+
+小心:當您按下 F2 時,就會開始安裝。建議您不要在安裝過程中斷安裝。安裝不完整可能會導致磁碟處於不確定狀態。
+
+安裝之後
+
+安裝期間會顯示進度列。 安裝完成後,最後的畫面會顯示安裝結果。接著,您可以按 F4 檢視安裝記錄 /tmp/install_log。 
+
+在成功安裝後,您可以採取下列任一項動作: 
+
+     * 在安裝程式內,按 F4 檢視安裝記錄。 
+
+     * 重新開機以啟動新安裝的軟體。 在重新開機後,您可以檢視位於下列位置的安裝記錄:/var/sadm/system/logs/install_log。	
+
+     * 若您要先執行其他作業再重新開機,請按 F9 退出安裝程式。 
+
+若安裝失敗,請按 F4 檢視安裝記錄。然後按 F9 退出安裝程式。進行任何必要的更正,然後重新啟動安裝程式。
+
+瀏覽
+
+使用每個畫面下方所列的功能鍵可瀏覽每個畫面。使用方向鍵可在每個畫面的文字間移動。
+
+注意:如果鍵盤沒有功能鍵,或功能鍵沒有回應,按 ESC 可檢視替代的 ESC 鍵進行瀏覽。
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/welcome.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+歡迎使用
+
+您可使用此文字安裝程式,在 SPARC 或 x86 系統上安裝 Oracle Solaris 作業系統 (OS)。更具體而言,此安裝程式可用於沒有或不需要顯示卡的電腦。
+
+注意:Oracle Solaris 作業系統的初始安裝會將現有的 Solaris 或 Oracle Solaris 作業系統覆寫為新版的 Oracle Solaris 作業系統。若想要升級現有的 Oracle Solaris 作業系統,請使用 pkg(1) 指令或使用「套裝軟體管理員」應用程式來取代此安裝程式。
+
+程序
+
+若要結束此說明畫面,請按 F3。接著,在「歡迎使用」畫面中,按 F2 鍵繼續下一個畫面。
+
+瀏覽
+
+您無法使用滑鼠瀏覽安裝畫面。而是必須使用功能鍵進行瀏覽。每個畫面可用的功能鍵列示於該畫面的下方。例如:
+
+F2_繼續 - 按 F2 鍵可移至下一個安裝畫面。 當您按下 F2 時,安裝程式會處理您在該畫面所做的任何選擇或輸入的項目。
+F3_返回 - 按 F3 鍵可返回上一個畫面。
+F6_說明 - 按 F6 鍵可檢視該畫面的「說明」內容。
+F9_退出 - 按 F9 鍵可結束安裝。
+
+在每個畫面中,使用方向鍵執行下列任一動作:
+* 在畫面文字間移動。
+* 變更反白顯示的選項。
+* 移至需要輸入資訊的欄位。
+
+注意:如果鍵盤沒有功能鍵,或功能鍵沒有回應,請按 ESC。畫面下方的圖例會變更以顯示 ESC 鍵來進行瀏覽和其他功能。 
+
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+x86:FDISK 分割區
+
+此畫面會顯示您在之前的畫面中選取之 x86 儲存裝置的 fdisk 分割區。 
+
+注意:分割區會依照它們在磁碟中的順序列示。 
+
+程序
+
+若要結束此說明畫面,請按 F3。接著,在安裝程式畫面中,使用方向鍵反白顯示「使用整個磁碟」或「使用磁碟的分割區」。 
+
+     * 若您選取「使用磁碟的分割區」,接下來的畫面可讓您選取要使用哪個分割區進行安裝,以及,若分割區已定義片段,則可選取要使用該分割區中的哪個片段。您也可以調整 fdisk 分割區配置。 
+
+     * 若您選取「使用整個磁碟」,安裝程式會記錄該選擇,並繼續下一個作業。
+
+       小心:「使用整個磁碟」會在安裝期間清除整個磁碟。 磁碟將覆寫為新的 Oracle Solaris 作業系統。 
+
+在選擇完畢後,按 F2 繼續下一個畫面。
+
+瀏覽
+
+使用每個畫面下方所列的功能鍵可瀏覽每個畫面。使用方向鍵可在每個畫面的文字間移動。
+
+注意:如果鍵盤沒有功能鍵,或功能鍵沒有回應,按 ESC 可檢視替代的 ESC 鍵進行瀏覽。
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_partitions_select.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+x86:選取分割區
+
+使用此畫面可選取、建立或修改要用於安裝的 Solaris 分割區。
+
+使用者可利用此畫面來調整 fdisk 分割區配置,例如刪除現有的分割區、建立延伸分割區和調整延伸分割區大小、建立 Solaris 分割區和調整 Solaris 分割區大小,或是調整現有分割區大小。
+
+此畫面會顯示現有的 fdisk 分割區。主分割區會按照其在磁碟上配置的順序顯示。會顯示每個分割區目前的大小與可用大小上限。若有延伸分割區,會顯示其邏輯分割區。邏輯分割區也會依照在延伸分割區中的磁碟配置順序顯示。
+
+若磁碟之前未分割,會顯示建議的分割。建議的分割是以整個磁碟為大小的單一分割區。
+
+使用準則
+
+裝置上只能有一個 Solaris 分割區。而且,您必須使用該 Solaris 分割區進行安裝。如果已有 Solaris 分割區,預設會選取該分割區。 
+
+小心:如果減少分割區大小或變更其類型,會在安裝期間清除現有的分割區內容。否則,進行安裝時,便會保留現有的分割區內容。若您計劃的變更會在安裝期間銷毀某個分割區,在此畫面中,該分割區會標示紅色星號。 
+
+如何修改畫面內容
+
+您可使用下列任一選項來修改畫面內容:
+
+     * F5_變更類型 - 反白顯示分割區,重複按 F5 以循環分割區類型,直到顯示所需的分割區類型或顯示「未使用」為止,藉此變更分割區類型。若選取「未使用」,則會銷毀分割區,且在調整相鄰分割區大小時將可使用其空間。
+
+       注意:不能有一個以上的 Solaris 分割區或一個以上的延伸分割區。因此,若有現有的 Solaris 分割區或延伸分割區,F5 變更選項不包括將分割區變更為 Solaris 分割區或延伸分割區。
+
+     * 大小欄位 - 若反白顯示大小欄位,即可在該欄位中輸入變更。
+
+     * F7_重設 - 按 F7 可將此畫面中的所有資料回復為原始設定。
+
+程序
+
+若要結束此說明畫面,請按 F3。接著,在安裝程式畫面中有下列選項: 
+
+     * 若有現有的 Solaris 分割區,預設會選取該分割區。您可以執行下列其中一項動作:
+
+          * 您可利用目前的大小使用現有的分割區。 
+          * 您可以調整 Solaris 分割區的大小。您可減少大小,或增加到可用空間的大小。 
+          * 若您要安裝到其他分割區,必須先將類型變更為「未使用」,刪除現有的 Solaris 分割區。接著,您可選取另一個分割區,將其類型變更為 Solaris。安裝期間,此修改會清除現有的分割區內容。 
+
+     * 若沒有現有的 Solaris 分割區,請選取分割區,然後將其類型變更為 Solaris。 
+
+     * LINUX-SWAP 說明:若您使用協力廠商的分割工具 (如 GParted),此畫面會顯示一個名為 Linux-swap 的分割區,您可以在此分割區安裝 Oracle Solaris 作業系統軟體。若要使用此分割區,您必須在此畫面中將類型由 Linux-swap 變更為 Solaris。反白顯示該分割區,重複按 F5 以循環類型,直到顯示該分割區要使用的 Solaris 類型為止。
+
+選擇性:您可對分割區配置做進一步的選擇性修改。您所做的變更都會在安裝期間實作。若要記錄配置變更,請先使用方向鍵反白顯示要修改的分割區。然後執行下列任一動作:
+
+	* 刪除分割區 - 重複按 F5 以循環分割區類型選項,直到顯示「未使用」為止。安裝期間會銷毀初始分割區,且在調整相鄰分割區大小時將可使用其空間。
+
+	* 變更分割區類型 - 重複按 F5 以循環分割區類型,直到顯示所需的分割區類型為止。例如,將類型變更為 Solaris。 
+	
+	* 調整分割區大小 - 若反白顯示某個選取的分割區大小,即可調整該分割區的大小。在可編輯欄位中輸入不超過可用大小上限的新大小。調整現有分割區大小會銷毀其內容。
+
+	* 建立新分割區 - 選取未使用的分割區。按 F5 並將分割區的類型從「未使用」變更為其他類型,例如 Solaris 或「延伸」。 
+
+	* 建立延伸分割區 - 視需要按 F5 以選取「延伸」分割區類型。 
+
+注意:您可按 F7 鍵取消變更。 
+
+瀏覽
+
+使用每個畫面下方所列的功能鍵可瀏覽每個畫面。使用方向鍵可在每個畫面的文字間移動。
+
+注意:如果鍵盤沒有功能鍵,或功能鍵沒有回應,按 ESC 可檢視替代的 ESC 鍵進行瀏覽。
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+x86:SOLARIS 分割區片段
+
+若您在之前的畫面選取的 Solaris 分割區中有 Solaris VTOC 片段,此畫面會列示 VTOC 片段。您可選擇在其中一個片段中安裝 Oracle Solaris 作業系統,或使用整個分割區進行安裝。 
+
+現有的 VTOC 片段會依照配置順序顯示。
+
+注意:若您在之前的畫面中變更了 Solaris 分割區,則不會顯示此畫面。 
+
+程序
+
+若要結束此說明畫面,請按 F3。接著,在「Solaris 分割區」畫面中,使用方向鍵反白顯示「使用整個分割區」或「使用分割區中的片段」。按 F2 繼續下一個畫面。若您計劃使用分割區中的片段,下一個畫面可讓您選取該片段。
+
+瀏覽
+
+使用每個畫面下方所列的功能鍵可瀏覽每個畫面。使用方向鍵可在每個畫面的文字間移動。
+
+注意:如果鍵盤沒有功能鍵,或功能鍵沒有回應,按 ESC 可檢視替代的 ESC 鍵進行瀏覽。
--- /dev/null	Thu Jan 01 00:00:00 1970 +0000
+++ b/messages/install/zh_TW/usr/share/text-install/help/__LOCALE__/x86_fdisk_slices_select.txt	Tue Aug 16 11:22:35 2011 +0900
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+x86:選取 SOLARIS 分割區中的片段
+
+您可使用此畫面來選取 Solaris 分割區中的 VTOC 片段進行安裝。若要指示要使用哪一個片段進行安裝,請選取該片段,然後將片段類型變更為 rpool。您可以選擇調整 rpool 大小。
+
+此畫面會顯示您在之前的畫面中選取之 fdisk 分割區中的現有片段。片段會按照其在分割區中配置的順序顯示。會顯示每個片段目前的大小與可用大小上限。
+
+使用準則
+
+* 分割區中只能有一個 rpool,且 Oracle Solaris 將會安裝在該 rpool 中。  
+
+* rpool 的大小可增加到可用大小上限。當片段顯示為「未使用」時,會在「可用」欄中顯示其可用空間。您可以將某片段變更為「未使用」,讓相鄰的片段使用其空間。
+
+注意:紅色星號代表安裝期間將銷毀片段的內容。若使用者未明確變更片段,則安裝期間會保留片段內容。
+
+如何修改畫面內容
+
+您可使用下列任一選項來修改畫面內容:
+
+     * F5_變更類型 - 反白顯示片段,重複按 F5 以循環類型,直到顯示所需的片段類型為止。
+
+     * 大小欄位 - 您可在大小欄位中輸入變更。
+
+     * F7_重設 - 按 F7 可將此畫面中的所有資料回復為原始設定。
+
+程序
+
+若要結束此說明畫面,請按 F3。接著,在安裝程式畫面中,使用方向鍵選取目標片段 (如果尚未選取)。若選取的片段類型不是 rpool,請重複按 F5 以循環片段類型,直到顯示 rpool 類型為止。 
+
+注意:請記住,分割區中只能有一個 rpool。若有另一個 rpool 存在,請先將其類型變更為「未使用」,再將目標片段變更為 rpool。
+
+選擇性:如下所述,您可對片段配置做進一步的選擇性修改,然後按 F2 繼續下一個畫面。您所做的變更都會在安裝期間實作。若要記錄配置變更,請先使用方向鍵反白顯示要修改的片段。然後執行下列任一動作:
+
+	* 刪除片段 - 重複按 F5 以循環片段類型,直到顯示「未使用」類型為止。「未使用」片段中的空間將可供相鄰片段使用。
+
+	* 變更片段類型 - 重複按 F5 以循環片段類型,直到顯示所需的類型為止。例如,使用此程序將類型變更為 rpool。 
+	
+	* 調整片段大小 - 若反白顯示某個選取的片段大小,即可調整該片段的大小。在可編輯欄位中輸入不超過可用大小上限的新大小。 
+
+	注意:分割區大小的總和可能不等於整個磁碟大小,因為分割區大小會四捨五入至最接近 .1GB 的值,而且分割區之間可能有未使用的空間。 
+
+	* 建立新片段 - 選取未使用的片段。視需要按 F5 以將片段的類型從「未使用」變更為其他類型,例如 rpool。但是您不能修改片段 2。 
+
+注意:您可使用 F7 鍵取消變更。 
+
+瀏覽
+
+使用每個畫面下方所列的功能鍵可瀏覽每個畫面。使用方向鍵可在每個畫面的文字間移動。
+
+注意:如果鍵盤沒有功能鍵,或功能鍵沒有回應,按 ESC 可檢視替代的 ESC 鍵進行瀏覽。
+
+
+